INTRODUCTION

General Information

i— How to Use This Manual
This manual is divided into multiple sections. The first page of
each section is marked with a black tab that lines up with its
corresponding thumb index tab on this page and the back cover.
Y o u can quickly find the first page of each section without
looking through a full table of contents. T h e s y m b o l s printed at
the top corner of each page can also be used as a quick reference
system.

Specifications
Maintenance

Each section includes:
1. A table of contents, or an exploded v i e w index showing:
• Parts d i s a s s e m b l y s e q u e n c e .

^Engine Electrical

• Bolt torques and thread sizes.
• Page references to descriptions in text.
2. Disassembly/assembly procedures and tools.

Engine Mechanical

3. Inspection.
4. Testing/troubleshooting.
5. Repair.
6. Adjustments.

Engine Cooling

Safety Messages
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. To help
you make informed decisions, w e have provided safety
m e s s a g e s , and other safety information throughout this manual.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with servicing this vehicle. Y o u must use
your own good judgment.

Fuel and Emissions
" Transaxie

Y o u will find important safety information in a variety of forms
including:

*Steering

• Safety Labels — on the vehicle.
• Safety M e s s a g e s — preceded by a safety alert symbol fa and
one of three signal w o r d s , D A N G E R , W A R N I N G , or C A U T I O N .
T h e s e signal w o r d s m e a n :
.

Y o u W I L L be KILLED or S E R I O U S L Y H U R T if
you don't follow instructions.

^WARNING I

Y o u C A N be KILLED or S E R I O U S L Y H U R T if
you don't follow instructions.

i
A CAUTION I

Y o u C A N be H U R T if you don't follow
instructions.

ADANGER I

Instructions

Suspension! Including
TPMS)
' BrakesOnciuding VSA

how to service this vehicle correctly and safely.

Body
All information contained in this manual is based on the latest
product information available at the time of printing. W e reserve
the right to make c h a n g e s at anytime without notice. No part of
this publication may be reproduced, or stored in a retrieval
s y s t e m , or transmitted, in any form by any m e a n s , electronic,
mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the
prior written permission of the publisher. T h i s includes text,
figures, and tables.
A s you read this manual, you will find information that is
preceded by a | NOTICE | s y m b o l . The purpose of this m e s s a g e is to
help prevent d a m a g e to your vehicle, other property, or the
environment.
First Edition 04/2009
All Rights Reserved
Specifications apply to USA and Canada

*Heoiiny, Ventilation,
and Air Conditioning
*Bociy blectrical
"Audio., Navigation,, and
T?-!err id tics

Honda Motor Co., Ltd.
Service Publication Office
t e s t r a i n t s

As sections with * include S R S components;
special precautions are required when servicing.
>;
marked sections are not included in this
l l l l l l l l manual, see Volume 2.

2009-10 Pilot Vol.1

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
The Pilot SRS includes a driver's airbag in the steering wheel hub, a passenger's airbag in the dashboard above
the glove box, seat belt tensioners in the front seat belt retractors, side curtain airbags in the sides of the roof,
and side airbags in the front seat-backs. Information necessary to safely service the SRS is included in this
Service Manual. Items marked with an asterisk (*) on the contents page include or are located near SRS
components. Servicing, disassembling, or replacing these items require special precautions and tools, and
should be done by an authorized Honda dealer.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could lead to personal injury or death in the event of a severe
frontal or side collision, all SRS service work should be done by an authorized Honda dealer.
• Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional deployment of the airbags, side airbags, and side curtain airbags.
• Do not b u m p or impact the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, or rear safing sensor,
especially w h e n the ignition switch is in ON (II), or for at least 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to
LOCK (0); otherwise, the system may fail in a collision, or the airbags may deploy.
• SRS electrical connectors are identified by yellow color coding. Related components are located in the
steering column, center console, dashboard, in the dashboard above the glove box, in the front seats, in the
roof side, and around the floor. Do not use electrical test equipment on these circuits.

General Information
General Information
C h a s s i s and Paint Codes
'09 Model
'10 Model
Identification Number Locations
Danger/Warning/Caution Label Locations
Under-hood Emission Control Label
Lift and Support Points
Towing
Parts Marking
Precautions for Variable Torque Management 4WD
(VTM-4) S y s t e m

1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-7
1-8
1-9
1-11
1-11

I

General Information
Chassis and Paint Codes - '09 Model
Vehicle Identification Number

Engine Number

5 F N Y F 4 8 2 * 9 B 000001

J35Z4

rrrrrrri
a

b c def g h

a. Manufacturer, Make and Type of Vehicle
5FN: Honda Manufacturing of Alabama, L L C
Honda multipurpose passenger vehicle
b. Line, Body and Engine Type
YF3: Pilot(2WD)/J35Z4
YF4: Pilot(4WD)/J35Z4
c. Body Type and Transmission Type
8: 5-door/5-speed Automatic
d. Vehicle Grade (Series)
2:LX
4: E X
5: E X - L
6: E X - L with Rear Entertainment System
8: TOURING
9: TOURING with Rear Entertainment System
e. Check Digit
f. Model Year
9: '09
g. Factory Code
B: Lincoln Factory in Alabama
h. Serial Number

000001-: U S A models

Vehicle Identification Number
and Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard Certification
and Paint Code Label.
Vehicle Identification Number
and Canadian Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard Certification
and Paint Code Label.

PAINT CODE

a
a. Engine Type
J35Z4: 3.5 L SOHC i-VTEC Variable Cylinder
Management Sequential Multiport
Fuel-injected engine
b. Serial Number

Transmission Number
PN4A

- 6000001

a
a.

b.

Transmission Type
PN3A: 5-speed Automatic(4WD)
PN4A: 5-speed Automatic(2WD)
Serial Number

Paint Code

500001 - : Canada models

1-2

- 1000001

INTERIOR COLOR CODE

Code

Color

B-552P
NH-578
NH-689M
NH-705M
NH-707
NH-741M
R-529P
YR-573M

Bali Blue Pearl
Taffeta White
Billet Silver Metallic
Nimbus Gray Metallic
Formal Black II
Sterling Gray Metallic
Dark Cherry Pearl
Mocha Metallic

USA
models
o

o
o
o
o
o
o
o

Canada
models
O

O

o

o
o
o
o

Chassis and Paint Codes - '10 Model
Vehicle Identification Number

Engine Number

5 F N Y F 4 H 2 * A B 000001

J35Z4

rrrrrrri
a

b

c de f g h

a. Manufacturer, Make and Type of Vehicle
5FN: Honda Manufacturing of Alabama, LLC
Honda multipurpose passenger vehicle
b. Line, Body and Engine Type
YF3: Pilot(2WD)/J35Z4
YF4: Pilot(4WD)/J35Z4
c. Body Type and Transmission Type
H: 5-door/5-speed Automatic
d. Vehicle Grade (Series)
2: LX
4: EX
5: EX-L
6: EX-L with Rear Entertainment System
8: TOURING
9: TOURING with Rear Entertainment System
e. Check Digit
f. Model Year
A: '10
g. Factory Code
B: Lincoln Factory in Alabama
h. Serial Number
0 0 0 0 0 1 - : USA models
500001 —: Canada models

-2000001

a

b

a. Engine Type
J35Z4: 3.5 L SOHC i-VTEC Variable Cylinder
Management Sequential Multiport
Fuel-injected engine
b. Serial Number

Transmission Number
PN4A

- 7000001

a
a.

b.

b
Transmission Type
PN3A: 5-speed Automatic(4WD)
PN4A: 5-speed Automatic(2WD)
Serial Number

Paint Code
Code
B-552P
NH-578
NH-700M
NH-731P
NH-737M
R-529P
YR-573M

Color
Bali Blue Pearl
Taffeta White
Alabaster Silver
Metallic
Crystal Black Pearl
Polished Metal
Metallic
Dark Cherry Pearl
Mocha Metallic

USA
models

Canada
models

O
o
o
o
o
o
o

O
o
o
o
o
o
o

and Canadian Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard Certification
and Paint Code Label.

PAINT CODE

INTERIOR COLOR CODE

1-3

General Information
Identification Number Locations
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)

Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)

Transmission Number

Engine Number

1-4

Engine Number

Danger/Warning/Caution Label Locations
Front Passenger's Compartment:

(cont'd)

1-5

General Information
Danger/Warning/Caution Label Locations (cont'd)
Doorjamb Area:

09 Model
SR<3 WARNING
WARNlNij

l/M TESTING
INFORMATION
(

4

W

D

)

SERVICE INFORMATION
and ENGINE COOLANT
INFORMATION
SIDE AIRBAG CAUTION
Located on driver's and
passenger's doorjamb

AIR CONDITIONING
INFORMATION

RADIATOR CAP
DANGER

BATTERY
DANGER

10 Model
S E R V I C E INFORMATION
and ENGINE COOLANT
INFORMATION

AIR CONDITIONING
INFORMATION

1-6

RADIATOR C A P
DANGER

l/M TESTING
INFORMATION
(4WD)
BATTERY
DANGER

TIRE INFORMATION

Under-hood Emission Control Label
Test Group and Evaporative Family

Emission Group Identification

Test Group:

Example:

A HNX T 03.7

09 Model

W19

VEHICLE EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION

INFORMATION

a b

C O N F O R M S T O R E G U L A T I O N S : 2009MY
U.S.

EPA: TZ85LOT2

0 8 0 : CA OBO II

FUEL: GASOLINE

ARB: LEV II ULEV LDT2

OBO: CA OBO II

FUEL: GASOLINE

2WU-TWC, TWC. 2 A / F S E N S O R , 2 H 0 2 S . E GR, SFI

©
HONDA MOTOR CO., LTD.

(EE)
RNO-aoo

10 Model

9HNXT03.7H29
9HNXR01671EA
3.51

c d

e

a. Model Year
9: '09
A: '10
b. Manufacturer Subcode
HNX: Honda
c. Family Type
T: LDT
d. Displacement Group
e. Sequence Characters
H29: '09
W19: '10
Evaporative Family:

VEHICLE EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION

(5~K)

«N«-A10

CONFORMS TO REGULATIONS : 2010MY
US Itk Un LOTJ OtO: CA OIO ll
FUEL: GASOLINE
Ml LEV N ULEV LBTJ OID CA 080 II
FUEL. SASOUNE
2WU-TWC. TWC. 2A/F SENSOR. 2H02S. EGR. SFI

A HNX R 0167

1EA

INFORMATION

U5ADE0 im T1ST1NQ OF THIS VEHtCU MUST BE CONDUCTED ON A FOUR-WHEEL OHfVE SPECS

09 Model
CONFORMS TO REGULATIONS: 2009MY

a b

c d

e

a. Model Year
9: '09
A: '10
b. Manufacturer Subcode
HNX: Honda
c. Family Type
R: Refueling
d. Canister Work Capacity
e. Sequence Characters

10 Model
CONFORMS TO REGULATIONS: 2010MY

1-7

General Information
Lift and Support Points
NOTE: If you are going to remove heavy components
such as the suspension or the fuel tank f r o m the rear of
the vehicle, first support the front of the vehicle with tall
safety stands. When substantial weight is removed f r o m
the rear of the vehicle, the center of gravity can change,
causing the vehicle to tip forward on the lift.

Vehicle Lift
1. Position the lift blocks (A), under the vehicle's front
support points (B) and rear support points (C).

Floor Jack
1. When lifting the front of the vehicle, set the parking
brake. When lifting the rear of the vehicle, put the shift
lever in P.
2. Block the wheels that are not being lifted.
3. Position the floor jack under the front jacking bracket
(A) or the rear jacking bracket (B). Center the jacking
bracket on the jack lift platform (C) and jack up the
vehicle high enough to fit the safety stands under it.
A

2. Raise the lift a f e w inches, and rock the vehicle gently
to be sure it is firmly supported.
3. Raise the lift to its full height, and inspect the vehicle
support points for solid contact w i t h the lift blocks.

Safety Stands
To support the vehicle on safety stands, use the same
support points as for a vehicle lift. Always use safety
stands w h e n working on or under any vehicle that is
supported only by a jack.

1-8

4. Position the safety stands under the support points
and adjust them so the vehicle is level.
5. Lower the vehicle onto the stands.

D
Towing
If the vehicle needs to be t o w e d , call a professional
towing service. Never t o w the vehicle behind another
vehicle with just a rope or chain. It is very dangerous.

Rear:

Emergency Towing
There are three popular methods of towing a vehicle.
Flat-bed Tow Truck Equipment —The operator loads the
vehicle on the back of a flat-bed t o w truck. This is the
best way of transporting the vehicle.
To accommodate the flat-bed t o w truck equipment, the
vehicle is equipped with a detachable front t o w i n g hook
(A), front tie d o w n hook slots (B), a rear towing hook (C),
and rear tie d o w n hook slots (D).
The towing hooks can be used with a winch to pull the
vehicle onto the flat-bed t o w truck, and the tie d o w n
hook slots can be used to secure the vehicle to the
flat-bed t o w truck.
Front:

(cont'd)

1-9

General Information
Towing (cont'd)
Front Towing Hook Installation
The detachable front towing hook is for t o w i n g very
short disttances, such as freeing the car. The hook
attaches to the anchor under the front bumper.

Wheel Lift Equipment —The t o w truck uses t w o pivoting
arms that go under the tires (front or rear) and lifts them
off the ground. The other t w o wheels remain on the
ground. Never tow the vehicle with wheel lift
equipment.

INOT1CE1
• To avoid damage to the vehicle, use the t o w i n g hook
for straight flat ground t o w i n g only. Do not t o w on an
angle.
• Do not use the detachable t o w hook as a tie d o w n for
the vehicle on the flat-bed t o w truck. Use the tie d o w n
hook slots provided.
1. Remove the cover (A) f r o m the splash shield.

Sling-type Equipment —The t o w truck uses metal cables
w i t h hooks on the ends. These hooks go around parts of
the frame or suspension, and the cables lift that end of
the vehicle off the ground. The vehicle's suspension and
body can be seriously damaged if this method of t o w i n g
is attempted. This method of towing the vehicle is
unacceptable.
The only recommended way of t o w i n g the vehicle is on
a flat-bed t o w truck.
Towing the 4WD Pilot with only t w o wheels on the
ground will damage part of the VTM-4 system.
The 2WD Pilot may also be towed with the front wheels
off the ground, or with all four wheels on the ground.
If the 2WD Pilot cannot be transported by a flat-bed t o w
truck, it should be towed with the front wheels off the
ground. If due to damage, the vehicle must be t o w e d
w i t h the front wheels on the ground, or if the vehicle is
t o w e d w i t h all four wheels on the ground, do this:
• Release the parking brake.
• Start the engine.

2. Remove the detachable t o w i n g hook f r o m the tool kit
in the cargo floor box.
3. Screw the detachable t o w i n g hook (B), and tighten it
securely by hand.

. Shift to D, then to N.
• Turn off the engine.
• Leave the ignition switch in ACCESSORY (I) so the
steering wheel does not lock.
• Make sure all accessories are turned off to minimize
battery current draw.
It is best to t o w the vehicle no father than 50 miles (80
km), and keep the vehicle speed below 35mph (55 km/h).

I NOTICE I
• Improper t o w i n g preparation will damage the
transmission. Follow the above procedure exactly. If
you cannot shift the transmission or start the engine,
the vehicle must be transported on a flat-bed t o w
truck.
• Trying to lift or t o w the vehicle by the bumpers will
cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed
to support the vehicle's weight.

1-10

Parts Marking

Precautions for Variable Torque
Management 4WD (VTM-4) System

To deter vehicle theft, certain major components are
marked with the vehicle identification number (VIN).
Original parts have self-adhesive labels. Replacement
body parts have generic self-adhesive labels. These
labels should not be removed. The original engine or
transmission VIN plates are not transferable to the
replacement engine or transmission.

This vehicle is equipped with the Variable Torque
Management® 4WD (VTM-4®) system. The VTM-4
system distributes driving torque between the front and
rear wheels w h e n accelerating and when wheel spin
occurs.
The VTM-4 system does not have a manual switch to
disable the 4WD system. Whenever service work
requires spinning the front or rear wheels with the
engine, always lift and support the vehicle so all four
wheels are off the ground.

NOTE: Be careful not to damage the parts marking labels
during body repair. Mask the labels before repairing the
part.

1-11

spec

Specifications
Standards and Service Limits

2-2

Design Specifications

2-18

Body Specifications

2-21

Standards and Service Limits
Engine Electrical
Item
Ignition coil
Spark plug
Ignition timing
Drive belt
Alternator

Starter

Measurement
Rated voltage
Firing order
Type
Gap
At idle Check the red mark
Tension
Coil (rotor) resistance
Slip ring O.D.
Brush length
Brush spring tension
Output
Commutator mica depth
Commutator runout
Commutator O.D.
Brush length
Brush spring tension

Qualification

In N o r P
At 68 °F (20 °C)

Standard or New
12V
1-4-2-5-3-6
ILZKR7B-11
1.0-1.1 m m (0.039-0.043 in)
10 ± 2 ° B T D C
Auto tensioner
2.5 kO
14.4 m m (0.57 in)
10.5 m m (0.41 in)
3.2 N (0.33 kgf, 0.73 Ibf)
1.8 kW
0.50-0.90 m m (0.020-0.035 in)
0.02 m m (0.001 in) max.
28.9-29.0 m m (1.138-1.142 in)
15.0-16.0 m m (0.59-0.63 in)
22.3-27.3 N (2.27-2.78 kgf, 5 . 0 0 6.13 Ibf)

Service Limit

14.0 m m (0.55 in)
1.5 m m (0.06 in)

0.20 mm (0.008 in)
0.05 m m (0.002 in)
28.0 mm (1.10 in)
9.0 m m (0.35 in)

Engine Assembly
Item
Compression

Measurement
Pressure (Check the engine with the
starter cranking)

Qualification
Minimum
Maximum
variation

Standard or New
930 kPa (9.5 kgf/cm ,135 psi)
200 kPa (2.0 kgf/cm , 28 psi)
2

2

Service Limit

Cylinder Head
Item
Head
Camshaft

Valve

Measurement
Warpage
Height
End play
Camshaft-to-holder oil clearance
Total runout
Cam lobe height

Clearance (cold)
Stem O.D.
Stem-to-guide clearance subtract the
O.D. of the valve stem

Valve seat

Width
Stem installed height

Valve spring

2-2

Free length

Standard or New

Qualification

-

Intake (No.1,
No.2, No.3, and
No.4
CYLINDERS)
Intake (Front,
No.5,6
CYLINDERS)
Exhaust (No.1,
No.2, No.3, and
No.4
CYLINDERS)
Exhaust (Front,
No.5, 6
CYLINDERS)
Intake
Exhaust
Intake
Exhaust
Intake
Exhaust
Intake
Exhaust
Intake
Exhaust
Intake
Exhaust

120.95-121.05 m m (4.762-4.766 in)
0.05-0.20 m m (0.002-0.008 in)
0.050-0.089 m m (0.0020-0.0035 in)
0.03 m m (0.001 in) max.
35.162 m m (1.3843 in)

Service Limit
0.05 m m (0.002 in)

-

0.20 mm (0.008 in)
0.15 mm (0.006 in)
0.04 mm (0.002 in)

35.155 m m (1.3841 in)

36.537 m m (1.4385 in)

36.512 m m (1.4375 in)

0.20-0.24 m m (0.008-0.009 in)
0.28-0.32 mm (0.011 - 0 . 0 1 3 in)
5.485-5.495 mm (0.2159-0.2163 in)
5.450-5.460 m m (0.2146-0.2150 in)
0.020-0.045 m m (0.0008-0.0018 in)
0.055-0.080 m m (0.0022-0.0031 in)
1.25-1.55 m m (0.049-0.061 in)
1.25-1.55 mm (0.049-0.061 in)
46.75-47.55 mm (1 841-1.872 in)
46.68-47.48 m m (1 838-1.869 in)
51.48 mm (2.027 in)
51.05 m m (2.010 in)

5.455 mm (0.2148 in)
5.420 mm (0.2134 in)
0.08 mm (0.003 in)
0.11 mm (0.004 in)
2.00 mm (0.079 in)
2.00 mm (0.079 in)
47.80 mm (1.882 in)
47.73 m m (1.879 in)

-

specs
Cylinder Head (cont'd)
item
Valve guide

Measurement
I.D.
Installed height

Rocker arm

Arm-to-shaft clearance

Qualification
Intake
Exhaust
Intake
Exhaust
Intake (No.1,
No.2, No.3, and
No.4
CYLINDERS)
Intake (No.5, 6
CYLINDERS)
Exhaust (No.1,
No.2, No.3, and
No.4
CYLINDERS)
Exhaust (No.5, 6
CYLINDERS)

Standard or New
5.515-5.530 mm (0.2171 -0.2177 in)
5.515-5.530 mm (0.2171 -0.2177 in)
21.20-22.20 mm (0.835-0.874 in)
20.60-21.60 mm (0.811-0.850 in)
0.015-0.046 mm (0.0006-0.0018 in)

Service Limit
5.55 mm (0.219 in)
5.55 mm (0.219 in)

0.046 mm (0.0018 in)

0.018-0.056 mm (0.0007-0.0022 in)

0.056 mm (0.0022 in)

0.015-0.046 m m (0.0006-0.0018 in)

0.046 mm (0.0018 in)

0.018-0.047 mm (0.0007-0.0019 in)

0.047 mm (0.0019 in)

Qualification

Standard or New
0.07 mm (0.003 in) max.
89.000-89.015 mm (3.5039-3.5045
in)

Service Limit
0.10 mm (0.004 in)
89.065 mm (3.5065
in)
0.05 mm (0.002 in)
0.25 mm (0.010 in)
88.965 mm (3.5026
in)
0.08 mm (0.003 in)
1.27 mm (0.050 in)
1.25 mm (0.049 in)
2.85 mm (0.112 in)
0.15 mm (0.006 in)
0.13 mm (0.005 in)
0.60 mm (0.024 in)
0.70 mm (0.028 in)
0.80 mm (0.031 in)
21.954 mm (0.8643
in)
0.004 mm (0.0002 in)

-

Engine Block
Item
Block

Piston

Piston ring

Measurement
Warpage of deck
Bore diameter
Bore taper
Reboring limit
Skirt O.D. at 16.0 m m (0.63 in) from
bottom of skirt
Clearance in cylinder
Ring groove width

Ring-to-groove clearance
Ring end gap

Piston pin

O.D.
Pin-to-piston clearance

Connecting rod

Crankshaft

Pin-to-rod clearance
Small-end bore diameter
Large-end bore diameter
End play installed on crankshaft
Main journal diameter
Rod journal diameter

Crankshaft
bearing

Rod/main journal taper
Rod/main journal out-of-round
End play
Runout
Main bearing-to-journal oil clearance
Rod bearing clearance

-

Top
Second
Oil
Top
Second
Top
Second
Oil

88.975-88.985 mm (3.5029-3.5033
in)
0.015-0.040 mm (0.0006-0.0016 in)
1.240-1.250 mm (0.0488-0.0492 in)
1.220-1.230 mm (0.0480-0.0484 in)
2.805-2.825 mm (0.1104-0.1112 in)
0.055-0.080 mm (0.0022-0.0031 in)
0.030-0.055 mm (0.0012-0.0022 in)
0.20-0.35 mm (0.008-0.014 in)
0.40-0.55 mm (0.016-0.022 in)
0.20-0.70 mm (0.008-0.028 in)
21.962-21.965 mm (0.8646-0.8648
in)
-0.0050-0.0010 mm (-0.000200.00004 in)
0.005-0.014 mm (0.0002-0.0006 in)
21.970-21.976 mm (0.8650-0.8652
in)
58.0 mm (2.28 in)
0.15-0.35 mm (0.006-0.014 in)
71.976-72.000 mm (2.8337-2.8346
in)
54.976-55.000 mm (2.1644-2.1654
in)
0.005 mm (0.0002 in) max.
0.005 mm (0.0002 in) max.
0.10-0.35 mm (0.004-0.014 in)
0.025 mm (0.0010 in) max.
0.019-0.045 mm (0.0007-0.0018 in)
0.020-0.044 mm (0.0008-0.0017 in)

0.019 mm (0.0007 in)

-

0.45 mm (0.018 in)


0.010 mm (0.0004 in)
0.010 mm (0.0004 in)
0.45 mm (0.018 in)
0.03 mm (0.001 in)
0.050 mm (0.0020 in)
0.050 mm (0.0020 in)

2-3

Standards and Service Limits
Engine Lubrication
Item
Engine oil

Oil pump

Measurement
Capacity

Inner-to-outer rotor clearance
Pump housing-to-outer rotor
clearance
Pump housing-to-outer rotor axial
clearance
Relief valve, oil pressure with oil
temperature at 176 °F (80 °C)

Qualification
Engine overhaul
Oil change
including filter
Oil change
without filter

Standard or New
5.0 L (5.3 US qt)
4.3 L (4.5 US qt)

-

4.0 L (4.2 US qt)

0.04-0.14 m m (0.002-0.006 in)
0.10-0.19 mm (0.004-0.007 in)

0.20 mm (0.008 in)
0.20 mm (0.008 in)

0.02-0.07 mm (0.001 - 0 . 0 0 3 in)

0.12 mm (0.005 in)

Service Limit

-

2

At idle
At 3,000 rpm

69 kPa (0.7 kgf/cm ,10.0 psi)
490 kPa (5.0 kgf/cm ,71 psi)

Qualification
Engine overhaul
Coolant change

Standard or New
Service Limit
9.4 L (2.48 US gal)
7.5 L (1.98 US gal)
Honda Long Life A ntif reeze/Coo I a nt Type 2
0.75 L (0.198 US gal)

2

Cooling System
Item
Radiator

Coolant
reservoir
Radiator cap
Thermostat

Measurement
Coolant capacities (including engine,
heater, hoses, and reservoir)
Coolant type
Coolant capacity

2

Opening pressure
Opening temperature

Begins to open
Fully open

Valve lift at fully open

9 3 - 1 2 3 kPa (0.95-1.25 k g f / c m , 1 4 18 psi)
169-176 °F ( 7 6 - 8 0 °C)
194°F(90 °C)
Above 10.0 mm (0.39 in)

-

Fuel and Emissions
Item
Fuel pressure
regulator
Fuel tank
Engine idle

Measurement
Pressure with fuel pressure gauge
connected
Capacity
Idle speed without load
Idle speed with high electric load
(A/C on, temperature set to max cool,
blower fan motor on high, rear
window defogger on, and headlights
on high beam)

Qualification

Standard or New
3 9 0 - 4 4 0 kPa (4.0-4.5 kgf/cm , 5 7 - 6 4
psi)
79.5 L (21.00 US gal)
700 ± 50 rpm
700 ± 50 rpm
2

A/Tin N or P
A/Tin N or P

Service Limit

-

Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential
Item
Automatic
transmission
fluid
ATF pressure

Measurement
Capacity : Use genuine Honda ATF-Z1

1st clutch pressure

At 2,000 rpm in N
or P
At 2,000 rpm in 1

1st-hold clutch pressure

At 2,000 rpm in 1

2nd clutch pressure

At 2,000 rpm in 2

3rd clutch pressure

At 2,000 rpm in
3rd gear in D
At 2,000 rpm in
4th gear in D
At 2,000 rpm in
5th gear in D

Line pressure

4th clutch pressure
5th clutch pressure
Torque
converter

2-4

Qualification
Fluid change
Overhaul

Stall speed
Check with vehicle on level ground

Service limit

Service Limit

Standard or New
3.4 L (3.6 US qt)
8.1 L (8.6 US qt)

2

950-1,010 kPa (9.7-10.3 kgf/cm ,140
- 1 4 6 psi)
940-1,020 kPa (9.6-10.4 kgf/cm ,140
- 1 4 8 psi)
6 8 0 - 7 6 0 kPa (6.9-7.7 k g f / c m , 1 0 0 110 psi)
940-1,020 kPa (9.6-10.4 kgf/cm ,140
- 1 4 8 psi)
940-1,020 kPa (9.6-10.4 kgf/cm ,140
- 1 4 8 psi)
940-1,020 kPa (9.6-10.4 kgf/cm ,140
- 1 4 8 psi)
940-1,020 kPa (9.6-10.4 kgf/cm ,140
- 1 4 8 psi)
1,850 rpm
1,700-2,000 rpm
2

2

2

2

2

2

900 kPa (9.2
131 psi)
890 kPa (9.1
130 psi)
630 kPa (6.4
91 psi)
890 kPa (9.1
130 psi)
890 kPa (9.1
130 psi)
890 kPa (9.1
130 psi)
890 kPa (9.1
130 psi)

-

2

kgf/cm ,
2

kgf/cm ,
2

kgf/cm ,
2

kgf/cm ,
2

kgf/cm ,
2

kgf/cm ,
2

kgf/cm ,

specs
Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential (cont'd)
Item
Clutch

Measurement
Clearance between clutch end-plate
and top disc

Clutch return spring free length

Clutch disc thickness
Clutch plate thickness

1st clutch end plate thickness

1st-hold clutch plate B thickness
2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th clutch end plate
thickness

Mainshaft

Qualification
1st

1st-hold

2nd

3rd

4th

5th

1st
2nd
3rd
4th
5th

68.3 mm (2.69 in)
48.3 mm (1.90 in)
52.0 mm (2.05 in)
37.4 mm (1.47 in)
47.9 mm (1.89 in)
1.94 mm (0.076 in)
1.6 mm (0.063 in)
1.8 mm (0.071 in)
1.8 mm (0.071 in)
2.0 mm (0.079 in)
1.6 mm (0.063 in)
1.6 mm (0.063 in)
3.1 mm (0.122 in)
3.2 mm (0.126 in)
3.3 mm (0.130 in)
3.4 mm (0.134 in)
3.5 mm (0.138 in)
3.6 mm (0.142 in)
3.7 mm (0.146 in)
3.8 mm (0.150 in)
3.9 mm (0.154 in)
5.0 mm (0.197 in)
2.1 mm (0.083 in)
2.2 mm (0.087 in)
2.3 mm (0.091 in)
2.4 mm (0.094 in)
2.5 mm (0.098 in)
2.6 mm (0.102 in)
2.7 mm (0.106 in)
2.8 mm (0.110 in)
2.9 mm (0.114 in)
22.984-23.000 m m (0.9049-0.9055
in)
39.981-39.991 m m (1.5741-1.5744
in)
46.000-46.016 mm (1.8110-1.8116
in)
0.10-0.22 mm (0.004-0.009 in)
48.7-48.8 m m (1.917-1.921 in)
4.5-4.7 mm (0.18-0.19 in)

1st
1st-hold
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
Markl
Mark 2
Mark 3
Mark 4
Mark 5
Mark 6
Mark 7
Mark 8
Mark 9
Markl
Mark 2
Mark 3
Mark 4
Mark 5
Mark 6
Mark 7
Mark 8
Mark 9

Diameter at startor shaft needle
bearing contact area
5th gear collar diameter at needle
bearing contact area
5th gear I.D.
End play of gears
5th gear collar length
5th gear collar flange thickness
Sealing ring thickness
Width of sealing ring groove

5th gear

Standard or New

1.90-1.96 mm (0.075-0.077 in)
2.025-2.060 m m (0.080-0.081 in)

Service Limit
1.15—1.35 mm
(0.045-0.053 in)
0.6-1.0 mm (0.0240.039 in)
1.05—1.25 mm
(0.041-0.049 in)
0.8-1.0 mm ( 0 . 0 3 1 0.039 in)
0.75-0.95 mm
(0.030-0.037 in)
0.75-0.95 mm
(0.030-0.037 in)
66.3 mm (2.61 in)
46.3 mm (1.82 in)
50.0 mm (1.97 in)
35.4 mm (1.39 in)
45.9 mm (1.81 in)

-

When discolored
When discolored
When discolored
When discolored
When discolored
When discolored
When discolored
When discolored
When discolored
When discolored
When discolored
When discolored
When discolored
When discolored
When discolored
When discolored
When discolored
When discolored
When discolored
When discolored
When discolored
When discolored
When discolored
When discolored
When discolored
When worn or
damaged
When worn or
damaged
When worn or
damaged

-

When worn or
damaged
1.85 mm (0.073 in)
2.08 mm (0.082 in)

2-5

Standards and Service Limits
Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential (cont'd)
Item
Countershaft

Measurement
Diameter at bearing contact area

Diameter of 2nd gear at needle bearing
contact area
I.D. of gear

Qualification
Torque
converter
housing
5th gear

Standard or New
40.505-40.515 m m (1.5947-1.5951
in)

Service Limit
When worn or
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged

2nd gear
5th gear
Idler gear
Reverse gear
A

34.975-34.991 m m (1.3770-1.3776
in)
61.975-61.991 m m (2.4400-2.4406
in)
41.000-41.016 m m (1.6142-1.6148
in)
70.000-70.019 m m (2.7559-2.7566
in)
46.000-46.016 m m (1.8110-1.8116
in)
0.005-0.040 m m (0.0002-0.0016 in)
0.12-0.27 m m (0.0047-0.0106 in)
0.005-0.040 m m (0.0002-0.0016 in)
0.10-0.25 m m (0.0039-0.0098 in)
1.91 m m (0.0752 in)

B

1.93 m m (0.0760 in)

C

1.95 m m (0.0768 in)

D

1.97 m m (0.0776 in)

E

1.99 m m (0.0783 in)

F

2.01 m m (0.0791 in)

G

2.03 m m (0.0799 in)

H

2.05 m m (0.0807 in)

1

2.07 m m (0.0815 in)

J

2.09 m m (0.0823 in)

K

2.11 m m (0.0831 in)

L

2.13 m m (0.0839 in)

M

2.15 m m (0.0846 in)

N

2.17 m m (0.0854 in)

0

2.19 m m (0.0862 in)

5th gear
Idler gear
Reverse gear

End play of gears

50.8 m m washer thickness

2-6

or
or
or
or
or

-

-

When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged

or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or

specs
Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential (cont'd)
Item
Countershaft
(cont'd)

Measurement
50.8 mm washer thickness

61 mm washer thickness

Qualification

Standard or New
2.21 mm (0.0870 in)

Q

2.23 mm (0.0878 in)

R

2.25 mm (0.0886 in)

S

2.27 mm (0.0894 in)

T

2.29 mm (0.0902 in)

U

2.31 mm (0.0909 in)

V

2.33 mm (0.0917 in)

W

2.35 mm (0.0925 in)

X

2.37 mm (0.0933 in)

Y

2.39 mm (0.0941 in)

Z

2.41 mm (0.0949 in)

AA

2.43 mm (0.0957 in)

AB

2.45 mm (0.0965 in)

A

1.525 mm (0.0600 in)

B

1.505 mm (0.0593 in)

C

1.485 mm (0.0585 in)

D

1.465 mm (0.0577 in)

E

1.445 mm (0.0569 in)

F

1.425 mm (0.0561 in)

G

1.405 mm (0.0553 in)

Thrust washer thickness

3.00 mm (0.118 in)

Reverse selector hub O.D.

55.885-55.900 mm (2.200-2.201 in)

Reverse gear collar O.D.

39.979-40.000
in)
1.99-2.02 mm
7.49-7.52 mm
38.981-38.991
in)
43.986-43.999
in)
32.002-32.015
in)

Cotter thickness
Secondary shaft

P

4th gear
2nd gear

Diameter of 1st gear collar at needle
bearing contact area
Diameter at bearing contact area

2nd gear

I.D. of gear

Torque
converter
housing
Torque
converter
housing (shaft
end side)
1st gear

End play of gears

m m (1.5740-1.5748
(0.078-0.080 in)
(0.295-0.296 in)
mm (1.5347-1.5351
m m (1.7317-1.7322
mm (1.2599-1.2604

Service
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged

Limit
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or

-

When worn or
damaged
When worn or
damaged
When worn or
damaged

28.592-28.608 mm (1.1257-1.1263
in)

When worn or
damaged

2nd gear

44.000-44.013 m m (1.7323-1.7328
in)
50.00-50.02 mm (1.9685-1.9693 in)

When worn or
damaged
When worn or
damaged

1st gear
2nd gear

0.100-0.145 mm (0.004-0.006 in)
0.060-0.488 mm (0.0024-0.0192 in)

-

2-7

Standards and Service Limits
Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential (cont'd)
Item
Secondary shaft
(cont'd)

Measurement
52 mm thrust washer thickness

65 mm thrust shim thickness

2-8

A

Standard or New
2.705 mm (0.107 in)

B

2.680 mm (0.106 in)

C

2.655 mm (0.105 in)

D

2.630 mm (0.104 in)

E

2.605 mm (0.103 in)

F

2.580 mm (0.102 in)

G

2.555 mm (0.101 in)

H

2.530 mm (0.100 in)

1

2.505 mm (0.099 in)

J

2.480 m m (0.098 in)

K

2.455 mm (0.097 in)

L

2.430 mm (0.096 in)

M

2.405 mm (0.095 in)

OA

0.80 mm (0.031 in)

A

0.84 mm (0.033 in)

B

0.88 m m (0.035 in)

C

0.92 mm (0.036 in)

D

0.96 mm (0.038 in)

E

1.00 mm (0.039 in)

F

1.04 mm (0.041 in)

G

1.08 mm (0.043 in)

H

1.12 mm (0.044 in)

1

1.16 mm (0.046 in)

J

1.20 mm (0.047 in)

K

1.24 mm (0.049 in)

L

1.28 m m (0.050 in)

M

1.32 m m (0.052 in)

Qualification

Service
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged

Limit
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or

specs
Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential (cont'd)
Item
Secondary shaft
(cont'd)

Measurement
65 mm thrust shim thickness

1st gear collar length
Sealing ring thickness
Width of sealing ring groove
Clutch feed pipe bushing I.D.

ATF feed pipe O.D.

N

Standard or New
1.36 mm (0.054 in)

0

1.40 mm (0.055 in)

P

1.44 mm (0.057 in)

Q

1.48 mm (0.058 in)

R

1.52 mm (0.060 in)

S

1.56 mm (0.061 in)

T

1.60 mm (0.063 in)

U

1.64 mm (0.065 in)

V

1.68 mm (0.066 in)

W

1.72 mm (0.068 in)

X

1.76 mm (0.069 in)

Y

1.80 mm (0.071 in)

z

1.84 mm (0.072 in)

AA

1.88 mm (0.074 in)

AB

1.92 mm (0.076 in)

AC

1.96 mm (0.077 in)

AD

2.00 mm (0.079 in)

AE

2.04 mm (0.080 in)

AF

2.08 mm (0.082 in)

AG

2.12 mm (0.083 in)

AH

2.16 mm (0.085 in)

Al

2.20 mm (0.087 in)

AJ

2.24 mm (0.088 in)

AK

2.28 mm (0.090 in)

AL

2.32 m m (0.091 in)

AM

0.76 mm (0.030 in)

Qualification

1st
1st-hold
1st
1st-hold

63.3-63.4 m m (2.4921 -2.4961 in)
1.91-1.97 m m (0.075-0.078 in)
2.025-2.060 m m (0.080-0.081 in)
11.518-11.530 m m (0.4535-0.4539
in)
6.018-6.030 m m (0.2369-0.2374 in)
11.47-11.48 m m (0.4516-0.4520 in)
5.97-5.98 m m (0.2350-0.2354 in)

Service
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged

Limit
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or

-

1.86 mm (0.073 in)
2.08 mm (0.082 in)
11.545 mm (0.4545
in)
6.045 mm (0.2380 in)
11.45 mm (0.4508 in)
5.95 m m (0.2343 in)

2-9

Standards and Service Limits
Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential (cont'd)
Item
Intermediary
shaft

Measurement
I.D. of 3rd gear
End play of gears
26.5 mm washer thickness

53 mm splined washer thickness

Cotter thickness
Sealing ring thickness
Width of sealing ring groove

2-10

Qualification

Standard or New
36.00-36.016 m m (1.4173-1.4179 in)

3rd gear
A

0.005-0.045 m m (0.0002-0.0018 in)
1.05 mm (0.041 in)

B

1.13 m m (0.044 in)

C

1.21 m m (0.048 in)

D

1.29 m m (0.051 in)

E

1.37 m m (0.054 in)

F

1.45 m m (0.057 in)

G

1.53 m m (0.060 in)

H

1.61 m m (0.063 in)

1

1.69 m m (0.067 in)

J

1.77 m m (0.070 in)

K

1.85 m m (0.073 in)

L

1.93 m m (0.076 in)

M

2.01 m m (0.079 in)

N

2.09 m m (0.082 in)

0

0.97 m m (0.038 in)

A

3.995 m m (0.1573 in)

B

4.015 m m (0.1581 in)

C

4.035 m m (0.1589 in)

D

4.055 m m (0.1596 in)

E

4.075 mm (0.1604 in)

F

4.095 m m (0.1612 in)

G

4.115 m m (0.1620 in)

H

4.135 m m (0.1628 in)

I

4.155 m m (0.1636 in)

J

4.175 m m (0.1644 in)

K

4.195 m m (0.1652 in)

L

4.215 m m (0.1659 in)

M

4.235 m m (0.1667 in)

N

4.255 m m (0.1675 in)
2.99-3.02 m m (0.1177-0.1189 in)
1.89-1.95 m m (0.0744-0.0768 in)
2.025-2.060 m m (0.0797 -0.0811 in)

Service Limit
When worn or
damaged

When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged

or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or

1.84 m m (0.0724 in)
2.08 mm (0.082 in)

specs
Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential (cont'd)
item
Reverse idler
gear

Measurement
Gear shaft O.D.

Qualification

I.D.
I.D. of transmission housing of gear
shaft contact area
Thrust washer thickness

ATF pump

ATF pump thrust clearance
Clearance between ATF pump gear
and body

Transmission
housing
Holder side
Drive gear
Driven gear

ATF pump driven gear I.D.
ATF pump driven gear shaft O.D.
Stator shaft

Reverse shift
fork
Park gear and
pawl
Regulator valve
body

Needle bearing contact area I.D.

Sealing ring contact area I.D.
Fork finger thickness

Shift fork shaft bore I.D.

Sealing ring contact I.D.

ATF guide collar

18.007-18.020 m m (0.7089-0.7094
in)
14.006-14.024 mm (0.5514-0.5521
in)
0.97-1.05 m m (0.038-0.041 in)
0.97-1.05 m m (0.038-0.041 in)
0.03-0.06 m m (0.001 - 0 . 0 0 2 in)
0.210-0.265 m m (0.0083-0.0104 in)
0.070-0.125 m m (0.0028-0.0049 in)
14.016-14.034 mm (0.5518-0.5525
in)
13.980-13.990 m m (0.5504-0.5508
in)
27.000-27.021 mm (1.063-1.064 in)
31.000-31.025 mm (1.220-1.221 in)
31.000-31.025 mm (1.220-1.221 in)
5.90-6.00 m m (0.232-0.236 in)

Service Limit
When worn or
damaged
When worn or
damaged


-

0.07 mm (0.003 in)

-

When worn or
damaged
When worn or
damaged
When worn or
damaged

-

31.05 mm (1.222 in)
5.4 m m (0.21 in)

When worn or damaged

Shift fork shaft/servo valve bore I.D.

Main valve body

Torque
converter side
ATF pump side

Standard or New
13.99-14.00 m m (0.5508-0.5512 in)

Intermediary shaft sealing ring contact
I.D.
Secondary shaft sealing ring contact 1.
D.

14.000-14.010
in)
37.000-37.039
in)
31.000-31.025
in)
35.000-35.025
in)
29.000-29.021
in)

m m (0.5512-0.5516

m m (1.4567-1.4582
mm (1.2205-1.2215

37.045 m m (1.4585
in)
31.05 m m (1.222 in)

m m (1.3780-1.3789

35.05 m m (1.3799 in)

mm (1.1417-1.1426

29.05 m m (1.1437 in)

2-11

Standards and Service Limits
Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential (cont'd)
Item
Main valve body
spring

Measurement
Shift valve A spring

Shift valve B spring

Shift valve E spring

Relief valve spring

Torque converter check valve spring

Modulator valve spring

CPC valve A spring

Servo control valve spring

Lubrication control valve spring

Lock-up timing valve spring

Lock-up shift valve spring

2-12

Qualification
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil

Standard or New
0.9 mm (0.035 in)
6.6 m m (0.260 in)
50.5 m m (1.988 in)
23.3
0.8 m m (0.031 in)
6.6 m m (0.260 in)
49.1 mm (1.933 in)
21.7
0.7 m m (0.028 in)
6.6 m m (0.260 in)
42.4 m m (1.669 in)
17.6
1.0 m m (0.039 in)
9.6 m m (0.378 in)
28.1 m m (1.106 in)
7.7
1.1 m m (0.043 in)
8.6 m m (0.339 in)
35.0 mm (1.378 in)
12.6
1.6 m m (0.063 in)
10.4 mm (0.409 in)
33.5 mm (1.319 in)
9.8
0.7 m m (0.028 in)
6.1 mm (0.240 in)
17.8 m m (0.701 in)
7.9
0.9 m m (0.035 in)
9.6 m m (0.378 in)
30.2 m m (1.189 in)
8.4
0.9 m m (0.035 in)
8.7 m m (0.343 in)
25.0 mm (0.984 in)
7.2
0.6 m m (0.024 in)
6.6 m m (0.260 in)
30.9 mm (1.217 in)
11.1
1.0 m m (0.039 in)
6.6 m m (0.260 in)
35.5 mm (1.398 in)
18.2

Service Limit

-

-

-

-

-

-

specs
Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential (cont'd)
Item
Secondary valve
body spring

Measurement
CPC valve B spring

CPC valve C spring

Shift valve C spring

Shift valve D spring

Reverse CPC valve spring

Reverse control valve spring

Regulator valve
body spring

3rd accumulator spring

Cooler check valve spring

Regulator valve spring A

Regulator valve spring B

Stator reaction spring

Lock-up control valve spring (Type A)

Lock-up control valve spring (Type B)

Qualification
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil

Standard or New
0.7 m m (0.028 in)
6.1 m m (0.240 in)
17.8 m m (0.701 in)
7.9
0.7 mm (0.028 in)
6.1 m m (0.240 in)
17.8 m m (0.701 in)
7.9
0.8 mm (0.031 in)
6.6 mm (0.260 in)
49.1 mm (1.933 in)
21.7
0.7 mm (0.028 in)
6.6 mm (0.260 in)
42.4 mm (1.669 in)
17.6
0.8 m m (0.031 in)
6.1 m m (0.240 in)
24.4 m m (0.961 in)
14.6
0.8 m m (0.031 in)
6.6 m m (0.260 in)
49.1 m m (1.933 in)
21.7
3.1 mm (0.122 in)
19.6 m m (0.772 in)
41.4 mm (1.630 in)
5.5
0.9 mm (0.035 in)
6.7 mm (0.264 in)
31.5 mm (1.240 in)
14.2
1.85 mm (0.073 in)
14.7 mm (0.579 in)
86.9 m m (3.421 in)
16.2
1.4 mm (0.055 in)
8.8 m m (0.346 in)
44.0 m m (1.732 in)
12.0
5.5 m m (0.217 in)
37.4 mm (1.472 in)
30.3 m m (1.193 in)
2.1
0.7 mm (0.028 in)
6.6 mm (0.260 in)
42.9 mm (1.689 in)
14.2
0.8 mm (0.031 in)
6.6 mm (0.260 in)
44.3 mm (1.744 in)
25.5

Service Limit

-

-

-

-

-

2-13

Standards and Service Limits
Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential (cont'd)
Item
Accumulator
body spring

Measurement
1st accumulator spring A

1st accumulator spring B

1st-hold accumulator spring

2nd accumulator spring

4th accumulator spring

5th accumulator spring A

5th accumulator spring B

A/T differential
carrier

Qualification
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil
Wire diameter
O.D.
Free length
No. of coil

Pinion shaft contact area I.D.
Driveshaft contact area I.D.
Clearance between carrier and pinion
shaft
Clearance between carrier and
driveshaft
Clearance between carrier and
intermediate shaft
Carrier bearing starting torque
(preload)

For new bearing
For used bearing

A/T differential
pinion gear

Backlash
I.D.
Clearance between pinion gear and
pinion shaft

2-14

2WD
4WD

Service Limit

Standard or New
2.3 mm (0.091 in)
19.6 mm (0.772 in)
60.8 mm (2.394 in)
9.5
2.5 mm (0.098 in)
12.8 mm (0.504 in)
46.0 mm (1.811 in)
9.5
2.0 mm (0.079 in)
13.1 mm (0.516 in)
42.9 mm (1.689 in)
9.8
3.1 mm (0.122 in)
19.6 mm (0.772 in)
53.4 mm (2.102 in)
7.5
3.3 mm (0.130 in)
19.6 mm (0.772 in)
39.1 mm (1.539 in)
5.8
2.4 mm (0.094 in)
19.6 mm (0.772 in)
65.5 mm (2.579 in)
12.0
2.6 mm (0.102 in)
13.2 mm (0.520 in)
50.5 mm (1.988 in)
10.1
18.000-18.025 mm (0.7087-0.7096
in)
30.025-30.055 m m (1.182-1.183 in)
0.013-0.054 m m (0.0005-0.0021 in)

0.1 mm (0.004 in)

0.045-0.096 m m (0.002-0.004 in)

0.13 mm (0.005 in)

0.080-0.126 m m (0.003-0.005 in)

3.9-5.1 N m ( 4 0 - 5 2 k g f c m , 3 5 - 4 5
Ibf-in)
3.6-4.8 N m ( 3 7 - 4 9 k g f c m , 3 2 - 4 3
Ibf-in)
1.4-2.0 mm (0.055-0.079 in)
0.05-0.15 mm (0.002-0.006 in)
18.042-18.066 mm (0.7103-0.7113
in)
0.055-0.095 m m (0.0022-0.0037 in)

Adjust

-

Adjust

-

0.12 m m (0.005 in)

specs
Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential (cont'd)
Item
Transfer output
shaft

Measurement
Diameter at bearing contact area

End play
28.5 m m thrust washer thickness

Qualification
Transmission
housing
Torque
converter
housing side

Standard or New
21.977-21.990 m m (0.8652- 0.8657
in)
40.002-40.018 m m (1.5749- 1.5755
in)

A

0 - 0 . 3 9 m m (0.0-0.015 in)
1.82 m m (0.0717 in)

B

1.84 m m (0.0724 in)

C

1.86 m m (0.0732 in)

D

1.88 m m (0.0740 in)

E

1.90 m m (0.0748 in)

F

1.92 m m (0.0756 in)

G

1.94 m m (0.0764 in)

H

1.96 m m (0.0772 in)

1

1.98 mm (0.0780 in)

J

2.00 m m (0.0787 in)

K

2.02 m m (0.0795 in)

L

2.04 m m (0.0803 in)

M

2.06 m m (0.0811 in)

N

2.08 mm (0.0819 in)

0

2.10 m m (0.0827 in)

P

2.12 mm (0.0835 in)

Q

2.14 mm (0.0843 in)

R

2.16 m m (0.0850 in)

S

2.18 m m (0.0858 in)

T

2.20 mm (0.0866 in)

U

2.22 m m (0.0874 in)

V

2.24 m m (0.0882 in)

W

2.26 m m (0.0890 in)

X

2.28 mm (0.0898 in)

Y

2.30 m m (0.0906 in)

Z

2.32 m m (0.0913 in)

AA

2.34 m m (0.0921 in)

Service Limit
21.92 m m (0.8630 in)
39.95 m m (1.5728 in)

-

When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged
When worn
damaged

or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
or

2-15

Standards and Service Limits
Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential (cont'd)
Item
Transfer
assembly

Measurement
Diameter of transfer hypoid drive
gear/shaft assembly at tapered roller
bearing contact area
Diameter of transfer output shaft
(hypoid gear) at tapered roller bearing
contact area

Transfer
assembly fluid

Transfer gear backlash
Tapered roller bearing total starting
torque (preload)
Capacity : Hypoid gear oil SAE 90
viscosity, API classified GL 4 or GL 5
only

Qualification
Transfer cover
side
Transfer gear
side
Transfer gear
side
Companion
flange side

Fluid change
Overhaul

Standard or New
50.002-50.018 m m (1.9686-1.9692
in)
24.987-25.000 m m (0.9837-0.9843
in)
40.002-40.018 m m (1.5749-1.5755
in)
31.975-31.988 m m (1.2589-1.2594
in)
0.06-0.17 m m (0.002-0.007 in)
3.20-4.16 N m (32.6-42.4 k g f c m ,
28.3-36.8 Ibf-in)
0.43 L (0.45 US qt)
0.45 L (0.48 US qt)

Service Limit
49.95 m m (1.9665 in)
24.93 mm (0.9815 in)
39.95 m m (1.5728 in)
31.92 mm (1.2567 in)
Adjust
Adjust

Rear Differential
Item
Rear differential
fluid

Measurement
Capacity

Qualification
Fluid change
Overhaul

Recommended fluid

Standard or New
2.64 L (2.79 US qt)
2.85 L (3.01 US qt)
Honda VTM-4 Differential fluid

-

Standard or New
0 - 1 0 mm (0.0—0.4 in)

29 N (3.0 kgf, 6.6 ibf)

Service Limit

Steering
Item
Steering wheel

Gearbox
Pump
Power steering
fluid

Measurement
Rotational play measured at outside
edge with engine running
Initial turning load measured at
outside edge with engine running
Angle of rack guide screw loosened
from locked position
Output pressure with shut-off valve
closed
Capacity

Qualification

Service Limit

15 ± 5 °
2

Fluid change
System overhaul

Recommended fluid

8,924-9,414 kPa ( 9 1 - 9 6 kgf/cm ,
1,294-1,365 psi)
0.36 L (0.38 US qt)
1.0 L (1.1 US qt)
Genuine Honda Power Steering Fluid

-

Suspension
Item
Wheel alignment

Measurement
Camber
Caster
Total toe-in
Front wheel turning angle

Wheel

Aluminum wheel runout
Steel wheel runout

Wheel bearing

2-16

End play

Qualification
Front
Rear
Front
Front
Rear
Inward
Outward
(reference)
Axial
Radial
Axial
Radial
Front
Rear

Standard or New
- 0 ° 3 0 ' ±45'
- 0 ° 3 0 ' ±45'
4 ° 11 ' ± 3 5 '
0 ± 2 m m (0.0 ±0.1 in)
2 ± 2 m m (0.1 ±0.1 in)
38° 1 2 ' ± 2 °
31 ° 4 4 '
0 - 0 . 3 m m (0.0—0.01 in)
0 - 0 . 3 m m (0.0-0.01 in)
0 - 1 . 0 m m (0.0-0.04 in)
0 - 1 . 0 m m (0.0-0.04 in)
0 - 0 . 0 5 mm (0.0-0.002 in)
0 - 0 . 0 5 m m (0.0-0.002 in)

Service Limit

2.0
1.5
2.0
1.5

-

mm
mm
mm
mm

(0.08
(0.06
(0.08
(0.06

in)
in)
in)
in)

specs
Brakes
Item
Parking brake

Brake disc

Measurement
Distance traveled when pedal pressed
with 294 N (30 kgf, 66 Ibf) of force
Drum I.D.
Shoe lining thickness
Pedal height (carpet moved aside)
Free play
Thickness

Brake pad

Runout
Parallelism
Thickness

Brake pedal

Qualification

Standard or New

Service Limit

8 to 10

Front
Rear

Front
Rear

210.0-210.1 m m (8.27-8.27 in)
3.9 mm (0.15 in)
171 m m (6.7 in)
1 - 5 mm (0.0-0.2 in)
27.9-28.1 m m (1.10-1.11 in)
10.9-11.1 mm (0.43-0.44 in)

-

10.6-11.2 mm (0.42-0.44 in)
9.6-10.2 mm (0.38-0.40 in)

211.0 m m (8.31 in)
1.0 m m (0.04 in)

-

26.0 m m (1.02 in)
9.0 m m (0.35 in)
0.04 m m (0.002 in)
0.015 mm (0.0006 in)
1.6 m m (0.06 in)
1.6 mm (0.06 in)

Air Conditioning
Item
Refrigerant
Refrigerant oil

Compressor

Measurement
Type
Capacity of system
Type
Capacity of components

Field coil resistance
Pulley-to-pressure plate clearance

Qualification

Condenser
(Including
receiver/dryer)
Evaporator
(Front)
Evaporator
(Rear)
Each line and
hose
Receiver/Dryer
Compressor
At 68 °F (20 °C)

Standard or New
HFC-134a (R-134a)
600-650 g (21.2-22.9 oz)
DENSO ND-OIL 8 (P/N 38897-PR7-A01AH)
5 0 m L ( 1 2/3fl-oz)

Service Limit

-

4 0 m L ( 1 1/3 fl-oz)
30 mL (1 fl-oz)
10 mL (1/3 fl-oz)
10 mL (1/3 fl-oz)
125 mL (4 2/9 fl-oz)
3.9—4.3 Q
0.35-0.60 mm (0.014-0.024 in)

-

2A1

Design Specifications
Item
DIMENSIONS

Measurement
Overall length
Overall width
Overall height
Wheelbase
Track

WEIGHT

Seating capacity
Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR)

ENGINE

Type

Qualification

LX (USA model)
Except LX (USA model)
Front
Rear
4WD
2WD

Cylinder arrangement
Bore and stroke
Displacement
Compression ratio
Valve train
Lubrication system
Fuel required
STARTER

AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION

Final reduction

2-18

3

Type
Normal output
Nominal voltage
Hour rating
Direction of rotation
Type

Primary reduction
Gear ratio

Specification
4,850 m m (190.9 in)
1,995 m m (78.5 in)
1,802 m m (71.0 in)
1,846 mm (72.7 in)
2,775 m m (109.2 in)
1,720 m m (67.7 in)
1,715 m m (67.5 in)
Eight (8)
2,765 kg (6,096 lbs)
2,700 kg (5,952 lbs)
Water-cooled, 4-stroke SOHC i-VTEC VCM V6 gasoline
engine
60 ° V6-cylinder, transverse
89.0 x 93.0 m m (3.50 x 3.66 in)
3,471 c m (211.7 cu in)
10.5
Belt drive, SOHC i-VTEC VCM 4 valves per cylinder
Forced, wet sump, with trochoid pump
Regular UNLEADED gasoline with 87 Pump Octane
Number or higher
Gear reduction
1.6 kW
12V
30 seconds
Counterclockwise as viewed from drive end
Electronically-controlled automatic, five-speed forward,
one reverse, three-element torque converter with lock up
clutch
Direct 1:1
2.697
1.606
1.071
0.765
0.612
1.888
Single helical gear
4.312

1st
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
Reverse
Type
Gear ratio

specs
Item
STEERING

SUSPENSION

Measurement
Type
Overall ratio
Turns, lock-to-lock
Steering wheel diameter
Type
Shock absorber

TIRES

Size

WHEEL
ALIGNMENT

Camber
Caster
Total Toe-in
Front wheel turning angle

BRAKES

Type of service brake
Type of parking brake
Pad friction surface area
(swept area)

AIR
CONDITIONING

Parking brake shoe
friction surface area
Compressor

Condenser
Evaporator
Blower

Qualification

Front
Rear
Front
Rear
Front and rear
Spare
Front
Rear
Front
Front
Rear
Inward
Outward (reference)
Front
Rear
Front
Rear

Type
Capacity
Maximum speed
Lubricant capacity
Lubricant type
Type
Type
Type
Motor type

Maximum capacity (Front)
Maximum capacity (Rear)

Refrigerant

Power-assisted self-adjusting ventilated disc
Power-assisted self-adjusting solid disc
Foot type, mechanical actuating, rear wheels
63.5 c m (9.84 sq in) x 2
32.0 c m (4.92 sq in) x 2
60.2 c m (9.33 sq i n ) x 2
2

2

2

Speed control (Auto A/C)
Speed control (Manual A/C)

Temperature control
Compressor clutch

Specification
Hydraulic power-assisted rack and pinion
19.0
3.69
386 mm (15.2 in)
McPherson Strut
Multilink with trailing arm
Twin tube gas
Twin tube gas
P245/65R17 105T
T165/80D17 104M
-0°30'
-0°30'
4 ° 11 '
0 mm (0 in)
2 mm (0.08 in)
38° 12'
31 o 44 -

Type
Electrical power consumption at
68 °F (20 °C)
Type
Quantity (Dual)

Swash plate
210 mL/rev (12.8 cu in/rev)
7,600 rpm
215 mL (13.1 cu in)
DENSO ND-OIL8
Corugate fin
Corugate fin
Sirocco fan
Front:228W/12V
Rear:215W/12V
Infinitely variable
Front: 7-speed
Rear: 3-speed
490 c m (17.300 cu ft)/h
310 c m (11.300 cu ft)/h
Air-mix type
Dry, single, plate, Poly-V belt drive
35 W maximum at 12 V
3

3

HFC-134a (R-134a)
6 0 0 - 6 5 0 g (21.2-22.9 oz)

2-19

Design Specifications
Item
ELECTRICAL
RATINGS

Measurement
Battery
Fuses

Light bulbs

Washer reservoir

2-20

Qualification
Under-hood fuse/relay box
Under-dash fuse/relay box
Auxiliary under-hood fuse/relay box
Auxiliary under-dash fuse holder
Rear fuse/relay box
Headlight high beam
Headlight low beam
Daytime running lights
Front turn signal lights/parking
lights
Front side turn signal lights
(TOURING model)
Front side marker lights
Front fog lights
Rear turn signal lights/taillights
Brake lights/taillights
Rear side marker lights
High mount brake light
Back-up lights
License plate lights
Cargo area light
Console box light
Front map light
Rear map light
Ambient light
Vanity mirror lights
Glove box light
Door courtesy lights
Gauge lights
Indicator lights
Capacity (USA models)
Capacity (Canada models)

Specification
12 V - 7 2 Ah/20HR (12 V - 6 0 Ah/5HR)
120 A, 80 A, 50 A, 40 A, 30 A, 20 A, 15 A, 10 A, 7.5 A
30 A, 20 A, 15 A, 10 A, 7.5 A
40 A, 30 A, 20 A, 15 A, 10 A
7.5 A
20 A, 7.5 A
12 V - 6 0 W
12V-55W
12V-60W
12V-28/8W
LED
12V-5W
12 V - 5 5 W
12V-21/5W
12V-21/5W
12 V - 5 W
1 2 V - 5 W X5
12V-18W
12V-5W
12V-8W
12 V - 1 . 4 W
12V-8W
12V-5W
LED
12V-1.1 W
14V-1.4W
12 V - 2 C P
LED
LED
4.0 L (4.2 US qt)
6.5 L (6.9 US qt)

specs
Body Specifications

* 1 : L X ( U S A model)
*2: Except LX (USA model)

2-21

Maintenance
Lubricants and Fluids

3-2

Maintenance Minder
General Information (Information Display)
General Information (Multi-information Display)
Maintenance Main Items
Maintenance Sub Items

3-4
3-8
3-12
3-13

Lubricants and Fluids

For details of the lubrication points and the type of lubricants to be applied, refer to the illustrated index and the various work
procedures (such as Assembly/Reassembly, Replacement Overhaul, Installation, etc.) contained in each section.
Item

Lubrication Points

Lubricant

A

Engine

Honda Motor Oil:
American Honda P/N 08798-9023 (5W-20),
Honda Canada P/N CA66806 (5W-20)
Look for the API certification seal on the oil container. Make sure it says
"For Gasoline Engines/' S A E viscosity: See chart.

B

Automatic transmission

Honda Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF-Z1):
American Honda P/N 08200-9001,
Honda Canada P/N CA66689
Always use Honda ATF-Z1. Using a non-Honda ATF can affect shift
quality.

C

Transfer assembly (4WD)

Hypoid gear oil GL4 or GL5
Use a S A E 90 viscosity hypoid gear oil, API classified GL4 or GL5 only.

3-2

Viscosity
S A E 90: above 0°F (-18°C)
Honda VTM-4 Differential Fluid:
American Honda P/N 08200-9003,
Honda Canada P/N 08200-9003C

D

Rear differential (4WD)

E
F

Brake system (including V S A lines)
Caliper piston seals

Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid: P/N 08798-9008
Always use Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can
cause corrosion and decrease the life of the system.

G
H
1
J
K

Brake booster clevis pin
Battery terminals
Fuel fill door
Hood hinges and hood latch
Tailgate hinges

Multipurpose grease

L

Caliper piston boot, caliper pins, and caliper pin
boots

Honda Silicone Grease: P/N 08C30-B0234M

M

Power steering system

Honda Power Steering Fluid:
American Honda P/N 08206-9002,
Honda Canada P/N 08206-9002C
Always use Honda Power Steering Fluid. Using any other type of power
steering fluid or automatic transmission fluid can cause increased wear
and poor steering in cold weather.

N

Air conditioning compressor

Compressor oil: DENSO ND-OIL8 (P/N 38897-PR7-A01 AH) for refrigerant
HFC-134a (R-134a)

0

Cooling system

Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2: P/N OL999-9001

3-3

Maintenance Minder
General Information (Information Display)
Maintenance Display
The maintenance minder is an important feature of the information display (LX, EX, and EX-L models). Based on engine
and automatic transmission operating conditions, the Pilot's onboard computer (PCM) calculates the remaining engine
oil and automatic transmission fluid life. The system also displays the remaining engine oil life along w i t h the code(s) for
other scheduled maintenance items needing service.

MAINTENANCE
MINDER INDICATOR

3-4

Service Information
1. The remaining engine oil life (A) is shown as a
percentage on the information display. To see the
current engine oil life, turn the ignition switch to ON
(II), then push and release the SELECT/RESET knob
repeatedly until the engine oil life displays.

3. When the ignition switch is ON (II) and the remaining
engine oil life is 5 % to 1 %, the message "SERVICE"
(A) is displayed along with engine oil life and the
same maintenance item code(s).

OUTSIDE

SERVICE
A

IE3

OUTSIDE

iu
OILLIFE%

IUU

i

OILLIFE%
O H

2. When the ignition switch is ON (II) and the remaining
engine oil life is 15 % to 6 %, the remaining engine oil
life (A) and other scheduled maintenance item(s)
needing service are displayed.
The maintenance minder indicator (B) also comes on
w h e n the engine oil life is 15 % or less.
To cancel the display and the indicator, press the
SELECT/RESET knob.
• Complete list of maintenance main items (C) (see
page 3-12).
• Complete list of maintenance sub items (D) (see
page 3-13).

4. When the ignition switch is ON (II) and remaining
engine oil life is 0 %, the engine oil life indicator (A)
blinks.
Pressing the SELECT/RESET knob cancels the display,
but the maintenance minder indicator stays on.

OUTSIDE

SERVICE
A

IE3

OILLIFE%

n
u

B

A

iD D U C C
I t^JU

II

OILUFE%

—=< IS

(cont'd)

Maintenance Minder
General Information (Information Display) (cont'd)
5. If the indicated maintenance is not done, the engine
oil life indicator shows a negative mileage, for
example " - 1 0 " on the display. If the negative milage is
between 0 and -9, the indicator is displayed for only a
few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to ON
(II). The negative mileage remains displayed after the
vehicle is driven more than 10 miles (for USA models)
or 10 km (for Canada models) after 0 % oil life is
reached, and the display cannot be canceled. This
means the indicated maintenance item(s) should
have been done more than 10 miles (or 10 km) ago.

OUTSIDE
-irTfc

SERVICE
A

IE3

NOTE:
• The vehicle must be stopped to reset the display.
• If a required service is done and the display is not
reset, or if the maintenance display is reset without
doing the service, the system will not show the proper
maintenance t i m i n g . This can lead to serious
mechanical problems because there will be no
accurate record of when the required maintenance is
needed.
• The engine oil life and the maintenance item(s) can be
independently reset with the HQS.
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
2. Push the SELECT/RESET knob repeatedly until the
engine oil life indicator is displayed.

in
IU

Resetting the Maintenance Information
Display

mi

3. Press and hold the SELECT/RESET knob for about 10
seconds. The engine oil life indicator and the
maintenance item code(s) will be blink, then release
the knob.
NOTE: If you are resetting the display w h e n the
engine oil life is more than 15 %, make sure any
maintenance item(s) requiring service are done
before resetting the display.
4. Press the SELECT/RESET knob for another 5 seconds.
The maintenance item code(s) will disappear, and the
engine oil life will reset to " 1 0 0 " .

Zi Zu~if~i
C
ZlUU
OILLIFE%

inn
I U U

3-6

iu

r

a

Resetting Individual Maintenance Items
1. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the
data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on page 11-3).
2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle
and the powertrain control module (PCM). If it doesn't
communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see page
11-226).
4. Select GAUGES in the BODY ELECTRICAL with the
HDS.
5. Select ADJUSTMENT in the GAUGES with the HDS.
6. Select SERVICE REMINDER in the ADJUSTMENT with
the HDS.
7. Select RESET in the SERVICE REMINDER with the
HDS.
8. Select the individual maintenance item you wish to
reset.

Maintenance Minder
General Information (Multi-information Display)
Multi-information Display
The maintenance minder is an important feature of the multi-information display (TOURING model). Based on engine
and automatic transmission operating conditions, the Pilot's onboard computer (PCM) calculates the remaining engine
oil and automatic transmission fluid life. The system also displays the remaining engine oil life along with the code(s) for
other scheduled maintenance items needing service.

MULTI-INFORMATION DISPLAY

SEL/RESET BUTTON

3-8

Service Information
1. The remaining engine oil life (A) is shown as a
percentage in the multi-information display.
To see the current engine oil life, turn the ignition switch
to ON (II), then push and release the SEL/RESET button
repeatedly until the engine oil life is displayed.

. When the ignition switch is ON (II), and the remaining
engine oil life is 5 % to 1 %, the maintenance system
message "SERVICE DUE NOW" is displayed along with
the same maintenance item code(s). If the maintenance
system message display is canceled, a "SERVICE"
message appears.

INSTANT FUEL MPG
0
20
imiiiii"
OIL LIFE

SERVICE
DUE NOW
A123

90%

2. When the ignition switch is ON (II), and the remaining
engine oil life is 15 % to 6 %, the remaining engine oil life
and other scheduled maintenance item(s) needing
service are displayed. The maintenance system
message "SERVICE DUE SOON" (A) also comes on. To
cancel the message, press the INFO button. The display
continues to show the remaining engine oil life (B) and
the message indicator (C) until it is reset.
• Complete list of maintenance main items (D) (see page
3-12).
• Complete list of maintenance sub items (E) (see page
3-13).

SERVICE
DUE S 0 0 N
A123456

^A*

4. When the ignition switch is ON (II), and the remaining
engine oil life is 0 %, the maintenance system message
"SERVICE PAST DUE" is displayed along with the same
maintenance item code(s).

SERVICE
PAST DUE
A123

=

INSTANT FUEL MPG
0
20
40

imiiiii
SERVICE

A123456
D

OIL LIFE

15%

E

(cont'd)

3-9

Maintenance Minder
General Information (Multi-information Display) (cont'd)
5. If the indicated maintenance is not done, the
"SERVICE PAST DUE" message shows a negative
mileage, for example " - 1 0 , " on the display. If the
negative mileage is between 0 and -9, the message is
displayed for only a few seconds w h e n the ignition
switch is turned to ON (II). The negative mileage (A)
remains displayed after the vehicle is driven more
than 10 miles (for USA models) or 10 km (for Canada
models) after 0 % oil life is reached, and the display
cannot be canceled. This means the indicated
maintenance item(s) should have been done more
than 10 miles (or 10 km) ago.

Resetting the Maintenance Information
Display
NOTE:
• The vehicle must be stopped to reset the display.
• If a required service is done and the display is not
reset, or if the maintenance display is reset without
doing the service, the system will not show the proper
maintenance timing. This can lead to serious
mechanical problems because there will be no
accurate record of when the required maintenance is
needed.
• The engine oil life and the maintenance items can be
reset independently only with the HDS.
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

10miles >—
SERVICE
PAST DUE
A123

A

2. If system message(s) are displayed, press the INFO
button to cancel the display.
3. Push and release the SEL/RESET button repeatedly
until the engine oil life indicator is displayed.
4. Press and hold the SEL/RESET button for about 10
seconds, the "OIL LIFE RESET" mode display
appears.
NOTE:
• If you are resetting the display when the engine oil
life is more than 15 %, make sure any maintenance
item(s) requiring service are done before resetting
the display.
• To cancel the "OIL LIFE RESET" mode, press the
INFO button repeatedly until the "CANCEL"
indicator is displayed, then press the SEL/RESET
button.

OIL LIFE RESET
CANCEL
SERVICE

A123

3-10

OIL LIFE

5%

5. Press INFO button to select "RESET", then press the
SEL/RESET button.
The maintenance item code(s) will disappear, and the
engine oil life will reset to " 1 0 0 " .

Resetting individual Maintenance Items
1. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the
data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on page 11-3).
2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

INSTANT FUEL MPG
0

20

40

3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle
and the powertrain control module (PCM). If it doesn't
communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see page
11-226).
4. Select GAUGES in the BODY ELECTRICAL with the
HDS.

OIL LIFE

100%

5. Select ADJUSTMENT in the GAUGE with the HDS.
6. Select SERVICE REMINDER in the ADJUSTMENT with
the HDS.
7. Select RESET in the SERVICE REMINDER with the
HDS.
8. Select the individual maintenance item you wish to
reset.

3-11

Maintenance Minder
Maintenance Main Items
If the message "SERVICE" or "SERVICE DUE NOW" does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the engine oil every
year.
NOTE:
• Replace the brake fluid every 3 years, independent of the maintenance messages in the information/multi-information display.
• Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000 km).
• Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if they are noisy.
Maintenance Main Items
Symbol
A
Replace engine oil (see page 8-10)
Engine oil capacity without oil filter: 4.0 L (4.2 US qt)
B
Replace engine oil and oil filter (see page 8-11)
Engine oil capacity with oil filter: 4.3 L (4.5 US qt)
Check front and rear brakes (see page 19-3)
• Check pads and discs for wear (thickness), damage, and cracks.
• Check calipers for damage, leaks, and tightness of mounting bolts.
Check parking brake adjustment (see page 19-7)
Check the number of clicks 8 to 10 when the parking brake pedal is pressed with 294 N (30 kgf, 66 Ibf) of force.
Inspect tie-rod ends, steering gearbox, and gearbox boots (see page 17-6)
• Check steering linkage.
• Check boots for damage and leaking grease.
• Check fluid lines for damage or leaks.
Inspect suspension components (see page 18-3)
• Check bolts for tightness.
• Check condition of ball joint boots for deterioration and damage.
Inspect driveshaft boots (see page 16-4)
Check boots for cracks and boot bands for tightness.
Inspect brake hoses and lines including VSA lines (see page 19-41)
Check the master cylinder and VSA modulator-control unit for damage and leakage.
Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids.
• Engine coolant (see page 10-6)
• Automatic transmission fluid (see page 14-207)
• Transfer fluid (see page 14-211)
• Rear differential fluid (see page 15-42)
• Power steering fluid (see page 17-27)
• Brake fluid (see page 19-9)
• Windshield washer fluid
Inspect exhaust system* (see page 9-8)
Check catalytic converter heat shields, exhaust pipes, and mufflers for damage, leaks, and tightness.
Inspect fuel lines* (see page 11-344), and connections* (see page 11-346)
Check for loose connections, cracks, and deterioration; retighten loose connections and replace damaged parts.
NOTE: According to state and federal regulations, failure to do the maintenance items marked with an asterisk (*) will not void the customer's
emissions warranties. However, Honda recommends that all maintenance services be done at the recommended interval, to ensure long-term
reliability.

3-12

Maintenance Sub Items
Number
1
2

3

4

5
6

Maintenance Sub Items
Rotate tires, and check tire inflation and condition
Follow the pattern shown in the Owner's Manual.
Replace air cleaner element (see page 11-373)
If the vehicle is driven primarily in dusty conditions, replace every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
Replace dust and pollen filter (see page 21-81)
• If the vehicle is driven primarily in areas that have high concentrations of dust, pollen, or soot in the air, replace every 15,000
miles (24,000 km).
• Replace the filter whenever airflow from the heating and air conditioning system is less than normal.
Inspect drive belt (see page 4-30)
Look for cracks and damage, then check the position of the auto-tensioner; no adjustment is needed.
Replace automatic transmission fluid (see page 14-209) and transfer fluid (see page 14-211)
• Automatic transmission fluid capacity: 3.4L (3.6 US qt)
• Transfer fluid capacity: 0.43 L (0.45 US qt), use hypoid gear oil GL4 or GL5.
Replace spark plugs (see page 4-22)
Use ILZKR7B-1KNGK)
Replace timing belt (see page 6-22) and Inspect water pump (see page 10-5)
If the vehicle is regularly driven in very high temperatures (over 110 °F, 43 °C), or in very low temperatures
(under -20 °F, -29 °C), replace every 60,000 miles (USA)/100,000 km (Canada).
Inspect the valve clearance (cold) (see page 6-10)
Intake: 0.20-0.24 mm (0.008-0.009 in), Exhaust: 0.28-0.32 mm (0.011 - 0 . 0 1 3 in)
Replace engine coolant (see page 10-6)
Capacity (including the reservoir): 7.5 L (1.98 US gal), use Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2.
Replace VTM-4 rear differential fluid (see page 15-42)
• Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher level of mechanical (shear) stress
to fluid. This requires differential fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the maintenance minder. If the
vehicle is regularly driven in these conditions, have the differential fluid changed at 7,500 miles (12,000 km), then every
15,000 miles (24,000 km).
• Capacity: 2.64 L (2.79 US qt), use Honda VTM-4 Differential Fluid.

3-13

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If engine electrical maintenance is required)
The Pilot SRS includes a driver's airbag in the steering wheel hub, a passenger's airbag in the dashboard above
the glove box, seat belt tensioners in the front seat belt retractors, side curtain airbags in the sides of the roof,
and side airbags in the front seat-backs. Information necessary to safely service the SRS is included in this
Service Manual. Items marked w i t h an asterisk (*) on the contents page include or are located near SRS
components. Servicing, disassembling, or replacing these items require special precautions and tools, and
should be done by an authorized Honda dealer.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could lead to personal injury or death in the event of a severe
frontal or side collision, all SRS service w o r k should be done by an authorized Honda dealer.
• Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional deployment of the airbags, side airbags, and side curtain airbags.
• Do not b u m p or impact the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, or rear safing sensor,
especially when the ignition switch is in ON (II), or for at least 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to
LOCK (0); otherwise, the system may fail in a collision, or the airbags may deploy.
• SRS electrical connectors are identified by yellow color coding. Related components are located in the
steering column, center console, dashboard, in the dashboard above the glove box, in the front seats, in the
roof side, and around the floor. Do not use electrical test equipment on these circuits.

Engine Electrical
Engine Electrical
Special Tools

4-2

Starting System
Component Location I n d e x . . . . 4-3
Symptom Troubleshooting
Index
....4-5
Circuit Diagram
4-6
Starter S y s t e m Circuit
Troubleshooting
4-7
Starter Solenoid Test
...4-9
Starter Performance Test
4-10
Starter Removal and
Installation
4-11
Starter Overhaul
4-12

Ignition System
Component Location I n d e x . . . . 4 - 1 8
Circuit Diagram
4-19
Ignition Timing Inspection
4-20
Ignition Coil
Removal/Installation
4-21
Spark Plug Inspection
4-22

Charging System
Component Location I n d e x . . . .
S y m p t o m Troubleshooting
Index
Circuit Diagram
Charging S y s t e m Indicator
Circuit Troubleshooting
Alternator and Regulator
Circuit Troubleshooting
Alternator Control Circuit
Troubleshooting

4-23
4-24
4-25
4-26
4-28
4-29

Drive Belt Inspection
4-30
Drive Belt Replacement
4-31
Drive Belt Auto-tensioner
Inspection
.4-31
Drive Belt Auto-tensioner
Replacement
4-32
Drive Belt Auto-tensioner Air
Bleeding
4-33
Alternator Removal and
Installation
....4-33
Alternator Overhaul
4-36

Cruise Control
Component Location Index....4-41
Symptom Troubleshooting
Index
4-42
Circuit Diagram
4-43
Cruise Control Input Test
4-44
* Cruise Control Combination
Switch T e s t / R e p l a c e m e n t . . . 4-46

Active Control Engine
Mount (ACM) System
Component Location I n d e x . . . . 4 - 4 7
General Troubleshooting
Information
4-48
DTCTroubleshooting I n d e x . . . 4-50
System Description
4-51
Circuit Diagram
4-52
DTC Troubleshooting
4-53
Symptom Troubleshooting ....4-76
Engine Mount Control Unit
Replacement
4-77

Engine Electrical
Special Tools
Ref.No.

©
©
©

4-2

Tool Number
07746-0010300
07749-0010000
07SAZ-001000A

Description
Bearing Driver Attachment, 42 x 47 m m
Driver Handle, 15 x 135L
Backprobe Set

Qty
1
1
2

Starting System
Component Location Index

UNDER-DASH
F U S E / R E L A Y BOX

^
.
Touring mode!

Except Touring models

(cont'd)

4-3

Starting System
Component Location Index (cont'd)

BATTERY
Test, page 22-93

STARTER
Starting System Circuit Troubleshooting, page 4-7
Solenoid Test, page 4-9
Performance T e s t page 4-10
Removal and Installation, page 4-11
Overhaul, page 4-12

4-4

Symptom Troubleshooting Index
Symptom
Engine does not start
(does not crank)

Engine cranks, but does
not start

Engine is hard to start

Engine cranks slowly

Multi-information
display warning CHECK
STARTER SYSTEM (with
multi-information
display)
Starter system indicator
stay on (without
multi-information
display)

Diagnostic procedure
1. Check for loose battery terminals or connections.
2. Test the battery for a low state of charge (see page
22-93).
3. Check the PGM-FI main relays (see page 22-96).
4. Check the starter (see page 4-7).
5. Check the starter cut relay 1 and the starter cut relay 2
(see page 22-96).
6. Check the transmission range switch (see page 14-263).
7. Check the ignition switch or wire (see page 22-103).
1. Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see page 11 -3).
2. Check for IMMOBI status and function (see page
22-451).
3. Check the fuel pressure, (see page 11-343)
4. Check for a plugged or damaged fuel line (see page
11-344).
5. Check for a plugged fuel filter (see page 11 -356).
6. Check the throttle body (see page 11 -371).
7. Check for low engine compression (see page 6-7).
8. Check for a damaged or broken timing belt.
9. Do the powertrain control module (PCM) reset in the
PGM-FI INSPECTION menu to cancel the ALL
INJECTORS STOP with the Honda Diagnostic System
(HDS).
1. Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see page 11-3).
2. Check the fuel pressure (see page 11-343).
3. Check for a plugged or damaged fuel line (see page
11-344).
4. Check for a plugged fuel filter (see page 11-356).
1. Check for loose battery terminals or connections.
2. Test the battery for a low state of charge (see page
22-93).
3. Check the starter for binding (see page 4-12).
4. Check for excessive drag in the engine.
Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see page 11-3).

Also check for
Poor ground at G101

Weak or fouled spark
plugs

Weak or fouled spark
plugs

Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see page 11-3).

4-5

Starting System
Circuit Diagram

UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX

UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX
No. 1 (120 A)

No. 2 (50 A)

HI

G20
BLU

WHT

h
/
1

AUXILIARY
UNDER-DASH
FUSE HOLDER

/ T \
BAT

\

IGNITION
SWITCH
J HOT in
START (I

TRANSMISSION
RANGE SWITCH
(Closed: P or N)

4-6

Starter System Circuit Troubleshooting
Special Tools Required
Alternator, Regulator, Battery & Starter Tester OTC3131
Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment
Program 888-424-6857
• Air temperature must be between 5 9 - 1 0 0 °F ( 1 5 - 3 8 °
C) during this procedure.
• After the inspection, you must reset the powertrain
control module (PCM). Otherwise, the PCM will
continue to stop the fuel injectors f r o m functioning.
• The battery must be in good condition and fully
charged.
1. Remove the air intake duct (see step 1 on page
20-210).
2. Connect the alternator, regulator, battery & starter
tester (OTC3131) to the battery as shown.
NOTE: The probe is not used for battery testing.

7. Select ALL INJECTORS STOP in the PGM-FI
INSPECTION menu with the HDS.
8. Set the parking brake, then w i t h the shift lever in N or
P, turn the ignition switch to START (III) to crank the
engine.
Does the starter crank the engine normally?
Y E S - T h e starting system is OK. Go to step 15.
NO-Go to step 9.
9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
10. Check the electrical connections at the battery, the
negative battery cable to the body, the engine ground
cables, and the starter for looseness and corrosion.
Then try cranking the engine again.
Does the starter crank the engine normally?
YES-Repairing the loose connection corrected the
problem. The starting system is OK. Go to step 15.
NO-Based on the following s y m p t o m s , take the
appropriate a c t i o n : B

OTC3131

• If the starter does not crank the engine at all, go to
step 11.
• If the starter cranks the engine erratically or too
slowly, g o t o step 13.
• If the starter does not disengage f r o m the torque
converter ring gear w h e n you release the key,
replace the starter, or remove and disassemble it,
and check for the following:
- Starter solenoid and switch malfunction
- Dirty drive gear or damaged overrunning clutch

3. Do the BATTERY TEST.
Does the display indicates GOOD or GOOD, LOW
CHARGE?
Y E S - T h e battery is OK. Charge the battery if
necessary, then go to step 4.
NO-lf the display indicate BAD BATTERY, replace the
battery, then retest. If the display indicate CHARGE &
RETEST, charge the battery, then retest.
4. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the
data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on page 11-3).
5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
6. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle
and the PCM. If it does not communicate,
troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see page 11 -226).

(cont'd)

4-7

Starting System
Starter System Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
11. Make sure the shift lever is in N or P, then disconnect
the connector (A) f r o m the starter S terminal. Connect
a jumper wire f r o m the battery positive terminal to the
S terminal.

12. Check the following items in the order listed until you
find the problem in the circuit:H
NOTE: After the problem in the circuit is found and
repaired, go to step 15.
• A blown STS (7.5 A) fuse in the auxiliary underdash
fuse holder located below the under-dash
fuse/relay box.
• A blown STRLD (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash
fuse/relay box.
• Check for an open or short in the WHT wire and
connectors between the starter cut relay 1 and the
under-hood fuse/relay box.
• Check for an open or short in the GRN wire and
connectors between the starter cut relay 1 and the
PCM.
• Check for an open or short in the BRN wire and
connectors between the starter cut relay 1 and the
starter cut relay 2.

Does the starter crank the engine?
Y E S - G o to step 12.
NO-Remove the starter (see page 4-11), and repair
(see page 4-12) or replace it as necessary.H

• Check for an open or short in the WHT wire, BLK/
WHT wire, and connectors between the starter cut
relay 2 and the starter.
• Check for an open or short in the YEL wire, LT BLU
wire, and connectors between the ignition switch
and the PCM.
• Check for an open or short in the LT GRN wire and
connectors between the PCM, the starter cut relay
1, and the starter cut relay 2.
• Check for an open or short in the BLU/ WHT wire
and connectors between the starter cut relay 1 and
the starter cut relay 2.
• Check for an open or short in the BLU wire, BLU/
WHT wire, and connectors between the starter cut
relay 1 and the transmission range switch.
• Check for poor connections or loose terminals at
the transmission range switch and body ground
(G101).
• Check for a faulty ignition switch (see page 22-103).
• Check for a faulty transmission range switch (see
page 14-263).
• Check for a faulty starter cut relay 1 and the starter
cut relay 2 (see page 22-96).

4-8

[

ENGINE

|

Starter Solenoid Test
13. Do the STARTING TEST with the alternator, regulator,
battery & starter tester.
NOTE: The probe is used for starter testing.

1. Remove the air intake duct (see step 1 on page
20-210).
2. Do the battery removel procedure (see page 22-95).
3. Remove the battery base (see step 9 on page 5-3).
4. Remove the harness clamp (A), then disconnect the
positive starter cable (B), the motor wire (C), and the
S terminal connector (D) f r o m the starter.

OTC3131

Does the display indicate cranking voltage greater than
or equal to 8.0 V and is the cur rent draw less than or
equal to 375 A ?
Y E S - G o to step 14.
NO-Replace the starter (see page 4-11), or remove
and disassemble it (see page 4-12), and check for
these p r o b l e m s : ^
• Drag in the starter armature
• Shorted armature w i n d i n g
• Excessive drag in the engine
• Open circuit in the starter armature commutator
segments
• Excessively w o r n starter brushes
• Open circuit in the starter brushes
• Dirty or damaged helical splines or drive gear
• Faulty overrunning clutch
14. Remove the starter (see page 4-11), and inspect its
drive gear and the torque converter ring gear for
damage. Replace any damaged parts.

8 x 1 . 2 5 mm
11 N m
(1.1 k g f m , 8.1 Ibf ft)

5. Check the hold-in coil for continuity between the
S terminal and the armature housing ( g r o u n d ) . There
should be continuity.
• If there is continuity, go to step 6.
• If there is no continuity, replace the solenoid.
6. Check the pull-in coil for continuity between the
S terminal and the M terminal. There should be
continuity.
• If there is continuity, the solenoid is OK.
• If there is no continuity, replace the solenoid.
7. Install the wire and the connector in the reverse order
of removal.
8. Install the battery base (see step 56 on page 5-19).
9. Do the battery installation procedure (see page 22-95).
10. Install the air intake duct (see page 20-210).

15. Select PCM reset in the PGM-FI INSPECTION menu to
cancel ALL INJECTORS STOP with the HDS.

4-9

Starting System
Starter Performance Test
1. Disconnect the motor wire f r o m the M terminal.
2. Make the connections for this test using the thickest
(gauge) wire possible (preferably the same gauge as
used on the vehicle).

5. Disconnect the battery f r o m the starter body as
shown. If the pinion retracts immediately, it is
working properly.

NOTE: To avoid damaging the starter, never leave the
battery connected for more than 10 seconds.

6. Clamp the starter firmly in a vise.
7. Reconnect the motor wire to the M terminal.
3. Connect the battery as s h o w n . Make sure you
disconnect the starter motor wire f r o m the
M terminal. If the starter pinion moves out, it is
working properly.

8. Connect the starter to the battery as s h o w n , and
confirm that the motor runs.

4. Disconnect the battery f r o m the M terminal. If the
pinion does not retract, the hold-in coil of the solenoid
is working properly.

BATTERY

BODY
(GROUND)

9. If the electric current meets the specification when the
battery voltage is at 11.5 V, the starter is working
properly.
Specification
Electric Current:

4-10

90 A or less

Starter Removal and Installation
Removal

Installation

1. Remove the air intake duct (see step 1 on page
20-210).

1. Install the starter using a new gasket, then install the
lower radiator hose bracket (A) and the dipstick (B).

2. Do the battery removal procedure (see page 22-95).
3. Remove the battery base (see step 9 on page 5-3).

6 x 1.0 mm
12 N m
(1.2kgfm,8.7lbfft)

E

4. Remove the harness clamp (A), then disconnect the
positive starter cable (B) and the S terminal connector
(C) f r o m the starter.
A

(4.5 k g f m , 33 Ibf ft)

2. Connect the positive starter cable (C) and the
S terminal connector (D) to the starter, then install the
harness clamp (E). Make sure the crimped side of the
ring terminal faces away f r o m the starter w h e n you
connect it.
5. Remove the lower radiator hose bracket (D) and the
dipstick (E).

3. Install the battery base (see step 56 on page 5-19).
4. Do the battery installation procedure (see page 22-95).

6. Remove the t w o bolts holding the starter, then
remove the starter.

5. Install the air intake duct (see page 20-210).
6. Start the engine to make sure the starter works
properly.

4-11

Starting System
Starter Overhaul
Disassembly/Reassembly
2Nm
(0.2 k g f m
11bf ft)

6Nm
(0.6 kgf m
4 Ibf ft)

ARMATURE HOUSING

END C O V E R

8 x 1.25 mm
9Nm
(0.9 k g f m ,
7 Ibf-ft)

STARTER SOLENOID

Apply m o l y b d e n u m
disulfide.

SOLENOID LEVER

IDLER GEAR
greaseKI

Apply m o l y b d e n u m disulfide.

4-12

Brush Holder Removal

Armature Inspection and Test

1. Remove the starter (see page 4-11).

5. Disassemble the starter as s h o w n at the beginning of
this procedure in the Exploded View.

2. Disconnect the motor wire f r o m the M terminal (see
page 4-9), and remove the end cover.
3. Pry back each brush spring w i t h a screwdriver, then
position the brush on the brush holder about halfway
out of its holder. Release the spring to hold it in place.

6. Inspect the armature for wear or damage f r o m contact
with the permanent magnet. If there is wear or
damage, replace the armature.

4. Remove the brush holder assembly (A).

7. Check the commutator (A) surface. If the surface is
dirty or burnt, resurface it w i t h an emery cloth or a
lathe to the specifications in step 8, or recondition
with #500 or #600 sandpaper (B).

(cont'd)

4-13

90 mm (0.02 mm (0.142 in) Service Limit: 28. If the mica depth is below the service limit.0 mm (1. check the commutator for carbon dust or brass chips between the segments. 9 . 10. replace the armature. Service Limit: 0.10 in) Commutator Mica Depth Standard (New): 0. replace the armature. replace the armature.05 mm (0. If the diameter is below the service limit. • If the commutator runout is within the service limit. Commutator Diameter Standard (New): 2 8 . Measure the commutator (A) runout.2 9 .001 in) max. Use an ohmmeter to check for continuity between the segments of the commutator. Use a digital caliper or dial caliper to check the mica depth (A).Starting System Starter Overhaul (cont'd) 8.138-1. • If the commutator runout is not within the service limit.002 in) 4-14 . If there is an open circuit between any segments. Check the commutator diameter with an electronic digital caliper or dial type caliper. 9. replace the armature.20 mm (0.035 in) Service Limit: 0. Commutator Runout Standard (New): 0.008 in) \U// 11.020-0.50-0. 0 mm (1.

replace the armature. 15. replace the overrunning clutch assembly. Replace it if it does not slide smoothly. replace the overrunning clutch assembly. the armature is shorted. Slide the overrunning clutch (A) along the shaft. A A 13. If the starter drive gear is w o r n or damaged.12. Hold a hacksaw blade (C) on the armature core. and turn the drive gear (B) in the direction shown to make sure it turns freely. 16. the gear is not available separately. Use an o h m m e t e r t o check for continuity between the c o m m u t a t o r (A) and the armature coil core (B). (cont'd) 4-15 . If there is continuity. Replace the armature. and between the commutator and the armature shaft (C). Replace it if the starter drive gear teeth are damaged. Overrunning Clutch Inspection 14. If it does not lock. Hold the overrunning clutch (A). Place the armature (A) on an armature tester (B). Check the condition of the torque converter ring gear. If the blade is attracted to the core or vibrates while the core is turned. Also make sure the drive gear locks in the opposite direction.

Measure the brush length.6 . If it is shorter than the service limit. C Planetary Gear Inspection 20. Insert the brush (A) into the brush holder. Replace them if they are w o r n or damaged. 3 . Spring Tension Standard (New): 2 2 . 3 N (2.Starting System Starter Overhaul (cont'd) Starter Brush Inspection 17.78 kgf.0 mm (0. then attach a spring scale (B) to the spring (C). 5. 1 3 Ibf) Starter Brush Holder Test 18. and bring the brush into contact w i t h the commutator. If there is continuity.00 . A 4-16 . Measure the spring tension at the m o m e n t the spring lifts off the brush.0 mm (0. Brush Length Standard (New): 15.35 in) Brush Spring Inspection 19. Check the planetary gears (A) and internal ring gear (B). replace the brush holder assembly.2 7 . If it is not within the standard. replace the brush holder assembly. Check for continuity between the ( + ) brushes (A) and the ( —) brushes (B).59-0.0-16.27-2. replace the brush holder assembly.63 in) Service Limit: 9.

Install the starter (see page 4-11). 22. NOTE: To seat the new brushes. and push each brush d o w n until it seats against the commutator. 4-17 . The contact surface of the brushes will be sanded to the same contour as the commutator. Pry back each brush spring w i t h a screwdriver. Install the end cover to retain the brush holder. Next pry back each brush spring again. Slip a strip of #500 or #600 sandpaper. ENGINE [ 23. between the commutator and each brush. then release the spring against the end of the brush. 25. Release the spring to hold it in place. with the grit side up. 24. Install the armature housing (A) and the armature (B) by aligning the slotted point (C) to the projection (D). then position the brush on the brush holder about halfway out of its holder. Install the brush holder assembly. and smoothly turn the armature.[ Starter Reassembly 2 1 .

Ignition System Component Location Index IGNITION COIL RELAY Test. page 22-96 4-18 .

• ENGINE • Circuit Diagram UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX 4-19 .

Ignition System Ignition Timing Inspection 1. 7. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on page 11-3). troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see page 11-226). If a DTC is present. Check for DTCs (see page 11-3). J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. blower fan. If the ignition system works properly. If the ignition t i m i n g differs f r o m the specification. rear w i n d o w defogger.1 ignition coil harness. and air conditioner are turned off). 3. 9. C 6. 10. update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the powertrain control module (PCM).000 r p m w i t h no load (in N or P) until the radiator fan comes o n . A i m the light toward the pointer (A) on the t i m i n g belt cover and the mark (B) on the crankshaft pulley. diagnose and repair the cause before continuing w i t h this test. Check the idle speed (see page 11-325). 8. then recheck. check the cam t i m i n g . If the cam timing is OK. 2. Hold the engine speed at 3. Disconnect the HDS and the t i m i n g light. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 4-20 . Start the engine. Ignition Timing: 10 ± 2 ° BTDC (RED mark (B)) at idle in N or P 5. 4. Connect the timing light to theNo. and the PCM was substituted. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). If it does not communicate. 11. Check the ignition t i m i n g under a no load condition (headlights. then let it idle. NOTE: The other pointer (C) is not used.

FRONT 0 mm 12 N m (1. Install the ignition coils in the reverse order of removal. then remove the ignition coils (B).2 k g f m . 2.7 Ibfft) 3. Disconnect the ignition coil connectors (A).• ENGINE Ignition Coil Removal/Installation 1. 4-21 • . Remove the engine cover.0 mm 12 N m (1.2 k g f m . 8. 8.7 Ibf ft) REAR 6 x 1.

Deteriorated ignition coils Worn or deformed electrodes Damaged gasket • Improper gap • Oil-fouling • Carbon deposits • Cracked center electrode insulator Cracked insulator 2.Clogged air cleaner element .Plug heat range too cold .Excessive idling/low speed running .1 mm (0. or if the center electrode (A) is rounded. Apply a small amount of anti-seize c o m p o u n d to the plug threads.8 k g f m . Use only the spark plugs listed.Loose spark plug Spark Plug NGK: . clean the electrode w i t h a plug cleaner.043 in) . • Burned or w o r n electrodes may be caused by these conditions: . do not clean for more than 20 seconds to avoid damaging the electrode. finger-tight. Replace the plug at the specified interval.0-1.Ignition System Spark Plug Inspection 1.Insufficient cooling • Fouled plugs may be caused by these conditions: ILZKR7B-11 Electrode Gap Standard (New): 1. Torque t h e m to 18 N m (1.Oil in combustion chamber . or if the spark plug gap (B) is out of specification. then inspect the electrodes and the ceramic insulator. .Advanced ignition t i m i n g 3.039-0. 4-22 4.Retarded ignition t i m i n g . NOTE: Do not adjust the gap of iridium tip plugs. and screw the plugs into the cylinder head. NOTE: • Do not use a wire brush or scrape the iridium electrode since this will damage the electrode. If the spark plug electrode is dirty or contaminated. • When using a sand blaster spark plug cleaner. Remove the spark plugs.Incorrect spark plug gap .Plug heat range too hot . . 13 Ibf-ft).

page 4-30 Replacement page 4-31 4-23 .Charging System Component Location Index DRIVE BELT Inspection.

2. 3. 4. 6.Charging System Symptom Troubleshooting Index Symptom Charging system indicator does not come on with the ignition switch in ON (II) Charging system indicator stays on Battery discharged Battery overcharged 4-24 Diagnostic procedure Troubleshoot the charging system indicator circuit (see page 4-26). and the key removed. Test the battery (see page 22-93). 1. Troubleshoot the charging system indicator circuit (see page 4-26). Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see page 11-3). 1. Check the drive belt auto-tensioner (see page 4-31). 2. 5. The multiplex control unit may take up to 10 minutes to turn off (sleep mode) for some models. Also check for . 4. Check for a broken drive belt (see page 4-30). Check for excessive parasitic electrical current draw w i t h the ignition switch in LOCK (0). 2. Test the battery (see page 22-93). Troubleshoot the alternator and regulator circuit (see page 4-28). 3. Check the drive belt auto-tensioner (see page 4-31). Check for a poor connection at the battery terminal. Troubleshoot the alternator and regulator circuit (see page 4-28). 1. Check for a broken drive belt (see page 4-30).

10 (7.5 A) ) No. 1 (120 A) IGNITION SWITCH UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX D1 G20 IG1 HOT in ON (II) and START (III) ) No. 3 (10 A) N GAUGE CONTROL MODULE YEL J I I I I I I I t i i WHT I I I I ' —Q RED I I I I A48 * -Q A49 XL G202 VOLTAGE REGULATOR 4-25 [ .[ ENGINE Circuit Diagram UNDER-OASH FUSE/RELAY BOX UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX No.

2 8 ) . 10. Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). Go to the alternator and regulator circuit troubleshooting (see page 4 . 5. 7. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on page 11-3). PCM C O N N E C T O R C (49P) Does the charging system indicator come on? n Y E S . Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C42 and body ground. 12. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 1. 16. If it does not communicate.• NO-Go to step 7.3 6 ) . YES-Repair short to ground in the wire between alternator 4P connector terminal No. Disconnect the alternator 4P connector. Do the gauge control module self-diagnostic function procedure (see page 22-334). Start the engine. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). then recheck. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). J N O .000 rpm for 1 minute. Hold the engine speed at 2. 14.G o t o step 14.G o to step 4. 11. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good PCM. Disconnect the alternator 4P connector.G o to step 15. Do the gauge control module self-diagnostic function procedure (see page 22-334). YES-Replace the alternator (see page 4-33). then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).B 4. • Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? NO-Go to step 3. Does the charging system indicator flash? NO-Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). NO-Replace the gauge control module (see page 22-359). 13. • Y E S . NOTE: This step must be done to protect the PCM f r o m damage.H 3. . 2.2 5 0 ) . Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the powertrain control module (PCM). n 2 3 |4|e h 8 9 10 11 1 2 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 21 I 22 24 25 26 27 28 1 30 32 33 34 37 38 39 4 0 41 4 2 | 4 3 | 4 4 1 / | 4 6 1 4 7 4 8 4 9 1| / Does the charging system indicator go off? >< >< JLALTL X5)(WHT/BLU) YES-Charging system indicator circuit is OK. 4-26 15. troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see page 11-226). replace the original PCM (see page 1 1 . Does the charging system indicator flash? Does the charging system indicator go off? Y E S . 3 and PCM connector terminal C42. 8. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. • NO-Replace the gauge control module (see page 22-359). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 9. or repair the alternator (see page 4 .Charging System Charging System Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting NOTE: Check for stored DTCs in the PGM-FI before troubleshooting the charging system indicator. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 6.G o to step 2.

Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). u (1 (WHT/BLU) Is there continuity? YES-Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). 3 and PCM connector terminal C42. 4-27 .B NOTE: This step must be done to protect the PCM from damage. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. If the symptom/indication goes away w i t h a known-good PCM. Does the charging system indicator come on? 19. then recheck.• 17. 2) 4J ALTERNATOR 4P CONNECTOR Wire side of female terminals YES-Replace the alternator (see page 4-33). Connect alternator 4P connector terminal No. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-226). then go to step 19. Connect the HDS to the DLC (see step 2 on page 11 -3). PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) Terminal side of female terminals r u f1 2 | 25. Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). 24. 3 to body ground w i t h a jumper wire. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). If it does not communicate. 22. 20.! NO-Repair open in the wire between alternator 4P connector terminal No. or repair the alternator (see page 4 . Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the PCM. ALTERNATOR 4P CONNECTOR L (WHT/BLU) ENGINE ] 4J r _| 1 | 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 ^ 16 17 18 19 11 12 26 22 25 24 • 30 32 33 34 3 5 ^ 37 |40|41 4 2 | 4 3 | 4 4 | / | 4 6 | 4 7 / JUMPER WIRE >< >< 9|10| 20 21 i 27 28 38 39 1 48|49| ALTL (WHT/BLU) Wire side of female terminals 18. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C42 and alternator 4P connector terminal No. • NO-Disconnect the jumper wire. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3.3 6 ) . 21. troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see page 11-226). 23. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250).

Repeat the test agein. Start the engine. replace the alternator (see page 4-33) or repair the alternator (see page 4-36).5-15. Do the CHARGING SYSTEM TEST. then retest. Hold the engine speed at 3. battery & starter tester (OTC3131) to the battery as shown.B 5.5 V. go to alternator control circuit troubleshooting.1 V and amperage 87. 2. replace the alternator. 1. Check the diode condition on the display. 3.1 V and amperage is less than 87. Dose the display indicate GOOD? YES-The diode is OK. Troubleshooting is c o m p l e t e d OTC3131 NO-lf the display indicate BAD.5 A. 4-28 . then let it idle.5 A or more ? YES-Go to step 5. Connect the alternator. until the radiator fan comes on. Battery & Starter Tester OTC3131 Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program 888-424-6857 4.Charging System Alternator and Regulator Circuit Troubleshooting Special Tools Required Alternator. and that the battery is sufficiently charged and in good condition (see page 22-93). If N/A appears repeatedly.H NOTE: If the display indicates N/A. Does the dispaly indicate voltage within 13. Regulator. Make sure the battery connections are good. regulator. IMO-lf the voltage is less than 13. If the voltage is over 15.000 rpm w i t h no load (in N or P). replace the alternator (see page 4-33) or repair the alternator (see page 4-36). the diode pattern could not be diagnosed.

NOTE: This step must be done to protect the PCM f r o m damage. Start the engine. 8. 2 and PCM connector terminal C43. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on page 11-3). Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the powertrain control module (PCM). Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). 10. Check for DTCs (see page 11-3). and turn on the headlights to high beam. then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good PCM. PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) f J n A™ / / 7. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). NOTE: This step must be done to protect the PCM f r o m damage. 2 and the positive terminal of the battery. 2. Measure the voltage between alternator 4P connector terminal No. Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). If a DTC is present. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250).H 11. n 3 | 4 | e •I B | 7 | 8 16 17 18 19 11 12 24 26 25 22 3233 34 3 5 ^ 37 30 40 41 42 | 4 3 | 4 4 | / | 4 6 | 4 7 1| 2 Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short to ground in the wire between alternator 4P connector terminal No.H NO-Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). ALTERNATOR 4P CONNECTOR e — ® BATTERY - C (WHT/GRN) u f1 2 ) 4j Wire side of female terminals >> >< 9 10 20 21 27 28 38 39 48|49| • 1 /f^ALTC (WHT/GRN) 5. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. (cont'd) 4-29 . Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C43 and body ground. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. NO-Go to step 8. 4. troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see page 11-226). then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 3. 9. 6. If it does not communicate. then recheck. diagnose and repair the cause before continuing with this test. Is there less than 1 V? 12. YES-Go to step 11. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Disconnect the alternator 4P connector.Alternator Control Circuit Troubleshooting 1.

If the belt is cracked or damaged. 2. or repair the alternator (see page 4 .Charging System Alternator Control Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd) Drive Belt Inspection 13. Check that the auto-tensioner indicator pointer (A) on the A/C compressor bracket is not beyond the edge of the indicator (B) on the auto-tensioner. . Inspect the belt for cracks or damage. 1.3 6 ) . PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) Terminal side of female terminals 1 | 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 110 j 11 12 16 17 18 19 20 21 i 22 24 25 26 27 28 30 3 2 3 3 34 37 38 39 1 40141 4 2 1 4 3 1 4 4 1 / | 46147 4 8 | 4 9 | / >< >< ALTC (WHT/GRN) C (WHT/GRN) ALTERNATOR 4P CONNECTOR Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Replace the alternator (see page 4-33). 3. Check for loose terminals and connections. replace the drive belt (see page 4-31). 2 and PCM connector terminal C43. then check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C43 and alternator 4P connector terminal No. Remove the power steering (P/S) fluid reservor. • NO-Repair open in the wire between alternator 4P connector terminal No.B 4-30 2. If the pointer is beyond the indicator. replace it.

then check the position again w i t h the engine idling. and slowly turn the wrench in the direction of the rotation arrow. Install the new belt in the reverse order of removal. Check the position of the auto-tensioner indicator pointer (A). 2. NOTE: This is a hydraulic type auto-tensioner. 4. 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Remove the power steering (P/S) fluid reservor. Start the engine. replace the auto-tensioner (see page 4-32). 2. If the position is still fluctuates. do the auto-tensioner air bleeding (see page 4-33).Drive Belt Replacement Drive Belt Auto-tensioner Inspection 1. and make sure the A/C switch is OFF. Set a socket wrench on the drive belt auto-tensioner. If the position of the indicator moves or fluctuates a lot. (cont'd) 4-31 . and recheck. Remove the drive belt (see page 4-31). then remove the drive belt. so you must turn the wrench slowly for at least 3 seconds. 1.

Install the auto-tensioner in the reverse order of removal. 12 x 1. NOTE: • This is a hydraulic type auto-tensioner.25 mm 74 N m (7. Remove the auto-tensioner. Do the auto-tensioner air bleeding (see page 4-33). 6. 3. 1. Using new engine oil. • Check for oil leakage f r o m the damper rubber bellows. or you hear abnormal noise. • : Clean and add new engine oil A B 5. 4-32 . 54 Ibfft) • Check the belt for cracks or damage (see page 4-30).5 kgf m. • If the tensioner does not move smoothly. 4.Charging System Drive Beit Auto-tensioner Inspection (cont'd) Drive Belt Auto-tensioner Replacement 5. Remove the any oil and clean the bolt (A) and the washer (B). Remove the drive belt (see page 4-31). and slowly turn the wrench in the direction of the rotation arrow. replace the auto-tensioner (see page 4-32). Remove the splash shield (see page 20-225). so you must turn the wrench slowly for at least 3 seconds. lubricate the areas shown. Set a socket wrench on the drive belt auto-tensioner. 2.

8. 2. 4. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure (see page 22-94). Remove the coolant reservoir (A) and the power steering (P/S) fluid reservoir (B). the full length of its stroke. Attach a socket wrench to the drive belt auto-tensioner f r o m above the engine. Remove the engine cover (see step 1 on page 4-21). A B 3. (cont'd) 4-33 . 6. then slowly (at least 3 seconds) move the auto-tensioner the opposite direction the full length of its stroke. Remove the air intake duct (see step 1 on page 20-210). 5. then remove the holder bracket (C). Disconnect the A/C compressor clutch connector (C) f r o m the A/C compressor. Install the drive belt (see page 4-31).Drive Belt Auto-tensioner Air Bleeding Alternator Removal and Installation 1. Remove the drive belt (see page 4-31). in the direction s h o w n . Removal 2. D 7. 3. 1. Remove the drive belt (see page 4-31). Remove the bolt (D) securing the harness holder. (at least 3 seconds) compress the auto-tensioner. Disconnect the alternator connector (A) and the positive alternator cable (B) f r o m the alternator. Repeat this operation three times. Slowly.

then remove the alternator. Install the alternator. Install the drive belt (see page 4-31). Remove the mounting bolt (A) and the alternator bracket mounting bolt (B). Make sure the crimped it side of the ring terminal faces away f r o m the alternator w h e n you connect it.Charging System Alternator Removal and Installation (cont'd) 9. 4.25 mm 45 N m (4. Installation 1. 33 Ibf ft) 2.6 kgf m. Connect the A/C compressor clutch connector (B) to the A/C compressor. 4-34 . 3. Connect the alternator connector (C) and the positive alternator cable (D) to the alternator. Install the bolt (A) securing the harness holder. 5. then tighten the mounting bolt (A) and the alternator bracket mounting bolt (B). 10x1.

Install the holder bracket (A).6. Install the air intake duct (see page 20-210). 6 x 1. . 8. Install the engine cover (see page 4-21).0 mm A 7. then install the coolant reservoir (B) and the power steering (P/S) fluid reservoir (C). Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure (see page 22-94). 9.

Charging System Alternator Overhaul Exploded View FRONT BEARING RETAINER END COVER 4-36 .

Remove the end cover (A) and the terminal insulator (B). remove the pulley locknut w i t h a 10 m m wrench (A) and a 22 m m wrench (B). Alternator Disassembly B 1. Test the alternator and regulator (see page 4-28) before you remove t h e m . 3. Remove the alternator (see page 4-33). use an impact wrench. 15 x 135L 07749-0010000 • Bearing Driver A t t a c h m e n t 42 x 47 m m 07746-0010300 5. If the front bearing needs replacing. 2.Special Tools Required . If necessary. NOTE: Refer to the exploded view as needed during this procedure. Remove the brush holder assembly (A). A B 6. Driver Handle. (cont'd) 4-37 .

and inspect the bearing journal surface in the drive-end housing for seizure marks. 8. 4-38 . Drive out the front bearing w i t h a brass drift and a hammer. 10. • If the rotor is damaged. If you are not replacing the front bearing. go to step 13. A 11. replace the rotor assembly. • If the rotor is OK. then remove the rear housing assembly (A) and the washer (B). Inspect the rotor shaft for scoring. go to step 10.Charging System Alternator Overhaul (cont'd) 7. Remove the front bearing retainer. Remove the four through bolts. Remove the rotor f r o m the drive-end housing. 9.

and the bearing driver attachment.2 k g f .6 m m (0. 8 1 . • If there is no continuity. replace the rotor assembly. Check for continuity between each slip ring and the rotor (B) and the rotor shaft (C). • If either brush is shorter than the service limit. 0 l b f f t ) . put the rotor in the drive-end housing. • If there is no continuity. • If the brush length is OK.m . go to step 15. If you removed the pulley. Alternator Brush Length Standard (New): 10. Push the brushes (A) in. go to step 14. ENGINE • Rotor Slip Ring Test 14. tighten the four through bolts.06 in) 15.06 in) diameter) to hold them there. 15 x 135L. Measure the length of both brushes (A) w i t h a vernier caliper (B). 18.• 12. then tighten its locknut to 110 N-m (11. (cont'd) 4-39 . and go to step 16. • If there is continuity. Put the rear housing assembly and the drive-end housing/rotor assembly together.41 in) Service Limit: 1. Alternator Reassembly 16.5 mm (0. the driver handle. replace the rear housing assembly. Remove any grease or any oil f r o m the slip rings. then insert a pin or drill bit (B) (about 1. 42 x 47 m m . • If there is continuity. replace the brush holder assembly. 19. 07749-0010000 07746-0010300 Alternator Brush Inspection 13. replace the rotor assembly.5 mm (0. Install a new front bearing in the drive-end housing with a hammer. 17. Check for continuity between the slip rings (A).

After assembling the alternator. turn the pulley by hand to make sure the rotor turns smoothly and w i t h o u t noise. Install the brush holder assembly. t 2 1 . Install the alternator (see page 4-34) and the drive belt (see page 4-31). 22.Charging System Alternator Overhaul (cont'd) 20. Install the end cover. 4-40 . 23. and pull out the pin or drill bit.

Cruise Control Component Location Index 4-41 .

2. Do the cruise control input test (see page 4-44). Do the cruise control combination switch test (see page 4-46). 3. Do the cruise control combination switch test (see page 4-46). Also check for Poor ground G401 Faulty gauge control module Faulty gauge control module Open circuit. but the cruise main indicator does not come on Cruise control can be set. Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see page 11-3). 3. Do the cruise control combination switch test (see page 4-46). Test the resume/accel switch signal input. 3 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. 1. Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see page 11 -3). the cruise control combination switch illumination does not come on 4-42 Diagnostic procedure 1. Do the cruise control combination switch test (see page 4-46). 3. Test the brake pedal position switch signal input. 2. Check the No. and set speed temporarily canceled by pressing the brake pedal) With the ignition switch in ON (II). Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see page 11-3). 1. RED or WHT. GRY wire • Open circuit. 2. Do the cruise control input test (see page 4-44). Do the cruise control input test (see page 4-44). Do the cruise control input test (see page 4-44). and the lighting switch turned o n . 2. Test the cruise contol main switch signal input. Do the cruise control input test (see page 4-44). 2. Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see page 11 -3). Test the resume/accel switch signal input. Do the cruise control input test (see page 4-44). 1. Test the cruise control main switch signal input. GRY • Faulty brake pedal position switch . 1. GRY • Short to power on the BRN wire • Faulty brake pedal position switch Short to ground power on the ORN wire Open circuit. loose or disconnected terminals: PUR. 4. 2. loose or disconnected terminals: WHT. Do the cruise control input test (see page 4-44). 3. 3. 3. 11 (20 A) fuse in the auxiliary under-dash fuse/relay box. Test the cruise control indicator signal input. Check the brake pedal position switch adjustment (see page 19-6). Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see page 11-3). 2. Do the cruise control combination switch test (see page 4-46). 3. Test the cancel switch signal input. Check the cruise control combination switch (see page 4-46). 1. Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see page 11-3). Do the brake pedal position switch test (see page 22-239). but the cruise control indicator does not come on Vehicle does not accelerate accordingly w h e n the resume/accel button is pressed Set speed does not cancel when the brake pedal is pressed Set speed does not cancel when the cruise control main button is pressed Set speed does not cancel when the cancel button is pressed Set speed does not resume w h e n the resume/accel button is pressed (with the cruise control main switch turned o n . 3. Do the gauge control module self-diagnostic function procedure (see page 22-334). Test the brake pedal position switch signal input. 1. Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see page 11 -3). 2. loose or disconnected terminals: WHT. and the No. 4.Cruise Control Symptom Troubleshooting Index Symptom Cruise control cannot be set Cruise control can be set. 1. Do the cruise control input test (see page 4-44). Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see page 11 -3). Do the gauge control module self-diagnostic function procedure (see page 22-334).

[ ENGINE Circuit Diagram No. 1 CRUISE MAIN INDICATOR 1 (KJHAA 1 CRUISE INDICATOR GAUGE CONTROL MODULE |C2 |C3 |B18 |B17 RED/ BLK OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH |B26 RED/ BLU GRN 4S& THROTTLE BODY 4-43 [ .5 A) FUSE (UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX) MULTIPLEX INTEGRATED CONTROL UNIT UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX CPU CANH CANL 1 1 1 1 DRIVER | DIMMING CIRCUIT - @-AAAi . 14(7.

Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). NOTE: Intermittent failures are often caused by loose circuit connections. then released Transmission range switch signal Shift lever in D and D3 Cruise control main switch signal Cruise control main button pressed and released Set switch signal Set/decel button pressed and released 4-44 Parameter: Desired result CRUISE BRAKE SW should indicate OFF w h e n the brake pedal is pressed and ON w h e n the brake pedal is released.Cruise Control Cruise Control Input Test NOTE: Always make sure that you have the latest Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) software. • A n open in the wire between the cruise control combination switch and the ground CRUISE SET SW should • Faulty cruise control combination switch • A n open in the wire between the gauge indicate ON w h e n the set/decel button is control module and the cruise control pressed and OFF w h e n combination switch the set/decel button is • A wire shorted to ground between the released. and note if any of the test results change. 3 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box • A n open in the wire between the PCM and the brake pedal position switch • A wire shorted to ground between the PCM and the brake pedal position switch SHIFT/CLUTCH SW • Faulty transmission range switch should indicate ON in P. Possible cause if result is not obtained • Faulty brake pedal position switch • Blown No. 2. Signal to be tested Brake pedal position switch signal Test condition Brake pedal pressed. • A n open in the wire between the PCM and R. 3. N. If it does not communicate. and 1 and OFF in the transmission range switch D and D3. 4. gauge control module and the cruise control combination switch . 5. flex the circuit wires. 1. 2. Make sure the HDS communicates w i t h the vehicle and the powertrain control module (PCM). Go to PGM-FI. troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see page 11 -226). While monitoring cruise control inputs. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on page 11-3). Do the following tests while monitoring parameters in the PGM-FI DATA LIST with the HDS. and check for DTCs (see page 11 -3). • A wire shorted to ground between the PCM and the transmission range switch • Poor ground G101 • Faulty cruise control combination switch CRUISE MASTER ( M A I N ) S W should • A n open in the wire between the gauge indicate ON w h e n the control module and the cruise control cruise control main combination switch button is pressed and • A wire shorted to ground between the OFF when the cruise gauge control module and the cruise control main button is control combination switch released.

Signal to be tested Resume switch signal Test condition Resume/accel button pressed and released Cancel switch signal Cancel button pressed and released Cruise control indicator signal Start the engine. press the cruise control main button switch to turn it o n . and drive the vehicle above 25 mph (40 km/h) with the cruise control set and cancel the cruise control Parameter: Desired result CRUISE RESUME SW should indicate ON when the resume/accel button is pressed and OFF when the resume/accel button is released. CRUISE CANCEL SW should indicate ON w h e n the cancel button is pressed and OFF w h e n the cancel button is released. CRUISE INDICATOR should indicate ON w h e n the cruise control is set and OFF w h e n the cruise control is canceled. Possible cause if result is not obtained • Faulty cruise control combination switch • A n open in the wire between the gauge control module and the cruise control combination switch • A wire shorted to ground between the gauge control module and the cruise control combination switch • Faulty cruise control combination switch • An open in the wire between the gauge control module and the cruise control combination switch • A wire shorted to ground between the gauge control module and the cruise control combination switch • Faulty gauge control module • Faulty cruise control combination switch • A n open in the wire between the gauge control module and the cruise control combination switch • A wire shorted to ground between the gauge control module and the cruise control combination switch 4-45 .

replace the cruise control combination switch. \y Terminal Position \^ 4 3 8 9 10 11 12 r\ r\ Cruise control main (ON) Cruise control main (OFF) Set/decel (PRESSED) r\ Resume/accel (PRESSED) r\ Cancel (PRESSED) Light (ON) 4-46 r\ \J \J o o o r\ vj 1% -M- r\ \J . but cruise control combination switch failure occurred on the cruise control input test (see page 4-44).Cruise Control Cruise Control Combination Switch Test/Replacement There are SRS components located in this area. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Disconnect the cable reel sub harness 20P connector. Remove the driver's airbag (see page 24-170). • If there is continuity. • If there is no continuity in one or both positions. Review the SRS component locations (see page 24-19). check and repair the wire harness on the switch circuit. 2. and it matches the table. and precautions and procedures (see page 24-21). Wire side of female terminals 3. in the SRS before doing repair or service. 1.

Active Control Engine Mount (ACM) System Component Location Index 4-47 .

How to Use the HDS (Honda Diagnostic System) 1. and download any data f o u n d . but it checks OK now. Check the diagnostic trouble code (DTC) and note it. • The HDS can read the DTC. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at all connectors related to the circuit that you are troubleshooting. Also check the freeze data and/or on-board snapshot data. A short is an accidental connection of a wire to ground or to another wire. freeze data. but not the way it's supposed to. If it does not communicate the DLC circuit. With complex electronics (such as PCMs) this can sometimes mean something works. • For specific operations. about the active control engine m o u n t (ACM) system. Opens and Shorts Open and short are c o m m o n electrical terms. Then refer to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NOTE: • Freeze data indicates the engine conditions w h e n the first malfunction was detected. 4. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. this usually means something w o n ' t work at all.Active Control Engine Mount (ACM) System General Troubleshooting Information Intermittent Failures The term intermittent failure means a system may have had a failure. on-board snapshot. 2. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates w i t h the vehicle and the PCM. 4-48 . In simple electronics. A n open is a break in a wire or at a connection. and begin the appropriate troubleshooting procedure. refer to the user's manual that came with the HDS. and current data. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

Punctures can cause poor or intermittent electrical connections. NOTICE Do not puncture the insulation on a wire. and wait 30 seconds. and ACM reset. Stored data based on failed parts should be cleared by using the CLEAR COMMAND of the HDS. 3. and wait 30 seconds. The PCM reset c o m m a n d erases all stored DTC codes. and readiness codes. 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS while the engine is stopped. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). on-board snapshot. and all specific data about the ACM system. 19 Fl MAIN (15 A) fuse are disconnected. The HDS has t w o kinds of clear commands to meet this purpose. 2. if parts are replaced.HDS Clear Command The PCM stores DTCs about the ACM system even if there is no electrical power such as w h e n the battery negative terminal or No. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). A B 4-49 . Using the wire insulation as a guide for the contoured tip of the backprobe adapter. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Connect the backprobe adapters (A) to the stacking patch codes (B). If you cannot get to the wire side of the connector or the wire side is sealed (A). and disconnect the HDS f r o m the DLC. This must be done with the HDS after reproducing the DTC during troubleshooting. 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). They are DTC clear. and connect the codes to a digital multimeter (C). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). DTC clear c o m m a n d erases all stored DTC codes. and probe the terminals (B) f r o m the terminal side. Do not force the probe into the connector. 3. freeze data. How to Troubleshoot Circuits at the Engine Mount Control Unit Special Tools Required • Backprobe Set 07SAZ-001000A (2) • Digital Multimeter KS-AHM-32-003* • Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program 888-424-6857 1. 2. on-board snapshot. readiness codes. DTC Clear 1. and disconnect the HDS f r o m the DLC. freeze data. ACM Reset 1. disconnect the connector. gently slide the tip into the connector f r o m the wire side until it touches the end of the wire terminal. 4. Reset the A C M w i t h the HDS while the engine is stopped.

Active Control Engine Mount (ACM) System DTC Troubleshooting Index DTC P0A14 Detection Item Front Engine Mount Actuator Circuit Malfunction P0A15 Front Engine Mount Actuator Control Circuit Low Current P0AB6 Rear Engine Mount Actuator Circuit Malfunction P0AB7 Rear Engine Mount Actuator Control Circuit Low Current P15AB Engine Mount Control Unit Power Source Circuit Low Voltage P15AE Cylinder Pause Signal 1 Malfunction P15B0 CKP Sensor Signal Malfunction P15BD Cylinder Pause Signal 2 Malfunction P15BE CMP Sensor Signal Malfunction P15BF CMP Sensor Signal Intermittent Interruption P15C0 CKP Sensor Signal Intermittent Interruption P16C4 Engine Mount Actuator Control Power Circuit Stuck OFF P16C5 Engine Mount Actuator Control Power Circuit Stuck ON P16C6 Engine Mount Actuator High Voltage During Function Test U0029 F-CAN Malfunction (BUS-OFF) U0100 F-CAN Malfunction (Engine Mount Control Uint-Powertrain Control Module (PCM)) 4-50 Note DTC Troubleshooting (see page 4-53) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 4-55) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 4-53) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 4-55) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 4-58) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 4-59) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 4-61) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 4-64) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 4-67) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 4-67) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 4-61) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 4-70) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 4-73) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 4-74) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 4-75) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 4-75) .

The engine vibrates. and the powertrain control module (PCM). The ACM system then uses the engine mount actuators to generate a canceling vibration that operates like the active noise control (ANC) and reduces the amount of noise and vibration in the passenger's compartment.System Description Overview The active control engine mount (ACM) system reduces the amount of engine vibration (that creates engine noise) which is transmitted to the passenger's compartment. 4-51 . -A h Some of the engine noise and vibration is canceled and does not transfer to the passenger's compartment. The ACM creates a canceling noise and vibration. The PCM sends the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor information and camshaft position (CMP) sensor information to the engine mount control unit. the engine mount control unit. The ACM system consists of the engine mount actuators. The engine mount control unit uses this information to predict the amount of vibration created by the engine.

1(120 A) No. 2 (50 A) G20 crxx>— -O~\JD 2f D1 • WHT 3AT \ 5 0-4— —+0 IG1 HOT in ON (II) and START (III) ACTIVE CONTROL ) No.5 A) 5 BOX CKP CMP RED WHT i i CANL CANH IGSOL SOLRLY IG1 REAR ENGINE FRONT ENGINE MOUNT MOUNT ACTUATOR ACTUATOR SOLFP SOLRP SOLFM SOLRM SCPC SCPA LG PG ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT LTBLU - PUR- DLrv 1 4-52 UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY RELAY . 10 ENGINE MOUNT (ACM) CONTROL (7.Active Control Engine Mount (ACM) System Circuit Diagram UNDER-DASH UNDER-HOOD F U S E / R E L A Y BOX IGNITION SWITCH F U S E / R E L A Y BOX t$A I IfcHY No.

DTC ENGINE MOUNT ACTUATOR TERMINAL P0AB6 Rear side No. then go to step 13. 6.2 Front side No. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshots. allow the engine mount actuator to cool d o w n for about 2 hours before testing. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 4-48).2 NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot. NO-Go to step 10. • When testing the engine mount actuator. 1 Front side No. ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT TERMINAL No. P0AB6 P0A14 P0A14 WIRE COLOR No. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the engine mount actuator. and let it idle 20 seconds. (cont'd) 4-53 . voltage? YES-Repair short to power in the wire between the engine mount control unit and the engine mount actuator.01 ohms change of resistance. 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). • Information marked with an asterisk (*) applies to the rear engine m o u n t actuator. 16 RED No. 10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).B 5.G o to step 5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 7. 9 ETlSOLRM 8 3 4 5 6 7 15 16 11 12/_U (GRN)* S O L F M (RED) 3. Measure the voltage between body ground and the appropriate engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal (see table). Start the engine. 4.2 BLU GRN ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR SOLRP (WHT)* SOLFP (BLU) 1 10 2. Disconnect the engine mount control unit 16P connector. 8. • Be sure to zero the meter before checking the engine mount actuator. the system is OK at this time. Wire side of female terminals Is there battery NO-lntermittent failure. • If the vehicle has been driven. Is DTC P0A14 and/ or P0AB6* indicated? Y E S . 1 Rear side No. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. be sure to use a VOM capable of reading 0.• ENGINE • DTC Troubleshooting DTC P0A14: Front Engine Mount Actuator Circuit Malfunction DTC P0AB6: Rear Engine Mount Actuator Circuit Malfunction 9. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 8 WHT No. Disconnect the front engine mount actuator (rear engine mount actuator)* 2P connector.

ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR 1 OSOLRM (GRN)* 8 4 10 11 12 14 15 16 S O L F M (RED) Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short to ground in the wire between engine m o u n t control unit 16P connector terminals No. 9 ) * .Active Control Engine Mount (ACM) System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 11. 9)*. 4-54 14. 16 (No. N O . Reconnect all connectors. 2. NOTE: Zero-out the meter before testing to adjust the meter to the test leads. 2 (No. If it is OK. 1 and No. SOLRP (WHT)* SOLFP (BLU) 13.G o t o s t e p 12. Is DTC POM4 and/ or P0AB6* indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the engine mount actuator. ENGINE MOUNT ACTUATOR 2P CONNECTOR Terminal side of male terminals Is there about 0. 16. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. 8 and No. 2 and No. then go to step 14. replace the engine mount control unit (see page 4-77).48-0. At the engine mount actuator side. Start the engine. measure the resistance between front engine mount actuator (rear engine mount actuator)* 2P connector terminals No. 12. Check for continuity to body ground between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminals No. 18. • . or rear engine mount (see page 5-24). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 8)* and No. then go to step 14. 16 (No. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. 15. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated.54 O at 68 °F (20 °C)? YES-Checkfor poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the engine mount actuator. 17. then go to step 1. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . NO-Replace the front engine mount (see page 5-22). and let it idle 20 seconds. then go to step 14.

Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). • Be sure to zero the meter before checking the engine m o u n t actuator. and let it idle 20 seconds. NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot.B Terminal side of male terminals Is there about 0. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 4-48). 1 and body ground. 2. the system is OK at this time. 11 12 a 14 15 16 T Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 10. 9. 10 6. 1. 3. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine m o u n t control unit and the engine mount actuator. or rear engine m o u n t (see page 5-24). (cont'd) 4-55 . NOTE: Zero-out the meter before testing to adjust the meter to the test leads.n • DTC P0A15: Front Engine Mount Actuator Control Circuit Low Current DTC P0AB7: Rear Engine Mount Actuator Control Circuit Low Current ENGINE • 7. NO-Repair open in the wire between engine m o u n t control unit 16P connector terminal No. • When testing the engine mount actuator. be sure to use a V O M capable of reading 0. 1 and body ground (G202). Check for continuity between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR PG (BLK) It 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). record all freeze data and any on-board snapshots.54 Q at 68 °F (20 °C)? YES-Go to step 8. 1 and No. and then go to step 13. 8. NO-lntermittent failure. ENGINE MOUNT ACTUATOR 2P CONNECTOR • Information marked w i t h an asterisk O applies to the rear engine m o u n t actuator. 4. then go to step 13. Start the engine. the engine m o u n t control unit and body ground (G202J.48-0. 2. • If the vehicle has been driven. Is DTC POA15 and/ or P0AB7" indicated? YES-Go to step 5.01 ohms change of resistance. Disconnect the engine mount control unit 16P connector. At the engine m o u n t actuator side. measure the resistance between front engine m o u n t actuator (rear engine m o u n t actuator)* 2P connector terminals No. Disconnect the front engine m o u n t actuator (rear engine m o u n t actuator)* 2P connector. NO-Replace the front engine m o u n t (see page 5-22). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. allow the engine m o u n t actuator to cool d o w n for about 2 hours before testing. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS.

1 Rear side No. 2 Front side No. Check for continuity between the appropriate engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal and body ground (see table).Active Control Engine Mount (ACM) System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 10. 16 RED No. DTC P0AB7 P0AB7 P0A15 P0A15 ENGINE MOUNT ACTUATOR TERMINAL Rear side No. then go to step 13. ENGINE MOUNT ACTUATOR TERMINAL DTC Rear side No. 2 ENGINE MOUNT ACTUATOR 2P CONNECTOR J U M P E R WIRE JUMPER WIRE ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR SOLRP (WHT)* SOLFP (BLU) 1 5 10 11 12 6 14 15 FISOLRM (GRN)* 8 16 S O L F M (RED) Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short to ground in the wire between the engine mount control unit and the engine mount actuator. Connect appropriate front engine mount actuator (rear engine mount actuator)* 2P connector terminal to body ground with a j u m p e r wire (see table). 1 Front side No.2 P0AB7 P0AB7 P0A15 P0A15 ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT TERMINAL No. 4-56 WIRE COLOR GRN WHT PNK BLU Terminal side of female terminals . 1 Rear side No. NO-Go to step 11. 8 WHT No. 1 Front side No.2 Front side No. 9 WIRE COLOR No.2 BLU GRN 11.

If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Check for continuity between the appropriate engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal and body ground (see table). 1 Rear side No. 9 WIRE COLOR No. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2 Front side No. If it is OK. NO-Repair open in the wire between the engine mount control unit and the engine mount actuator. 8 WHT No. 15. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ^ ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR SOLRP SOLFP (BLU) (WHT)* 1 5 10 11 12 6 7 14 15 ETlSOLRM (GRN)* 8 16 SOLFM (RED) Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the engine mount actuator. and let it idle 20 seconds. then go to step 1. Start the engine. then go to step 13. 14. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. 1 Front side No. replace the engine mount control unit (see page 4-77). NO-Troubleshooting is complete.ENGINE 12. Reconnect all connectors. 16. 2 BLU 13. 2 P0AB7 P0A15 P0A15 ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT TERMINAL No. ENGINE MOUNT ACTUATOR TERMINAL DTC P0AB7 Rear side No. then go to step 13. Is DTC P0A15 and/ or P0AB7* indicated? GRN YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the engine mount actuator. 16 RED No. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. 17. 4-57 .

then go to step 14. the system is OK at this time. 5. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshots. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS.5 A) fuse. 1. Disconnect the engine mount control unit 16P connector. 3 and body ground (G202). Clear the DTC with the HDS. then go to step 14. Is DTC P16C5 8 11 12 14 15 16 indicated? YES-Do the troubleshooting for the DTC P16C5. 1 Is the fuse OK? NO-Repair short to ground in the wire between the No. and terminals OK? YES-Go to step 9. Check for continuity between engine mount control unit16P connector terminal No. 10 IG METER (7. Start the engine. 5 or No. 3. 13. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NO-lntermittent failure. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and body ground (G202). Are the connections LG (BLK) 8 4 5 6 7 11 1 2 / 14 15 16 Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Replace the engine mount control unit (see page 4-77). 4-58 3 10 YES-Go to step 8. 12. Wire side of female terminals NO-Go to step 3. and let it idle 10 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Also replace the No. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS.H 6. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 4-48). NO-Repair open in the wire between the No.5 A) fuse and engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal (No. then go to step 14. Is there battery voltage? YES-Go to step 12. 10. . NO-Repair open in the wire between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. 10 IG METER (7. 9. then go to step 14. Is DTC P15AB indicated? YES-Go to step 6.Active Control Engine Mount (ACM) System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) DTC P15AB: Engine Mount Control Unit Power Source Circuit Low Voltage NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. 10 IG METER (7. ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR 7. 5.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. 8. 3 and body ground. NO-Repair the connections or terminals. 11.5 A) fuse and engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 10 IG METER (7. then go to step 14. ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR IG1 (YEL) 1 10 2. Measure the voltage between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit 16P connector. 5 and body ground. 11). Inspect the No. 4.

2. Disconnect the engine mount control unit 16P connector. Start the engine. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. 8. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 4-48).H 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). the system is OK at this time. • DTC P15AE: Cylinder Pause Signal 1 Malfunction NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the PCM. 1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. and let it idle 10 seconds. 16. Select the VTEC TEST in the PGM-FI INSPECTION menu. 6. 7. (cont'd) 4-59 . Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. and do the VPS TEST of the 3 CYLINDER ACTIVATION TEST w i t h the HDS. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Reconnect all connectors.14. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshots.G o to step 5. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. 18. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). then recheck. replace the engine mount control unit (see page 4-77). 3. and do the VPS TEST of the 3 CYLIINDER ACTIVATION TEST w i t h the HDS. If the s y m p t o m still does not go away. Is DTC P15AE indicated? Y E S . Is DTC P15AB indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and body ground (G202). 4. 17. NO-Intermittent failure. Select the VTEC TEST in the PGM-FI INSPECTION menu. 15. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).

6 and body ground during 3 cylinder pause mode. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A14 and body ground. 14. Connect engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. 48 49 12. N O . 4-60 NO-Repair open in the wire between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. then go to step 16. 8 10 11 12 14 15 16 Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short to ground in the wire between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. 6 to body ground with a jumper wire. Check for continuity between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No.G o t o s t e p 14. 6 and PCM connector terminal A14. ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR SCPA (PUR) SCPA (PUR) 8 9 8 10 11 12 10 11 12 14 15 16 16 14 15 JUMPER WIRE Wire side of female terminals Wire side o1f female terminals Is there battery 15. 6 and PCM connector terminal A14. NO-Go to step 10. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) C S S A M A (PUR) . Disconnect PCM connector A (49P) 13. then go to step 16.|1|2 11 1 22 V 9 110 4 | 6 | 6 | 7 | 8 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 24 25 26 27 28 / >< >< / 29 30 31 3 2 3 3 34 3 5 3 6 37 38 39 |40|41 / l / | 4 4 | / | 4 6 l / 11. If it is OK. . 6 and body ground. If it is OK. Measure the voltage between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No.Active Control Engine Mount (ACM) System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). go to step 2 1 . voltage? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the PCM. replace the engine mount control unit (see page 4-77). Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR SCPA (PUR) YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the PCM. 10. then go to step 16.

Select the VTEC TEST in the PGM-FI INSPECTION menu. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . and retest. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs indicated. Start the engine. or substitute a known-good PCM (see step 2 on page 11-3). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). replace the original PCM (see page 11-250J.H 5. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. Reconnect all connectors. and let it idle 20 seconds. 8. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. then recheck for P15B0 and/or P15C0. Is DTC P1 SAE indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the PCM. the system is OK at this time. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 4-48). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. and do the VPS TEST of the 3 CYLINDER ACTIVATION TEST with the HDS. then go to step 1. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Disconnect the CKP sensor 3P connector (see page 11-247).G o to step 7. 22. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). • 21. 24. 23. NO-Repair the connections or terminals. • If PGM-FI system's DTC P0335 and/or P0339 is stored at the same time as DTC P15B0 and/or P15C0. If the PCM was substituted and the s y m p t o m indicated goes away.16. 2. Select the VTEC TEST in the PGM-FI INSPECTION menu. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the PCM. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. substitute a known-good PCM (see step 2 on page 11-3). 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 4. 7. 20.G o to step 5. If the PCM was substituted. troubleshoot P0335 and/or P0339 first.B NO-lf the PCM was updated. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit 16P connector and PCM connector A (49P). record all freeze data and any on-board snapshots. then go to step 26. 6. DTC P15C0: CKP Sensor Signal Intermittent Interruption 18. Are the connections and terminals OK? Y E S . (cont'd) 4-61 . • NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot. troubleshooting is complete. Reconnect all connectors. Clear the DTC with the HDS. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . and do the VPS TEST of the 3 CYLINDER ACTIVATION TEST with the HDS. DTC P15B0: CKP Sensor Signal Malfunction 17. Is DTC P15AE indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine m o u n t control unit and the PCM. 19. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Is DTC P15B0 and/ or P15C0 indicated? Y E S . If the PCM was updated (see page 11-249). NO-lntermittent failure.

Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 18. 11. 15 and body ground. CKP S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR NO-Go to step 14. ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR 1 2 10 I 1 8 c 3 4 5 6 7 16 11 12 / / 14 15 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR n 2 1 3 4 10 CKP (GRN) Wire side of female terminals n 5 11 12 / 8 6 7 14 15 9 16 CKP (GRN) Wire side of female terminals Is there about 5 V? Is there about 0 V? Y E S . 15 and body ground. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. Connect CKP sensor 3P connector terminal No. CKP (BUL) J U M P E R WIRE Wire side of female terminals 12.G o t o step 10. Remove the jumper wire f r o m the CKP sensor 3P connector. then go to step 26. 16. 14. YES-Replace the engine m o u n t control unit (see page 4-77). Measure the voltage between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No.Active Control Engine Mount (ACM) System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 9. 10. 17. 1 to body ground with a j u m p e r wire. Measure the voltage between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. 4-62 . Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). 15. NO-Go to step 20. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).

n 1 2 3 4 10 Is DTC P15B0 and/ or P15C0 n 5 6 11 12 / 8 7 14 15 9 16 CKP (GRN) indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine m o u n t control unit and the PCM. NO-Go to step 3 1 . 30. 28. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. then go to step 26. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 20. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ^ Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? Y E S . Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. 25. 27.G o to step 23. NO-Repair open in the wire between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. 29. 15 and body ground. Reconnect all connectors. then go to step 1. 15 and PCM connector terminal A34.F1 J 19. ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR 26. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). 21. 15 and PCM connector terminal A34.G o to step 3 1 . Check for continuity between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) f ENGINE [ 23. then go to step 26. 15 and body ground. (cont'd) 4-63 . 24. then go to step 26. r j]8 9 | 1 0 | J 1 | 2 3 |4 | 5 | 6 | 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 i 22 24 25 26 27 28 i i 29 30 31 32|33 34 35 36 37 38 39 • [40 41 48149 / >^ >< / 4 CKPOUT (GRN) Terminal side of female terminals Is there about 5 V? ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR I 2 10 I 3 4 5 11 12 I 8 c 7 16 14 15 6 / CKP (GRN) Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? Y E S . Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminal A34 and body g r o u n d . YES-Repair short to ground in the wire between engine m o u n t control unit 16P connector terminal No. Check for continuity between engine m o u n t control unit16P connector terminal No. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. NO-Replace the engine mount control unit (see page 4-77). Disconnect the engine m o u n t control unit 16P connector. Start the engine. 22. and let it idle 20 seconds.

go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . replace the original PCM (see page 11-250).^ DTC P15BD: Cylinder Pause Signal 2 Malfunction NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. 4. 1.Active Control Engine Mount (ACM) System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 3 1 . Select the VTEC TEST in the PGM-FI INSPECTION menu. the system is OK at this time. Disconnect the engine mount control unit 16P connector. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 4-48). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the PCM. Clear the DTC with the HDS. troubleshooting is complete. 3. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). 6. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Is DTC P15BD indicated? YES-Go to step 5. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshots. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249).H 5. If the PCM was substituted. Reconnect all connectors. Is DTC P15B0 and/ or P15C0 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the PCM. 2. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs indicated. and do the VPS TEST of the 4 CYLIINDER ACTIVATION TEST with the HDS. 7. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 33. 4-64 . • NO-lf the PCM was updated. and do the VPS TEST of the 4 CYLINDER ACTIVATION TEST with the HDS. NO-lntermittent failure. Select the VTEC TEST in the PGM-FI INSPECTION menu. 8. If the PCM was updated (see page 11-249). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. 32. and retest. If the PCM was substituted and the s y m p t o m indicated goes away.

S C P C (LT BLU) 12. If it is OK. 4 to body ground with a jumper wire. then go to step 16. 4 and body ground. Connect engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR 11. Check for continuity between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. Measure the voltage between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. ENGINE | 13. YES-Repair short to ground in the wire between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. then go to step 16.[ 9. 4 and body ground during 2 cylinder pause mode. 14. NO-Go to step 14. 10. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NO-Go to step 10. replace the engine m o u n t control unit (see page 4-77). ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR S C P C (LT BLU) S C P C (LT BLU) 1 1 8 10 11 12 14 15 8 10 11 12 16 14 15 16 Wire side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? Is there battery voltage? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine m o u n t control unit and the PCM. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P) 1 8 10 11 12 14 15 16 JUMPER WIRE Wire side of female terminals (cont'd) 4-65 . 4 and PCM connector terminal A15.

PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) I 1 C S S A M C (LT BLU) E-il J l | 2 11 / — . Clear the DTC with the HDS. then go to step 16. Is DTC P15BD indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the PCM.Active Control Engine Mount (ACM) System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 15. and do the VPS TEST of the 4 CYLINDER ACTIVATION TEST with the HDS. and do the VPS TEST of the 4 CYLINDER ACTIVATION TEST with the HDS. Is DTC P15BD indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the PCM.i — YQ. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A15 and body ground. and retest. 26 27 28 29 30 31 3233 34 35 36 37 38 39 4 0 21. 18. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Select the VTEC TEST in the PGM-FI INSPECTION menu. If the PCM was substituted. Reconnect all connectors. 4 and PCM connector terminal A15. 16. Reconnect all connectors. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. If the PCM was substituted and the s y m p t o m indicated goes away.B NO-lf the PCM was updated. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • . substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Select the VTEC TEST in the PGM-FI INSPECTION menu. 17. — 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 110 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 3|4| / >< >< 1 22 24 25 I *=• 41 / l / l 441/| 4 6 L / 48149 Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the PCM. NO-Repair open in the wire between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). NO-Troubleshooting is complete. 24. 19. If the PCM was updated (see page 11-249). g o t o step21. 20. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. troubleshooting is complete. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). If it is OK. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs indicated.i — . then go to step 1. 23. • 4-66 22.

troubleshoot P0365 and/or P0369 first.G o to step 5. ENGINE [ 9.G o to step 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).G o to step 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).B CMP S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR 5. (cont'd) 4-67 . • If PGM-FI system's DTC P0365 and/or P0369 is stored at the same t i m e as DTC P15BE and/or P15BF. Measure the voltage between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshots. 3. ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR CMP (RED) ft 6 10 11112|/114|15 16 Wire side of female terminals 1. Is there about 5 V? 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Start the engine. 7. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 1 to body ground with a jumper wire. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. then recheck for P15BE and/or P15BF.J DTC P15BE: CMP Sensor Signal Malfunction DTC P15BF: CMP Sensor Signal Intermittent Interruption NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot. 6. then go to step 26. the system is OK at this time. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 4-48). 4. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the PCM. 10. Are the connections CMP (RED) JUMPER WIRE and terminals OK? Y E S . Is DTC P15BE and/ or P15BF Indicated? Y E S . Wire side of female terminals 12. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 7 and body ground. NO-Go to step 20. Connect CMP sensor 3P connector terminal No. 11. and let it idle 20 seconds. Disconnect the CMP sensor 3P connector (see page 11-246). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 8. NO-Repair the connections or terminals. NO-lntermittent failure. Y E S . Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit 16P connector and PCM connector A (49P).

Is there about 5 V? NO-Go to step 14. Measure the voltage between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). 2 1 . Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminal A35 and body ground. 18. Remove the jumper wire f r o m the CMP sensor 3P connector. 7 and body ground. Disconnect the engine mount control unit 16P connector. 15.Active Control Engine Mount (ACM) System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 13. Check for continuity between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. 20. YES-Gotostep31. then go to step 26. 16. then go to step 26. 19. 14. NO-Repair open in the wire between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. 4-68 . ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) CMP (RED) ft 10 11 12 J1I2 14 15 11 16 1 22 3 |4 | 5 | 6 | 7 f8 / / >< >< 9 1101 13 14 15 16 19 20 21 24 26 27 28 25 • • • 29 30 31 3 2 3 3 34 3 5 3 6 37 38 39 40 41 AA\^\/ A CMPOUT(RED) 46 48 49 Wire side of female terminals Is there about 0 V? Terminal side of female terminals YES-Replace the engine mount control unit (see page 4-77). 22. 7 and PCM connector terminal A35. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 7 and body ground. NO-Replace the engine mount control unit (see page 4-77). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR CMP (RED) 4 10 5 6 7 14 15 11 12 16 Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 23. 17. then go to step 26.

troubleshooting is complete. 32. then go to step 26. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). Reconnect all connectors. 7 and body ground. 29. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250)Ji NO-lf the PCM was updated. ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR Is DTC P15BE and/ or P15BF CMP (RED) Jt 3 4 10 11 12 14 15 16 Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the PCM. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Is DTC P15BE and/ or P15BF indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine m o u n t control unit and the PCM. Reconnect all connectors. 27. If the PCM was substituted. 28. and retest. Check for continuity between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. | 33. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. 30. 31. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated.^ YES-Repair short to ground in the wire between engine m o u n t control unit 16P connector terminal No. NO-Go to step 3 1 . 24. • 4-69 . Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 7 and PCM connector terminal A35. If the PCM was substituted and the s y m p t o m indicated goes away. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Start the engine.• ENGINE 23. If the PCM was updated. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). and let it idle 20 seconds. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs indicated. 26. then go to step 1. 25.

the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the active control engine mount (ACM) control relay. Is the fuse OK? YES-Go to step 9. Inspect the No. 12 A C M (10 A) fuse.H 4. Also replace the No. then go to step 20. N O . then go to step 20. 12 A C M (10 A) fuse and the under-hood fuse/relay box. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).Active Control Engine Mount (ACM) System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) DTC P16C4: Engine Mount Actuator Control Power Circuit Stuck OFF NOTE: Before you t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board snapshots. Remove the active control engine m o u n t (ACM) control relay (A) f r o m the under-hood fuse/relay box. ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR I 2 1 10 I 5 6 11 1 2 // 8 9 7 14 15 16 IGSOL(YEL) S4> Wire side of female terminals Is the continuity? YES-Repair short to ground in the wire between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). IMO-Repair short to ground in the wire between the active control engine mount (ACM) control relay and the No. 6. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 4-48). 7.G o to step 6. Disconnect the engine mount control unit 16P connector. 5. 10 and body ground. Remove the active control engine m o u n t (ACM) control relay (A) f r o m the under-hood fuse/relay box. 4-70 8. 12 ACM (10 A) fuse. 9. 3. 10 and the active control engine mount (ACM) control relay. Also replace the No. 12 A C M (10 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 2. Check for continuity between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. . 1. NO-lntermittent failure. Is DTC P16C4 indicated? YES-Go to step 4. Clear the DTC with the HDS.

NO-Repair open in the wire between the active control engine mount (ACM) control relay and the No. 13. then go to step 20. NO-Repair open in the wire between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. NO-Replace the active control engine mount (ACM) control relay. NO-Go to step 16. ACTIVE CONTROL ENGINE MOUNT (ACM) CONTROL RELAY 5P S O C K E T 3 IG S O L (YEL) 4 5 Terminal side of female terminals ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR 1 2 10 + B i i 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 16 11 1 2 / 1 4 15 IG S O L (YEL) Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? Terminal side of female terminals Is there battery voltage? YES-Go to step 12. 1 and body ground. (cont'd) 4-71 | . Is the active control engine mount (ACM) control relay OK? YES-Go to step 11. Check for continuity between active control engine mount (ACM) control relay 5P socket terminal No. 14. Measure the voltage between active control engine mount (ACM) control relay 5P socket terminal No. 11. then go to step 20. 12 ACM (10 A) fuse. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). ACTIVE CONTROL ENGINE MOUNT (ACM) CONTROL RELAY 5P S O C K E T 3 4 5 Terminal side of female terminals Is there battery voltage? YES-Go to step 18. 2 and engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. Also replace the under-hood fuse/relay box. 15. 5 and body ground. then go to step 20. 10 and the active control engine mount (ACM) control relay. Measure the voltage between active control engine mount (ACM) control relay 5P socket terminal No.[ 10. YES-Go to step 14. ACTIVE CONTROL ENGINE MOUNT (ACM) CONTROL RELAY 5P S O C K E T ENGINE 12. 10. Disconnect the engine m o u n t control unit 16P connector. Check the active control engine mount (ACM) control relay (see page 22-96).

Also replace the No. 11 and the active control engine mount (ACM) control relay. NO-Repair open in the wire between engine m o u n t control unit 16P connector terminal No. 2 1 . If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. then go to step 20. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. 3.Active Control Engine Mount (ACM) System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 16. Is DTC P16C4 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the active control engine mount (ACM) control relay. then go to step 20. 4-72 22.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. YES-Repair open in the wire between the active control engine mount (ACM) control relay and the No. 17. 20.5 A) fuse. 11 and active control engine mount (ACM) control relay 5P socket terminal No. Is the fuse OK? 23.5 A) fuse. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. then go to step 20. Inspect the No.5 A) fuse. 10 IG METER (7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 10 IG METER (7. then go to step 20. then go to step 1. Check for continuity between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. NO-Repair short to ground in the wire between the active control engine m o u n t (ACM) control relay and the No. 10 IG METER (7. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. 10 IG METER (7. 18. Reconnect all connectors.^ . 19. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). ACTIVE CONTROL ENGINE MOUNT (ACM) CONTROL RELAY 5P S O C K E T 3 4 5 S O L R L Y (BRN) Terminal side of female terminals ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR 1 2 10 I I 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 16 14 15 11 12 / S O L R L Y (BRN) Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Replace the engine mount control unit (see page 4-77).

NO-Replace the engine m o u n t control unit (see page 4-77). ! 3. 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 10 and the active control engine mount (ACM) control relay. 4. 7. Check the ACM UNIT SUPPLY VOLTAGE and ACM RELAY CONTROL in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). (cont'd) 4-73 . ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR 1 2 10 I I 8 c) 3 4 5 6 7 16 11 12 14 15 / S O L R L Y (BRN) Wire side of female terminals 5. NO-Go to step 9. Disconnect the engine mount control unit 16P connector. 11 and body ground. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 4-48). YES-Repair short to ground in the wire between engine m o u n t control unit 16P connector terminal No. then go to step 11. 10 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Measure the voltage between engine mount control unit16P connector terminal No. Is the active control engine mount (ACM) control relay OK? 6. 11 and the active control engine mount (ACM) control relay. Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 6. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine m o u n t control unit and the active control engine m o u n t (ACM) control r e l a y . Wire side of female terminals Is there battery voltage? YES-Repair short to power in the wire between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. 10 and body ground. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). then go to step 11. NO-lntermittent failure.[ ENGINE DTC P16C5: Engine Mount Actuator Control Power Circuit Stuck ON 8. 9. 11 12 14 15 16 IGSOL (YEL) Does the ACM UNIT SUPPLY VOLTAGE indicate battery voltage when the ACM RELAY CONTROL indicate OFF? YES-Go to step 3. ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR [ 1. the system is OK at this time. Check for continuity between engine m o u n t control unit 16P connector terminal No. Remove the active control engine mount (ACM) control relay (A) f r o m the under-hood fuse/relay box. NOTE: Before you t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board snapshots. then go to step 11. NO-Replace the active control engine mount (ACM) control relay. Check the active control engine mount (ACM) control relay (see page 22-96). then go to step 11.

Is DTC P16C5 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the active control engine m o u n t (ACM) control relay. 4. • DTC P16C6: Engine Mount Actuator High Voltage During Function Test NOTE: Before y o u troubleshoot. 13. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit. 2. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. 1. • NO-lntermittent failure. Clear the DTC with the HDS. the engine mount actuator. 14. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 4-48).B 4-74 . then go to step 1. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshots. the system is OK at this time. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). and let it idle for 20 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). and body ground (G202). Are any Pending or Confirmed DTCs indicated? YES-Go to indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .Active Control Engine Mount (ACM) System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 11. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. 12. 3. Start the engine. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Reconnect all connectors. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated.

then go to step 11. NO-lntermittent failure.3 ) . Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the PCM. • VSA modulator-control unit 36P. Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? • SRSunitA(39P).B 9. Clear the DTCs with the HDS. • NO-Go to step 2. 12)* and body ground. Measure the resistance between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. then go to step 11. 14 (No. • TPMS control unit 20P.G o to the PGM-FI system's general troubleshooting information (see page 1 1 . 6. Is DTC U0029 and/ or U0100 Is there continuity? indicated? Y E S . • VTM-4 control unit A (22P) (with VTM-4). YES-Repair short to ground in the wire between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. 14 (No. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Disconnect these connectors: • Engine mount control unit 16P. • PCM connector A (49P).• DTC U0029: F-CAN Malfunction (BUS-OFF) DTC U0100: F-CAN Malfunction (Engine Mount Control Unit-PCM) ENGINE • 8. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshots. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NO-Go to step 9.G o to step 5. 2. 1 2 I I 8 c) 5 6 7 11 1 2 ^ 1 415 16 3 4 10 CANL (RED)* CANH (WHT) 1. NO-Go to step 10. Is the MIL on? Wire side of female terminals Y E S . (cont'd) 4-75 . • Yaw rate-lateral/longitudinal acceleration sensor 5P. Check the MIL on the gauge (see page 11 -3). • Information marked with an asterisk (*) applies to the CANL line. 4. 14. 12)* and body ground. YES-Repair short in the wire between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. the system is OK at this time. Check for continuity between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. 12* and No. • Gauge control module 32P. 12* and No. ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot. ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR 5. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 4-48). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. 7. 3. 14.

2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).^ NO-Go to step 3. and select the Fr. NO-Repair open in the wire between engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. ACM SOL OFF? YES-Turn the Fr. Does the mount vibrate? 13. Check for PGM-FI system DTCs w i t h the HDS. Wire side of female terminals 6. Is there continuity? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the PCM. Start the engine. 12)* and the PCM connector terminal A48 (A49)*. then go to step 11. 3. Are any Pending or Confirmed DTCs are ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR [h—n 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 indicated? indicated? YES-Go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . replace the engine mount control unit (see page 4-77). go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If the mount is OK.Active Control Engine Mount (ACM) System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 10. NO-Go to step 8.V ACTIVATION in the ACM INSPECTION menu with the HDS. 11. Select the ACM in the PGM-FI system. then go to step 11. then go to step 1. Exit the ACM TEST.• . ACM SOL OFF w i t h the HDS. and let it idle 20 seconds. IMO-Troubleshooting is complete. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. and check for ACM system's DTCs w i t h the HDS. replace the front engine mount (see page 5-22). Check the front engine mount w i t h your hand. CANH (WHT) 5. If needed. 4. 8. 12. ACM SOL. Clear the DTC with the HDS. go to step 1 and recheck. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminals A48 (A49)* and engine mount control unit 16P connector terminals No. 9. • 9 16 NO-Go to step 4. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) Are any Pending or Confirmed DTCs are I 3T4] 6 | 7 8 9 10 11 13 14|15 16 17 18 19 20 21 25 26 27 28 37 38 29 30 31 3233 34 I K 40141 y \ / \ 44 \ / \ 46 j ^ j 48149 CANH (WHT) CANL (RED) Terminal side of female terminals 10 11 12 14 15 CANL (RED) YES-Go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 12)* individually. Does the engine vibration change when you turn the Fr. Do the Fr. Reconnect all connectors. Symptom Troubleshooting Harsh engine vibrations felt in the passenger's compartment 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Open the engine hood. 14 (No. then go to step 10. • 4-76 NO-Replace the front engine mount (see page 5-22). 14 (No. Is DTC U0029 and/ or U0100 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the PCM. 7. Select the ACM TEST in the A C M INSPECTION menu with the HDS. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. If it is OK. YES-Check the mount for damage. A C M SOL to O N . 14.

• 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 5. Exit the ACM TEST.Engine Mount Control Unit Replacement 10.2 4 ) . and select the Rr. B NO-Replace the rear engine m o u n t (see page 5 . If the mount is OK. Check the rear engine mount with your hand. 3. ACM SOL OFF? 1. Do the Rr. Does the mount vibrate? Y E S .7 Ibf-ft) 11. Remove the passenger's dashboard undercover (see page 20-125).T h e ACM system is OK at this time. 12. If needed. NO-Go to step 11. 6 x 1.2 k g f m . Y E S . replace the rear engine mount (see page 5-24).0 mm 12 N m (1. ACM SOL. and the right kick panel (see page 20-79). 8. 4-77 . 2. go to step 1 and recheck. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal.V ACTIVATION in the A C M INSPECTION menu with the HDS. Remove the engine mount control unit (B). ACM SOL OFF with the HDS.C h e c k the mount for damage. Disconnect the engine mount control unit 16P connector (A). Check for other engine mount and other engine problems caused vibration. Does the engine vibration change when you turn the Rr.

disassembling. the system may fail in a collision. dashboard. or replacing these items require special precautions and tools. including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS. could lead to personal injury caused by unintentional deployment of the airbags. side airbags. seat belt tensioners in the front seat belt retractors. and should be done by an authorized Honda dealer. Servicing. or rear safing sensor. • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative. center console. or the airbags may deploy. and side airbags in the front seat-backs. Information necessary to safely service the SRS is included in this Service Manual. a passenger's airbag in the dashboard above the glove box. Related components are located in the steering c o l u m n . or for at least 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to LOCK (0). • SRS electrical connectors are identified by yellow color coding. front impact sensors. in the front seats. side curtain airbags in the sides of the roof. . • Do not b u m p or impact the SRS unit. and around the floor. in the roof side. which could lead to personal injury or death in the event of a severe frontal or side collision. side impact sensors. otherwise. in the dashboard above the glove box. ail SRS service work should be done by an authorized Honda dealer. • Improper service procedures. Items marked w i t h an asterisk (*) on the contents page include or are located near SRS components. and side curtain airbags. especially w h e n the ignition switch is in ON (II). Do not use electrical test equipment on these circuits.SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If engine maintenance is required) The Pilot SRS includes a driver's airbag in the steering wheel hub.

Engine Mechanical Engine Assembly 5-1 Cylinder Head 6-1 Engine Block 7-1 Engine Lubrication 8-1 Intake Manifold and Exhaust System 9-1 .

.

Engine Mechanical Engine Assembly Special Tools * Engine Removal * Engine Installation Engine Mount Replacement Front Engine Mount Removal and Installation Rear Engine Mount Removal and Installation 5-2 5-3 5-11 5-21 5-22 5-24 .

Engine Assembly Special Tools Ref. © Description Subframe Alignment Pin Tool Number 070AG-SJAA10S I ® 5-2 Qty 1 .No.

Drain the power steering fluid (see page 17-28). Review the SRS component locations (see page 24-19). Also. Remove the engine cover (see step 1 on page 4-21). Relieve the fuel pressure (see page 11-340). 1. then use it as shown to prop the hood in the wide-open position. (cont'd) 5-3 . 6. A and Reds AAR-T1256 • Engine Hanger Balance Bar VSB02C000019 • Front Subframe Adapter VSB02C000016 7. Do the battery removal procedure (see page 22-95). Remove the air cleaner assembly (see page 11-372). then remove the intake air duct (B). or interfere w i t h other parts. Remove the harness clamps (A). then remove the battery base (C). 8. Remove the bulkhead cover (see page 20-210). • Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection. Disconnect the breather pipe (A). Remove the hood support rod. • To avoid damaging the w i r i n g and terminals. 3. unplug the wiring connectors carefully while holding the connector portion. and precautions and procedures (see page 24-21). and the auxiliary under-hood fuse/relay box (B). These special tools are available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program. 888-424-6857 There are SRS components located in this area.Engine Removal Special Tools Required . 5. A 4. NOTE: • Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces. 2. 2008 V6 Attachment A r m SIL02C000033* • Engine Support Hanger. be sure that they do not contact other wiring or hoses. in the SRS before doing repair or service. 9.

11. Disconnect the brake booster vacuum hose (A). Remove the harness clamps (A). 16. and the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister hose (B). 5-4 . Do not bend the shift cable excessively. Remove the shift cable (see page 14-254). Remove the quick-connect fitting cover (A). 15. 17. 12. Remove the steering wheel (see page 17-7). Disconnect the starter subharness connector. then disconnect the positive starter cable (B).Engine Assembly Engine Removal (cont'd) 10. 13. Remove the steering joint cover (see step 8 on page 17-10). then disconnect the fuel feed hose (B) (see page 11-348). 14. Remove the steering joint f r o m the steering gearbox pinion shaft (see step 11 on page 17-10).

18. 23. then disconnect the positive alternator cable (B) f r o m the under-hood fuse/relay box. then disconnect the t w o PCM connectors (B) and the engine wire harness connector (C). Remove the harness clamps (A). (cont'd) . Remove the harness clamps (A). 20. Remove the P/S hose bracket (C) f r o m the rear cylinder head cover.

Remove the splash shield (see page 20-225). Remove exhaust pipe A. Drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF) (see page 14-209). Tie plastic bags over the driveshaft ends. 3 1 . 30. Lower the vehicle on the lift. Separate the tie-rod end bail joints f r o m the knuckles (see step 3 on page 18-16). 5-6 .Engine Assembly Engine Removal (cont'd) 24. 34. 32. 33. Coat all precision-finished surfaces w i t h new engine oil. 28. 25. 35. Remove the front wheels. Remove the driveshafts (see page 16-4). 27. 37. Disconnect the P/S hose (A) and the ATF cooler hoses (B). then carefully remove the radiator cap. Disconnect the power steering pressure switch connector. Loosen the drain plug in the radiator. 36. 38. Remove the front subframe stiffener. 26. Drain the engine oil (see page 8-10). Remove the radiator (see page 10-13). Wait until the engine is cool. and drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6). Raise the vehicle on the lift. 29. 39. then plug the lines and the hoses.4WD model: Remove the transfer assembly (see page 14-213).

Remove the cowl top side cover (A) f r o m both sides. Disconnect the heater hoses (A).40. A AAR-T1256 44. (cont'd) 5-7 . Remove the harness clamp bracket (A) f r o m the rear cylinder head. then rotate it over the damper (C). 43. insert the hanger beam (B) through the opening. 4 1 . Remove the connector bracket (A) f r o m the front cylinder head. use the bracket bolt hole to 2008 V6 attach the attachment arm (SIL02C000033). use the bracket bolt hole to attach the engine hanger balance bar front arm. 42. With the engine support hanger (AAR-T1256) on its side.

25 m m ) (C). Disconnect the A/C compressor clutch connector (A). 50. 48. A _ 46. 5-8 . 49. then remove the front engine m o u n t bolt (D).25 m m ) (E). Attach the front arm (A) to the front cylinder head w i t h a spacers (B) and the bolt (10 x 1. then remove the A/C compressor (B) w i t h o u t disconnecting the A/C hoses. Attach the 2008 V6 attachment arm (SIL02C000033) (D) to the rear cylinder head w i t h a bolt (8 x 1. then attach the rear arm (F) to the 2008 V6 attachment a r m . Tighten the w i n g nut (G) by hand to lift and support the engine/transmission. Lift and support the engine w i t h the engine support hanger (AAR-T1256) and the engine hanger balance bar (VSB02C000019). Disconnect the front engine m o u n t actuator connector (A) and the harness clamps (B). Remove the front engine mount stop (C).Engine Assembly Engine Removal (cont'd) 45. 47. Do not bend the A/C hoses excessively. Remove the lower transmission m o u n t bolts (A) and the ground cable (B). Raise the vehicle on the lift.

and the stiffeners. B (cont'd) 5-9 . the four subframe mounting bolts (D). then secure the belt with its stop (C). Remove the six 12 x 1. 53. then lower the front subframe (E). Lower the vehicle on the lift. then lift the engine/ transmission until it is securely supported by the chain hoist. (B) securing the subframe stiffeners (C). Remove the rear engine mount bolts (A) and disconnect the rear engine m o u n t actuator connector (B). 56. Attach a chain hoist (A) to the engine hook (B) and the transmission hook (C). Raise the jack and line up the slots on the front subframe adapter arms with the bolt holes on the jack base. 55. and remove the engine support hanger and the engine hanger balance bar. Attach the front subframe adapter (VSB02C000016) to the subframe by hanging the belt (A) over the front of the subframe (B). B 52. then securely attach t h e m with four bolts.51.25 m m bolts (A). 54.

59. Remove the mounting bolts for the upper half of the side engine mount bracket. Check once again that all the hoses and the electrical w i r i n g are disconnected and free f r o m the engine/transmission. Raise the vehicle. then lower it all the w a y and support it.Engine Assembly Engine Removal (cont'd) 57. 5-10 . Slowly lower the engine/transmission about 150 m m (6 in). and electrical w i r i n g . and remove the engine/transmission f r o m under the vehicle. the coolant hoses. the fuel hoses. Check that the engine/transmission is completely free of the vacuum hoses. Disconnect the chain hoist f r o m the engine/transmission. 61. 58. 60.

then tighten their bolts to the specified torque. 2 5 mm 44 N m (4. 8 x 1 . A and Reds AAR-T1256* • Engine Hanger Balance Bar VSB02C000019* • Front Subframe Adapter VSB02C000016* • Subframe Alignment Pin 070AG-SJAA10S O : These special tools are available through Honda Tool and Equipment Program. 65 Ibfft) Replace. 2008 V6 Attachment Arm SIL02C000033* • Engine Support Hanger.9 k g f m . 2 5 mm 22 N m (2.25 m m 44 N m (4. 28 Ibfft) Replace. 33 Ibfft) Replace. Review the SRS component locations (see page 24-19). 888-424-6857 There are SRS components located in this area.2 k g f m . 1. 33 Ibfft) (cont'd) 5-11 .25 mm 38 N m (3. P / S PUMP BRACKET 8 x 1. 16 Ibfft) 12 x 1. in the SRS before doing repair or service. Install the engine mount brackets and the accessory brackets. 10 x 1.2 k g f m . and precautions and procedures (see page 24-21).0 k g f m .5 k g f m . 16 Ibfft) 1 0 x 1 .25 mm 22 N m (2.5 k g f m .Engine installation S p e c i a l T o o l s Required .25 m m 88 N m (9. A / C COMPRESSOR BRACKET 10 x 1.

and reduce engine mount life. Support the engine/transmission w i t h a chain hoist (A) and carefully raise the engine/transmission into place. Position the engine/transmission under the vehicle. 5-12 . Be sure that they are properly aligned. Make sure the vehicle is not resting on any part of the engine/transmission. 4.Engine Assembly Engine Installation (cont'd) 2. then rotate it over the damper (C). Failure to f o l l o w this sequence may cause excessive noise and vibration. Remove the cowl top side lid (A) f r o m both sides. 3. Carefully lower the vehicle until the engine/transmission are properly positioned in the engine compartment. AAR-T1256 NOTE: Reinstall the mounting bolts/support nuts in the sequence given in the following steps. With the engine support hanger (AAR-T1256) on its side. insert the hanger beam (B) through the opening.

25 m m ) (C). 6. 86 Ibfft) Replace. Attach the front arm (A) to the front cylinder head with several spacers (B) and the bolt (10 x 1. Loosely tighten the right and left front subframe mounting bolts (A) and stiffener mounting bolts (B).25 m m 44 N m (4. Loosely tighten the right rear subframe mounting bolt with the same procedure as the left rear using the subframe alignment p i n . 76 Ibfft) Replace.7 m m side of the subframe alignment pin (070AG-SJAA1 OS) through the positioning hole (B) on the rear stiffened through the positioning hole (C) on the subframe.9 k g f m . 10 x 1. Lift and support the engine with the engine support hanger (AAR-T1256) and the engine hanger balance bar (VSB02C000019). insert the 15. then attach the rear arm (F) to the 2008 V6 attachment arm. raise the front subframe up t o the body. Tighten the w i n g nut (G) by hand to lift and support the engine/transmission. 117 N m (11.5. (cont'd) 5-13 . Install the new m o u n t i n g bolts into the upper half of the side engine m o u n t bracket.25 m m A 14x1. Tighten the bolts to the specified torque. 10. 9.25 m m ) (E). Attach the 2008 V6 attachment arm (SIL02C000033) (D) to the rear cylinder head w i t h a bolt (8 x 1. 33 Ibfft) B 12x1. Using the subframe adapter (VSB20C000016) and a jack. Loosely tighten the left rear subframe mounting bolt (A). 11.5 k g f m . 8. 12. 7. and into the positioning hole (D) on the body.5 mm Replace. Remove the chain h o i s t then raise the vehicle on the lift. then tighten the left rear subframe mounting bolt.

42 N m (4. Remove the jack and the subframe adapter. 20. check that the positioning holes and slot are aligned using the subframe alignment pin. the engine hanger balance bar. NOTE: Before tightening the stiffener mounting bolts.5 mm 103 N m (10. Raise the vehicle on the lift. 14. 19. Tighten the lower transmission mount bolts (A) and the ground cable (B). and retighten if necessary. . and connect the rear engine mount actuator connector (B). 76 Ibfft) Replace. and the 2008 V6 attachment a r m . NOTE: Check all of the front subframe mounting bolts. 18. Tighten the rear-driver's side subframe mounting bolt (A) to the specified torque.3 k g f m . Lower the vehicle on the lift. Tighten the rear engine m o u n t bolts (A). B 14x1. 5 mm Replace. Tighten the front subframe mounting bolts (C) to the specified torque.5 k g f m . 31 Ibfft) 22. 86 Ibfft) 1 4 x 1 . A (11. Remove the engine support hanger. 15. 76 Ibfft) Replace. then install the cowl top side lids on both sides. 16. 5-14 2 1 .Engine Assembly Engine Installation (cont'd) 13.9 k g f m . 17. Tighten the rear-passenger's side subframe mounting bolt (B) to the specified torque.5 k g f m . Tighten the front and rear stiffener mounting bolts (D) to the specified torque. 103 N m (10.

then install the front engine mount stop (B). then connect the A/C compressor clutch connector (B).23. Loosen the mounting bolts for the upper half of the side engine mount bracket. Raise the vehicle on the lift. Connect the front engine m o u n t actuator connector (C) and the harness clamps (D). 26. 28. Install the A/C compressor (A).25 mm 44 N m (4. 27. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 29. Connect the power steering pressure switch connector. 33 Ibfft) 24. then retighten t h e m to the specified torque. 25. 10 x 1. (cont'd) 5-15 . Install the radiator (see page 10-13). Tighten the front engine mount bolt (A).5 k g f m .

Install a new set ring on the end of each driveshaft.5 k g f m . Wipe the driveshaft clean.5 k g f m . 36. 37.25 mm 33 N m (3. Tighten the nuts to the specified torque. . 40 Ibfft) Replace. Replace. 4WD model: Install the transfer assembly (see page 14-215). 25 Ibfft) Replace. Install the front subframe stiffener using new bolts. 39. 34. Install the power steering (P/S) hose (A) and the ATF cooler hoses (B). Install exhaust pipe A using new gaskets (B) and new self-locking nuts (C). then install the driveshafts (see page 16-18). 5-16 10 x 1. 35. 44 N m (4. Make sure each ring clicks into place in the differential and the intermediate shaft. Install the splash shield (see page 20-225). 33 Ibfft) 10 x 1. 38. Connect the tie-rod end ball joints to the knuckles (see step 3 on page 18-16). Lower the vehicle on the lift. 32. Install the front wheels. 3 1 .25 mm 54 N m (5. NOTE: Check the installation location of the ATF cooler hose clamps (see page 14-245). Install the connector bracket (A) to the front cylinder head. 33.4 k g f m .Engine Assembly Engine Installation (cont'd) 30.

Connect the powertrain control module (PCM) connectors (A) and the engine wire harness connector (B).40. then install the harness clamps (C). 45. 16 Ibfft) 41. Install the harness clamp bracket (A) to the rear cylinder head. Install the drive belt (see page 4-31). Install the P/S p u m p outlet hose (A) using a new O-ring (B).2 k g f m . 42. Install the P/S hose bracket (D) to the rear cylinder head cover. Connect the heater hoses (A). 43. 22 N m (2. 44. (cont'd) 5-17 . and install the P/S p u m p inlet hose (C).

Engine Assembly Engine Installation (cont'd) 46. Install the shift cable (see page 14-254). Connect the brake booster vacuum hose (A) and the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister hose (B). Install the PCM cover (A). Install the steering joint to the steering gearbox pinion shaft (see step 4 on page 17-12). 48. 49. Install the steering wheel (see page 17-9). 50. Install the steering joint cover (see step 6 on page 17-13). 5-18 . 5 1 . 53.

Connect the positive starter cable (A). Install the bulkhead cover (see page 20-210).2 k g f m . then install the harness clamps (B) and the auxiliary under-hood fuse/relay box (C). 6 x 1 .9 k g f m . 56. 16 Ibfft) 55. Install the engine cover (see page 4-21). (cont'd) 5-19 . 59.0 Ibfft) B 57. 8 x 1.25 mm 22 N m (2. Install the battery base (A).54. then install the harness clamps (B). 60. 6 1 . Do the battery installation procedure (see page 22-95). If y o u tighten the screw over the mark. then connect the breather pipe (B). 7. Install the intake air duct (A). replace the hose band. NOTE: When tightening the screw of the hose band (C). 0 mm 9 N m (0. Install the air cleaner assembly (see page 11-372). align the edge of the hose band (D) w i t h the mark (E) painted on the hose band. Connect the starter subharness connector. 58.

Do the PCM reset procedure (see page 11-4). 66. Inspect the ignition timing (see page 4-20). 73. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Do the power steering system bleeding procedure (see step 6 on page 17-28). 67. Refill the reservoir w i t h power steering fluid (see page 17-28). 69. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II) (do not operate the starter) so the fuel p u m p runs for about 2 seconds and pressurizes the fuel line. and verify that the A/T gear position indicator follows the transmission range switch. 64. 7 1 . 70. Refill the transmission w i t h ATF (see page 14-209). Refill the engine w i t h recommended engine oil (see page 8-10). 75. 74. then check for fuel leaks at any point in the fuel line. 63. Check for fluid leaks. Inspect for fuel leaks. 76. Move the shift lever to each gear. Refill the radiator with engine coolant (see step 11 on page 10-7). Repeat this operation three times. 72. Check the wheel alignment (see page 18-5). 65. 68.Engine Assembly Engine Installation (cont'd) 62. Do the cooling system bleeding procedure (see step 13 on page 10-8). Inspect the idle speed (see page 11-325). 5-20 . Do the crankshaft position (CKP) pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure (see page 11-5).

9 k g f m . 40 Ibfft) Replace.25 mm 54 N m (5.25 m m 54 N m (5.25 m m 54 N m (5.25 mm 38 N m (3. 12x1.5 k g f m . 40 Ibfft) Replace.25 mm 74 N m (7.5 k g f m .0 mm 12 N m (1. FRONT ENGINE MOUNT LOWER TRANSMISSION MOUNT 5-21 . 2 5 mm 54 N m (5. 54 Ibfft) Replace. 10 x 1.2 k g f m .Engine Mount Replacement 6 x 1.9 k g f m . 40 Ibfft) 10 x 1. 28 Ibfft) 1 0 x 1 . 10 x 1.5 k g f m .3 k g f m .25 mm 38 N m (3.25 mm 38 N m (3. 28 Ibfft) Replace. 8.5 k g f m .9 Ibfft) 12 x 1. 28 Ibfft) Replace.5 k g f m . 40 Ibfft) Replace. 12 x 1. 31 Ibfft) 10 x 1. 10 x 1.25 m m 42 N m (4.9 k g f m .

Engine Assembly Front Engine Mount Removal and Installation Removal 1. Remove the front engine m o u n t (A). Remove the radiator (see page 10-13). 5-22 5. Remove the front engine m o u n t stop (B). then remove the front engine mount bolt (C). Disconnect the front engine m o u n t actuator connector (A). 2. Support the engine w i t h a jack and a w o o d block under the engine/transmission. 4. 3. .

Connect the front engine m o u n t actuator connector (C). 2. 4. Install the radiator (see page 10-13). 5-23 . Remove the jack and the w o o d block. 5. Tighten the front engine m o u n t bolt (A).Installation 3. Install the front engine m o u n t (A). 1. then install the front engine m o u n t stop (B).

5-24 6. Remove the heat shield. Remove the rear w a r m up three w a y catalytic converter (rear WU-TWC) (see page 11-379).Engine Assembly Rear Engine Mount Removal and Installation Removal 1. Remove the rear engine mount stop (B). 2. 5. . then remove the rear engine mount bolt (C). Remove the rear engine m o u n t (A).

Connect the rear engine m o u n t actuator connector (C). then install the rear engine m o u n t stop (B). 5-25 . 2.Replace. Remove the jack and the w o o d block. 4. 3. Tighten the rear engine m o u n t bolt (A).

.

Rocker Arm Assembly.In Car Sealing Bolt Installation Front Rocker Arm Oil Control Valve Replacement — Rear Rocker Arm Oil Control Valve Replacement 6-2 6-3 6-7 6-8 6-10 6-14 6-15 6-16 6-18 6-22 6-27 6-28 6-28 6-30 6-34 6-37 6-39 6-39 6-41 6-43 6-44 6-47 6-48 6-49 6-49 6-51 6-53 6-54 6-57 6-61 6-61 6-62 6-62 . Spring. Camshaft Seal.Engine Mechanical Cylinder Head Special Tools Component Location Index Engine Compression Inspection Variable Cylinder Management Rocker Arm Test Valve Clearance Adjustment Crankshaft Pulley Removal and Installation Timing Belt Inspection Timing Belt Removal Timing Belt Installation Timing Belt Replacement Timing Belt Adjuster Replacement Timing Belt Drive Pulley Replacement Cylinder Head Cover Removal Cylinder Head Cover Installation Cylinder Head Removal Camshaft Replacement Cylinder Head Inspection for Warpage Rocker Arm Assembly Removal Rocker Arm and Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection Camshaft Inspection Valve. and Valve Seal Installation Camshaft. Spring. and Valve Seal Removal Valve Inspection Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Inspection Valve Guide Replacement Valve Seat Reconditioning Valve. and Pulley Installation Cylinder Head Installation Camshaft Oil Seal Installation .

35 x 9. 5. 5.7 m m Valve Spring Compressor Attachment Air Pressure Regulator VTEC Air Stop Tool B Ball Joint Remover/Installer Valve Guide Reamer. Offset Stem Seal Driver © ® Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ® .Cylinder Head Special Tools Ref. 19 m m Handle. 6-25-660L Holder Attachment.5 m m Socket. ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® Tool Number 070AJ-001A101 07742-0010100 07757-PJ1010A 07AAJ-PNAA101 07AAJ-R70A200 07GAF-SD40330 07HAH-PJ7A100 07JAA-001020A 07JAB-001020B 07MAB-PY3010A 07PAD-0010000 © ® Description VCM Air Adapter Valve Guide Driver. 50 m m .No.

page 6-18 Replacement page 6-22 FRONT CAMSHAFT PULLEY TIMING BELT STOPPER TIMING BELT GUIDE PLATE Installation.Component Location Index RUBBER S E A L S FRONT UPPER COVER SIDE ENGINE MOUNT BRACKET REAR UPPER COVER PULLEY BOLT Replacement page 6-14 CRANKSHAFT PULLEY Removal. page 6-14 Installation. page 6-14 REAR CAMSHAFT PULLEY TIMING BELT A D J U S T E R Replacement page 6-27 TIMING BELT DRIVE PULLEY Replacement page 6-28 AUTO-TENSIONER IDLER PULLEY BOLT TIMING BELT Inspection. step 10 on page 6-20 (cont'd) 6-3 . page 6-16 Installation. page 6-15 Removal.

page 6-39 Installation.Cylinder Head Component Location Index (cont'd) HEAD COVER G A S K E T REAR CYLINDER HEAD COVER Removal. page 6-30 COOLANT SEPARATOR HEAD COVER GASKET DOWEL PINS FRONT CYLINDER HEAD Removal. page 6-29 Installation. page 6-28 Installation. page 6-34 Inspection. page 6-32 CYLINDER HEAD B O L T S FRONT CYLINDER HEAD COVER Removal. page 6-57 O-RING CYLINDER HEAD G A S K E T OIL CONTROL ORIFICE COOLANT SEPARATOR DOWEL PINS .

CAMSHAFT Replacement. page 6-47 Inspection. page 6-48 Installation. page 6-57 CAMSHAFT OIL S E A L Installation. page 6-47 Installation. page 6-53 E X H A U S T V A L V E GUIDE Replacement. page 6-41 Rocker A r m and Shaft Inspection. page 6-43 O-RING CAMSHAFT T H R U S T COVER V A L V E SPRING S E A T INJECTOR B A S E EXHAUST VALVE SPRING EXHAUST VALVE SEAL Removal. page 6-53 INTAKE V A L V E Removal.In Car. page 6-8 Rocker A r m Assembly Removal. page 6-34 Inspection. page 6-61 CYLINDER HEAD Removal. page 6-39 Installation. page 6-61 EXHAUST VALVE Removal. page 6-47 Inspection. page 6-39 Rocker A r m and Shaft Disassembly/ Reassembly. page 6-48 Installation.FRONT VALVE COTTERS INTAKE V A L V E SPRING SPRING RETAINER ROCKER ARM A S S E M B L Y Variable Cylinder Management Rocker A r m T e s t . page 6-54 Installation . page 6-44 SEALING BOLT Installation. page 6-49 GASKET Replace. page 6-37 Inspection. page 6-53 (cont'd) 6-5 .

page 6-40 Rocker Arm and Shaft Disassembly/ Reassembly. page 6-48 Installation. page 6-39 Installation. page 6-61 WASHER SEALING B O L T S installation. page 6-53 . page 6-61 INTAKE V A L V E Removal. page 6-43 EXHAUST VALVE SPRING EXHAUST VALVE. page 6-47 Inspection. page 6-44 V A L V E SPRING S E A T CYLINDER HEAD ^ Removal.In Car.Cylinder Head Component Location Index (cont'd) REAR ROCKER ARM A S S E M B L Y Variable Cylinder Management Rocker Arm T e s t . page 6-47 Inspection. page 6-53 VALVE COTTERS SPRING RETAINER ^ri|P INTAKE V A L V E SPRING E X H A U S T V A L V E GUIDE Replacement. page 6-53 6-6 INJECTOR B A S E EXHAUST VALVE Removal. page 6-34 Inspection. XgS SEAL \ ^ Removal. page 6-8 Rocker Arm Assembly Removal. page 6-57 CAMSHAFT OIL S E A L Installation. page 6-55 Installation . page 6-42 Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection. page 6-47 Installation. page 6-37 Inspection. page 6-49 CAMSHAFT Replacement. page 6-48 Installation.

8. then remeasure the compression. If it doesn't communicate. 13. 2. Remove the compression gauge f r o m the spark plug hole. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). • Incorrect valve clearance • Confirmation of cam t i m i n g • Damaged or w o r n cam lobes • Damaged or w o r n valves and seats 3.5 kgf/cm . Attach the compression gauge to a spark plug hole.135 psi) 12. W a r m up the engine to normal operating temperature (cooling fan comes on). Otherwise. Remove the six ignition coils (see page 4-21). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK ( 0 ) . 1. • Damaged cylinder head gaskets 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the PCM. Install the six spark plugs. 11.28 psi) 2 6-7 . then crank the engine with the starter motor. Measure the compression on the remaining cylinders. 17. • Damaged or w o r n piston rings 14. Maximum Variation: 200 kPa (2. troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see page 11-226). 9. 16.Engine Compression Inspection NOTE: After the inspection. Remove the six spark plugs. Select ALL INJECTORS STOP in the PGM-FI INSPECTION menu w i t h the HDS. you must reset the powertrain control module (PCM). 7. check the following items.0 kgf/cm . 15. Step on the accelerator pedal to open the throttle fully. 6. Compression Pressure: 2 930 kPa (9. and measure the compression. Select PCM reset (see page 11-3) in the PGM-FI INSPECTION menu to cancel ALL INJECTORS STOP with the HDS. If the compression is not within specifications. 10. Install the six ignition coils (see page 4-21). Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on page 11-3). • Damaged or w o r n piston and cylinder bore 5. the PCM will continue to stop the fuel injectors f r o m operating. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).

1. go to step 5. then retest. • If the intake secondary rocker arm moves independently. replace the primary and the secondary rocker arms as an assembly. go to step 7. and check that the pistons in the rocker arms move smoothly. and No. Rotate the crankshaft pulley clockwise. 4. go to step 6. 2. If any exhaust rocker arm needs replacing. remove the intake primary rocker arm and the intake secondary rocker arm as an assembly. Rotate the crankshaft pulley clockwise. Make sure that the exhaust primary rocker arm (A) and the exhaust secondary rocker arm (B) are mechanically connected by the pistons and that the exhaust primary rocker arm and the exhaust secondary rocker arm should move together. If necessary steps 4 and 5 for No. 2. 4 cylinders. 3. Remove the cylinder head covers (see page 6-28). Inspect the valve clearance (see page 6-10). Check that the air pressure on the shop air compressor gauge indicates over 689 kPa (7. replace the primary and the secondary rocker arms as an assembly. • If the intake primary rocker arm and the intake secondary rocker arm move together. No. 3. Start the engine and let it run for 5 minutes. Make sure that the intake primary rocker arm (A) and the intake secondary rocker arm (B) are mechanically connected by the pistons and that the intake primary rocker arm and the intake secondary rocker arm should move together. and check that the pistons in the rocker arms move smoothly. Remove the six spark plugs. 100 psi). 7.0 kgf/cm . VTEC Air Stop Tool B 07AAJ-R70A200 • Air Pressure Regulator 07AAJ-PNAA101 1. • If the exhaust primary rocker arm and the exhaust secondary rocker arm move together. • If the exhaust primary rocker arm moves independently.Cylinder Head Variable Cylinder Management Rocker Arm Test Special Tools Required • VCM Air Adapter 070AJ-001A101 . then retest. When the rocker arms pass the test. then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 6-8 2 . 6. remove the exhaust primary rocker arm and the exhaust secondary rocker arm as an assembly. If any intake rocker arm needs replacing. 5. No. 8.

go to step 12. remove the intake primary rocker arm and the intake secondary rocker arm as an assembly. • If the intake secondary rocker arm does not move independently.7 . Specified Air Pressure: 5 5 0 . The intake secondary rocker arm (A) should move independently of the intake primary rocker arm (B). Remove the sealing b o l t then install the VCM air adapter (A) to the inspection hole and install the VTEC air stop tool B (B).9. With the specified air pressure applied.1 0 0 psi) 2 (cont'd) 6-9 . and check that the pistons in the rocker arms move smoothly. 6 . and apply the specified air pressure. 10. FRONT • If the intake secondary rocker arm moves independently. Loosen the valve on the regulator. 0 k g f / c m . replace the primary and the secondary rocker arms as an assembly. 11. 8 0 . rotate the crankshaft pulley clockwise.6 9 0 kPa ( 5 . then retest. then connect the air pressure regulator (C) as s h o w n . If any intake rocker arm needs replacing.

6-10 Valve Clearance Adjustment NOTE: Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC). and check that the pistons in the rocker arms move smoothly. and monitor the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 1.Cylinder Head Variable Cylinder Management Rocker Arm Test (cont'd) 12. Adjust the valve clearance only w h e n the engine coolant temperature is less than 100 °F (38 °C). and the VTEC air stop tool B. go to step 13. Remove the air pressure regulator. and No. 17. With the specified air pressure applied. Align the pointer (A) on the front upper cover with the No. Set the No. Tighten the sealing bolt to 22 N m (2. When the rocker arms pass the test. • If the exhaust primary rocker arm does not move independently. 15. the VCM air adapter. No. rotate the crankshaft pulley clockwise. 1.2 k g f m . Install the cylinder head covers (see page 6-30). 16. • If the exhaust primary rocker arm moves independently. 16 Ibfft). go to step 14. 1 piston TDC mark (B) on the front camshaft pulley. 1. Install the six spark plugs. 3. then retest. 2. No. Remove the cylinder head covers (see page 6-28). The exhaust primary rocker arm (A) should move independently of the exhaust secondary rocker arm (B). Repeat steps 11 and 12 for No. 1 piston at top dead center (TDC). 14. replace the primary and the secondary rocker arms as an assembly. If any exhaust rocker arm needs replacing. 13. 4 cylinders. . 2. remove the exhaust primary rocker arm and the exhaust secondary rocker arm as an assembly.

2 4 mm (0.008-0. 6 No.0 . 1 cylinder and slide it back and f o r t h . 2 0 . 1 No. 2 No. 5 No. 3 No.3. Insert the feeler gauge (A) between the adjusting screw and the end of the valve stem on the No. 2 8 . 0 1 3 in) 4. INTAKE REAR EXHAUST No. you should feel a slight amount of drag. 2 No.009 in) Exhaust: 0 . Valve Clearance Intake: 0 . 4 No. 5 No. 4 No. 6 EXHAUST (cont'd) 6-11 . 1 No. 3 2 mm (0. 3 INTAKE FRONT INTAKE No.011 .0 . Select the correct feeler gauge for the valve clearance you are going to check.0 .

tighten the locknut. 4 cylinders: 20 N m (2. Align the pointer (A) on the front upper cover w i t h the No. and No. 4 cylinder.Cylinder Head Valve Clearance Adjustment (cont'd) 5. 6. and turn the adjusting screw until the drag on the feeler gauge is correct. No. . 7. 9. 6 cylinders: 14 N m (1. loosen the locknut. 2.4 k g f m . Repeat the adjustment. 6-12 10. if necessary. if necessary. adjust the valve clearance o n No.No. 2 cylinder. Check and. 5 and No. Check and. If you feel too much or t o o little drag. While holding the adjusting screw w i t h the screw driver. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Specified Torque No. 10 Ibfft) Apply new engine oil to the nut threads. adjust the valve clearance o n the No. 1.0 k g f m . if necessary. INTAKE 8. 2 piston TDC mark (B) o n the front camshaft pulley. No. Align the pointer (A) on the front upper cover w i t h the No. then recheck the clearance. 4 piston TDC mark (B) o n the front camshaft pulley. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. 14 Ibfft) Apply new engine oil to the nut threads. 3 .

5 piston TDC mark (B) on the front camshaft pulley. Check and. 15. 13. Align the pointer (A) on the front upper cover w i t h the No. adjust the valve clearance on No. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. 3 piston TDC mark (B) on the front camshaft pulley.11. 17. 3 cylinder. 6-13 . Check and. Install the cylinder head covers (see page 6-30). Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. 16. 6 piston TDC mark (B) on the front camshaft pulley. 6 cylinder. 14. Align the pointer (A) on the front upper cover w i t h the No. if necessary. adjust the valve clearance on the No. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Check and. 12. Align the pointer (A) on the front upper cover with the No. if necessary. adjust the valve clearance on No. if necessary. 5 cylinder.

Remove the right front wheel. A 07JAB-001020B 07JAA-001020A (or commercially available) 6. 6-14 Installation 1. 4. Remove the bolt w i t h a heavy duty 19 m m socket (C) and a breaker bar. 2. Handle.Cylinder Head Crankshaft Pulley Removal and Installation Special Tools Required . Remove the splash shield (see page 20-225). Raise the vehicle on the lift. the crankshaft (B). then remove the crankshaft pulley. Remove any oil and clean the pulleys (A). 19 m m 07JAA-001020A or equivalent Removal 1. Lubricate w i t h new engine oil as s h o w n . 5. 50 m m . 6-25-660L 07JAB-001020B • Holder Attachment. X: Remove any oil O: Clean # : Lubricate with new engine oil . Remove the drive belt (see page 4-31). the bolt (C). Offset 07MAB-PY3010A • Socket. Hold the pulley with the holder handle (A) and the holder attachment (B). 3. and the washer (D).

Remove the front upper cover. Inspect the t i m i n g belt for cracks and oil or coolant contamination. repair t h e m before replacing the belt. Hold the pulley w i t h the holder handle (A) and the holder attachment (B). Remove the drive belt auto-tensioner (see page 4-32). and tighten the bolt.Timing Belt Inspection 2. 5. 47 Ibfft) w i t h a torque wrench and a 19 m m socket (C). NOTE: If there is any leakage. Install the splash shield (see page 20-225). Install the drive belt (see page 4-31). Do not use an impact wrench. Mark the bolt head (D) and the crankshaft pulley (E) as s h o w n . 1. 2. Install the crankshaft pulley. Wipe off any oil or solvent that gets on the belt. Replace the belt if it is cracked. 3. -2. 4. 0 A 07JAB-001020B 07JAA-001020A (or commercially available) 3.5 k g f m . 6-15 . or is contaminated w i t h oil or coolant. Install the right front wheel. then tighten the bolt an additional 60 (The mark on the bolt head lines up with the mark on the crankshaft pulley). Tighten the bolt to 64 N-m (6. -1.

Turn the crankshaft so the white mark (A) lines up with the pointer (B). B 2. 3. rotate the crankshaft 360 degrees. NOTE: The other pointer (C) is not used. Remove the ground cable (A). Remove the crankshaft pulley (see page 6-14). Support the engine w i t h a jack and a w o o d block under the oil pan.Cylinder Head Timing Belt Removal 1. 9. Remove the front upper cover (A) and rear upper cover (B). Remove the splash shield (see page 20-225). then remove the right front wheel. 4. 6-16 . Check that the No. 7. Raise the vehicle on the lift. NOTE: If the marks are not aligned. and recheck the camshaft pulley mark. 8. then remove the upper half of the side engine m o u n t bracket (B). 5. 1 piston top dead center (TDC) mark (A) on the front camshaft pulley and the pointer (B) on the front upper cover are aligned. Remove the drive belt auto-tensioner (see page 4-32). 6.

Thread the battery clamp bolt as s h o w n to hold the timing belt adjuster in its current position. do not use a wrench. 12. 11. Remove one of the battery clamp bolts f r o m the battery tray. Remove the lower cover. Remove the t i m i n g belt guide plate (A). (cont'd) 6-17 . Tighten it by hand.10. and grind the end of it as shown. 13.

If you are installing a new belt.Cylinder Head Timing Belt Removal (cont'd) 14. and the upper and lower covers. Remove the idler pulley bolt (A) and the idler pulley (B). Clean the timing belt pulleys. Set the t i m i n g belt drive pulley to top dead center (TDC) by aligning the TDC mark (A) on the tooth of the timing belt drive pulley w i t h the pointer (B) on the oil pump. 6-18 . 15. 2. 1. Timing Belt Installation NOTE: The following procedure is for installing a used t i m i n g belt. the t i m i n g belt guide plate. Discard the idler pulley bolt. Remove the lower half of the side engine m o u n t bracket. then remove the t i m i n g belt. refer to the t i m i n g belt replacement procedure (see page 6-22).

-4. do the t i m i n g belt replacement procedure (see page 6-22). (cont'd) 6-19 . If the auto-tensioner has extended and the t i m i n g belt cannot be installed. Tighten the idler pulley bolt. FRONT 6. -1. 4. Drive pulley (A) Idler pulley (B) Front camshaft pulley (C) Water p u m p pulley (D) Rear camshaft pulley (E) Adjusting pulley (F) D 7. -5. -3. -6. Loosely install the idler pulley w i t h a new idler pulley bolt so the pulley can move but does not come off. -2.3. Install the t i m i n g belt in a counterclockwise sequence starting w i t h the drive pulley. Take care not to damage the t i m i n g belt during installation. Set the camshaft pulleys to TDC by aligning the TDC marks (A) on the camshaft pulleys with the pointers (B) on the back covers. 5.

25 m m 44 N m (4. 11. 33 Ibfft) Replace. Install the lower half of the side engine mount bracket. 6 x 1. 9.Cylinder Head Timing Belt Installation (cont'd) 8. 8.9 Ibfft) 10 x 1. 6 x 1. 10.2 k g f m .0 m m 12 N m (1. 8. Install the t i m i n g belt guide plate as s how n .0 m m 12 N m (1. Remove the battery clamp bolt f r o m the back cover.5 k g f m .9 Ibfft) 6-20 . Install the lower cover.2 k g f m .

15.12. 14. FRONT 6 x 1.2 k g f m . and recheck the camshaft pulley mark. Check the camshaft pulley marks. Install the crankshaft pulley (see page 6-14). 16. • If the camshaft pulley marks are at TDC.9 Ibfft) 13. Turn the crankshaft pulley so its white mark (A) lines up w i t h the pointer (B). 8. NOTE: If the marks are not aligned. rotate the crankshaft 360 degrees. NOTE: The other pointer (C) is not used.0 mm 12 N m (1. Rotate the crankshaft pulley about six turns clockwise so the t i m i n g belt positions itself on the pulleys. remove the t i m i n g belt (see page 6-16) and repeat steps 2 through 16. • If the camshaft pulley marks are not at TDC. Install the front upper cover (A) and the rear upper cover (B). REAR (cont'd) 6-21 . go to step 17.

Cylinder Head Timing Belt Installation (cont'd) 17. (1.2 k g f m . If you are installing a used belt. refer to the timing belt installation procedure (see page 6-18). 6-22 . Timing Belt Replacement NOTE: The following procedure is for the installation of a new timing belt. 19. 8. 20. Set the t i m i n g belt drive pulley to top dead center (TDC) by aligning the TDC mark (A) on the tooth of the timing belt drive pulley w i t h the pointer (B) on the oil pump. then tighten the mass damper mounting bolt (C). and the upper and lower covers. 22. Clean the t i m i n g belt pulleys. Install the right front wheel. Install the splash shield (see page 20-225). 2. Install the upper half of the side engine mount bracket (A). 2 1 . Install the ground cable (D).7 Ibfft) 18. Remove the timing belt (see page 6-16). Do the crankshaft position (CKP) pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure (see page 11-5). 1. 3. Install the drive belt auto-tensioner (see page 4-32). t i m i n g belt guide plate. and tighten the new mounting bolts (B).

5. 6. Set the camshaft pulleys to TDC by aligning the TDC marks (A) on the camshaft pulleys with the pointers (B) on the back covers. Insert a 2.08 in) pin through the housing and the rod. 2.0 m m (0.200 Ibf). Remove the battery clamp bolt f r o m the back cover. Use a hydraulic press to slowly compress the auto-tensioner. NOTE: The compression pressure should not exceed 9. (cont'd) 6-23 . FRONT 7. Align the holes on the rod and the housing of the auto-tensioner.000 kgf. 8.800 N (1. Remove the auto-tensioner.4.

11. -6. Tighten it by hand. NOTE: Make sure the pin stays in place. Loosely install the idler pulley with a new idler pulley bolt so the pulley can move but does not come off. Install the t i m i n g belt in a counterclockwise sequence starting with the drive pulley.Cylinder Head Timing Belt Replacement (cont'd) 9. 13. -1. -2. Drive pulley (A) Idler pulley (B) Front camshaft pulley (C) Water p u m p pulley (D) Rear camshaft pulley (E) Adjusting pulley (F) D 10. Install the auto-tensioner. Thread in the battery clamp bolt as shown to hold the timing belt adjuster. 6-24 . Tighten the idler pulley bolt. -4. -3. -5. 12. do not use a wrench.

16.2 k g f m . Remove the pin f r o m the auto-tensioner. Install the lower half of the side engine mount bracket. 18.0 mm 12 N m (1. Install the lower cover. 8.9 Ibfft) 12 N m (1. 8. 17. 6 x 1.14.9 Ibfft) (cont'd) 6-25 . Install the t i m i n g belt guide plate as s h o w n . 15.2 k g f m . Remove the battery clamp bolt f r o m the back cover.

Install the crankshaft pulley (see page 6-14). FRONT 6 x 1. go to step 24.0 mm 12 N m (1. 22. and recheck the camshaft pulley mark. Rotate the crankshaft pulley about six turns clockwise so the t i m i n g belt positions itself on the pulleys.Cylinder Head Timing Belt Replacement (cont'd) 19. 23. 8. 2 1 . • If the camshaft pulley marks are not at TDC.2 k g f m . rotate the crankshaft 360 degrees. REAR C 6-26 . remove the t i m i n g belt (see page 6-16) and repeat steps 3 through 22. • If the camshaft pulley marks are at TDC. NOTE: The other pointer (C) is not used. NOTE: If the marks are not aligned. Turn the crankshaft pulley so its white mark (A) lines up w i t h the pointer (B).9 Ibfft) 20. Check the camshaft pulley marks. Install the front upper cover (A) and the rear upper cover (B).

27. Remove the battery clamp bolt f r o m the back cover. Install the ground cable (D). Install the splash shield (see page 20-225). 26.Timing Belt Adjuster Replacement 24. Remove the auto-tensioner (see step 6 on page 6-23). Install the right front wheel. (1. 28. then remove the t i m i n g belt adjuster (B) and the collar (C). Remove the t i m i n g belt (see page 6-16). then tighten the mass damper mounting bolt (C).9 Ibfft) 25. 8. Install the drive belt auto-tensioner (see page 4-32). 5. 6. 3. 2. Do the crankshaft position (CKP) pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure (see page 11-5). 1. 6-27 . 29. Install the upper half of the side engine mount bracket (A). and tighten the new mounting bolts (B). 4. Remove the bolt (A). Install the t i m i n g belt adjuster in the reverse order of removal. Install the t i m i n g belt (see page 6-18).2 k g f m .

the front air fuel ratio (A/F) (sensor 1) connector (D). Remove the intake manifold (see page 9-2). Install the t i m i n g belt (see page 6-18). 6. Install the new timing belt drive pulley and the key. then install the timing belt stopper. Do the crankshaft position (CKP) pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure (see page 11-5). the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve connector (B). If it is cracked or damaged.Cylinder Head Timing Belt Drive Pulley Replacement Cylinder Head Cover Removal 1. 5. replace the t i m i n g belt drive pulley and the key. 4. and remove the dipstick (H). 6-28 . Remove the timing belt stopper (A). the front rocker arm oil pressure switch connector (F) the harness clamp (G) securing the harness holder. Inspect the t i m i n g belt drive pulley and the key for damage. 3. the front secondary heated oxygen (sensor 2) (secondary H02S) connector (C). then remove the t i m i n g belt drive pulley (B) and the key (C). 3. 1. Disconnect the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 1 connector (A). the rocker arm oil control solenoid A (BANK 2) connector (E). Front 2. 2. Remove the three ignition coils (see page 4-21) f r o m the front cylinder head. Remove the timing belt (see page 6-16).

the rocker arm oil control solenoid B (BANK 1) connector (B). the rear secondary heated oxygen sensor 2 (secondary H02S) connector (E). 3. 7. Remove the three ignition coils (see page 4-21) f r o m the rear cylinder head. 5. Remove the drive belt (see page 4-31). Remove the rear cylinder head cover. 8. 2.Rear 1. 6-29 . G E ~ B/ 6. Remove the engine ground cable (E) and disconnect the breather hose (F). the rocker arm oil control solenoid A (BANK 1) connector (C). and the harness clamps (F). then remove the harness holder (G). Remove the power steering (P/S) p u m p and the P/S hose bracket (see step 6 on page 6-34) w i t h its hoses connected. Remove the harness (G) f r o m the upper cover. Disconnect the three injector connectors (C) and the t w o harness clips (D). 9. F F 10. the rear air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 connector (D). 4. Remove the intake manifold (see page 9-2). Remove the harness holder mounting bolts (A) and the engine ground cable bolt (B). Disconnect the rear rocker arm oil pressure switch connector (A).

08718-0003. Check the spark plug seals for damage. NOTE: • If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012. P/N 08717-0004. Apply liquid gasket. Thoroughly clean the head cover gasket and the groove. replace it. evenly to the rocker shaft holder mating surface (A).Cylinder Head Cylinder Head Cover Installation Front 1. 2. Clean the head cover contacting surfaces w i t h a shop towel. Install the head cover gasket (A) in the groove of the cylinder head cover (B). Make sure the head cover gasket is seated securely.08718-0001. A 4. 3. the component must be installed within 4 minutes. • If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket. If any seal is damaged. Remove all of the old liquid gasket f r o m the rocker shaft holder and the cylinder head. then reapply the new liquid gasket. . 6-30 6. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. or 08718-0009. remove the old liquid gasket and residue. 5.

the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve connector (B). Replace any washer that is damaged or deteriorated. 12. 8.7. the front rocker arm oil pressure switch connector (F) and the harness clamp (G) securing the harness holder. 11. 12 N-m (1.2 k g f m . the front secondary heated oxygen (sensor 2) (secondary H02S) connector (C). 9. the front air fuel ratio (A/F) (sensor 1) connector (D). In the final step torque all bolts. Connect the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 1 connector (A). Inspect the spark plug seals for damage. 8. in sequence.9 Ibfft). Inspect the cover washers (C). Install the intake manifold (see page 9-2). and install the dipstick (H). 13. (cont'd) 6-31 . • Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the cylinder head cover. NOTE: • Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. 10. Set the spark plug seals (A) on the spark plug tubes. Install the three ignition coils (see page 4-21) to the front cylinder head. the rocker arm oil control solenoid A (BANK 2) connector (E). and install the front cylinder head cover (B). Tighten the bolts in three steps.

the component must be installed within 4 minutes. P/N 08717-0004. evenly to the rocker shaft holder mating surface (A). NOTE: • If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012. 08718-0001. • If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket. remove the old liquid gasket and residue. 6-32 6. Make sure the head cover gasket is seated securely. 2. then reapply the new liquid gasket. 4. Install the head cover gasket (A) in the groove of the cylinder head cover (B). Clean the head cover contacting surfaces w i t h a shop towel. replace it. Apply liquid gasket. 5. Remove all of the old liquid gasket f r o m the rocker shaft holder and the cylinder head. If any seal is damaged.Cylinder Head Cylinder Head Cover Installation (cont'd) Rear 1. 08718-0003. . Check the spark plug seals for damage. Thoroughly clean the head cover gasket and the groove. or 08718-0009. 3. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket.

and install the rear cylinder head cover (B). 11. • Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the cylinder head cover. A B 8. Inspect the cover washers (C). the rear air fuel ratio (A/F) (sensor 1) connector (D). 10. the rear secondary heated oxygen (sensor 2) (secondary H02S) connector (E). NOTE: • Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine w i t h oil.9 Ibfft). 9.2 k g f m . In the final step tighten all bolts. Connect the rear rocker arm oil pressure switch connector (A). the rocker arm oil control solenoid B (BANK1) connector (B). then install the harness holder (G). and the harness clamps (F). Inspect the spark plug seals for damage. the rocker arm oil control solenoid A (BANK 1) connector (C). 8.7. Replace any washer that is damaged or deteriorated. Set the spark plug seals (A) on the spark plug tubes. 12 N-m (1. (cont'd) 6-33 . in sequence. Tighten the bolts in three steps.

9 Ibfft) 6 x 1. Remove the alternator (see page 4-33). 16. 15. 2. Install the drive belt (see page 4-31). A 6 x 1. 8. Install the engine ground cable (B) and connect the breather hose (C). 6-34 . Also. Do the battery removal procedure (see page 22-95). 5. 1. 8. • Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection. 17. 10. To avoid damaging the cylinder head.2 k g f m . Cylinder Head Removal NOTE: • Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces.0 m m 12 N m (1. 4. Remove the drive belt (see page 4-31). 14. Install the intake manifold (see page 9-2). Relieve the fuel pressure (see page 11-340). then install the harness (D) to the upper cover.2 k g f m . 7. Remove the air intake duct (see step 1 on page 20-210). Remove the power steering (P/S) p u m p (A) and the bolt (B) securing the P/S hose bracket (C). -C • To avoid damaging the w i r i n g and terminals. 9. Remove the intake manifold (see page 9-2). wait until the engine coolant temperature drops below 100 °F (38 °C) before loosening the cylinder head bolts. 8. and monitor the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 1. be sure that they do not contact other w i r i n g or hoses.0 mm 12 N m (1. Install the power steering (P/S) p u m p and the P/S hose bracket (see step 26 on page 6-60). 6. Drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6). or interfere with other parts. unplug the wiring connectors carefully while holding the connector portion.9 Ibfft) 13. Remove the t i m i n g belt (see page 6-16). Install the three ignition coils (see page 4-21) to the rear cylinder head. Tighten the harness holder mounting bolt (A). Remove the six ignition coils (see page 4-21). 18. Reconnect the three injector connectors (E) and the t w o harness clips (F). 3.Cylinder Head Cylinder Head Cover Installation (cont'd) 12. • Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC).

• Rocker arm oil control solenoid B (BANK 1) connector • Knock sensor connector 12. 13. A (cont'd) 6-35 . Remove the quick-connect fitting cover (A). Remove the front w a r m up three w a y catalytic converter (front WU-TWC) (see page 11-379) and the rear w a r m up three w a y catalytic converter (rear WU-TWC) (see page 11-380). 17. then disconnect the fuel feed hose (B) (see page 11-348). Remove the injector bases (see page 9-6). Remove the connector bracket (A) from the front cylinder head. Remove the harness clamp bracket (A) f r o m the rear cylinder head. 16. Remove the water passage (see page 10-11). • Six injector connectors • Engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 1 connector • Front rocker arm oil pressure switch connector • Rear rocker arm oil pressure switch connector • Camshaft position (CMP) sensor connector • Front air fuel ratio (A/F) (sensor 1) connector • Rear air fuel ratio (A/F) (sensor 1 (connector • Front secondary heated oxygen (sensor 2 ) (secondary H02S) connector • Rear secondary heated oxygen (sensor 2 ) (secondary H02S) connector • Rocker arm oil control solenoid A (BANK 1) connector • Rocker arm oil control solenoid A (BANK 2) connector 15.11. Disconnect the following engine wire harness connectors and wire harness clamps f r o m the cylinder head: 14.

Remove the cylinder head bolts. To prevent warpage. loosen the bolts in sequence 1/3 turn at a time. 6-36 © . FRONT © © © © REAR © © © © © © © 19. Remove the cylinder head. repeat the sequence until all the bolts are loosened. FRONT 20. 2 1 . Remove the camshaft pulleys (A) and the back covers (B).Cylinder Head Cylinder Head Removal (cont'd) 18. Remove the cylinder head cover (see page 6-28).

24. Always use a new O-ring (C). Disconnect the radiator hoses (A). 16 Ibfft) 18. Remove the t i m i n g belt (see page 6-16). Apply new engine oil to the journals and cam lobes. 14. (cont'd) 6-37 . Install the air intake duct (see page 20-210). Install the timing belt (see page 6-18). 6. Remove the front camshaft pulley (see page 6-36). 7. Install the camshaft in the reverse order of removal. Install the EGR valve (see page 11-394).25 mm 22 N m (2. Do the crankshaft position (CKP) pattern clear/CKP pattern lean procedure (see page 11-5). A 8 x 1. then remove the camshaft (B). 17. Fill the radiator w i t h engine coolant (see page 10-6) and bleed the air f r o m the cooling system w i t h the heater valve open. 13.2 k g f m . 16 Ibfft) 12. 10. 15. 1. 4. 2. Do the battery removal procedure (see page 22-95). Remove the EGR valve stud bolts (A). Install the rocker arm assembly (see step 11 on page 6-54). 3. Remove the thrust cover (A). 5. 16. Remove the battery base (see step 9 on page 5-3). Drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6). Remove the rocker arm assembly (see page 6-39). 22.25 mm 22 N m (2. 8. then install the front camshaft pulley (see step 13 on page 6-55). Install the EGR valve stud bolts. Adjust the valve clearance (see page 6-10). 21. then tighten the mounting bolts. Install the battery base (see step 56 on page 5-19). 19. Remove the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve (see page 11-394). Apply new engine oil to the threads of the camshaft pulley mounting bolt. 8 x 1. Remove the air intake duct (see step 1 on page 20-210).Camshaft Replacement Front 11. 9. Connect the radiator hoses. Do the battery installation procedure (see page 22-95). 23.2 kgf m. 20.

Remove the t i m i n g belt (see page 6-16). 13. 16. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II) (do not operate the starter) so the fuel p u m p runs for about 2 seconds and pressurizes the fuel line. Repeat this operation three times. Drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6). 11. 17. 19.Cylinder Head Camshaft Replacement (cont'd) Rear 10. Install the t i m i n g belt (see page 6-18). Install the heater hoses and the purge joint bracket. 1. then install the quick-connect fitting cover. and bleed the air f r o m the cooling system w i t h the heater valve open. Remove the rocker arm assembly (see page 6-40). Connect the fuel feed hose (see page 11-350). Remove the quick-connect fitting cover (A). 3. Remove the air cleaner assembly (see page 11-372). Relieve the fuel pressure (see page 11-340). 4. Remove the intake air duct (see step 7 on page 5-3). Apply new engine oil to the threads of the camshaft pulley mounting bolt. 5. then check for fuel leakage at any point in the fuel line. Install the rear camshaft in the reverse order of removal. Remove the thrust cover (A). Fill the radiator w i t h engine coolant (see page 10-6). 6-38 22. 20. Remove the rear camshaft pulley (see page 6-36). then install the rear camshaft pulley (see step 13 on page 6-56). Always use a new O-ring (C). 18. Do the CKP pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure (see page 11-5). 14. 12. 2. 2 1 . Install the intake air duct (see step 58 on page 5-19). then disconnect the fuel feed hose (B) (see page 11-348). then remove the rear camshaft (B). 15. 9. Install the rocker arm assembly (see step 11 on page 6-54). 8. Adjust the valve clearance (see page 6-10). Apply new engine oil to the journals and the cam lobes. 7. then tighten the mounting bolts. Inspect for fuel leaks. . Install the air cleaner assembly (see page 11-372).

95-121. . Remove the cylinder head (see page 6-34). 3. Cylinder Head Height Standard (New): 120. Front 2. Loosen the rocker shaft bridge mounting bolts and the rocker shaft holder mounting bolts in sequence t w o turns at a t i m e .4 . 7 6 2 .008 in) based on a height of 121 m m (4. The bolts will keep the rocker arms on the shafts. Inspect the camshaft (see page 6-44). 2.002 in) and 0. Check the cylinder head for warpage. 7 6 6 in) A 3. -2.008 in). the rocker shaft holder mounting bolts. do not remove the rocker shaft bridge m o u n t i n g bolts and the rocker shaft holder mounting bolts. © © © @ © © © (cont'd) 6-39 .76 in). Loosen the locknuts and adjusting screws (A).2 m m (0. Remove the rocker shaft bridge mounting bolts. Remove the cylinder head cover (see page 6-28).002 in). A • If warpage is less than 0. 1.05 m m (0. When removing the rocker arm assembly. cylinder head resurfacing is not required.1 .Cylinder Head Inspection for Warpage Rocker Arm Assembly Removal 1. and three ways across the center. • If warpage is between 0. resurface the cylinder head.2 m m (0.05 m m ( 4 . and the rocker arm assembly.05 m m (0. to prevent damaging the valves or the rocker arm assembly. • M a x i m u m resurface limit is 0. Measure along the edges.

and the rocker arm assembly. Loosen the rocker shaft bridge mounting bolts and the rocker shaft holder mounting bolts in sequence t w o turns at a time.Cylinder Head Rocker Arm Assembly Removal (cont'd) Rear 1.1 . The bolts will keep the rocker arms on the shafts. 6-40 . do not remove the rocker shaft bridge mounting bolts and the rocker shaft holder mounting bolts. . the rocker shaft holder mounting bolts. -2. Loosen the locknuts and the adjusting screws (A). W h e n removing the rocker arm assembly. 2. Remove the rocker shaft bridge mounting bolts. A 3. to prevent damaging the valves or the rocker arm assembly. Remove the cylinder head cover (see page 6-29).

Rocker Arm and Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly Front NOTE: • Identify parts as they are removed so they can be reinstalled in their original locations. the rocker shaft bridge. and remove the bands after the rocker arms have been installed. first remove the rocker shafts and the rocker arms. remove the fastening hardware f r o m the new rocker arm assembly. and apply new engine oil to all contact points and bearing surfaces. dry t h e m . • Inspect the rocker shafts and rocker arms (see page 6-43). • If reused. clean all the parts in solvent. • Prior to reassembling. • When replacing the rocker arm assembly. The circlips are not available separately. and are factory installed in the rocker shaft bridge. • Never remove any of the circlips that retain the lost motion assemblies in the rocker shaft bridge. the rocker arms must be installed in their original locations. (cont'd) 6-41 . do not remove the mounting bolts. remove or install the rocker shaft by heating the rocker shaft bridge. • When removing or installing the rocker arm assembly. • If the rocker shaft cannot be removed or installed by hand. To remove the lost motion assemblies. The bolts will keep the rocker arms. and the rocker shaft holder on the shaft. • Bundle the rocker arms with rubber bands to keep them together as a set.

• Prior to reassembling. remove or install the rocker shaft by heating the rocker shaft bridge. The circlips are not available separately. and the rocker shaft holder on the shaft. • Inspect the rocker shafts and rocker arms (see page 6-43). To remove the lost motion assemblies. first remove the rocker shafts and the rocker arms. and are factory installed in the rocker shaft bridge. remove the fastening hardware f r o m the new rocker arm assembly. the rocker shaft bridge. • Bundle the rocker arms with rubber bands to keep them together as a set. • Never remove any of the circlips that retain the lost motion assemblies in the rocker shaft bridge. 6-42 . and remove the bands after the rocker arms have been installed. do not remove the mounting bolts. and apply new engine oil to all contact points and bearing surfaces. clean all the parts in solvent. • When removing or installing the rocker arm assembly. the rocker arms must be installed in their original locations. The bolts will keep the rocker arms. • If reused.Cylinder Head Rocker Arm and Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly (cont'd) Rear NOTE: • Identify parts as they are removed so they can be reinstalled in their original locations. dry t h e m . • When replacing the rocker arm assembly. • If the rocker shaft cannot be removed or installed by hand.

No.3 and No.2.056 mm (0. No. 5. Remove the rocker arm assembly (see page 6-39). and No.0022 in) No. replace all rocker arms in that set (primary and secondary). and check it for an out-of-round condition.Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection 1.0006-0.0007-0.1. Measure the inside diameter of the rocker arm. IMo.0006-0.0022 in) Service Limit: 0.015—0.4 CYLINDERS Exhaust Rocker Arm-to-Shaft Clearance Standard (New): 0. Repeat for all rockers and both shafts.0018 in) 4. (cont'd) 6-43 . replace the rocker shaft and all over-tolerance rocker arms.0018 in) Service Limit: 0. IMo. If the clearance is over the limit.3.046 mm (0.015—0.2.0007-0.0019 in) Service Limit: 0.018-0.047 mm (0.5.056 mm (0.1. No. Disassemble the rocker arm assembly (see page 6-41). If any variable cylinder management rocker arm needs replacement.0018 in) Service Limit: 0. and No.046 mm (0. 6.046 mm (0.6 CYLINDERS Intake Rocker Arm-to-Shaft Clearance: Standard (New): 0. 3. Zero the gauge (A) to the shaft diameter.046 mm (0.4 CYLINDERS Intake Rocker Arm-to-Shaft Clearance: Standard (New): 0.0019 in) Inspect rocker arm face for wear.018—0.047 mm (0. Measure the diameter of the shaft at the first rocker location. 2.5 and No.0018 in) No. No.6 CYLINDERS Exhaust Rocker Arm-to-Shaft Clearance Standard (New): 0.

If they do not move smoothly. Front: Put the rocker shaft bridge and the rocker shaft holder on the front cylinder head.2 k g f m . Remove the cylinder head (see page 6-34). carefully apply air pressure to the oil passage of the rocker arm. Reassemble the rocker arm assembly (see page 6-41). 3. Specified Torque 8 x 1. 9. 16 Ibfft) EXHAUST 5.25 mm: 22 N m (2. Remove the rocker arm assembly (see page 6-39). Specified Torque 8 x 1. 6-44 . replace the rocker a r m set. Install the rocker arm assembly (see page 6-54). 7. NOTE: • Apply new engine oil t o the rocker arm pistons w h e n reassembling. 2.2 k g f m . 16 Ibfft) • When removing the rocker arm pistons f r o m the intake primary rocker a r m (B) and the exhaust primary rocker arms (C). 8. Seat the camshaft by pushing it toward the rear of the cylinder head. Slide t h e m into the rocker arms. then tighten the bolts to the specified torque. then tighten the bolts to the specified torque.Cylinder Head Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection (cont'd) Camshaft Inspection Variable Cylinder Management Rocker Arms 1.25 mm: 22 N m (2. INTAKE 4. Inspect the rocker arm pistons (A). Rear: Put the rocker shaft bridge and the rocker shaft holder on the rear cylinder head.

Remove the camshaft thrust cover (A). 7.008 in) 10. scored. replace the thrust cover and recheck. 8.002-0.6. Measure the diameter of each camshaft journal. Zero the dial indicator against the end of the camshaft.05—0. Zero the gauge to the journal diameter. or excessively w o r n . replace the camshaft. (cont'd) 6-45 .20 mm (0. then inspect the lift ramps.20 mm (0. Wipe the camshaft clean. then pull out the camshaft (B). Replace the camshaft if any lobes are pitted. If it is still beyond the service limit. Camshaft End Play Standard (New): 0. Push the camshaft back and forth and read the end play.008 in) Service Limit: 0. If the end play is beyond the service limit. 9.

089 mm (0.Cylinder Head Camshaft Inspection (cont'd) 11.0020-0. Camshaft-to-Holder Oil Clearance Standard (New): 0.0035 in) Service Limit: 0. replace the cylinder head. replace the cylinder head. go t o step 13.15 mm (0.04 mm (0. Clean the camshaft bearing surfaces In the cylinder head. go to step 12. Camshaft Total Runout Standard (New): 0.002 in) . • If the total runout of the camshaft is within the service limit.001 in) max. • If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is beyond the service limit and the camshaft has not been replaced. • If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is within the service limit. replace the cylinder head. • If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is beyond the service limit and the camshaft has been replaced. If the oil clearance is still out of tolerance. • If the total runout is beyond the service limit.006 in) 6-46 12.050—0. Service Limit: 0. Check the total runout w i t h the camshaft supported on V-blocks.03 mm (0. Measure the inside diameter of each camshaft bearing surface. replace the camshaft and recheck the oil clearance. and check for an out-of-round condition.

and the valve. Spring.2.3843 in) Exhaust: 36. and No. the valve spring. Remove the rocker arm assembly (see page 6-39). and No.537 mm (1. No. measure the primary cam lobes. 1. and No. No. 3. 3. 1. 1.5. • When measuring the No. 1. Z E R O LIFT) No. and Valve Seal Removal 13. and No. 3.512 mm (1. Compress the spring and remove the valve cotters. No.162 mm (1. 2. 5 and No. 6 CYLINDERS INTAKE 5.Valve. Z E R O LIFT) INTAKE P R I M A R Y (for C Y U N D E R P A U S E . 07757-PJ1010A 4" EXHAUST SECONDARY / EXHAUST SECONDARY (for C Y L I N D E R / (for C Y L I N D E R P A U S E . No.3. Z E R O LIFT) / P A U S E . and No. No. No.1. 4 CYLINDER EXHAUST PRIMARY T/B INTAKE SECONDARY EXHAUST PRIMARY 4. 2. Z E R O LIFT) No. Install the valve spring compressor attachment and the valve spring compressor.4375 in) No. No. Z E R O LIFT) / P A U S E .3 CYLINDERS EXHAUST PRIMARY T/B INTAKE SECONDARY EXHAUST PRIMARY 4" EXHAUSTSECONDARY / EXHAUSTSECONDARY {for C Y L I N D E R / (for C Y L I N D E R P A U S E . then remove the spring retainer. Special Tools Required NOTE: Valve Spring Compressor Attachment 07757-PJ1010A • When measuring the No.3841 in) Exhaust: 36.4 CYLINDERS: Intake: 35. lightly tap the spring retainer to loosen the valve cotters. Identify the valves and the valve springs as they are removed so that each item can be reinstalled in its original position. Cam Lobe Height Standard (New) No. Using an appropriate-sized socket (A) and a plastic mallet (B). EXHAUST EXHAUST (cont'd) 6-47 . measure the secondary cam lobes. No. Measure the cam lobe height. Remove the cylinder head (see page 6-34). 4 cylinders intake cam lobe height of the camshaft.6 CYLINDERS: Intake: 35.4385 in) 2. Z E R O LIFT) INTAKE P R I M A R Y (for C Y U N D E R P A U S E . Remove the valve spring compressor and the valve spring compressor attachment. 2.155 mm (1. 4 cylinders exhaust cam lobe height of the camshaft.

177-1.Cylinder Head Valve. Remove the valves (see page 6-47).612 in) C Standard (New): 5.90-30.90-36. 2.10 mm (1.2148 in) Exhaust Valve Dimensions A Standard (New): 29.589-4.2159-0.55-117. 1.90-114.420 mm (0.508 in) C Standard (New): 5.450-5.485-5. Spring.460 mm (0.495 mm (0. 8. Remove the valve spring seat. Install the valve guide seal remover (A). Measure the valve in these areas.421 in) B Standard (New): 116. Remove the valve seal.15 mm (4. Intake Valve Dimensions A Standard (New): 35.10 mm (1.185 in) B Standard (New): 113.413-1.2146-0. 6-48 .455 mm (0.2134 in) 7.484-4.50 mm (4. and Valve Seal Removal (cont'd) Valve Inspection 6.2150 in) C Service Limit: 5.2163 in) C Service Limit: 5.

020—0. 5. Intake Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Standard (New): 0.5 m m 07HAH-PJ7A100 2. 5. The difference between the largest guide measurement and the smallest stem measurement should not exceed the service limit. 5.11 m m (0.Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Inspection Valve Guide Replacement 1. measured w i t h an inside micrometer or a ball gauge.055—0.8 mm (0. measured with a micrometer.08 m m (0. Remove the valves (see page 6-47).004 in) 1.3 mm (0. As illustrated.003 in) Exhaust Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Standard (New): 0. (cont'd) 6-49 . Take the measurements in three places along the valve stem and three places inside the valve guide.0022-0. use a commercially available air-impact valve guide driver (A) modified to fit the diameter of the valve guides. 5. Special Tools Required • Valve Guide Driver. of the valve guide. 5. Do not get the head hotter than 300 °F (150 °C).080 m m (0.0008-0.1 in) towards the combustion chamber.0018 in) Service Limit: 0. excessive heat may loosen the valve seats. Working f r o m the camshaft side.7 m m 07742-0010100 • Valve Guide Reamer.5 m m and a conventional hammer. This will knock off some of the carbon and make removal easier. Hold the air hammer directly in line w i t h the valve guide to prevent damaging the driver. 4. f r o m the I. of the valve stem. In most cases.43 in) _57 mm _ (2. Monitor the temperature with a cooking thermometer. Select the proper replacement guides.D.0031 in) Service Limit: 0. Subtract the O.35 x 9. and chill t h e m in the freezer section of a refrigerator for at least an hour.42 in) 3.045 m m (0. use the driver and an air hammer to drive the guide about 2 m m (0. the same procedure can be done using the valve guide driver. Inspect valve stem-to-guide clearance (see page 6-49). Wear safety goggles or a face shield.21 in) k 4* 87 mm (3. Use a hot plate or oven to evenly heat the cylinder head to 300 °F (150 °C).D.24 in) 10. 2.

20 mm (0. 10. Apply a thin coat of new engine oil to the outside of the new valve guide. Continue to rotate the valve guide reamer clockwise while removing it f r o m the bore. use the valve guide driver. as you need t h e m . 9. Turn the head over. Coat both the valve guide reamer. 11.Cylinder Head Valve Guide Replacement (cont'd) 6. and drive the guide out t o w a r d the camshaft side of the head.3 in) bit. 6-50 . 8. Install the guide f r o m the camshaft side of the head. Valve Guide Installed Height Intake: 21.60-21. drill it out with a 8 m m (0. NOTE: Drill guides only in extreme cases. you may have to reheat the head.874 in) Exhaust: 20. 12. Remove the new guide(s) f r o m the freezer.850 in) 7.5 m m to drive the guide to the specified installed height (A) of the guide (B).20-22. 5. If you have all 12 guides to do. If a valve guide still w o n ' t move.5 m m and the valve guide with cutting oil. 5. then try again.835-0.60 mm (0. one at a time. Rotate the valve guide reamer clockwise the full length of the valve guide bore. you could damage the cylinder head if the guide breaks.811-0.

Carefully cut a 45 ° seat.079 in) (cont'd) 6-51 .25-1. Check the clearance with a valve (see page 6-49). Renew the valve seats in the cylinder head using a valve seat cutter.55 mm (0. Verify that a valve slides in the intake and exhaust valve guides without sticking. Bevel the upper edge of the seat w i t h the 30 ° cutter and the lower edge of the seat with the 67.5 ° cutter (intake seat) or the 60 ° cutter (exhaust seat). 4. 14. If necessary renew the valve seat using a valve seat cutter (see page 6-51). 2. replace t h e m (see page 6-49) before cutting the valve seats. Check the width of the seat and adjust accordingly. removing only enough material to ensure a smooth and concentric seat.00 mm (0. Inspect the valve seating. .Valve Seat Reconditioning 13. 1. 3. Thoroughly wash the guide w i t h detergent and water to remove any cutting residue. 15. If the valve guides are w o r n . Inspect valve stem-to-guide clearance (see page 6-49).049-0.5 ° (intake seat) 60 ° (exhaust seat) 5. Make one more very light pass w i t h the 45 ° cutter to remove any possible burrs caused by the other cutters.061 in) Service Limit: 2. Valve Seat Width Standard (New): 1.

If the valve stem installed height is beyond the service limit. • If it is too high (closer to the valve stem). then lift it and snap it closed against the seat several times. The actual valve seating surface (B). you must make a second cut with the 30 ° cutter to move it up. should be centered on the seat.55 m m (1. Insert the intake and exhaust valves in the head.838-1.80 m m (1.48 m m (1. then one more cut with the 45 ° cutter to restore seat width. replace the cylinder head. Insert the valve in its original location in the head. After resurfacing the seat. 6-52 9.73 m m (1. If it is still over the service limit. • If it is too low (closer to the valve edge). as shown by the blue c o m p o u n d .869 in) Service Limit: 47. and measure the valve stem installed height (A). Apply Prussian Blue c o m p o u n d (A) to the valve face. NOTE: The final cut should always be made w i t h the 45 ° cutter.841-1.68—47.879 in) 7.Cylinder Head Valve Seat Reconditioning (cont'd) 6. replace the valve and recheck.872 in) Service Limit: 47.75—47. 8. the valve seat in the head is too deep. inspect it for even valve seating.882 in) Exhaust Valve Stem Installed Height Standard (New): 46. then one more cut with the 45 ° cutter to restore seat width. you must make a second cut w i t h the 67.5 ° cutter (intake seat) or the 60 ° cutter (exhaust seat) to move it d o w n . . Intake Valve S t e m Installed Height Standard (New): 46.

Install the new valve seals (A) using the 5.5 m m side of the stem seal driver (B). F D 7. Check that the valves move up and d o w n smoothly. Install the valve spring and the spring retainer. 1. Install the valve spring compressor attachment and the valve spring compressor. 4. Tap the valve stem only along its axis so you do not bend the stem. They are not interchangeable. 07757-PJ1010A 2. 8. 5. Install the spring seats on the cylinder head. Place the end of the valve spring w i t h the closely w o u n d coils t o w a r d the cylinder head. Compress the spring and install the valve cotters. Lightly tap the end of each valve stem t w o or three times w i t h a plastic mallet (A) to ensure proper seating of the valve and valve cotters. Remove the valve spring compressor and the valve spring compressor attachment. A v / / . Stem Seal Driver 07PAD-0010000 • Valve Spring Compressor Attachment 07757-PJ101 OA 6. NOTE: Exhaust valve seals (C) have a black spring (D) and intake valve seals (E) have a white spring (F). Coat the valve stems w i t h new engine oil. Spring. and Valve Seal Installation Special Tools Required .Valve. 3. Install the valves in the valve guides. 6-53 .

0 2 . 08718-0003. Remove all of the old liquid gasket f r o m the rocker shaft holder and the cylinder head. and loosely install the bolts. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. 0 6 in) below the surface of the cylinder head. 2. P/N 08717-0004. A p p l y liquid gasket along the broken line. Apply a light coat of new engine oil to the lip of the camshaft oil seal. Check that the oil seal lips are not distorted. 5 m m ( 0 . 9. reassemble the rocker arm assembly (see page 6-41).2 k g f m . the component must be installed within 4 minutes. 3. 6-54 • Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. Set the rocker arm assembly in place. Tighten each bolt t w o turns at a time in the sequence as shown to ensure that the rockers do not bind on the valves. 5 . • If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket. Rocker Arm Assembly. Apply liquid gasket. If the rocker arm assembly is disassembled. Make sure that the rocker arms are properly positioned on the valve stems. remove the old liquid gasket and residue. Always use a new O-ring (D). 16 I b f f t ) © © © ® © © © . Tap the camshaft oil seal in squarely. then reapply the new liquid gasket. 7.Cylinder Head Camshaft. Loosen the locknuts and the adjusting screws. Camshaft Seal. . 4. Specified Torque 8 x 1 . NOTE: 5.1 . and Pulley Installation Front 1. • Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the rocker arm assembly. 10.0 . or 08718-0009. Insert the camshaft (B) into the cylinder head then install the camshaft thrust cover (C). NOTE: • If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012. 2 5 m m : 22 N m (2. 8.1 . Gently tap the new camshaft oil seal (A) into the cylinder head.08718-0001. Dry the camshaft oil seal housing. r 6. Apply new engine oil to the journals and the cam lobes. Install the oil seal about 0 . evenly to the rocker shaft holder mating surface of the cylinder head. -2. 11.

Install the back cover (B). 67 Ibfft) (2. Insert the camshaft (B) into the cylinder head. 16 Ibfft) 14.06 in) below the surface of the cylinder head. Tap the camshaft oil seal in squarely. Check that the oil seal lips are not distorted.5 m m (0. Rear 1.5-1. -2. Always use a new gasket (B). 6. Dry the camshaft oil seal housing. 5. If the rocker arm assembly is disassembled. 2.1 . 13. Set the camshaft pulleys to t o p dead center (TDC) before bolting them onto the engine block (see step 6 on page 6-57). Apply a light coat of new engine oil to the lip of the camshaft oil seal. Remove all of the old liquid gasket f r o m the rocker shaft holder and the cylinder head.2 k g f m . 7. 8.2 k g f m . then install the camshaft pulley (C). Install the oil seal about 0. (cont'd) 6-55 . (9.12. Loosen the locknuts and the adjusting screws. 4. Install the injector base (A). reassemble the rocker arm assembly (see page 6-42). then install the camshaft thrust cover (C).02-0. Always use a new O-ring (D). . 3. Apply new engine oil to the journals and the cam lobes. Gently tap the new camshaft oil seal (A) into the cylinder head. Apply new engine oil to the threads of the camshaft pulley mounting bolt (A).

Set the camshaft pulleys t o TDC before bolting t h e m onto the engine block (see step 6 on page 6-57). 8x1. Install the injector base (A). and loosely install the bolts. Make sure that the rocker arms are properly positioned on the valve stems. then reapply the new liquid gasket. evenly to the rocker shaft holder mating surface of the cylinder head. Camshaft Seal. P/N 08717-0004. 12. 11. 16 Ibfft) ® 6-56 © © © 12x1. then install the camshaft pulley (C).2 k g f m . remove the old liquid gasket and residue. or 08718-0009. the component must be installed within 4 minutes. © . 2 5 mm 10. Rocker Arm Assembly.2 k g f m . Set the rocker arm assembly in place. NOTE: • If y o u apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012. Specified Torque 8 x 1. Tighten each bolt t w o turns at a time in the sequence shown to ensure that the rockers do not bind o n the valves. Apply liquid gasket along the broken line.25 mm: 22 N m (2.Cylinder Head Camshaft. • Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the rocker a r m assembly. NOTE: • Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine w i t h oil. 16 Ibfft) 13.25 mm 22 N m (2. Install the back cover (B).08718-0001. Apply liquid gasket. Always use a new gasket (B). Apply new engine oil t o the threads of the camshaft pulley mounting bolt (A). 8 x 1 . • If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket.2 k g f m . 08718-0003. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. 67 Ibfft) 14. and Pulley Installation (cont'd) 9.25 mm 90 N m (9.

Clean and install the oil control orifices (A). FRONT 3. 6. REAR 4. Set the t i m i n g belt drive pulley to top dead center (TDC) by aligning the TDC mark (A) on the tooth of the t i m i n g belt drive pulley w i t h the pointer (B) on the oil pump. Install the dowel pins (C) and the new cylinder head gaskets (D). Install the cylinder heads on the engine block. 7.Cylinder Head Installation 1. Set the camshaft pulleys to TDC by aligning the TDC marks (A) on the camshaft pulleys w i t h the pointers (B) on the back covers. 2. and the upper and lower covers. (cont'd) 6-57 . Clean the t i m i n g belt pulleys. the timing belt guide plate. 5. Clean the cylinder head and the engine block surface. Always use new O-rings (B).

Front 9. Rear © 6-58 © © ® .Cylinder Head Cylinder Head Installation (cont'd) 8. loosen the bolt and retighten it f r o m the first step. If either diameter is less than 10.0 in) 45 mm (1. Tighten the cylinder head bolts in sequence to 29 N-m (3. When using a preset click-type torque wrench.0 k g f m . be sure to torque slowly and do not overtighten. 10. Measure the diameter of each cylinder head bolt at point A and point B.42 in).6 m m (0. If a bolt makes any noise while y o u are torquing it.8 in) 11. 22 Ibfft) using a beam-type torque wrench. replace the cylinder head bolt. 50 mm (2. Apply new engine oil to the threads and under the bolt heads of ail cylinder head bolts.

Install the cylinder head covers (see page 6-30). After t o r q u i n g . Adjust the valve clearance (see page 6-10). tighten all cylinder head bolts in two steps (90 ° per step) using the sequence shown in step 11. 13. 16 Ibfft) (cont'd) 6-59 . Install the water passage (see page 10-11). 15. 22 N m (2. If you are using a new cylinder head bolt. Install the injector bases (see page 9-6).2 k g f m . Install the connector bracket (A) to the front cylinder head. 14. tighten 18.12. cylinder head. 17. Install the t i m i n g belt (see page 6-18). 16.

33. Do the crankshaft position (CKP) pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure (see page 11-5). Do the powertrain control module (PCM) idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). B 2 1 . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II) (do not operate the starter) so the fuel p u m p runs for about 2 seconds and pressurizes the fuel line. then check for fuel leakage at any point in the fuel line. 6-60 27. Connect the fuel feed hose (A) (see page 11 -350). After installation. 25. . check that all tubes. and install the wire harness clamps t o the cylinder head: 30. Do the battery installation procedure (see page 22-95). Install the intake manifold (see page 9-2). 3 1 . 28. 35. Repeat this operation three times. Install the alternator (see page 4-33). then install the quick-connect fitting cover (B). 26. 29. hoses. Check for fluid leaks.Cylinder Head Cylinder Head Installation (cont'd) 20. Connect the following engine wire harness connectors. 34. • Six injector connectors • Engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 1 connector • Front rocker arm oil pressure switch connector • Rear rocker arm oil pressure switch connector • Camshaft position (CMP) sensor connector • Front air fuel ratio (A/F) (sensor 1) connector • Rear air fuel ratio (A/F) (sensor 1) connector • Front secondary heated oxygen (sensor 2) (secondary H02S) connector • Rear secondary heated oxygen (sensor 2) (secondary H02S) connector • Rocker arm oil control solenoid A (BANK 1) connector • Rocker arm oil control solenoid A (BANK 2) connector • Rocker arm oil control solenoid B (BANK 1) connector • Knock sensor connector 23. Inspect the idle speed (see page 11-325). Install the front w a r m up three w a y catalytic converter (front WU-TWC) (see page 11-379) and the rear w a r m up three w a y catalytic converter (rear WU-TWC) (see page 11-380). install the air intake duct (see page 20-210). and bleed the air f r o m the cooling system w i t h the heater valve open. Install the six ignition coils (see page 4-21). and connectors are installed correctly. Install the power steering (P/S) p u m p (A) and tighten the bolt (B) securing the P/S hose bracket. 24. 32. 36. Inspect for fuel leaks. 37. Refill the radiator with engine coolant (see step 11 on page 10-7). 22. Inspect the ignition t i m i n g (see page 4-20). Install the drive belt (see page 4-31).

2 8 x 1 . always use a new washer (B). Dry the camshaft oil seal housing. a washer (B). 5 mm 78 N m (8.5 m m (0.06 in) below the surface of the cylinder head. Ball Joint Remover/Installer 07GAF-SD40330 1. 58 Ibfft) REAR 6-61 .02-0. and a 12 x 75 x 1.In Car Sealing Bolt Installation Special Tools Required NOTE: W h e n installing the sealing bolt (A). FRONT 2. press in a new camshaft oil seal (D) about 0.Camshaft Oil Seal Installation . 3.25mm bolt (C).5-1. Using the ball joint remover/installer (A).0 k g f m . Apply a light coat of new engine oil to the lip of the camshaft oil seal.

6-62 . Remove the rear rocker arm assembly (see page 6-40). Install the rocker arm oil control valve in the reverse order of removal. 3. 2. Remove the rear rocker arm oil control valve (A). 2. 3. 1.Cylinder Head Front Rocker Arm Oil Control Valve Replacement Rear Rocker Arm Oil Control Valve Replacement 1. Install the rocker arm oil control valve in the reverse order of removal. Remove the front rocker arm oil control valve (A). Remove the front rocker arm assembly (see page 6-39).

In C a r . and Connecting Rod Replacement 7-17 Piston Ring Replacement 7-20 Crankshaft and Piston Installation 7-22 CKP Pulse Plate Replacement 7-28 Oil Pan Installation 7-29 Pulley End Crankshaft Oil Seal Installation .Engine Mechanical Engine Block Special Tools 7-2 Component Location Index 7-3 Connecting Rod and Crankshaft End Play Inspection. Pin. . 7-31 Transmission End Crankshaft Oil Seal Installation . 7-6 Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement 7-7 Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement 7-9 Oil Pan Removal 7-10 Crankshaft and Piston Removal 7-11 Crankshaft Inspection 7-14 Block and Piston Inspection 7-15 Cylinder Bore Honing 7-17 Piston. .In Car 7-31 Sealing Bolt Installation 7-32 .

15 x 135L Oil Seal Driver. 64 m m Driver Attachment. 106 m m Qty 1 1 1 I <D 7-2 <D (D .Engine Block Special Tools Ref. ® ® Tool Number 07749-0010000 07OAD-RCAA100 07OAD-RCAA200 Description Driver Handle.No.

page 7-10 Installation. page CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) S E N S O R Replacement.in car. page 11-247 OIL S C R E E N DRIVE PLATE O-RING ENGINE BLOCK END COVER OIL PUMP Overhaul. step 27 on page 7-25 Installation .in car. step 3 on page 8-17 Installation . page 7-31 O-RING P U L L E Y END CRANKSHAFT OIL S E A L Installation. page 7-31 OIL FILTER B A S E / OIL FILTER A S S E M B L Y ROCKER ARM OIL P R E S S U R E S E N S O R COVER (cont'd) 7-3 . page 8-14 O-RING TRANSMISSION END CRANKSHAFT OIL S E A L Installation.Component Location Index CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) S E N S O R COVER O-RING OIL PAN Removal.

Engine Block Component Location Index (cont'd) SEALING BOLT Installation. page 7-32 7-4 .

page 7-15 Installation. page 7-15 Warpage Inspection.PISTON PIN Removal. page 7-11 Measurement. page 7-20 SNAP RINGS PISTON Removal. page 7-17 Inspection. page 7-9 CONNECTING ROD BEARING CAP CONNECTING ROD B O L T S Inspection. page 7-15 Cylinder Bore Honing. step 16 on page 7-24 7-5 . step 10 on page 7-12 CONNECTING ROD BEARING Oil Clearance. page 7-22 CONNECTING ROD End Play. page 7-9 Selection. page 7-6 Small End Measurement. page 7-19 PISTON RINGS Replacement. page 7-17 Ridge Removal. page 7-18 Installation. page 7-18 CONNECTING ROD BEARING ENGINE BLOCK Cylinder Bore Inspection.

If the connecting rod end play is beyond the service limit. Connecting Rod End Play Standard (New): 0.15-0.018 in) 6.10-0.45 mm (0. replace the crankshaft (see page 7-11).018 in) B 4. 7-6 5. Crankshaft End Play Standard (New): 0. Then pull the crankshaft firmly back toward the indicator. If the end play is excessive. If it is still beyond the service limit.Engine Block Connecting Rod and Crankshaft End Play Inspection 1.006-0. 2. Push the crankshaft firmly away f r o m the dial indicator.35 mm (0. and zero the dial against the end of the crankshaft.014 in) Service Limit: 0. install a new connecting rod and recheck. the dial reading should not exceed the service limit. Measure the connecting rod end play with a feeler gauge (A) between the connecting rod (B) and the crankshaft (C). Remove the oil p u m p (see page 8-15). 3.004-0.014 in) Service Limit: 0. If it is still beyond the service limit.35 mm (0. .45 mm (0. Remove the baffle plate (see step 9 on page 7-12). replace the thrust washers and recheck. replace the crankshaft (see page 7-11).

NOTE: • Apply new engine oil to the bolt threads and flanges.0020 in) (cont'd) 7-7 . For an accurate reading. 36 Ibfft) in the proper sequence. Reinstall the bearings and the caps. replace the crankshaft and start over (see page 7-11). and check clearance again. 54 Ibfft). 6.050 mm (0. 5. then tighten the bearing cap bolts (see step 23 on page 7-25) to 74 N-m (7. and check only one bearing at a time. and recheck the clearance. or scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance.Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement Main Bearing Clearance Inspection 1. remove the crankshaft. If the plastigage shows the clearance is still incorrect. Install a new. 3.045 mm (0. and the bearing cap side bolts to 49 N-m (5. the weight of the crankshaft and drive plate will flatten the plastigage further than just the torque on the cap bolt and give you an incorrect reading. s h i m . 7. try the next larger or smaller bearing (the color listed above or below that one). complete bearing with the same color code.5 k g f m . if the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller bearings. • Do not rotate the crankshaft during inspection. 4. 2. and measure the widest part of the plastigage.0 k g f m .019-0. Main Bearing-to-Journal Oil Clearance Standard (New): 0. NOTE: If the engine is still in the vehicle when you bolt the main cap d o w n to check the clearance. Remove the caps and the bearing halves. If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow. Do not file. Remove the main bearing caps and the bearing halves (see step 17 on page 7-13).0007-0. and remove the upper half of the bearing. Clean each main journal and bearing half w i t h a clean shop towel.0018 in) Service Limit: 0. support the crank w i t h a jack under the counterweights. Place one strip of plastigage across each main journal.

2 J O U R N A L 7-8 . Borll C o r III D or llll Smaller bearing (Thicker) 1orl Red/ Pink Pink Pink/ Yellow Yellow 2 or II Pink Pink/ Yellow Yellow Yellow/ Green 3 or III Pink/ Yellow Yellow Yellow/ Green Green 4 or llll Yellow Yellow/ Green Green 5 or Mill Yellow/ Green Green 6 or llllll Green Use t h e m . Clean t h e m only w i t h solvent or detergent. 4 J O U R N A L (Transmission end) No. 1 J O U R N A L (Pulley end) No. 1 J O U R N A L (Pulley end) Smaller main journal Smaller bearing (Thicker) Green/ Brown Green/ Brown Green/ Brown Brown Brown Brown/ Black NOTE: When using bearing halves of different colors. and the numbers stamped o n the crankshaft (codes for main journal size). 4 J O U R N A L (Transmission end) T No. do not scrub t h e m w i t h a w i r e brush or scraper. 3 J O U R N A L No.Engine Block Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement (cont'd) Main Bearing Selection Larger block bore Bearing Identification Crankshaft Bore Code Location Letters or bars have been stamped on the end of the Aorl Color code is on the edge of the bearing • engine block as a code for the size of each of the f o u r m a i n j o u r n a l bores. If the codes are indecipherable because of an accumulation of dirt and dust. it does not matter which color is used in t h e t o p o r b o t t o m > Main Journal Code Locations (Numbers or Bars) No. No. t o choose the correct bearings.

0017 in) Service Limit: 0.Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance Inspection Connecting Rod Bearing Selection 1.0 m m (2. in 0. If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller bearings. or llll) indicating the range. Reinstall the bearing half and the cap. or llll in any engine. s h i m . II. If the codes are indecipherable because of an accumulation of dirt and dust. and tighten the connecting rod bolts. Remove the connecting rod cap and the bearing half (see page 7-11). or 4/I. 6. If the plastigage shows the clearance is still incorrect. Remove the rod cap and the bearing half and measure the widest part of the plastigage. If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow.020—0.0 k g f m .024 m m (0. Place a strip of plastigage across the rod journal. Clean the crankshaft rod journal and bearing half with a clean shop towel. 3. Use t h e m . complete bearing with the same color code.050 m m (0. and the letters or bars stamped on the crank (codes for rod journal size) to choose the correct bearings. Do not file.0002 in) increments) depending on the size of its big end bore.044 m m (0. (cont'd) 7-9 .28 in) Inspect the connecting rod for cracks and heat damage. or scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance. or 4/i. III. Normal Bore Size: 58.006 m m (0. try the next larger or smaller bearing (the color listed above or below that one). 2 . II. 2. then install a new. Connecting Rod Journal Code Locations Numbers or bars have been stamped on the side of each connecting rod as a code for the size of the big end. 4. and check clearance again. 15 I b f f t ) + 9 0 ° 5. You may find any combination of 1. do not scrub t h e m with a wire brush or scraper. 3. III. • Do not rotate the crankshaft during inspection. 2. 3 . and recheck the clearance. 7. Connecting Rod Bearing-to-Journal Oil Clearance Standard (New): 0. Each connecting rod falls into one of four tolerance ranges (from 0 to 0.0020 in) It's then stamped with a number or bar ( 1 .0008-0. replace the crankshaft and start over (see page 7-11). NOTE: • Apply new engine oil to the bolt threads and flanges.0009 in). remove the upper half of the bearing. Tightening Torque: 20 N m (2. Clean t h e m only with solvent or detergent.

3.Engine Block Oil Pan Removal Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement (cont'd) Larger big end bore 1. If the engine is already o u t of the vehicle. Remove the rear w a r m up three w a y catalytic converter (rear WU-TWC) bracket. Raise the vehicle on the lift. Remove the front subframe stiffener (see step 31 on page 5-6). 4 J O U R N A L No. 1 J O U R N A L (Pulley end) No. • Smaller bearing (Thicker) Yellow/ Green Aorl Pink Pink/ Yellow Yellow Bor II Pink/ Yellow Yellow Yellow/ Green Green C or III Yellow Yellow/ Green Green D or llll Yellow/ Green Green E or lllll Green For HUH Green/ Brown 4. Remove exhaust pipe A (see step 32 on page 5-6). 6 J O U R N A L (Transmission end) No. 5. then disconnect the CKP sensor connector (C). Connecting Rod Journal Code Locations (Letters or Bars) No. Drain the engine oil (see page 8-10). go t o step 6. Bearing Identification Color code is on the edge of the bearing 1orl 2 or II 3 or III 4 or llll 2. NOTE: When using bearing halves of different colors. 3 J O U R N A L 7. it does not matter which color is used in the top or bottom. No. I Smaller rod journal f Smaller bearing (Thicker) Green/ Brown Green/ Brown Brown Green/ Brown Brown Brown/ Black Brown B r o w n / Black Black 6. Remove the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor cover (A) and the bolt (B). 2 J O U R N A L 7-10 No. 5 J O U R N A L .

Remove the transmission (see page 14-218). Remove the rocker arm oil pressure sensor cover (A). 4. Remove the engine block end cover. 8. 5. 11. Remove the engine/transmission (see page 5-3). Remove the oil pan. (cont'd) 7-11 . 2. Remove the oil pan (see page 7-10). Remove the cylinder heads (see page 6-34). 1. 7.Crankshaft and Piston Removal 8. Remove the torque converter cover (A) and the four bolts (B) securing the transmission. Remove the drive plate (see page 14-230). Remove the t i m i n g belt drive pulley f r o m the crankshaft (see page 6-28). then remove the oil filter base/oil filter assembly (B). 6. 3.

Engine Block Crankshaft and Piston Removal (cont'd) 9. the baffle plate (B). it may damage the piston as it's pushed out. or the cylinder with the connecting rod. INCORRECT 12. Keep all caps/bearings in order. Remove the piston/connecting rod assembly by pushing on the connecting rod. Follow the reamer manufacturer's instructions. 13. and set t h e m aside w i t h their respective caps. If y o u can feel a ridge of metal or hard carbon around the top of any cylinder. remove it with a ridge reamer (A). Remove the upper bearing halves f r o m the connecting rods. If the ridge is not removed. 7-12 . Take care not to damage the oil jets. 14. the crank pin. Remove the oil screen (A). 15. After removing a piston/connecting rod assembly. reinstall the cap on the rod. CORRECT 10. To avoid confusion during reassembly. Remove the connecting rod caps after setting the crank pin at bottom dead center (BDC) for each cylinder. mark each piston/connecting rod assembly with its cylinder number. and the oil p u m p (C). Remove the bearing f r o m the cap. 11.

being careful not to damage the journals and the CKP pulse plate. then remove the bearing caps (C). 20.16. repeat the sequence until all bolts are loosened. Loosen the bearing cap bolts and the bearing cap side bolts in sequence 1/3 turn at a t i m e . 17. B. 19. 7-13 . Remove the bearing cap bolts (A) and the bearing cap side bolts (B). Lift the crankshaft (A) out of the engine block. Remove the CKP pulse plate f r o m the crankshaft (see page 7-28). Reinstall the main caps and the bearings on the engine block in the proper order. 18.

4. Check the keyway slot and the threaded holes for damage.005 mm (0. Rotate the crankshaft t w o complete revolutions. 2.010 mm (0. Measure the taper at the edges of each rod and main journal. Measure the runout on all of the main journals. Place the V-blocks on a flat surface.0002 in) max.025 mm (0. Remove the crankshaft f r o m the engine block (see page 7-11).0010 in) max. Service Limit: 0. Check the total runout w i t h the crankshaft supported on V-blocks.0004 in) i r 6. Journal Taper Standard (New): 0.Engine Block Crankshaft Inspection Out-of-Round and Taper Straightness 1.0002 in) max. Service Limit: 0. Clean the crankshaft oil passages w i t h pipe cleaners or a suitable brush. Remove the CKP pulse plate f r o m the crankshaft (see page 7-28). 3. 7.001 in) . Journal Out-of-Round Standard (New): 0. 5. The difference between measurements on each journal must not be more than the service limit. Measure the out-of-round at the middle of each rod and main journal in t w o places. 9. Service Limit: 0. The difference between measurements on each journal must not be more than the service limit.005 mm (0. The difference between measurements on each journal must not be more than the service limit.03 mm (0.010 mm (0.0004 in) 7-14 8. Crankshaft Total Runout Standard (New): 0.

5065 in) Piston Skirt Diameter Reboring Limit: 0.265 m m (3. replace the engine block. Measure the wear and taper in direction X and Y at three levels in each cylinder as s h o w n . Check the pistons for distortion or cracks.010 in) Bore Taper Limit: (Difference b e t w e e n first and t h i r d measurement) 0. If measurements in any cylinder are beyond the oversize bore service limit. If the engine block has to be rebored.5144 in) 16.05 m m (0.25: 89. 4.235 m m (3.015 m m (3.5132 in) Oversize 0.5033 in) Service Limit: 88.5128-3.0 m m (0.Block and Piston Inspection 1.5026 in) Cylinder Bore Size Oversize P'ston Skirt Diameter 0. Remove the pistons f r o m the engine block (see page 7-11). 2.0 mm (0.065 m m (3.25 m m (0.25: 89. Piston Skirt Diameter Standard (New).975-88.985 m m (3.63 in) Standard (New): 89.5045 in) Service Limit: 89. Measure the piston skirt diameter at a point 16.63 in) f r o m the bottom of the skirt.5029-3.002 in) 6 mm (0.* 88.000-89.5039-3.965 m m (3. 3.2 in) _t First Measurement Second Measurement Third Measurement (cont'd) 7-15 .225-89.5138-3.250-89. refer to step 7 after reboring.

Check the top of the engine block for warpage.015—0.003 in) max.08 mm (0.08 mm (0.Engine Block Block and Piston Inspection (cont'd) 5.07 mm (0. Piston-to-Cylinder Bore Clearance Standard (New): 0.003 in) SERVICE LIMIT 0. Hone any scored or scratched cylinder bores (see page 7-17). Measure along the edges and across the center as shown. 6.004 in) 7.0006-0. Engine Block Warpage Standard (New): 0.003 in) PRECISION STRAIGHT EDGE 7-16 .040 mm (0.0016 in) Service Limit: 0. inspect the piston and the cylinder bore for excessive wear. Service Limit: 0. Calculate the difference between the cylinder bore diameter and the piston diameter.10 mm (0. If the clearance is near or exceeds the service limit.

hone the cylinders and remeasure the bores. Start Remove the flying or get snap rings (A) f r o m both sides of each at the cutout in the piston pin bore. Disassembly 2. Remove the oil jets (see page 8-13). NOTE: Never use solvent. Hone the cylinder bores w i t h honing oil and a fine (400 grit) stone in a 60 degree Crosshatch pattern. Install the oil jets (see page 8-13). Measure the cylinder bores (see step 4 on page 7-15). and Connecting Rod Replacement 1. 3. If scoring or scratches are still present in the cylinder bores after honing to the service limit. (cont'd) 7-17 . then dry and oil them immediately to prevent rusting. When honing is complete. 3. or equivalent. Apply new engine oil to the piston pin snap rings (A) and turn them in the ring grooves until the end gaps are lined up w i t h the cutouts in the piston pin bores (B). 2. Only scored or scratched cylinder bores must be honed. NOTE: Take care not to damage the ring grooves.Cylinder Bore Honing Piston. Wear eye protection. A m m c o . 6. 5. NOTE: 1. Some light vertical scoring and scratching is acceptable if it is not deep enough to catch your fingernail and does not run the full length of the bore. Wash the cylinder bores with hot soapy water. such as Sunnen. • Use only a rigid hone w i t h 400 grit or finer stone. Remove the pistons (see page 7-11) f r o m the engine block. • Do not use stones that are w o r n or broken. Pin. B 4. it will only redistribute the grit on the cylinder walls. snap rings carefully so they do not go lost. Remove the piston. rebore the engine block. If the engine block is to be reused. thoroughly clean the engine block of all metal particles.

8648 in) 21. Zero the dial indicator to the piston pin diameter. the piston pin. Separately heat each piston and connecting rod assembly to about 158 °F (70 °C). Piston Pin Diameter Standard (New): Service Limit: 21.8643 in) 2. then remove the piston pin.962-21. and Connecting Rod Replacement (cont'd) 4. Inspection NOTE: Inspect the piston. and the connecting rod w h e n they are at room temperature.954 mm (0.8646-0. Measure the diameter of the piston pin. 1.Engine Block Piston.965 mm (0. Pin. 7-18 .

the bore in the connecting rod.0050—0.004 m m (0.3.00020-0. Piston Pin-to-Piston Clearance S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : -0. and the piston pin w i t h new engine oil. 3. Measure the piston pin-to-connecting rod clearance.019 m m (0. Check the difference between the piston pin diameter and the piston pin hole diameter on the piston. Coat the piston pin bore in the piston.0006 in) Service Limit: 0.005—0.00004 in) 0. 4.014 m m (0.0010 m m S e r v i c e Limit: (-0.0007 in) (cont'd) 7-19 . Heat the piston to about 158 °F (70 °C).0002 in) 2. Piston Pin-to-Connecting Rod Clearance Standard (New): 0.0002-0.

11 in) wide. Do not use a wire brush to clean the ring grooves. and Connecting Rod Replacement (cont'd) Piston Ring Replacement 4. NOTE: Apply new engine oil to the piston pin. The top ring and second ring grooves are 1. File d o w n the blade. Reassemble the other pistons the same way. 3. and the oil ring groove is 2.05 in) wide. or a ring groove cleaner w i t h a blade to fit the piston grooves.8 m m (0.Engine Block Piston. or cut the ring grooves deeper w i t h the cleaning tool. Install the remaining snap ring. Using a ring expander (A). Clean all the ring grooves thoroughly w i t h a squared-off broken ring. do not install new rings yet. 5. 6. if necessary. 2. remove the old piston rings (B).2 m m (0. Assemble the piston (A) and the connecting rod (B) w i t h the embossed marks (C) on the same side. Pin. Install the piston pin (D). NOTE: If the piston is to be separated f r o m the connecting rod. 7-20 . 1. Remove the pistons (see page 7-11) from the engine block.

1 mm (0. 8 in) f r o m the bottom.70 mm (0. check to see if you have the proper rings for your engine. Piston Ring End-Gap Piston Ring Dimensions: Top ring: Standard (New): Service Limit: Second Ring: Standard (New): Service Limit: 0.05 in) Second Ring (Standard) A: 3.028 in) 0.2 mm (0. Install the rings as s h o w n . 6 . • If the gap is too large.60 mm (0. 8 in) 5.80 mm (0.35 mm (0.14 in) B: 1.014 in) 0.12 in) B: 1.40—0. If the bore is over the service limit. The top ring (A) has a 1D mark and the second ring (B) has a 2X mark.016-0.4.008-0. the engine block must be rebored.20—0.2 0 m m ( 0 . recheck the cylinder bore diameter against the wear limits (see step 4 on page 7-15).0 . 6.2 mm (0.022 in) 0.2 0 mm ( 0 .70 mm (0. Measure the piston ring end-gap (B) with a feeler gauge: • If the gap is too small.028 in) Top Ring (Standard) A: 3.0 . 1 5 .024 in) 0. 6 .6 mm (0.20—0. The manufacturing marks (C) must face upward.031 in) Service Limit: (cont'd) 7-21 .05 in) Oil Ring: Standard (New): 0. push a new ring (A) into the cylinder bore 1 5 . Using a piston.008-0.55 mm (0.

030—0. Apply new engine oil to the inside of the main bearings and the connecting rod bearings. 5.0012-0. 9. Driver Handle. Apply new engine oil to the side w i t h the thrust washer groove. 3. 106 m m 07OAD-RCAA200 Top Ring Clearance Standard (New): Service Limit: 0. 2.080 mm (0.005 in) 1.0022 in) Service Limit: 0.Engine Block Piston Ring Replacement (cont'd) Crankshaft and Piston Installation 7.006 in) Second Ring Clearance Standard (New): 0.13 mm (0. Check the main bearing clearance with plastigage (see page 7-7). 4.0031 in) 0.055 mm (0.055—0. Install the CKP pulse plate to the crankshaft (see page 7-28). 8. OIL RING GAP TOP RING GAP and SPACER RING GAP PISTON PIN 7-22 . measure the ring-to-groove clearance: Special Tools Required . Lower the crankshaft (A) into the engine block. Position the ring end gaps as s h o w n : OIL RING G A P About 90 ° S E C O N D RING G A P About 4 5 ° 7. 15 x 135L 07749-0010000 . Install the bearing halves in the engine block and the connecting rods. Install the thrust washers (A) in the No. being careful not to damage the jounals and the CKP pulse plate. Driver Attachment. Check the connecting rod bearing clearance w i t h plastigage (see page 7-9). 6. 3 journal. After installing a new set of rings.15 mm (0.0022-0. Rotate the rings in their grooves to make sure they do not bind.

Attach the ring compressor to the piston/connecting rod assembly. 11. 12. Position the piston/connecting rod assembly with the arrow (A) facing the t i m i n g belt side of the engine block. Maintain d o w n w a r d force on the ring compressor (B) to prevent the rings f r o m expanding before entering the cylinder bore. — 0 CM O CO o o o o 10. Position the piston/connecting rod assembly in the cylinder.8. and tap it in using the w o o d e n handle of a hammer (A). o 0 o o <> 0= A 14. and the cylinder bore. and check the connecting rod-to-crank journal alignment before pushing the piston into place. Set the crankshaft to bottom dead center (BDC) for the cylinder you are installing the piston in. and check that the bearing is securely in place. cont'd) 7-23 . then loosely install the bearing cap bolts (D) and the bearing cap side bolts (E). Install the bearings (A) and the bearing caps (B) with the arrow (C) facing the t i m i n g belt end of the engine block. inside of the ring compressor. Apply new engine oil to the bolt threads and flanges. 1 0 x 8 0 mm 1 0 x 6 0 mm 9. 13. Stop after the ring compressor pops free. Apply new engine oil to the piston. 15.

35 mm (1.Engine Block Crankshaft and Piston Installation (cont'd) 16. replace the connecting rod bolt. Apply new engine oil to the bolt threads and flanges. Mark the connecting rod (A) and the bolt head (B) as shown.004 in) 18. Point A—Point B = Difference in Diameter Difference in Diameter Specification: 20. 15 Ibfft). then install the bearing (B) and the cap (C).0 k g f m .1 mm (0—0. Measure the diameter of each connecting rod bolt at point A and point B. and go back to step 16 of the procedure. Repeat steps 10 to 22 for the remaining cylinders. 7-24 . Calculate the difference in diameter between point A and point B. Do not loosen it back to the specified angle. 0—0.38 in) 17. Tighten the bolts (D) to 20 N-m (2. 2 1 . 22. Line up the mark (A) on the connecting rod and the cap. NOTE: Remove the connecting rod bolt if y o u tightened it beyond the specified angle. If the difference in diameter is out of tolerance. Tighten the bolt until the mark on the bolt head lines up w i t h the mark on the connecting rod (turn the bolt 90 °). 19.

0 kgfm. Tighten the bearing cap bolts. the bolts. Repeat the torque sequence again to ensure the bolts are properly torqued. Remove all of the old liquid gasket f r o m the engine block end cover mating surfaces. Apply a light coat of new engine oil to the crankshaft and to the lip of the crankshaft oil seal. 36 Ibfft) 24. and then the bearing cap side bolts to the specified torque in the sequence as shown. 54 Ibfft) 10x1. drive in the new crankshaft oil seal until the driver attachment bottoms on the engine block end cover. 25. 26.23. (cont'd) 7-25 . Clean and dry the engine block end cover mating surfaces. 106 m m . and the bolt holes. Using the driver handle and the driver attachment.5 kgfm. 11 x 1.5 mm 74 N m (7. 27.25 mm 49 N m (5.

evenly to the engine block mating surface of the engine block end cover and to the inside edge of the theaded bolt holes. P/N 08717-0004. 29. 33. or 08718-0009. a new O-ring (B). NOTE: • Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. 3 1 . • If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket. Apply liquid gasket. then reapply the new liquid gasket. 30. Install the dowel pins (A). • Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the engine block end cover. Remove all of the old liquid gasket f r o m the oil p u m p mating surfaces. Install a new crankshaft oil seal in the oil p u m p (see step 3 on page 8-17). along the broken line. and the engine block end cover (C) on the engine block. Clean and dry the oil p u m p mating surfaces. the component must be installed w i t h i n 4 minutes. NOTE: • If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012. 32. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. 08718-0003. the bolts.Engine Block Crankshaft and Piston Installation (cont'd) 28. and the bolt holes. and check the seal for distortion. Clean the excess grease off the crankshaft. 08718-0001. 7-26 . remove the old liquid gasket and residue.

• Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the oil p u m p . • If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket. and check the seal for distortion.34. then align the inner rotor with the crankshaft. 35. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. (cont'd) 7-27 . 08718-0001. 37. remove the old liquid gasket and residue.r i n g (A). 0 mm 12 N m NOTE: • If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012. 08718-0003. Install the dowel pins (B). 6 x 1 . 36. 38. NOTE: • Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine w i t h oil. or 08718-0009. and install the oil p u m p (C). Clean the excess grease off the crankshaft. 8. Install the baffle plate (D). evenly to the engine block mating surface of the oil p u m p and to the inside edge of the theaded bolt holes. 0 mm 12 N m (1. the component must be installed within 4 minutes. P/N 08717-0004.9 Ibfft) 6 x 1 . Apply a light coat of new engine oil to the lip of the crankshaft oil seal. then install the oil screen (E) with a new O-ring (F).2 k g f m . then reapply the new liquid gasket. Apply liquid gasket. and apply new engine oil to the n e w O .

45. Install the CKP pulse plate in the reverse order of removal. Remove the crankshaft f r o m the engine block (see page 7-11). Install the t i m i n g belt drive pulley (see page 6-28) to the crankshaft. then continue to run it for about 15 minutes. . CKP Pulse Plate Replacement 1. Remove the CKP pulse plate (A) f r o m the crankshaft.Engine Block Crankshaft and Piston Installation (cont'd) 39. with a new O-ring (B). 2. Install the oil pan (see page 7-29). run the engine at idle until it reaches normal operating temperature. NOTE: When any crankshaft or connecting rod bearing is replaced. Install the engine/transmission (see page 5-11). then install the rocker arm oil pressure sensor cover (C). NOTE: Be careful not to damage the journals and the CKP pulse plate. 44. Install the drive plate (see page 14-230). 43. 42. 40. Install the oil filter base/oil filter assembly (A). Install the cylinder heads (see page 6-57). 7-28 3. 4 1 . Install the transmission (see page 14-230).

then install the torque converter cover (B). Install the oil pan on the engine block. remove the old liquid gasket and residue. Remove all of the old liquid gasket f r o m the oil pan mating surfaces.5 k g f m . ® © © © © ® @ © © © ® ® • If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012. Apply liquid gasket. A 12 x 1. in sequence.2 k g f m . the bolts. In the final step. tighten all bolts. P/N 08717-0004. 8.9 Ibfft).25 mm 74 N-m (7.9 Ibfft) (cont'd) 7-29 .Oil Pan Installation 1. 2. 08718-0001. the component must be installed within 4 minutes.0 m m 12 N m (1. t o 12 N-m (1. Clean and dry the oil pan mating surfaces. NOTE: 5. evenly to the oil pan mating surface of the engine block and to the inside edge of the theaded bolt holes. and the bolt holes. 08718-0003. Apply liquid gasket along the broken line. 6 x 1. 6. 54 Ibfft) 4. 8. 3. • If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. or 08718-0009. • Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the oil pan.2 k g f m . NOTE: • Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine w i t h oil. Tighten the bolts in three steps. then reapply the new liquid gasket. Tighten the four bolts (A) securing the transmission.

Install the front subframe stiffener (see step 35 o n page 5-16). Connect the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor connector (A) and the bolt (B). Install exhaust pipe A (see step 34 on page 5-16) using new gaskets and new self-locking nuts. 6 x 1.Engine Block Oil Pan Installation (cont'd) 7. then install the CKP sensor cover (C). 8.9 Ibfft) 9. 11. 8. 16 Ibfft) 7-30 .2 k g f m .2 k g f m .9 Ibfft) 8. Refill the engine w i t h the recommended engine oil (see page 8-10). Install the rear w a r m up three w a y catalytic converter (rear WU-TWC) bracket.25 mm 22 N m (2. If the engine is still in the vehicle. 10. 12.2 k g f m . 12 N m (1.0 m m 12 N m (1. do the f o l l o w i n g steps. 8 x 1.

and check that the oil seal lip is not distorted. 64 m m 07OAD-RCAA100 1. 3. drive in the new crankshaft oil seal until the oil seal driver attachment bottoms against the engine block end cover. and the t i m i n g belt (see page 6-28). 1. 64 m m . 5. Install the t i m i n g belt drive pulley. 4. 4. Remove the transmission (see page 14-218) and the drive plate (see page 14-230). Apply a light coat of new engine oil t o the lip of the crankshaft oil seal. and check that the oil seal lip is not distorted. Clean and dry the crankshaft oil seal housing. 2. 7-31 .Pulley End Crankshaft Oil Seal Installation . the t i m i n g belt stopper. Clean and dry the crankshaft oil seal housing. 106 m m 07OAD-RCAA200 Oil Seal Driver. Remove the pulley end crankshaft oil seal. 7. 6.In Car Special Tools Required Special Tools Required • Driver Handle. Clean any excess grease off the crankshaft. W h e n the seal is in place. Using the driver handle and the oil seal driver attachment. clean any excess grease off the crankshaft.In Car Transmission End Crankshaft Oil Seal Installation . drive in the new crankshaft oil seal until the driver bottoms against the oil p u m p . 3. Remove the t i m i n g belt. 07OAD-RCAA200 6. Using the oil seal driver. and the transmission (see page 14-230). Remove the transmission end crankshaft oil seal. 2. Align the hole in the oil seal driver attachment w i t h the pin on the crankshaft. the t i m i n g belt stopper. Install the drive plate (see page 14-230). 5. 15 x 135L 07749-0010000 • Driver Attachment. and the t i m i n g belt drive pulley (see page 6-28). A p p l y a light coat of new engine oil to the lip of the crankshaft oil seal.

A 28 x 1.Engine Block Sealing Bolt Installation NOTE: W h e n installing the sealing bolts (A).0 m m 78 N-m (8. 58 Ibfft) 7-32 .0 k g f m . always use new washers (B).

Engine Mechanical Engine Lubrication Special Tools Component Location Index S y m p t o m Troubleshooting Index S y m p t o m Troubleshooting L o w Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Diagram Rocker A r m Oil Pressure S e n s o r Replacement Oil Pressure Test Engine Oil Replacement Engine Oil Filter Replacement Oil Filter Feed Pipe Replacement Oil J e t Replacement Oil Jet Bolt Inspection Oil Pump Overhaul 8-2 8-3 8-5 8-6 8-8 8-9 8-9 8-10 8-11 8-12 8-13 8-13 8-14 .

210 m m A/T Pressure Adapter Pressure Gauge Adapter Oil Seal Driver. 2. 64 m m Oil Pressure Hose ® © © 8-2 Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 .Engine Lubrication Special Tools Ref. © (D (D © ® ® © ® l Tool Number 07406-0020201 07406-0070301 07AAA-PLCA100 07MAJ-PY4011A 07MAJ-PY40120 07NAJ-P07010A 07OAD-RCAA100 07ZAJ-S5AA200 Description A/T Pressure Hose A/T Low Pressure Gauge W/Panel Oil Filter Wrench A/T Pressure Hose.No.

Component Location Index OIL PUMP (cont'd) 8-3 .

Engine Lubrication Component Location Index (cont'd) ROCKER ARM OIL P R E S S U R E S E N S O R Circuit Diagram. page 8-9 OIL CONTROL ORIFICES O-RING OIL FILTER BASE/ OIL FILTER ASSEMBLY BAFFLE PLATE OIL FILTER FEED PIPE Replacement. page 8-12 OIL PUMP Removal. page 8-15 Inspection. page 8-16 Installation. page 8-17 8-4 OIL PAN . page 8-8 Replacement page 8-9 Oil Pressure Test.

pistons. Check for damaged or w o r n piston ring(s) (see page 7-20). etc. and the oil filter are tight. 1. Do the low oil pressure indicator does not come on with the ignition switch in ON (II) procedure (see page 8-6). 5.) (see page 7-15). Check for damaged or w o r n engine internal parts (cylinder w a l l . Check for oil leaks. 3. Also check for Check the maintenance records. 2. Verify the engine oil filler cap. Do the low oil pressure indicator stays on procedure (see page 8-6). Check for w o r n valve guide(s) (see page 6-49) or w o r n valve stem seal(s) (see page 6-47). the oil drain bolt. Check the engine oil level. 4. 2.Symptom Troubleshooting Index Symptom Excessive engine oil consumption Low oil pressure indicator does not come on w i t h the ignition switch in ON (II) Low oil pressure indicator stays on Diagnostic procedure 1. w o r n out engine oil will burn off at a higher rate • Check the engine oil level • A n open in the wire between the powertrain control module (PCM) and the rocker arm oil pressure sensor A wire shorted to ground between the PCM and the rocker arm oil pressure sensor 8-5 .

• O-RING 5.Engine Lubrication Symptom Troubleshooting Special Tools Required . 1. ! NO-Replace the rocker arm oil pressure sensor (see page 8 .9 kPa (0. the A/T pressure hose.U p d a t e the PCM (see page 11-249) if it does not have the latest software.G o to step 3.G o to step 5. NO-Replace the gauge control module (see page 22-359). 2. Pressure Gauge Adapter 07NAJ-P07010A • A/T Low Pressure Gauge W/Panel 07406-0070301 . W a r m up the engine. Is the engine oil level normal? YES-Go to step 2. Is the gauge control module OK? Y E S .20 kgf/cm . NO-Replace the powertrain control module (PCM) (see page 11-250). Oil Pressure Hose 07ZAJ-S5AA200 . NO-Add engine oil to bring the oil level up to normal. 8-6 07406-0020201 . Check the MAP SENSOR and BARO SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS). 2.76 psi) or less ? Y E S . Remove the rocker arm oil pressure sensor cover (see step 1 on page 8-9). Check the ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS.2 5 0 ) . 2. replace the original PCM (see page 1 1 . Install the oil pressure hose (A).19kgfl 2 cm . Is it the 19.0 kPa (0. the pressure gauge adapter (B). MAP S E N S O R . A/T Pressure Hose.210 m m (D). 3.89 psi) or less? Y E S . Do the gauge control module self-diagnostic function (see page 22-334). then recheck.210 m m 07MAJ-PY4011A • A/T Pressure Adapter 07MAJ-PY40120 • A/T Pressure Hose 07406-0020201 Low oil pressure indicator does not come on with the ignition switch in ON (II) Low oil pressure indicator stays on 1. the A/T pressure adapter (E).B 5. 4. Completely opens the throttle. 2. 2. and the rocker arm oil pressure sensor (G) to the pressure gauge adapter as shown. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). If the symptom/indication goes away w i t h a known-good PCM. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). the A/T pressure hose (F). Remove the rocker arm oil pressure sensor (see page 8-9). 3.9 ) . 4. NOTE: Always use new O-rings. the A/T low pressure gauge w/panel (C).B A R O SENSOR = " A " 2 Is "A" 19. 2. then recheck. Check the engine oil level.

BARO S E N S O R . J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. If the symptom/indication goes away w i t h a known-good PCM. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). check the oil pressure gauge value. Check the MAP SENSOR and BARO SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. NO-Check the following i t e m s : ! • Blocking of oil filter. then recheck.9 kPa (0. 69 kPa (0. Disconnect the PCM connector C (49P). 11. 9. Check the ROCKER A R M OIL PRESSURE SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS.! 12. 2. Does the low oil pressure indicator go off? YES-Update the PCM (see page 11-249) if it does not have the latest software. 7.76 psi) or less? YES-Go to step 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).7 kgf I cm . 10. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 2 Is the 19. 8.M A P SENSOR="A" Is "A" 19. • Blocking of oil screen.B NO-Replace the gauge control module (see page 22-359). 10 psi) or less ? 2 YES-Go to step 7.0 kPa (0.20 kgf I cm .6. 2. • Check the oil p u m p . NO-Go to step 8.19 kgf/cm . At the idling of an engine.B .89 psi) or less? 2 YES-Replace the rocker arm oil pressure sensor (see page 8-2)M NO-Replace the PCM (see page 11-250).

1(120 A) .< T \ J > - No. 10 (7. No.Engine Lubrication Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Diagram UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX HAI ItnY No.5 A) P10 G A U G E CONTROL MODULE LOW OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR WHT I I RED I I I I CANH f-AAAr-* .O - H POIL VCC2 C12 BLU/YEL YEL/BLU ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SENSOR 8-8 UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX .2(50A) -CTVJO— UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX G20 01 IGNITION SWITCH 'BAT x 5 IGI/ IG1 HOT in ON (II) and START (III) D2 .

210 m m (D). the A/T pressure hose (F). 2. the pressure gauge adapter (B). check the engine oil level. 3. NOTE: Always use new O-rings. (cont'd) 8-9 . If the oil level is correct: 1. Install the rocker arm oil pressure sensor cover. Remove the oil pressure sensor cover (see step 1 on page 8-9). 5. 2. 3. 2. Special Tools Required • Oil Pressure Hose 07ZAJ-S5AA200 • Pressure Gauge Adapter 07NAJ-P07010A • A/T Low Pressure Gauge W/Panel 07406-0070301 • A/T Pressure Hose. Install the oil pressure hose (A). Install the rocker arm oil pressure sensor with a new O-ring. Remove the rocker arm oil pressure sensor cover. Disconnect the rocker arm oil pressure sensor connector. the A/T low pressure gauge w/panel (C). and the rocker arm oil pressure sensor (G) to the pressure gauge adapter as shown.Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Sensor Replacement Oil Pressure Test 1.0 mm 12 N m If the low oil pressure indicator stays on with the engine running. Remove the rocker arm oil pressure sensor (see page 8-9). the A/T pressure hose.210 m m 07MAJ-PY4011A • A/T Pressure Adapter 07MAJ-PY40120 • A/T Pressure Hose 07406-0020201 6 x 1. Connect the rocker arm oil pressure sensor connector. the A/T pressure adapter (E). 2. then remove the rocker arm oil pressure sensor. 4.

Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC).2 U S qt) At Oil Change including Filter: 4. W a r m up the engine. Refill w i t h the recommended oil (see page 3-2). 2.0 kgf/cm . • Check the oil screen for clogging. Select ADJUSTMENT in the GAUGES w i t h the HDS. 7. 3.3 U S qt) 5.7 kgf/cm . 10.3 L (4. 71 psi) min. 8-10 . • Inspect the oil p u m p (see page 8-16). Reinstall the drain bolt w i t h a new washer (B).5 U S qt) After Engine Overhaul: 5.0 L (5. 13. Select GAUGES in the BODY ELECTICAL w i t h the HDS. Shut it off immediately if the gauge registers no oil pressure. 4. 2 2 6. If oil pressure is not w i t h i n specifications. 10. Make sure the HDS communicates w i t h the vehicle and the powertrain control module (PCM). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). inspect these items: • Inspect the oil pressure relief valve (see page 8-14). Select MAINTENANCE MINDER in the ADJUSTMENT w i t h the HDS. A l l o w the engine to reach operating temperature (fan comes on at least twice).0 k g f m .0 L (4. Repair the problem before continuing. and drain the engine oil.0 psi) min. 1. 5. Remove the drain bolt (A). troubleshoot the DLC circuit. then check for oil leakage.Engine Lubrication Oil Pressure Test (cont'd) Engine Oil Replacement 4. 6. 12. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 9. Run the engine for more than 3 minutes. A 39 N m (4. Capacity At Oil Change: 4. If it does not communicate. 29 Ibfft) Do not overtighten. 8. Select RESET in the MAINTENANCE MINDER w i t h the HDS. 11. Start the engine. At 3.000 rpm: 490 kPa (5. The pressure should be: Engine Oil Temperature: 176 °F (80 °C) Engine Oil Pressure: At Idle: 69 kPa (0.

Inspect the filter to make sure the rubber seal is not stuck to the oil filter seating surface of the engine. tighten the oil filter clockwise w i t h the oil filter wrench. 3.Engine Oil Filter Replacement 14. 4. select RESETTING THE ENGINE OIL LIFE A N D ATF w i t h the HDS instead. Install the oil filter by hand. Remove the oil filter w i t h the oil filter wrench. Use only filters w i t h a built-in bypass system. After the rubber seal seats. then apply a light coat of new engine oil to the filter rubber seal. Tighten: 3 / 4 Turn Clockwise Tightening Torque: 12 N m (1. 5.2 k g f m . 2. NOTE: If you changed the ATF at the same time with the engine oil. Inspect the threads (A) and the rubber seal (B) on the new filter. Select RESETTING THE ENGINE OIL LIFE with the HDS. 8. Special Tools Required Oil Filter Wrench 07AAA-PLCA100 1.9 Ibfft) 07AAA-PLCA100 (cont'd) 8-11 . Clean the seat on the oil filter base.

then check for oil leakage. • Tighten the filter by turning it clockwise three numbers or marks f r o m the one you noted. For example.Engine Lubrication Engine Oil Filter Replacement (cont'd) Oil Filter Feed Pipe Replacement 6. • Spin the filter on until its seal lightly seats against the oil filter base. Tighten the oil filter feed pipe to 49 N-m (5. . 36 Ibfft). tighten the filter until the mark • • • • comes around to the bottom. then remove the nuts f r o m the oil filter feed pipe. After installation. you can use the following procedure to tighten the filter. if mark • is at the bottom when the seal is lightly seated. Remove the oil filter (see page 8-11). 2. fill the engine w i t h oil up to the specified level. 8-12 1 or • 4. Remove the oil filter feed pipe. If four numbers or marks (1 to 4 or • to • • • • ) are printed around the outside of the filter. Mark w h e n rubber seal is seated. 2 or • • • • 4 or • • • • 3 or 4 or 3 or • • • • 2 or • • • 7. Number or Mark when rubber seal is seated Number or Mark after tightening 1 or Mark after tightening. 1. run the engine for more than 3 minutes.0 k g f m . and note which number or mark is at the bottom.

2 kgf/cm. 8-13 . A 16 N-m (1. 12 Ibfft) A p p l y new engine oil.7 m m (0. • Make sure that a 0. Remove the crankshaft from the engine block (see page 7-11). 2. Make sure the check ball (A) moves smoothly and has a stroke of about 4. Install the crankshaft (see page 7-22). then remove the oil jet (B). Carefully install the new oil jet and tighten the oil jet bolt.6 m m (0. • Check the oil jet bolt operation w i t h an air nozzle. Remove the oil jet bolt (see page 8-13). Remove the oil jet bolt (A).02 in) diameter drill will go through the oil intake (0. 4.6 k g f m . It should take at least 120 kPa (1.03 in) diameter). Inspect the oil jet bolt as follows.Oil Jet Replacement Oil Jet Bolt Inspection 1. 17 psi) to unseat the check ball.0 m m (0.03 in) 3.7 m m (0.16 in). 0. 2. 1.

29 Ibfft) 8-14 .6 k g f m .0 N m (0.0 m m 6.Engine Lubrication Oil Pump Overhaul Exploded View 6 x 1. 4.0 k g f m .0 Ibfft) SEALING BOLT 39 N m (4.

7. Remove the oil filter base/oil filter assembly (see step 8 on page 7-11). Tighten the w i n g nut (C) by hand. Install the engine support hanger to the vehicle. Remove the power steering (P/S) pump and the P/S line bracket (see step 6 on page 6-34). With the engine support hanger (AAR-T1256) on its side. then rotate it over the damper (C). and attach the hook (A) to the engine hanger (B). Remove the drive belt (see page 4-31). Remove the t i m i n g belt (see page 6-16). A and Reds AAR-T1256* • Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program 888-424-6857 6. insert the hanger beam (B) through the opening. 5. 9. to lift and support the engine/transmission. Remove the bulkhead cover (see page 20-210). Remove the oil screen (A). (cont'd) 8-15 . 4. 3. 64 m m 07OAD-RCAA100 • Engine Support Hanger. B 11. 10. 8. Remove the cowl top side cover (A) f r o m both sides. Remove the mounting bolts.Special Tools Required • Oil Seal Driver. Remove the oil pan (see page 7-10). Removal 1. 2. then remove the oil p u m p assembly (B).

2. Replace the parts. then install the oil p u m p cover. Check the p u m p housing-to-outer rotor radial clearance between the outer rotor (A) and the p u m p housing (B).0 .001 . replace the oil p u m p assembly. 3.14 mm (0.005 in) 8-16 6.002 .07 mm (0. Check that the oil p u m p turns freely. 0 0 7 in) Service Limit: 0.10-0. If the p u m p housing-to-outer rotor radial clearance exceeds the service limit.008 in) 4. Check the inner-to-outer rotor radial clearance between the inner rotor (A) and the outer rotor (B). If the p u m p housing-to-rotor axial clearance exceeds the service limit. If the inner-to-outer rotor clearance exceeds the service limit.02-0. replace the oil p u m p assembly. Pump housing-to-Outer Rotor Radial Clearance Standard (New): 0. Inner Rotor-to-Outer Rotor Radial Clearance Standard (New): 0.19 mm (0.008 in) 5.Engine Lubrication Oil Pump Overhaul (cont'd) Inspection 1. 7.20 mm (0. Pump housing-to-Rotor Axial Clearance Standard (New): 0.0 .20 mm (0. then separate the p u m p housing and the pump cover. Apply liquid thread lock to the p u m p housing screws. . Inspect both rotors and the p u m p housing for scoring or other damage. if necessary.004 .12 mm (0. Check the p u m p housing-to-rotor axial clearance between the rotors (A) and the p u m p housing (B). replace the oil p u m p assembly. Remove the screws f r o m the p u m p housing.04—0. 0 0 6 in) Service Limit: 0. 0 0 3 in) Service Limit: 0.0 .

7. 17. Dry the crankshaft oil seal housing. P/N 08717-0004. Install the dowel pins (B). evenly to the engine block mating surface of the oil p u m p and to the inside edge of the threaded bolt holes. Install the oil screen (D) with a new O-ring (E). wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. 11. 10. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. 16. the component must be installed within 4 minutes. 3. Remove all of the old liquid gasket f r o m the oil p u m p mating surfaces. Install the timing belt (see page 6-18). 19. Gently tap in the new oil seal until the oil seal driver.Installation 1. 15. Clean the excess grease off the crankshaft. After assembly. remove the old liquid gasket and residue. 64 m m bottoms on the pump. 2. 08718-0003. NOTE: D 8. 12. Clean and dry the oil p u m p mating surfaces. • If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012. Install the bulkhead cover (see page 20-210). Remove the engine support hanger f r o m the vehicle. Remove the old oil seal f r o m the oil pump. Install the both sides cowl top side lid on the cowl cover. 14. 08718-0001. Install the oil pan (see page 7-29). 18. 8-17 . Install the drive belt (see page 4-31). 5. then reapply the new liquid gasket. and the bolt holes. 9. the bolts. • If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket. Install the oil filter base/oil filter assembly with a new O-ring (see step 39 on page 7-28). and check the seal for distortion. then align the inner rotor with the crankshaft. and apply new engine oil to the new O-ring (A). Apply liquid gasket. 4. Install the power steering (P/S) p u m p and the P/S line bracket (see step 26 on page 6-60). 13. Apply a light coat of new engine oil to the lip of the crankshaft oil seal. or 08718-0009. 6. and install the oil pump (C).

.

Engine Mechanical Intake Manifold and Exhaust System Intake Manifold Removal and Installation Injector Base Removal and Installation Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Replacement 9-2 9-6 9-8 .

8 x 1.2 k g f m .25 mm 22 N m (2. 7.2 k g f m .0 mm 12 N-m (1. 16 Ibfft) . 7. 8. 7.2 Ibfft) 6 x 1.25 mm 22 N m (2.0 k g f m .2 k g f m .2 k g f m .9 Ibfft) EXHAUSTGAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) PIPE 6 x 1.2 Ibfft) EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER PURGE V A L V E THROTTLE BODY 6 x 1.9 Ibfft) UPPER COVER Replace if it is cracked or if the mating surface is damaged.Intake Manifold and Exhaust System intake Manifold Removal and Installation Exploded View INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING (IMT) ACTUATOR 10 N m (1.0 k g f m .0 k g f m .0 m m 12 N-m (1.0 mm 10 N-m (1. 16 Ibfft) 6 x 1.0 mm 10 N-m (1.2 Ibfft) 9-2 8 x 1. 8.

the throttle actuator connector (C). the brake booster vacuum hose (B). Disconnect and plug the water bypass hoses (E). 3. (cont'd) 9-3 .Removal 1. 2. and the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor connector (D). the EVAP canister purge valve connector (B). 5. Disconnect the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) hose (A). and the intake manifold tuning (IMT) actuator connector (C). Disconnect the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister hose (A). Disconnect the breather pipe (A). Remove the engine cover. then remove the intake air duct (B). 4.

Always use a new intake manifold gasket. Specified Torque 6 x 1.0mm: 1 2 N m (1.8. Remove the intake manifold mounting bolts and the nuts sequentially in three steps.2kgfm. © \ :?\ r~?\ n/ ® 9-4 ® © n 2.9Ibfft) . then remove the intake manifold.Intake Manifold and Exhaust System Intake Manifold Removal and Installation (cont'd) 6. Always use a new intake manifold gasket.2 k g f m . Specified Torque 8 x 1. Install the upper cover. 16 Ibfft) © © © © 7. Install the intake manifold. © © ® ® Installation 1.25 mm: 22 N m (2. Tighten the bolts and the nuts sequentially in three steps. Remove the upper cover mounting bolts and the nuts sequentially in three steps. Tighten the bolts and the nuts sequentially in three steps. then remove the upper cover.

Install the engine cover. Connect the IMT actuator connector (A). Connect the water bypass hoses (A). the EVAP canister purge valve connector (D). and the EVAP canister hoses (E). Clean up any spilled engine coolant. and the PCV hose (C). 6. hoses. 9-5 . Connect the MAP sensor connector (B). 7.3. then connect the breather pipe (B). check that all tubes. 9. Refill the radiator w i t h engine coolant. Install the intake air duct (A). and bleed the air f r o m the cooling system w i t h heater valve open (see page 10-6). the throttle actuator connector (C). the brake booster vacuum hose (B). replace the hose band. and connectors are installed correctly. 10. 4. align the edge of the hose band (D) w i t h the mark (E) painted on the hose band. 5. 8. NOTE: When tightening the screw of the hose band (C). After installation. If you tighten the screw over the mark.

Remove the power steering (P/S) p u m p and the P/S line bracket (see step 6 on page 6-34). Remove the injector base mounting bolts/nuts (A). NOTE: The front injector base gasket is different f r o m the rear one. 2. then remove the front injector base (B) and the rear injector base (C). 7. beginning w i t h the inner nuts. 6. Remove the harness holder mounting bolt (A). and tighten the injector base mounting bolts/nuts (D) in a crisscross pattern in three steps.Intake Manifold and Exhaust System Injector Base Removal and Installation Removal Installation 1. Remove the intake manifold (see page 9-2). then disconnect the knock sensor connector (B). Remove the injectors (see page 11-240). Remove the drive belt (see page 4-31). 3. Relieve the fuel pressure (see page 11-340). then install the harness holder mounting bolt (B). 5. 4. 1. Install the front injector base (A) and the rear injector base (B) w i t h new gaskets (C). . Do not mix injector base gasket types. B 9-6 2. Connect the knock sensor connector (A).

then check for fuel leakage at any point in the fuel line. 5. Inspect for fuel leaks. Install the injectors (see page 11-240).3. 4. Install the P/S p u m p and the P/S hose bracket (see step 26 on page 6-60). . Repeat this operation three times. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II) (do not operate the starter) so the fuel p u m p runs for about 2 seconds and pressurizes the fuel line. Install the drive belt (see page 4-31). 7. 6. Install the intake manifold (see page 9-2).

9-8 SELF-LOCKING N U T S 10 x 1. 25 Ibfft) Replace. SELF-LOCKING NUTS 10 x 1. . 40 Ibfft) Replace.5 k g f m .4 k g f m .25 m m 54 N m (5. HEAT SHIELD HEAT SHIELDS SELF-LOCKING NUTS 10 x 1. 25 Ibfft) Replace.4 k g f m .25 m m 33 N m (3.Intake Manifold and Exhaust System Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Replacement NOTE: Use new gaskets and self-locking nuts w h e n reassembling. T H R E E WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER (TWC) E X H A U S T PIPE A T W C TIGHTENING S E Q U E N C E Tighten the nuts in steps.25 mm 33 N m (3.

Engine Cooling Cooling System Component Location Index Radiator Cap Test Radiator Test Fan Motor Test Thermostat Test Water Pump Inspection Water Pump Replacement Coolant Check Coolant Replacement Thermostat Replacement Water Passage Replacement Radiator and Fan Replacement 10-2 10-3 10-3 10-4 10-4 10-5 10-5 10-6 10-6 10-10 10-11 10-13 Fan Controls Component Location Index 10-16 S y m p t o m Troubleshooting Index 10-17 Circuit Diagram 10-18 Radiator Fan High S p e e d Circuit Troubleshooting.10-19 ... .

Cooling System Component Location Index 10-2 .

1 8 psi). and apply a pressure of 93—123 kPa ( 0 .1 8 psi). If the pressure drops. Remove the tester. 2 2 2. 9 5 . Apply a pressure of 9 3 . 2. 10-3 . then reinstall the radiator cap. Check for a drop in pressure. Wet the radiator cap seal w i t h engine coolant. 2 5 kgf/cm . 1. replace the cap. 4.1 . Attach a commercially available pressure tester (A) to the radiator. 3. 2 5 k g f / c m . 4. and fill the radiator w i t h engine coolant to the base of the filler neck.1 . Inspect for engine coolant leaks and a drop in pressure. then carefully remove the radiator cap.1 2 3 kPa ( 0 . Wait until the engine is cool. then install it on a commercially available pressure tester (B).Radiator Cap Test Radiator Test 1. 3. 1 4 . then carefully remove the radiator cap (A). 9 5 . Wait until the engine is cool. 1 4 .

Test each motor by connecting battery power to terminal No. Check the temperature at which the thermostat first opens. 2 and ground to terminal No.39 in) Starts Opening: 1 6 9 . 2. If either motor fails to run or does not run smoothly. Disconnect the 2P connectors f r o m the radiator fan motor (A) and the A/C condenser fan motor (B).0 mm (0. Measure the lift height of the thermostat w h e n it is fully open. Standard Thermostat Lift Height: Above 10.1 7 6 °F ( 7 6 .8 0 ° C ) Fully Open: 194°F(90°C) 10-4 . and check the temperature w i t h a thermometer. Do not let the thermostat and the thermometer (B) touch the bottom of the hot container. 3. replace it (see page 10-13). and at which it is fully open. To test a closed thermostat: 1. Replace the thermostat (see page 10-10) if it is stuck in the open position at room temperature. Heat the water. Suspend the thermostat (A) in a container of water. 1. 3. 2.Cooling System Fan Motor Test Thermostat Test 1.

replace the water p u m p (see page 10-5).9 Ibfft) A 3. Install the t i m i n g belt (see page 6-18). 2. If it does not turn freely. 7. 6. 1. Remove the t i m i n g belt (see page 6-16). Drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6). 10. 5. Clean up any spilled engine coolant. you may see a small amount of " w e e p i n g " f r o m the bleed holes (A). 12 N m (1. 9. 4. and check that it turns freely. 2. NOTE: W h e n y o u check the water p u m p . 3. 8. This is normal. Remove the five bolts securing the water p u m p (A). Turn the water p u m p pulley counterclockwise. 10-5 . and bleed the air f r o m the cooling system w i t h the heater valve open (see page 10-6). Remove the t i m i n g belt (see page 6-16).Water Pump Inspection Water Pump Replacement 1. then remove the water p u m p . Inspect and clean the O-ring groove and the mating surface of the engine block.2 k g f m . Install the t i m i n g belt adjuster (see page 6-27). Install the water p u m p w i t h a new O-ring (B). Remove the t i m i n g belt adjuster (see page 6-27). Install the t i m i n g belt (see page 6-18). Refill the radiator w i t h engine coolant. 8.

1. 5. 10-6 4. then carefully remove the radiator cap. Remove the rocker arm oil pressure sensor cover (see step 8 on page 7-11). Open the splash shield cover (A). Loosen the drain plug (B) and drain the coolant. . then inspect the cooling system for leaks. 2. 3. Wait until the engine is cool. 2. Make sure it is between the MAX mark (A) and the MIN mark(B). If the coolant level in the coolant reservoir is at or below the MIN mark. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool to the touch.Cooling System Coolant Check Coolant Replacement 1. add coolant to bring it between the MIN and M A X marks. Check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir.

and reinstall the coolant reservoir. then install the rocker arm oil pressure sensor cover (see step 39 on page 7-28). Tighten the radiator drain plug securely. Close the splash shield cover. Using a non-Honda coolant can result in corrosion.6. NOTE: • Always use Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2.198 U S gal)): At Coolant Change: 7. (cont'd) 10-7 .75 L (0.4 L (2. causing the cooling system to malfunction or fail.5 L (1. Engine Coolant Capacities (Including the coolant reservoir capacity of 0. Remove the rubber hose. 7. 9.98 US gal) After Engine Overhaul: 9. 12. then loosen the drain bolt.48 US gal) (1. 10. When the coolant stops draining.0 k g f m . • Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 is a mixture of 50 % antifreeze and 50 % water. Remove. tighten the drain bolt. 11. Fill the coolant reservoir to the M A X mark (A) with Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 (P/N OL999-9001). drain. Do not add water. Pour Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 into the radiator up to the base of the filler neck.2 Ibfft) 7. Install a rubber hose (A) on the drain bolt (B) located at the rear of the engine block. 8.

140 (60) 18. Start the engine. Make sure the thermostat is open. 14. make sure you do not hear the sound of water flowing near the rear heater unit.11 US gal) of coolant. 28. Check the level in the radiator. then turn off the engine. Make sure the temperature is above the standard line of the graph as s h o w n .500 rpm for 3 minutes. Start the engine. Check the level in the radiator. AIR FLOW T E M P E R A T U R E °F(°C) 16. Hold the engine speed at 1. Check the level in the radiator. Set the climate control or HVAC control unit t o m a x i m u m heat.500 rpm for 3 minutes.500 rpm for 5 minutes. 24. if needed. and select high speed heat mode on the rear control panel.Cooling System Coolant Replacement (cont'd) 13. repeat steps 19 through 22 several more times. 25. Set the climate control or HVAC control unit to m a x i m u m cool. Then loosely install the radiator cap and recheck. and add Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2. 22. Start the engine. Set the climate control or HVAC control unit to m a x i m u m heat. With the engine idling. Set the climate control or HVAC control unit to m a x i m u m heat. if needed. and add Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2.4 L (0. 27. . 23. Check the level in the radiator. Start the engine. 15. Turn off the engine. Start the engine. then turn off the engine. Set the climate control or HVAC control unit to m a x i m u m cool. then turn off the engine. Fill the coolant reservoir w i t h Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 up to the M A X mark on the coolant reservoir. 176 (80) 17.500 r p m until it w a r m s up (the radiator fan comes on at least twice). if needed. if needed. Measure the temperature of the air f r o m the rear floor vent for 3 minutes. If you hear water f l o w i n g . and add Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2. If the temperature is below the standard line. Start the engine. 2 1 . Hold the engine speed at 1. Set the climate control or HVAC control unit to m a x i m u m cool. Hold the engine speed at 1. Install the radiator cap securely.500 rpm for 1 minute. repeat steps 19 through 22 several more times. Check the level in the radiator.500 rpm for 5 minutes. if needed. and add Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2. then turn off the engine. Hold the engine speed at 1. then add an extra 0. Hold the engine speed at 2. and add Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2. Repeat steps 19 through 22 until the coolant level does not change in the radiator. 10-8 158 (70) 122 (50) »i\ i IAII 104 (40) 86 (30) 68 (20) 50 (10) 0 59 (15) 63 (17) 66 (19) 70 (21) 73 (23) 77 (25) 81 (27) 84 (29) INTERIOR T E M P E R A T U R E S (°C) 26. Hold the engine speed at 1. 20. 19. then install the radiator cap loosely.

30. If the maintenance minder did not require engine coolant replacement go to step 30. Inspect for engine coolant leaks. 38. Select RESET in the MAINTENANCE MINDER with the HDS. 10-9 . Select MAINTENANCE SUB ITEM 5 RESET w i t h the HDS. 34. 37. reset the maintenance minder (see page 3-12). Select GAUGES in the BODY ELECTRICAL w i t h the HDS. 39. Select ADJUSTMENT in the GAUGES w i t h the HDS. troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see page 11-226). 35. 36. If it does not communicate. 33. 32.29. Clean up any spilled engine coolant. If the maintenance minder required engine coolant replacement. 40. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn the ignition switch to LOOK (0). Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on page 11-3). Make sure the HDS communicates w i t h the vehicle and the powertrain control module (PCM). Select MAINTENANCE MINDER in the ADJUSTMENT w i t h the HDS. 3 1 .

11. 6. Refill the radiator w i t h engine coolant. then remove the thermostat. 9. 8. Drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6). Install the new thermostat (with the pin up) w i t h a new rubber seal. 3. and bleed the air f r o m the cooling system w i t h the heater valve open (see page 10-6).Cooling System Thermostat Replacement 1. Remove the thermostat cover. 5. Do the battery removal procedure (see page 22-95). 12. Clean up any spilled engine coolant. 10-10 . then install the thermostat cover. Remove the air intake duct (see step 1 on page 20-210). Inspect for engine coolant leaks. 10. 2. Install the battery base (see step 56 on page 5-19). 7. Do the battery installation procedure (see page 22-95). Remove the battery base (see step 9 on page 5-3). Install the air intake duct (see page 20-210). 4.

6. Remove the intake air duct (see step 7 on page 5-3). 4. 7. the lower radiator hose (B). 5. Remove the EGR pipe (see page 11-394). (cont'd) 10-11 . and the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve connector (D). 3. Drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6). Do the battery removal procedure (see page 22-95). Remove the battery base (see step 9 on page 5-3). 2. Disconnect the upper radiator hose (A). the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 1 connector (C). Remove the air intake duct (see step 1 on page 20-210). Disconnect the water bypass hoses (A) and the heater hose (B).Water Passage Replacement 1. 8.

Refill the radiator with engine coolant. 8. 2 5 mm 22 N m (2. 14. Remove the water passage and the related parts. 10. 16 Ibfft) O-RING Replace. 16.2 k g f m . and bleed the air f r o m the cooling system with the heater valve open (see page 10-6). O-RING Replace. Install the air intake duct (see page 20-210).25 m m 22 N m (2.25 mm 22 N m (2. 15. Install the battery base (see step 56 on page 5-19). 17. EXHAUST G A S RECIRCULATION (EGR) V A L V E 8 x 1. 12 N-m (1.2 k g f m . 16 Ibfft) ENGINE COOLANT T E M P E R A T U R E (ECT) SENSOR 1 GASKETS Replace. 12. Clean up any spilled engine coolant.Cooling System Water Passage Replacement (cont'd) 9. 10-12 . 11. Install the Intake air duct (see step 58 on page 5-19).2 k g f m . 13. Install the water passage and the related parts.2 k g f m . Inspect for engine coolant leaks. 16 Ibfft) WATER P A S S A G E 8 x 1.9 Ibfft) O-RING Replace. ^ 8 x 1 . Do the battery installation procedure (see page 22-95).

• To avoid damaging the wiring and terminals. unplug the wiring connectors carefully while holding the connector portion. 2. (cont'd) 10-13 . Also. Disconnect the radiator fan motor connector (A) and the radiator upper hose (B). 3. Unclamp the automatic transmission fluid (ATF) cooler hose clamps (A) and loosen the A/C condenser fan shroud mounting bolts (B). or interfere with any other parts. Drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6).Radiator and Fan Replacement NOTE: • Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces. Remove the splash shield (see page 20-225).7 k g f m . 7 N-m (0. 6. Raise the vehicle on the lift. be sure that they do not contact any other wiring or hoses. then remove the harness clamps (C). Lower the vehicle on the lift. 8. Remove the harness clamp (A) f r o m the radiator fan shroud. 5 Ibfft) 7. • Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection. 4. 5. 1. Remove the front grille (see page 20-210).

11. Disassemble the fan shrouds.0 k g f m . then remove the radiator fan shroud assembly (B). 4Nm (0. NOTE: Move the radiator fan shroud assembly toward the A/C compressor side of the vehicle to allow for enough space to lift it up and away f r o m the A/C condenser fan shroud assembly.0 m m 10 N m (1.0 k g f m . 7.Cooling System Radiator and Fan Replacement (cont'd) 9. 10.0 m m 10 N m (1. 12. 7. ^3 Ibfft) 6 x 1.2 Ibfft) 10-14 A 6 x 1. then disconnect the coolant reservoir hose (C). then remove the harness clamps (C).4 k g f m . Remove the A/C condenser fan shroud assembly (A). Remove the bulkhead bracket mounting bolt/nut (A) and the upper brackets/cushions (B).2 Ibfft) . Disconnect the A/C condenser fan motor connector (A) and the coolant reservoir hose (B).

Pull up the radiator assembly (A). 21. 18. 10-15 . the lower radiator hose (C) and remove the ATF cooler hose brackets (D). Lower the vehicle on the lift. Disconnect the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 2 connector (A). and bleed the air f r o m the cooling system w i t h the heater valve open (see page 10-6). the ATF cooler hoses (B). 5 Ibfft) 20. then remove the lower mounting cushions (B). Install the radiator in the reverse order of removal.0 mm 7 N m (0. Clean up any spilled engine coolant. Fill the radiator with engine coolant. 17. Inspect for engine coolant leaks. 16. 14. D C A B 15. Make sure the upper and lower mounting cushions are set securely.13.7 k g f m . Remove the related parts f r o m the radiator. 6 x 1. Raise the vehicle on the lift. 19.

Fan Controls Component Location Index ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR 1 Replacement page 11 -243 10-16 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR 2 Replacement page 11 -243 .

12. Radiator and A/C condenser fans low speed circuit troubleshooting (see page 21-65). A/C condenser fan high speed circuit troubleshooting (see page 21-69). 2. Check for engine coolant leaks (from gaskets. 4. Check for a clogged heater core or hoses. Inspect the fan motors (see page 10-4) or fan relays (see page 22-96). Radiator fan high speed circuit troubleshooting (see page 10-19). Check for dirt. O-rings. Check the thermostat (see page 10-4). 7. Check for a damaged cylinder head gasket. Check for clogged or deteriorated radiator hoses. 8. Inspect the water p u m p (see page 10-5). 6. 10. 9. leaves. Diagnostic Procedure 1.).Symptom Troubleshooting Index Symptom Engine overheats The radiator fan does not run at high speed. etc. 3. or insects on the radiator and A/C condenser. Check the coolant level (see page 10-6). hoses. Also check for Proper radiator and condenser fan control and operation Cleanliness tightness of connectors Cleanliness tightness of connectors Cleanliness tightness of connectors and all and all and all 10-17 . 5. 11. The A/C condenser fan does not run at high speed. Check the radiator cap (see page 10-3). Both the radiator fan and the A/C condenser fan do not run at low speed. Check for deteriorated coolant. Check for a damaged or deformed fan shroud.

5 A) No. 2 (50 A) » -CTXJO G20 cr\_£>—- D1 PGM-FI SUB RELAY No. 1(120 A) No. 15(7. 7 (30 A) A/C CONDENSER F A N DIODE RADIATOR FAN DIODE FAN CONTROL RELAY A/C CONDENSER FAN R E L A Y RADIATOR FAN R E L A Y UNDERDASH FUSE/ RELAY BOX BLK f PUR GRY BLU RADIATOR FAN MOTOR A/C / FAN MOTOR CONDENSER F BLK 1 G202 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) S E N S O R 1 10-18 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) S E N S O R 2 STARTER CUT RELAY . 11 (15 A) —crvo— PCM A3 (STRLY) No.Fan Controls Circuit Diagram UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX B A I IfcnY No.

and the under-dash fuse/relay box and the under hood fuse/relay b o x . 1 and body ground. 36 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. FAN CONTROL RELAY 5P S O C K E T YES-Go to step 2. NO-Replace the radiator fan relay and/or fan control relay. 2 with a j u m p e r wire. NO-Go to step 6. If the fuse continues to blow.I (cont'd) 10-19 . Connect fan control relay 5P socket terminals No. 2 with a jumper wire. 1 and No.Radiator Fan High Speed Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Are the fuse(s) OK? 4. 7 (30 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box and the No. Measure the voltage between radiator fan relay 4P socket terminal No. and test them (see page 22-96). NO-Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box. locate and repair the short in the circuit between the under-hood fuse/relay box and the radiator fan motor. NO-Replace the fuse. RADIATOR FAN RELAY 4P S O C K E T 1 RADIATOR FAN RELAY 4P S O C K E T JUMPER WIRE 2 4 3 Terminal side of female terminals Does the radiator fan run at high Terminal side of female terminals Is there battery voltage? speed? YES-Go to step 10. Connect radiator fan relay 4P socket terminals No.! 3. JUMPER WIRE Terminal side of female terminals Are the relays OK? YES-Go to step 3. 5. B 2. 1 and No. Check the No. YES-Go to step 4. Remove the radiator fan relay and the fan control relay f r o m the under-hood fuse/relay box.

2 and body ground. Test the radiator fan motor (see page 10-4). H 7. 2. NO-Replace the radiator fan motor (see page 10-13). 8. 2.M . Remove the jumper wires. NO-Repair open in the wire between radiator fan relay 4P socket terminal No. 2 and body g r o u n d . 2 and radiator fan motor 2P connector terminal No. Is the motor OK? YES-Go to step 8.Fan Controls Radiator Fan High Speed Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd) 6. 2 and radiator fan motor 2P connector terminal No. then check for continuity between fan control relay 5P socket terminal No. 10-20 Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 9. NO-Repair open in the wire between fan control relay 5P socket terminal No. RADIATOR FAN RELAY 4P S O C K E T FAN CONTROL RELAY 5P S O C K E T Terminal side of female terminals 1 2 1 2 5 4 3 4 3 I i—i 1 2 BLU Terminal side of female terminals RADIATOR FAN MOTOR 2P CONNECTOR Is there continuity? Wire side of female terminals YES-Go to step 7. Check for continuity between radiator fan relay 4P socket terminal No.

15. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the powertrain control module (PCM).M NO-Repair oren in the wire between the under dash fuse/relay box and the under hood fuse/relay b o x . (cont'd) 10-21 . Is there continuity? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the under-hood fuse/relay box and the radiator fan motor. NOTE: This step must be done to protect the PCM f r o m damage. FAN CONTROL RELAY 5P S O C K E T FAN CONTROL RELAY 5P S O C K E T Terminal side of female terminals 1 1 2 5 GRY <| 2 4 3 _L Terminal side of female terminals RADIATOR FAN MOTOR 2P CONNECTOR Is there battery voltage? Wire side of female terminals YES-Go to step 12.B NO-Repair open in the wire between fan control relay 5P socket terminal No. 14. 16. 17. Measure the voltage between fan control relay 5P socket terminal No. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 10. 1 and radiator fan motor 2P connector terminal No.9. Check for continuity between fan control relay 5P socket terminal No. troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 11. If it does not communicate. then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC). 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). B 12. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). the under-hood fuse/relay box and body ground (G202). 1. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 1 and radiator fan motor 2P connector terminal No. 5 and body ground.

If the s y m p t o m goes away with a known-good PCM.Fan Controls Radiator Fan High Speed Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd) 18. 3 and PCM connector terminal A5. Check for continuity between fan control relay 5P socket terminal No. 3 and PCM connector terminal A5.B NO-Repair open in the wire between fan control relay 5P socket terminal No. then recheck.B 10-22 . or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). FAN CONTROL RELAY 5P S O C K E T Terminal side of female terminals 1 I 2 5 4 3 1 PUR i r Hi 3 • 11 / 22 • / I4 I >I©I7 |S 9 110 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 24 >< >< 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 3 5 3 6 37 38 39 40 41 / \ 44 / 48I 49 PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Update the PCM (see page 11-249) if it does not have the latest software.

.

f l o o r T W C Removal/Installation . ..Fuel and Emissions Fuel Supply System Fuel and Emissions Systems Special Tools General Troubleshooting Information.. 1 1 . Alternator FR Signal Circuit Troubleshooting PSP Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting Brake Pedal Position Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting Idle Speed Inspection PCM Idle Learn Procedure C o m p o n e n t Location Index DTC T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Fuel P u m p Circuit T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Fuel Pressure Relieving Fuel Pressure Test Fuel Tank D r a i n i n g Fuel Line Inspection Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Precautions Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Installation Fuel Tank U n i t R e m o v a l a n d Installation Fuel Pressure Regulator R e p l a c e m e n t .. 11-379 U n d e r . ECT Sensor 1 Replacement ECT Sensor 2 Replacement A/F Sensor Replacement Secondary H02S Replacement . ... Fuel Filter Replacement Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge S e n d i n g U n i t Replacement Fuel Tank R e p l a c e m e n t Fuel Fill Pipe Removal/Installation Fuel Gauge S e n d i n g Unit Test L o w Fuel Indicator Test 11-316 11-317 11-320 11-321 11-322 11-324 11-325 11-326 C o m p o n e n t Location Index DTC T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g EGR Valve R e p l a c e m e n t EGR Pipe R e p l a c e m e n t 11-382 11-383 11-394 11-394 PCV System C o m p o n e n t Location Index DTC T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g PCV Valve Inspection PCV Valve Replacement 11-395 11-396 11-397 11-397 EVAP System C o m p o n e n t Location Index DTC T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g 11-398 11-399 .3 8 1 EGR System Idle Control System Component Location Index DTC Troubleshooting A/C Signal Circuit Troubleshooting. CMP Sensor Replacement CKP Sensor Replacement Knock Sensor Replacement ELD Replacement PCM Update PCM Replacement 11-81 11-83 11-215 11-225 11-226 11-240 11-242 11-242 11-243 11-243 11-244 11-245 11-246 11-247 11-247 11-248 11-249 11-250 Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index DTC Troubleshooting APP Sensor Signal Inspection Accelerator Pedal Module Removal/Installation 11-252 11-253 11-289 11-289 Variable Cylinder Management (VCM) System Component Location Index DTC Troubleshooting Front Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch Removal/Installation Rear Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch Removal/Installation 11-290 11-291 11-314 11-315 11-327 11-329 11-335 11-340 11-343 11-343 11-344 11-346 11-348 11-350 11-353 11-355 11-356 11-356 11-357 11-358 11-359 11-360 Intake Air System C o m p o n e n t Location Index DTC T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g T h r o t t l e B o d y Test T h r o t t l e B o d y Cleaning A i r Cleaner Removal/Installation A i r Cleaner E l e m e n t Inspection/Replacement Intake A i r Resonator Removal/Installation I M T A c t u a t o r Replacement T h r o t t l e B o d y Removal/Installation 11-361 11-362 11-371 11-372 11-372 11-373 11-373 11-374 11-375 Catalytic Converter System C o m p o n e n t Location Index 11-376 DTC T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g 11-377 W a r m U p T W C Removal/Installation .. DTC Troubleshooting Index Symptom Troubleshooting Index System Description How to Set Readiness Codes 11-2 11-3 11-9 11-16 11-18 11-78 PGM-FI System Component Location Index DTC Troubleshooting F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting MIL Circuit Troubleshooting DLC Circuit Troubleshooting Injector Replacement MAP Sensor Replacement MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor Replacement.

...Fuel Cap Warning M e s s a g e S y s t e m Troubleshooting E V A P Canister Replacement FTP S e n s o r Replacement E V A P Canister Vent Shut Valve Replacement E V A P Canister Purge Valve Replacement.... 11-426 11-428 11-429 11-430 11-430 .

No.Fuel and Emissions Systems Special Tools Ref. 2. ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® Tool Number 07406-004000B 07406-0070301 07AAA-S0XA100 07AAJ-S6MA150 07JAZ-001000B 07MAJ-PY4011A 07MAJ-PY40120 07NAJ-P07010A 07ZAJ-S5AA200 ® 11-2 Description Fuel Pressure Gauge A/T Low Pressure Gauge W/Panel Fuel Sender Wrench Fuel Pressure Gauge Attachment Set Vacuum/Pressure Gauge.210 m m A/T Pressure Adapter Pressure Gauge Adapter Oil Pressure Hose ® ® Oty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 . A/T Pressure Hose.Hg. 0—4 In.

the original problem may have been intermittent. If the MIL stays o n . If the MIL was on but then went out. 6. Opens and Shorts Open and short are c o m m o n electrical terms. check for poor connections or loose terminals at all connectors related to the circuit that you are troubleshooting. With complex electronics (such as PCMs) this can sometimes mean something works. Check the diagnostic trouble code (DTC) and note it. and other powertrain control module (PCM) data. new PCM software or new service procedures may become available. and the engine is not started. NOTE: • Freeze data indicates the engine conditions when the first system malfunction. go to MIL troubleshooting (see page 11-225). (cont'd) 11-3 . NOTE: If the ignition switch is turned to ON (II). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). If no DTCs are f o u n d . Always check online for the latest software or service information related to the DTCs or s y m p t o m s you are troubleshooting. Also check the freeze data and/or on-board snapshot data. A n open is a break in a wire or at a connection. • The HDS can read the DTC. refer to the user's manual that came w i t h the HDS. How to Use the HDS (Honda Diagnostic System) If the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) has come on 1. misfire. Then refer to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. In simple terms. A short is an accidental connection of a wire to ground or to another wire. and begin the appropriate troubleshooting procedure. A 3. Service Information Periodically. but it checks OK now. current data. 4. • For specific operations. 2. connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. and check the MIL (A). Start the engine. Make sure the HDS communicates w i t h the PCM and all other vehicle systems. on-board snapshot. or fuel t r i m malfunction that activated the MIL was detected. and download any data found.General Troubleshooting Information Intermittent Failures The term intermittent failure means a system may have had a failure. 5. If it doesn't. go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see page 11-226). this usually means something w o n ' t work at all. but not the w a y it's supposed to. freeze data. the MIL stays on for 15—20 seconds (see page 11-78). If the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the dash does not come on.

This must be done w i t h the HDS after reproducing the DTC during troubleshooting. readiness codes. on-board snapshot. The HDS has three kinds of clear commands to meet this purpose. you then need to do these procedures. on-board snapshot. 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). and disconnect the HDS f r o m the DLC. 1. . and wait 30 seconds. freeze data. The PCM reset c o m m a n d erases all stored DTCs. and CKP pattern clear. freeze data. 11-4 2. a needlessly replaced PCM. and disconnect the HDS f r o m the DLC. you must do the CKP pattern learn procedure. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). The CKP pattern clear c o m m a n d erases only CKP pattern data. Scan Tool Clear Command If you are using a generic scan tool to clear commands. do the s y m p t o m troubleshooting. do not continue through the procedure. If the problem is intermittent and you can't duplicate the code. the on-board snapshot. 19 MAIN (15 A) fuse are disconnected. To do so will only result in confusion and possibly. and wait 30 seconds. and all specific data to correct the system except CKP pattern. They are DTC clear. and readiness codes. and it clears all commands at the same time (CKP pattern learn. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). and DTCs). Some of the troubleshooting requires y o u to reset the PCM and try to duplicate the DTC. Reset the PCM with the HDS while the engine is stopped. 3. If you can't duplicate the DTC 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS while the engine is stopped. Stored data based on failed parts should be cleared by using the CLEAR COMMAND of the HDS. test-drive to set readiness codes to complete (see page 11-78). in this order: PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). 3. This c o m m a n d is for repair of a misfire or the CKP sensor. if parts are replaced. PCM reset.Fuel and Emissions Systems General Troubleshooting Information (cont'd) If the MIL did not stay on DTC Clear If the MIL did not stay on but there is a driveability problem. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). DTC clear c o m m a n d erases all stored DTC codes. CKP pattern learn procedure. After you clear all commands. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). be aware that there is only one setting for clearing the PCM. 5. idle learn. freeze data. HDS Clear Command PCM Reset The PCM stores various specific data to correct the system even if there is no electrical power such as w h e n the battery negative terminal or No. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. readiness codes. If the CKP pattern data in the PCM was cleared. 4. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

3. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). and wait 30 seconds. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. Select CRANK (CKP) PATTERN CLEAR. 2. Start the engine. 2. 5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). How to End a Troubleshooting Session (required after any troubleshooting) 1. If you replace the PCM.000 rpm with the transmission in 2. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. Hold the engine speed at 3.CKP Pattern Clear/CKP Pattern Learn Learn Procedure (without the HDS) Clear/Learn Procedure (with the HDS) 1. 5. Disconnect the HDS f r o m the DLC. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. you must rewrite the immobilizer code w i t h the HDS. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). 3. If it doesn't. go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see page 11-226). NOTE: The PCM is part of the immobilizer system. Select CRANK PATTERN LEARNING with the HDS. Repeat step 2 several times. (cont'd) 11-5 . For the engine to start. and f o l l o w the screen prompts. 4. 6. and clear the CKP pattern. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) f r o m an engine speed of 2. 4. 4. it will have a different immobilizer code.000 rpm without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on. A 2.500 rpm d o w n to 1. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM and all other vehicle systems. Select CRANK PATTERN in the ADJUSTMENT MENU w i t h the HDS. 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).

do not insert test equipment probes. I NOTICE I • For accurate results.Fuel and Emissions Systems General Troubleshooting Information (cont'd) How to Troubleshoot Circuits at the PCM Connectors 4. can damage the PCM. Do not force the tips into the terminals. Disconnect PCM connectors A. Punctures can cause poor or intermittent electrical connections. and connect the other side of the patch cord terminals to a commercially available banana jack (Pomona Electronics Tool No. B. • Do not puncture the insulation on a wire. • To prevent damage to the connector terminals. J u m p i n g the SCS line after turning the ignition switch to ACC (I) or to LOCK (0) cancels this function. paper clips. Remove the cover (D). 6. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. A 3. and C. NOTE: The PCM overwrites data and monitors the EVAP system for up to 30 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to ACC (I) or to LOCK (0). Connect one side of the patch cord terminals (A) to a commercially available digital multimeter (B). 11-6 . always use the pin probe (male). use the terminal test port (A) above the terminal you need to check. 2. or other substitutes. and C have symbols ( A = D . 5. 1. NOTE: PCM connectors A. 3563 or equivalent) (C). Gently contact the pin probe (male) at the terminal test port f r o m the terminal side. B = A . B. When diagnosis/troubleshooting is done at the PCM connector. C = 0 ) embossed on t h e m for identification. Damaged terminals cause a poor connection and an incorrect measurement. without j u m p i n g the SCS line first. Disconnecting the PCM during this function.

skip step 4 and 5. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). • Make sure the HDS/iN workstation has the latest HDS software version. NOTE: • Use this procedure w h e n you have to substitute a known-good PCM during the troubleshooting procedure. Select the ETCS TEST. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). then clean the throttle body (see page 11 -372) after substituting the PCM. and follow the screen prompts. 4. Special T o o l s Required • Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) tablet tester • Honda Interface Module (HIM) and an iN workstation w i t h the latest HDS software version • HDS pocket tester • GNA600 and an iN workstation w i t h the latest HDS software version Any one of the above updating tools can be used. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED. Select the INSPECTION MENU w i t h the HDS. then select the TP POSITION CHECK. If you are returning f r o m DLC circuit troubleshooting. 6. 3.Substituting the PCM 1. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. 2. If it d o e s n ' t go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see page 11-226). Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM and all other vehicle systems. continue this procedure. 7. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. (cont'd) 11-7 .

OBD Status The OBD status shows the current system status of each DTC and all of the parameters.Fuel and Emissions Systems General Troubleshooting Information (cont'd) 8. and continue this procedure. C = 0 ) embossed on t h e m for identification. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. it allows you to start the engine. B. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 17. • NOT COMPLETED: The on board diagnosis was running but is out of the enable conditions of the DTC. Remove the cover (D). • OUT OF CONDITION: The vehicle has stayed out of the enable conditions for the DTC. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 5. and C have symbols (A=n. Manually input the VIN to the PCM with the HDS. Remove the bolts (E) and the PCM (F). B. The results of diagnostic tests for the DTC are displayed as: • PASSED: The on board diagnosis is successfully finished. 18. This function is used to see if the repair was successfully completed. 20. Disconnect PCM connectors A. 11. 19. and C. clean the throttle body (see page 11-372). • FAILED: The on board diagnosis has finished but failed. Enter the immobilizer PCM code that you got f r o m the iN. ignore it. NOTE: DTC P0630 (VIN Not Programmed or Mismatch) may be stored because the VIN has not been programmed into the PCM. NOTE: PCM connectors A. 13. 10. 12. B = ^ . Select the IMMOBI SYSTEM with the HDS. 11-8 . 15. 14. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). and use the PCM replacement procedure in the IMMOBI MENU of the HDS. Do the CKP pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure. 16. • EXECUTING: The vehicle is in enable criteria conditions for the DTC and the on board diagnosis is running. 9. Install a known-good PCM in the reverse order of removal. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326).

If the MIL is on and no DTCs are indicated in the PGM-FI system. Sensor 1) Heater Circuit Malfunction Rear Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary H02S (Bank 1. *: These DTCs are indicated by a blinking MIL when the SCS line is jumped with the HDS. (cont'd) 11-9 . Sensor 1) Malfunction/Slow Response Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2. Sensor 1) Heater Circuit Malfunction ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON NOTE: The above DTCs are indicated when the PGM-FI system is selected with the HDS. Sensor 2)) Circuit High Voltage Rear Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary H02S (Bank 1. Sensor 1) Heater System Malfunction Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2. Some DTCs do not cause the MIL to blink when the SCS line is jumped. select the A/T system. Sensor 2)) Circuit Low Voltage Rear Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary H02S (Bank 1.DTC Troubleshooting Index MIL Note Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Problem ON P0102 (50) Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage ON P0103(50) Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit High Voltage ON P0107 (3) Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage ON P0108 (3) Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage ON ON ON DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-83) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-84) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-86) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-88) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-90) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-92) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-93) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-95) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-97) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-98) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-100) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-253) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-255) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-102) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-103) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-105) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-106) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-108) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-112) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-114) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-117) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-118) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-105) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-106) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-108) DTC (MIL indication*) P0101 (50) Two Drive Cycle Detection O Detection Item P0111 (10) o P0112 (10) o Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Problem Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage P0113(10) o Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit High Voltage ON ON P0117(6) Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 Circuit Range/ Performance Problem Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 Circuit Low Voltage P0118(6) Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 Circuit High Voltage ON P0122 (7) Throttle Position (TP) Sensor A Circuit Low Voltage ON P0123 (7) Throttle Position (TP) Sensor A Circuit High Voltage ON P0125 (86) Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 Malfunction/Slow Response Cooling System Malfunction ON P0116(86) P0128 (87) Q P0133(157) 0 P0134(151) o P0135(151) o P0137(161) P0138(161) o P0139(161) P0141 (163) o P0153(158) P0154(152) 0 P0155(152) O Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1. Sensor 2)) Slow Response Rear Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary H02S (Bank 1. Sensor 2)) Heater Circuit Malfunction Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2. Sensor 1) Heater System Malfunction Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1. Some automatic transmission DTCs cause the MILto come on. Sensor 1) Malfunction/Slow Response Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1. The last four characters of these DTCs are shown in the gauge display. and check for automatic transmission DTCs.

Fuel and Emissions Systems DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont'd) DTC (MIL indication") P0157(162) P0158(162) P0159 062) P0161 (164) P0171 (153) P0172(153) Two Drive Cycle Detection O O o o o o o o Detection Item Front Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary Sensor 2)) Circuit Low Voltage Front Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary Sensor 2)) Circuit High Voltage Front Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary Sensor 2)) Slow Response Front Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary Sensor 2)) Heater Circuit Malfunction Rear Bank (Bank 1) Fuel System Too Lean MIL Note H02S (Bank 2. and check for automatic transmission DTCs. The last four characters of these DTCs are shown in the gauge display. Some automatic transmission DTCs cause the MIL to come on. 3 Cylinder Misfire Detected ON No. ON DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-112) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-114) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-117) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-118) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-123) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-123) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-123) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-123) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-257) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-259) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-124) ON Rear Bank (Bank 1) Fuel System Too Rich ON Front Bank (Bank 2) Fuel System Too Lean ON Front Bank (Bank 2) Fuel System Too Rich ON P0222 (07) Throttle Position (TP) Sensor B Circuit Low Voltage ON P0223(07) Throttle Position (TP) Sensor B Circuit High Voltage ON o Random Misfire Detected ON o o o o o o o No. 2 Cylinder Misfire Detected ON No. 11-10 . 1 Cylinder Misfire Detected ON No. 4 Cylinder Misfire Detected ON No. ON H02S (Bank 2. *: These DTCs are indicated by a blinking MIL when the SCS line is jumped with the HDS. If the MIL is on and no DTCs are indicated in the PGM-FI system. ON H02S (Bank 2. 5 Cylinder Misfire Detected ON No. Some DTCs do not cause the MIL to blink when the SCS line is jumped. ON H02S (Bank 2. select the A/T system. 6 Cylinder Misfire Detected ON Knock Sensor Circuit Malfunction ON P0335(4) Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor No Signal ON P0339 (4) Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Circuit Intermittent Interruption ON P0174 054) P0175(154) P0300 (77) and any combination of the following: P0301 (71) P0302 (72) P0303 (73) P0304 (74) P0305 (75) P0306 (76) P0301 (71) P0302 (72) P0303 (73) P0304 (74) P0305 (75) P0306 (76) P0325 (23) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-127) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-127) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-127) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-127) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-127) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-127) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-133) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-136) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-138) NOTE: The above DTCs are indicated when the PGM-FI system is selected with the HDS.

The last four characters of these DTCs are shown in the gauge display. 2 Cylinder Ignition Coil Circuit Malfunction ON P0353 (73) No. 5 Cylinder Ignition Coil Circuit Malfunction ON P0356 (76) No. 4 Cylinder Ignition Coil Circuit Malfunction ON P0355 (75) No. select the A/T system. (cont'd) 11-11 . 6 Cylinder Ignition Coil Circuit Malfunction ON P0365 (8) Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Circuit No Signal ON P0369 (8) Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Circuit Intermittent Interruption ON DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-139) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-139) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-139) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-139) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-139) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-139) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-143) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-146) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-383) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-384) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-385) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-388) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-377) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-377) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-399) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-403) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-404) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-407) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-410) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-410) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-414) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-329) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-329) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-332) DTC (MIL indication*) P0351 (71) Two Drive Cycle Detection Detection Item P0400 (80) O Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Leak Detected ON P0401 (80) O Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Insufficient Flow ON P0404 0 2 ) o ON P0406 0 2 ) o P0420 065) Q Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Circuit Range/Performance Problem Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Position Sensor Circuit High Voltage Rear Bank Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold (Bank 1) P0430(166) o Front Bank Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold (Bank 2) ON P0443 (92) o ON P0451 (91) o P0452 (91) o Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Valve Circuit Malfunction Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Problem Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage P0453 (91) o Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage ON P0455 (90) o Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Large Leak Detected ON P0456(90) o Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Very Small Leak Detected ON OFF P0462 o Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detected/Fuel Fill Cap Loose or Missing Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge Sending Unit) Circuit Range/Performance Problem Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge Sending Unit) Circuit Low Voltage P0463 o Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge Sending Unit) Circuit High Voltage OFF P0457 P0461 ON ON ON ON OFF OFF NOTE: The above DTCs are indicated when the PGM-FI system is selected with the HDS. Some DTCs do not cause the MIL to blink when the SCS line is jumped. Some automatic transmission DTCs cause the MIL to come on. and check for automatic transmission DTCs. If the MIL is on and no DTCs are indicated in the PGM-FI system. *: These DTCs are indicated by a blinking MIL when the SCS line is jumped with the HDS.MIL NOTE No. 1 Cylinder Ignition Coil Circuit Malfunction ON P0352 (72) No. 3 Cylinder Ignition Coil Circuit Malfunction ON P0354 (74) No.

Some automatic transmission DTCs cause the MIL to come on. If the MIL is on and no DTCs are indicated in the PGM-FI system.Fuel and Emissions Systems DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont'd) DTC (MIL indication*) P0496(92) MIL NOTE Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System High Purge Flow Detected ON O Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Low Purge Flow Detected ON P0498 017) o ON P0499 017) o P0506 0 4 ) o Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Shut Valve Circuit Low Voltage Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Shut Valve Circuit High Voltage Idle Control System RPM Lower than Excepted P0507(14) o Idle Control System RPM Higher than Excepted ON P050A067) o Cold Start Idle Air Control System Performance Problem ON P050B067) o Cold Start Ignition Timing Control System Performance Problem ON P0522 (22) o Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Sensor Circuit Low Voltage ON P0523(22) o Rocker A r m Oil Pressure Sensor Circuit High Voltage ON Charging System Low Voltage OFF Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Power Source Circuit Unexpected Voltage Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Programming Error OFF Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Internal Control Module Malfunction Starter Cut Relay STRLD Circuit Malfunction ON DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-415) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-416) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-419) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-422) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-317) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-318) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-147) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-149) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-291) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-293) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-151) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-152) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-155) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-155) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-156) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-159) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-159) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-160) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-362) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-367) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-161) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-162) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-163) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-164) Two Drive Cycle Detection O P0497(90) P0562 P0563 o P0602 096) P060A(131) P0615* 1 P062F031) P0630(139) Detection Item ON ON ON OFF Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Internal Control Module Keep Alive Memory (KAM) Error VIN Not Programmed or Mismatch ON ON ON P0685(135) o P1077 (106) o Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Power Control Circuit/Internal Circuit Malfunction Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve Stuck in High RPM Position P1078 (106) o Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve Stuck in Low RPM Position ON P1109 0 3 ) o Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit Out of Range High ON P1116(86) o ON P1128 (5) o P1129(5) o Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 Circuit Range/Performance Problem Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Signal Lower Than Expected Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Signal Higher Than Expected ON ON ON NOTE: The above DTCs are indicated when the PGM-FI system is selected with the HDS. *: These DTCs are indicated by a blinking MIL when the SCS line is jumped with the HDS. The last four characters of these DTCs are shown in the gauge display. and check for automatic transmission DTCs. 11-12 . * 1 : The starter system warning message or starter system indicator may come on. select the A/T system. Some DTCs do not cause the MIL to blink when the SCS line is jumped.

Sensor 1) Circuit Out of Range High Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2. The last four characters of these DTCs are shown in the gauge display. Sensor 1) Circuit Out of Range High Electrical Load Detector (ELD) Circuit Low Voltage PI 298 o Electrical Load Detector (ELD) Circuit High Voltage OFF P1454 (91) o ON P145C (90) o Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Problem Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Purge Flow Malfunction ON P1549 Charging System High Voltage OFF P1658 (40) ON ON P1683(40) Electronic Throttle Control System (ETCS) Control Relay ON Malfunction Electronic Throttle Control System (ETCS) Control Relay OFF Malfunction Throttle Valve Default Position Spring Performance Problem P1684(40) Throttle Valve Return Spring Performance Problem ON P16BB Alternator B Terminal Circuit Low Voltage OFF Alternator FR Terminal Circuit/IGP Circuit Low Voltage OFF Starter Cut Relay 2 Malfunction OFF 1 Starter Cut Relay 1 Malfunction OFF 1 Starter Cut Relay STRLY Circuit Malfunction OFF P2101(40) Electronic Throttle Control System (ETCS) Malfunction ON P2118(40) Throttle Actuator Current Range/Performance Problem ON P2122 (37) Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor A (Throttle Position (TP) Sensor D) Circuit Low Voltage Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor A (Throttle Position (TP) Sensor D) Circuit High Voltage Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor B (Throttle Position (TP) Sensor E) Circuit Low Voltage Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor B (Throttle Position (TP) Sensor E) Circuit High Voltage Throttle Position (TP) Sensor A/B Incorrect Voltage Correlation ON P1659 (40) P16BC P16BD* P16BE* P16BF* 1 P2123(37) P2127 (37) P2128 (37) P2135 (7) P2138 (37) P2176 (40) Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor A/B (Throttle Position (TP) Sensor D/E) Incorrect Voltage Correlation Throttle Actuator Control System Idle Position Not Learned ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON NOTE: The above DTCs are indicated when the PGM-FI system is selected with the HDS. *: These DTCs are indicated by a blinking MIL when the SCS line is jumped with the HDS. select the A/T system.DTC (MIL indication*) P1172 (157) Two Drive Cycle Detection O Detection Item MIL NOTE ON DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-166) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-166) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-167) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-168) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-423) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-426) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-170) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-261) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-263) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-267) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-268) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-171) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-172) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-174) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-176) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-178) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-269) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-272) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-275) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-278) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-279) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-282) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-284) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-285) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-287) P1174 (158) O PI 297 o Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1. (cont'd) 11-13 . Some DTCs do not cause the MIL to blink when the SCS line is jumped. If the MIL is on and no DTCs are indicated in the PGM-FI system. and check for automatic transmission DTCs. Some automatic transmission DTCs cause the MIL to come on. * 1 : The starter system warning message or starter system indicator may come on.

Sensor 1) IP Circuit Low Voltage Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1. Sensor 1) IP Circuit High Voltage Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2. Some DTCs do not cause the MIL to blink when the SCS line is jumped. Sensor 1) VCENT Circuit Low Voltage Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2. Some automatic transmission DTCs cause the MIL to come on. 11-14 . Sensor 1) VCENT Circuit High Voltage Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1. Sensor 1) VS Circuit High Voltage Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2. Sensor 1) Signal Stuck Lean Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2. If the MIL is on and no DTCs are indicated in the PGM-FI system. and check for automatic transmission DTCs. Sensor 1) VCENT Circuit High Voltage Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2. The last four characters of these DTCs are shown in the gauge display. Sensor 1) IP Circuit Low Voltage Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2. Sensor 1) Signal Stuck Lean Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Problem Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage P2229(13) o Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit High Voltage ON P2237(155) o ON P2238(155) o P2240(156) 0 P2241 (156) o P2243(155) o P2245 055) o P2247(156) o P2249(156) o P2251 (155) o P2252 055) o P2254(156) o P2255(156) o P2279(109) o Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1. Sensor 1) VS Circuit Low Voltage Intake Air System Leak P2413(12) o Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Malfunction ON P2422 017) o Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Shut Valve Stuck Closed Malfunction Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Ignition Off Internal Timer Malfunction ON P2610(132) ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON NOTE: The above DTCs are indicated when the PGM-FI system is selected with the HDS. Sensor 1) IP Circuit High Voltage Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1.Fuel and Emissions Systems DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont'd) DTC (MIL indication*) P2183 092) Two Drive Cycle Detection O Detection Item MIL NOTE ON DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-181) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-182) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-184) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-186) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-186) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-188) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-189) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-189) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-190) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-192) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-190) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-192) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-195) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-197) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-195) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-197) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-200) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-202) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-200) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-202) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-396) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-389) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-423) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-205) P2184 0 92) O Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 2 Circuit Range/Performance Problem Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage P2185 092) o Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 2 Circuit High Voltage ON P2195 055) o ON P2197 056) o P2227(13) o P2228(13) o Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1. Sensor 1) VCENT Circuit Low Voltage Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1. Sensor 1) VS Circuit High Voltage Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1. select the A/T system. Sensor 1) VS Circuit Low Voltage Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2. *: These DTCs are indicated by a blinking MIL when the SCS line is jumped with the HDS.

Sensor 1) Circuit Range/Performance Problem Front Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 2. Some automatic transmission DTCs cause the MIL to come on. and check for automatic transmission DTCs. If the MIL is on and no DTCs are indicated in the PGM-FI system.*2 3 O* *2 Detection Item F-CAN Malfunction (Powertrain Control Module (PCM)-Active Control Engine Mount(ACM)) ON OFF ON ON OFF NOTE: The above DTCs are indicated when the PGM-FI system is selected with the HDS. Sensor 1) Circuit Range/Performance Problem Valve Pause System (VPS) Stuck Off Bank 1 ON ON Valve Pause System (VPS) Stuck Off Bank 2 ON F-CAN Malfunction (BUS-OFF (Powertrain Control Module (PCM))) ON F-CAN Malfunction (Powertrain Control Module (PCM)-VTM-4 Control Unit) F-CAN Malfunction (Powertrain Control Module (PCM) . select the A/T system.VSA Modulator-Control Unit) F-CAN Malfunction (Powertrain Control Module (PCM)-Gauge Control Module) PGM-FI System and A/T System Program Version Mismatch OFF DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-296) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-298) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-300) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-302) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-304) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-306) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-205) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-205) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-308) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-311) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-206) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-207) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-209) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-211) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-213) DTC Troubleshooting (see page 11-213) DTC (MIL indication*) P2648 (21) P2A00(157) P2A03(158) P3400(114) P3497(114) U0029(126) U0114* 4 U0122 1)0155(126) 110300(131) U1101 Two Drive Cycle Detection O O .MIL NOTE Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid A (Bank 1) Circuit Low Voltage ON P2649 (21) Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid A (Bank 1) Circuit High Voltage ON P2653 (38) Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid B (Bank 1) Circuit Low Voltage ON P2654 (38) Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid B (Bank 1) Circuit High Voltage ON P2658 030) Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid A (Bank 2) Circuit Low Voltage ON P2659(130) Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid A (Bank 2) Circuit High Voltage ON Rear Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Bank 1. *3: Two drive cycle detection when in cylinder pause driving mode. *: These DTCs are indicated by a blinking MIL when the SCS line is jumped with the HDS. The last four characters of these DTCs are shown in the gauge display. *2: One drive cycle detection in ail cylinder activation modes. Some DTCs do not cause the MIL to blink when the SCS line is jumped. *4: With VTM-4 11-15 ..

Troubleshoot the alternator FR signal circuit (see page 11-321). 3. 1. Test the battery (see page 22-93). 3. immobilizer indicator stays on or flashes) Engine is hard to start (MIL works OK. Power steering system problems . (see page 11-371) 4. 1. until you find the cause. 3. idle speed is above specification without load (MIL works OK. no DTCs set) Diagnostic procedure 1. Check the immobilizer system (see page 22-449). check for a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) with the HDS. 2. 2. no DTCs set) After w a r m i n g up. Troubleshoot the PSP switch signal circuit (see page 11-322). Test the battery (see page 22-93). Engine will not start (MIL comes on and stays o n . (see page 11-372) 1. no DTCs set) After w a r m i n g up. Inspect the APP sensor (see page 11-289). Check the immobilizer system (see page 22-449). Troubleshoot the fuel p u m p circuit (see page 11-335). in the sequence listed. 3. idle speed is below specification w i t h o u t load (MIL works OK. idle speed drops w h e n steering wheel is turned (MIL works OK.Fuel and Emissions Systems Symptom Troubleshooting Index When the vehicle has one of these symptoms. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). no DTCs set. 3. 1. or never comes on at all. no DTCs set) Cold fast idle too high (MIL works OK. Symptom Engine will not start (MIL works OK. no DTCs set Engine will not start (MIL works OK. 2. Cold fast idle too low (MIL works OK. Check the idle speed (see page 11-325). immobilizer indicator stays on or flashes) Engine starts but stalls immediately (MIL works OK. Do the throttle position learning check (see page 11 -371). Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). 2. Check the idle speed (see page 11 -325). Check the idle speed (see page 11-325). 1. Do the carbon accumulation check (see page 11-371). If there is no DTC. Incorrect valve adjustment • Incorrect valve t i m i n g or clearance adjustment • Intake air leaks Incorrect valve adjustment 1. Check the fuel pressure (see page 11-343). Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). no DTCs set) 11-16 • • • • • • • • Also check for Low compression No ignition spark Intake air leaks Locked up engine Broken t i m i n g belt Fuel contamination No power to PCM No ground to PCM • • • • Low compression Intake air leaks Fuel contamination Weak spark Troubleshoot the MIL circuit (see page 11-225). no DTCs set. Do the carbon accumulation check (see page 11 -371). Intake air leaks 1. 2. no DTCs set) MIL comes on and stays o n . no DTCs set) After w a r m i n g up. Troubleshoot the A/C signal circuit (see page 11 -320). no DTCs set) Idle speed fluctuates (MIL works OK. 4. no DTCs set) Troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see page 11-226). do the diagnostic procedure for the s y m p t o m . Check the fuel pressure (see page 11-343). 2. Do the carbon accumulation check. 3. Clean the throttle body (see page 11-372). Clean the throttle body. Troubleshoot the alternator FR signal circuit (see page 11-321). Test the starter (see page 4-10). 2. 2.

Check the fuel tank vapor recirculation tube between the fuel filler pipe and the fuel tank. no DTCs set) 1. Test the battery. no DTCs set) HDS does not communicate w i t h the PCM or the vehicle Engine will not crank Also check for • Low compression • Incorrect camshaft timing • Incorrect engine oil level • Exhaust restriction • Intake air leaks • Faulty harness and sensor connections Malfunctioning gas station filling nozzle Malfunctioning gas station filling nozzle Troubleshoot the fuel cap warning message system (see page 11-426). 4. 3.Symptom Low power (MIL works OK. Check the fuel pressure (see page 11-343). 2. Replace the fuel tank (see page 11-357). Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Check the starting system (see page 4-5). Inspect the fuel filler neck for restrictions. no DTCs set) Diagnostic procedure Check the fuel pressure (see page 11 -343). Inspect the fuel filler neck for restrictions. (see page 11-226) 1. 3. Engine stalls (MIL works OK. 1. Troubleshoot the brake pedal position switch signal circuit (see page 11-324). no DTCs set) Fuel overflows during refueling (No DTCs set) Fuel cap warning message stays on (MIL works OK. 4. 2. (see page 22-93) 2. 1. Check the fuel tank vapor control valve hose between the EVAP canister and fuel tank. Check the idle speed (see page 11 -325). Difficult to refuel (MIL works OK. • Correct HDS soft ware • Shorted reference voltage Shorted reference voltage 11-17 . 2. Replace the fuel tank (see page 11-357). Troubleshoot the DLC circuit.

SENSOR 1) © FRONT SECONDARY HEATED O X Y G E N SENSOR (SECONDARY H02S) (BANK 2. SENSOR 1) © REAR AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR (BANK 1. SENSOR 2) © MANIFOLD A B S O L U T E P R E S S U R E (MAP) SENSOR © ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) S E N S O R 1 © MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) S E N S O R / INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) S E N S O R © KNOCK SENSOR ® THROTTLE BODY <& INJECTOR © FUEL P R E S S U R E REGULATOR © FUEL FILTER @ FUEL PUMP ® FUEL TANK 11-18 D AIR CLEANER > INTAKE AIR RESONATOR 5 EXHAUST G A S RECIRCULATION (EGR) V A L V E and POSITION S E N S O R D POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (PCV) V A L V E D FRONT WARM UP THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER (WU-TWC) (BANK 2) >i REAR WARM UP THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER (WU-TWC) (BANK 1) ) UNDER-FLOOR THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER (TWC) : EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER PURGE V A L V E D EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER P EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE » F U E L TANK P R E S S U R E (FTP) SENSOR » FUEL TANK VAPOR CONTROL V A L V E ) INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING (IMT) V A L V E . SENSOR 2) © REAR SECONDARY HEATED O X Y G E N SENSOR (SECONDARY H02S) (BANK 1.Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description Fuel and Emissions Systems Diagram CD FRONT AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR (BANK 2.

11-19 .

Self Shut Down (SSD) Mode After the ignition switch is turned to ACC (I) or to LOCK (0). If the failure continues in the second drive cycle.Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) Electronic Control Systems The functions of the fuel and emission control systems are managed by the powertrain control module (PCM). the PCM stays on (up to 30 minutes). If the PCM connector is disconnected during this t i m e . If all readiness codes are set to complete. Self-diagnosis The PCM detects the failure of a signal f r o m a sensor or f r o m another control unit and stores a Pending DTC or a Confirmed DTC. the MIL goes off. disconnect the negative cable f r o m the battery or j u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS after the ignition switch is turned to ACC (I) or to LOCK (0). MIL Bulb Check and Readiness Code Condition W h e n the ignition switch is turned to ON (II). a Confirmed DTC is stored in either the first or the second drive cycle. 11-20 . This causes a Confirmed DTC to be stored and the MIL to come on. The MIL does not come on at this time. the PCM stores a Confirmed DTC and turns on the MIL. Depending on the failure. If any readiness codes are not set to complete. the MIL flashes five times. When a Confirmed DTC is stored. the PCM ignores that signal and substitute a pre-programmed value for them that allows the engine to continue running. Fail-safe Function W h e n an abnormality occurs in the signal f r o m a sensor or f r o m another control unit. • Two Drive Cycle Detection Method When an abnormality occurs in the signal f r o m a sensor or f r o m another control unit in the first drive cycle. the PCM may be damaged. the PCM turns on the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) by a signal sent to the gauge via F-CAN. the PCM stores a Pending DTC. the PCM stores a Confirmed DTC and turns on the MIL immediately. To cancel this mode. the PCM turns on the MIL via the F-CAN circuit for about 15 to 20 seconds to check the bulb condition. • One Drive Cycle Detection Method When an abnormality occurs in the signal f r o m a sensor or f r o m another control unit.

(MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR SIDE) Detect brake pedal position switch signal Ground for MAF sensor signal VBS0L2 With condenser fan running: about 0 V With condenser fan stopped: battery voltage With radiator fan running: about 0 V With radiator fan stopped or running at low speed: battery voltage With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V With ignition switch in LOCK (0): battery voltage With ignition switch ON (II) and brake pedal released: battery voltage With ignition switch ON (II) and brake pedal pressed: about 0 V With brake pedal released: about 0 V With brake pedal pressed: battery voltage (cont'd) 11-21 . brake pedal pressed. and accelerator released: about 0 V With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V Drives A/C condenser fan relay PUR FANH (RADIATOR FAN CONTROL) Drives radiator fan relay 6 GRN MRLY (PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1) Drives PGM-FI main relay 1 7 BRN BKSWNC (BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH) Detects brake pedal position switch signal 8 LT BLU 9 YEL BKSW (BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH) V G .PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector A ( • ) (49P) Terminal side of female terminals Terminal number Wire color 1 WHT 2 PNK 3 LT GRN 4 WHT 5 Terminal name Description Signal (POWER SOURCE FOR SOLENOID VALVES) SLS (SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID) Power source for solenoid valve With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage Drives shift lock solenoid STRLY (STARTER RELAY) FANL (RADIATOR FAN CONTROL) Drives starter cut relay With ignition switch ON (II). in P.

1 . 8 V (depending on electrical load) About 0 V for 2 seconds after turning ignition switch ON (II).0 V 1) 1) 2) 2) .4 .7 V With ignition switch ON (II) and accelerator pedal released: about 1. then battery voltage With compressor ON: about 0 V With compressor OFF: battery voltage Rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank ON: battery voltage Rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank OFF: about 0 V Rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank ON: battery voltage Rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank OFF: about 0 V In P: about 0 V In any position other than P: battery voltage D3 switch released: battery voltage D3 switch pressed: about 0 V With ignition switch ON (II) and accelerator pedal pressed: about 4.Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector A ( • ) (49P) • • 1 2 VB S0L2 SLS 11 I MO FPR 22 VSV 29 ETCS RLY 40 SUB RLY / 30 VSS OUT 41 10 6 7 8 9 4 3 5 BKSW NC BKSW V G ELD STRLY FANL FANH MRLY 21 14 19 20 17 18 15 13 CSS CSS ACC AMA AMC ATF>P D3SW APSA APSB VG+ EC)T2 24 25 26 27 28 VCC3 31 X STS SCS LG3 32 X VCC4 SG3 37 34 36 35 33 CKP CMP NEP OUT OUT VCC7 SG7 44 46 S-NET W EN 5V SG4 STRLD 39 38 PSP SW FTP 48 419 • • • CANH CA NL Terminal side of female terminals Terminal number 10 Wire color 11 GRN 13 YEL 14 PUR 15 ORN LT BLU 16 PNK 17 BLU 18 PUR 11-22 Terminal name Description ELD (ELECTRICAL LOAD DETECTOR (ELD)) IMOFPR (IMMOBILIZER FUEL PUMP RELAY) ACC (A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY) CSSAMA (CYLINDER STOP SOLENOID A SIGNAL) Drives A/C compressor clutch relay Outputs rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank 1) drive signal CSSAMC (CYLINDER STOP SOLENOID C SIGNAL) Outputs rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 2) drive signal ATPP (TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH P POSITION) D3SW (D3 SWITCH) Detects transmission range switch P position signal input APSA (ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR A) Detects ELD signal Drives PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) Detects D3 switch signal Detects APP sensor A signal Signal With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 .

3 V With ignition switch ON (II) and accelerator pedal released: about 0. 1 .4 .2 V at all times Detects starter cut relay 2 Drives electronic throttle control system (ETCS) control relay With starter ON: battery voltage Less than 0.5 V At idle: 1 .0 V Sensor ground Less than 0. 6 V (between VG + t e r m i n a l and VG—terminal) With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 .PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector A (•) (49P) Terminal side of female terminals Terminal number 19 Wire color Terminal name Description GRY APSB (ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR B) Detects APP sensor B signal 20 LT BLU Detects MAF sensor signal 21 PUR 22 LT GRN 24 RED 25 ORN 26 WHT 27 BRN 28 GRN V G + (MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR + SIDE) ECT2 (ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR 2) VSV (EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE) VCC3 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) VCC4 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) SG3 (SENSOR GROUND) SG4 (SENSOR GROUND) STRLD 29 RED ETCSRLY (ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL SYSTEM (ETCS) CONTROL RELAY) Detects ECT sensor 2 signal Drives EVAP canister vent shut valve Signal With ignition switch ON (II) and accelerator pedal pressed: about 2. 8 V (depending on engine coolant temperature) With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage With ignition switch ON (II): about 5. 1 .2 V at all times With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V (cont'd) 11-23 .0 V Provides sensor reference voltage Provides sensor reference voltage Sensor ground With ignition switch ON (II): about 5.1 .

Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector A ( • ) (49P) Terminal side of female terminals Terminal number 30 Wire color 31 LT BLU 32 Terminal name Description Signal VSSOUT (VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL OUTPUT) STS (STARTER SWITCH SIGNAL) Sends vehicle speed signal Depending on vehicle speed: pulses Detects starter switch signal BRN SCS (SERVICE CHECK SIGNAL) Detects service check signal 33 YEL 34 GRN Outputs engine speed pulse Sends CKP signal to engine mount control unit 35 RED 36 LT BLU 37 BLK 38 BLU NEP (ENGINE SPEED PULSE) CKPOUT (CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) OUTPUT SIGNAL) CMPOUT (CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) OUTPUT SIGNAL) VCC7 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) SG7 (SENSOR GROUND) PSPSW (POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL) With ignition switch in START (III) position: battery voltage With ignition switch in any position other than START (III): about 0 V With service check signal shorted w i t h the HDS: about 0 V With service check signal opened: about 5.0 V With engine running: pulses 11-24 BLU With engine running: pulses Sends CMP signal to engine m o u n t control unit Provides sensor reference voltage Sensor ground With engine running: pulses Detects PSP switch signal At idle w i t h steering wheel in straight ahead position: about 0 V At idle with steering wheel at full lock: battery voltage With ignition switch ON (II): about 5.0 V Less than 0.2 V at all times .

2 V at all times With ignition switch ON: about 0 V With ignition switch ON (II): pulses With key removed f r o m ignition switch: about 5.5 V Drives PGM-FI subrelay Ground circuit for PCM Detects write enable signal Sends serial communication signal With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V Sends and receives communication signal Sends and receives communication signal Less than 0.PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector A ( • ) (49P) 1 2 VB S0L2 SLS 11 I MO FPR 22 VSV 29 ETCS RLY 40 SUB RLY / / 30 VSS OUT 41 7 9 3 4 5 6 8 10 BKSW BKSW V G STRLY FANL FANH MRLY NC ELD 17 14 ie 20 21 18 19 15 13 C S S CSS ACC AMA AMC ATF P D3SW APSA APSB VG+ ECT2 24 25 26 27 28 5 VCC3 31 X STS SCS 32 LG3 X VCC4 SG3 37 34 36 35 CKP CMP NEP OUT OUT VCC7 SG7 44 46 S-NET 5V W EN 33 SG4 STRLD 39 38 PSP SW FTP 48 i CANH CA NL Terminal side of female terminals Terminal number 39 Wire color Terminal name LT GRN 40 PNK 41 BRN FTP (FUEL TANK PRESSURE (FTP) SENSOR) SUBRLY (PGM-FI SUBRELAY) LG3 (LOGIC GROUND) 44 GRY 46 LT BLU 48 WHT 49 RED WEN (WRITE ENABLE SIGNAL) S-NET5V (SERIAL COMMUNICATION FOR IMMOBILIZER) CANH (CAN COMMUNICATION SIGNAL HIGH) CANL (CAN COMMUNICATION SIGNAL LOW) Description Signal Detects FTP sensor signal With ignition switch ON (II) and fuel fill cap removed: about 2.0 V With ignition switch ON (II): pulses With ignition switch ON (II): pulses (cont'd) 11-25 .

6 injector Drives A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B Signal Less than 0.Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector B (A) (49P) Terminal side of female terminals Terminal number 1 Wire color 2 BLK/YEL 3 YEL/BLK 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 BRN BLK/RED YEL BLU RED WHT/BLU BRN/WHT 11-26 BLK Terminal name PG2 (POWER GROUND) VBSOL(POWER SOURCE FOR SOLENOID VALVES) IGP (POWER SOURCE) INJ1 (No. 4 INJECTOR) INJ3 (No. 1 INJECTOR) INJ5 (No. 2 INJECTOR) INJ6 (No. 2 injector Drives No.2 V at all times W i t h ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage At idle: duty controlled With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage With ignition switch ON (II): current controlled . 4 injector Drives No. 6 INJECTOR) LSB (A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B) Description Ground circuit for PCM Power source for solenoid valves Power source for PCM circuit Drives No. 5 injector Drives No. 1 injector Drives No. 5 INJECTOR) INJ4 (No. 3 INJECTOR) INJ2 (No. 3 injector Drives No.

4-4.0 V W i t h engine speed above 4.9 V Provides sensor reference voltage Detects IMT valve position With ignition switch ON (II): about 5.4 V Detects TP sensor A signal With throttle fully open: about 3.9 V With throttle fully closed: about 0.8 V With w a r m e d up engine at idle: about 3.sensor 1) Detects front secondary H02S (Bank 2. SENSOR 2) TPSA (THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR A) VCC5 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) IMTM (INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING (IMT) VALVE MONITOR) BLK/RED Terminal name IGPLS5 (No. sensor 1)VS CELL signal Reference voltage for rear A/F sensor (Bank 1. 6 ignition coil Detects rear A/F sensor (Bank 1.PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector B (A) (49P) 1 PG2 2 VB SOL 3 4 5 6 7 IGP INJ1 INJ5 INJ4 INJ3 EL 8 9 10 !NJ2 INJ6 LSB Terminal side of female terminals Terminal number 11 Wire color 12 BRN/WHT 13 BLU 14 RED/BLU 15 RED VCENTB1 (VIRTUAL GROUND BANK 1) 16 WHT 17 RED/BLK 18 BLU 19 WHT/BLK SH02SB2 (FRONT SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (FRONT SECONDARY H02S) BANK 2. sensor 1)VS CELL signal Detects front A/F sensor (Bank 2.4-4.4-4.300 r p m : about 0 V (cont'd) 11-27 . 5 ignition coil Signal With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V With engine running: pulses Drives No.8 V With throttle fully opened f r o m idle and w a r m e d up engine: about 0. 5 IGNITION COIL PULSE) IGPLS6 (No. sensor 2) signal With w a r m e d up engine running: about 3.8 V With w a r m e d up engine running: about 3.6 V With throttle quickly closed: below 0.0 V W i t h ignition switch ON (II): about 5. 6 IGNITION COIL PULSE) VSB1 (VS C E L L + B A N K 1) VSB2 (VS C E L L + B A N K 2) Description Drives No.

Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector B (A) (49P) XL PG2 11 IG PLS5 "22" IG PLS3 29 IG PLS1 40 10 7 6 3 9 4 5 2 VB INJ4 INJ3 INJ6 LSB INJ2 SOL IGP INJ1 INJ5 17 16 20 21 12 14 19 13 15 18 VCM VCE SH02 IG PLS6 VSB1 VSB2 NTB1 SB2 TPSA VCC5 IMTM SWC LSC "~2T~ 24 26 28 25 IG VCEN SH02 PLS4 TB2 SB1 esse TPSB 34 35 I 36 3T 38 39 30 32 33 31 IG NC CSSA PLS2 IPB1 IPB2 SG5 SG1 MAP VCC1 NM 42 45 PG1 LG2 | IG1 1 CKP [ CMP CSSB LJ Terminal side of female terminals Terminal number 20 Wire color Terminal name BLU/WHT 21 GRN/RED 22 WHT/BLU 23 BRN 24 RED/WHT VCMSWC (ROCKER A R M OIL PRESSURE SWITCH C) LSC (A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C) IGPLS3 (No. 4 IGNITION COIL PULSE) VCENTB2 (VIRTUAL GROUND BANK 2) 25 GRN 11-28 SH02SB1 (REAR SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (REAR SECONDARY H02S) BANK 1.8 V With throttle fully opened f r o m idle and w a r m e d up engine: about 0.sensor 2) signal With w a r m e d up engine at idle: about 3. 3 IGNITION COIL PULSE) IGPLS4 (No.6 V With throttle quickly closed: below 0. sensor 1) Detects rear secondary H02S (Bank 1. 3 ignition coil Signal With ignition switch ON (II) or at idle: battery voltage With ignition switch ON (II): current controlled With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V With engine running: pulses Drives No. SENSOR 2) Description Detects front rocker arm oil pressure switch signal Drives A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C Drives No.4-4. 4 ignition coil Reference voltage supply for front A/F sensor (Bank 2.4 V .

0 V Provides sensor reference voltage Detects input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor signal With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V or about 5.0 V At idle: about 1. 1 IGNITION COIL PULSE) IGPLS2 (No.PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector B (A) (49P) Terminal side of female terminals Terminal number 26 Wire color RED/BLU 28 GRN/WHT 29 YEL7GRN 30 BLU/RED 31 GRN IGPLS1 (No. 2 ignition coil Detects rear A/F sensor (Bank 1.2 V at all times Sensor ground Less than 0. sensor 1) p u m p cell Sensor ground With ignition switch ON (II) or at idle: about 0 V With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V With engine running: pulses With engine running: about 2.0 V (depending on engine speed) With ignition switch ON (II): about 5.0—5. 2 IGNITION COIL PULSE) IPB1 (IP C E L L + B A N K 1) 32 GRN/RED IPB2 (IP C E L L + B A N K 2 ) 33 GRN 34 GRN/WHT 35 GRN/RED 36 YEL/RED 37 RED SG5 (SENSOR GROUND) SG1 (SENSOR GROUND) MAP (MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR) VCC1 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) N M (INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR) Terminal name TPSB (THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR B) CSSC (CYLINDER STOP SOLENOID C) Description Signal Detects TP sensor B signal With throttle fully open: about 4.1 V With throttle fully closed: about 1. sensor 1) p u m p cell Detects front A/F sensor (Bank 2.6 V With engine running: about 2.7 V Drives rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 2) Drives No.6 V Less than 0.0—5.5 V (cont'd) 11-29 .2 V at all times Detects MAP sensor signal With ignition switch ON (II): about 3. 1 ignition coil Drives No.0 V With engine idling in N: about 2.

2 V at all times Less than 0.2 V at all times With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage With engine running: pulses Detects CMP sensor signal With engine running: pulses Drives rocker arm oil control solenoid A ( B a n k 1) With ignition switch ON (II) or at idle: about 0 V .Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector B (A) (49P) 1 • • PG2 11 IG PLS5 22 IG PU33 29 IG PLS1 40 2 VB SOL 12 IG PLS6 23 IG PUS4 30 IG PLS2 41 PG1 LG2 4 3 5 6 7 9 8 10 INJ6 INJ1 INJ2 LSB INJ5 INJ4 INJ3 14 17 20 21 15 18 19 ie> VCM VCE SHC)2 VSB1 VSB2 NTB1 SB 2 TPSA VCC5 IMTM SWC LSC 24 25 26 28 VCEN SH02 TB2 SB1 esse TPSB 37 39 32 34 35 36 38 33 31 IGP 13 IPB1 IPB2 SG5 42 IG1 / X X SG1 MAP VCC1 45 46 CKP NM CMP NC • • CSSA A9 c s SB Terminal side of female terminals Terminal number 38 Wire color 39 GRN/YEL 40 BLK 41 BRN/YEL 42 BLK/YEL 45 BLU 46 GRN 49 GRN/RED 11-30 BLU Terminal name NC (OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR) CSSA (CYLINDER STOP SOLENOID A) PG1 (POWER GROUND) LG2 (LOGIC GROUND) IG1 (IGNITION SIGNAL) CKP (CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR) CMP (CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR) CSSB (CYLINDER STOP SOLENOID B) Description Detects output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor signal Drives rocker arm oil control solenoid B(Bank1) Ground circuit for PCM Ground circuit for PCM Detects ignition signal Detects CKP sensor signal Signal With ignition switch ON (II) and front wheels turned by hand: pulses With ignition switch ON (II) or at idle: about 0 V Less than 0.

SENSOR 1) HEATER CONTROL) Description Signal Ground circuit for PCM Less than 0.PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector C ( O ) (49P) Terminal side of female terminals Terminal number 1 Wire color Terminal name BLK 2 BLU 3 GRN 4 YEL/GRN 5 BLK/WHT PGM ETCS (POWER GROUND ETCS) ETCSM + (THROTTLE ACTUATOR + SIDE) ETCSM— (THROTTLE ACTUATOR .2 V at all times Drives throttle actuator With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V Ground for throttle actuator Detects ignition signal With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V Drives rear secondary H02S (Bank 1.sensor 1)heater With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage With w a r m e d up engine running: about 0 V or duty controlled (cont'd) 11-31 . sensor 2) heater With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage With w a r m e d up engine running: duty controlled f 6 BLK/WHT Drives rear A/F sensor (Bank 1.SIDE) IG1ETCS (IGNITION SIGNAL ETCS) S02SHTCB1 (REAR SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (REAR SECONDARY H02S)(BANK1 SENSOR 2) HEATER CONTROL) AFSHTCB1 (REAR AIR FUEL RATIO (REAR A/F) SENSOR ( BANK 1.

SENSOR 2) HEATER CONTROL) AFSHTCB2 (FRONT AIR FUEL RATIO (FRONT A/F) SENSOR (BANK 2.0 V Sensor ground Less than 0.0 V Provides sensor reference voltage Provides sensor reference voltage Sensor ground With ignition switch ON (II): about 5.2 V at ail times Less than 0. sensor 2) heater With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage With w a r m e d up engine running: duty controlled 8 GRN/WHT Drives front A/F sensor (Bank 2.Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector C ( O ) (49P) Terminal side of female terminals Signal Terminal number 7 Wire color Terminal name Description GRN/RED Drives front secondary H02S (Bank 2. SENSOR 1) HEATER CONTROL) SHD (SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D) Drives shift solenoid valve D 10 BLU/RED With engine running in N. and in D during lock-up condition: battery voltage With EGR operating: duty controlled With EGR not operating: about 0V 11 YEL/BLU 12 YEL/BLU 15 GRN/RED 16 GRN/YEL 11-32 EGR (EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) VALVE) VCC6 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) VCC2 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) SG6 (SENSOR GROUND) SG2 (SENSOR GROUND) Drives EGR valve With ignition switch ON (II): about 5.2 V at all times . and in D and 2 during no lock-up condition: about 0 V With engine running in P and R. sensor 1) heater With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage With w a r m e d up engine running: about 0V or duty controlled 9 GRN/RED S02SHTCB2 (FRONT SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (SECONDARY H02S) (BANK 2.

4th and 5th gears). D (in 1st. and 1: about 0 V With ignition switch ON (II): current controlled Drives A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A Detects rocker arm oil pressure sensor signal Detects IAT sensor signal Detects transmission range switch R position signal input With ignition switch ON (II): about 0. 2 and 1: about 0V In any position other than D. and 2: battery voltage With engine running in P.PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector C ( O ) (49P) Terminal side of female terminals Terminal number 17 Wire color Terminal name YEL/GRN 18 BLU/YEL 19 RED/WHT 20 BLU/YEL ATPD (TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH D POSITION) ATPFWD (TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH FWD POSITION) ATPRVS (TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH RVS POSITION) SHA (SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A) 21 RED 22 BLU/YEL 24 RED/YEL 25 WHT LSA (A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A) POIL (ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR) IAT (INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR) ATPR (TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH R POSITION) Description Signal Detects transmission range switch D position signal input In D: about OV In any position other than D: battery voltage Detects transmission range switch FWD position signal In D. R and N: about OV In any position other than P.1 —4. R and N: battery voltage Drives shift solenoid valve A With engine running in R. D (in 2nd and 3rd gears).8 V (depending on engine oil pressure) With ignition switch ON (II): about 0. 2 and 1: battery voltage Detects transmission range switch RVS position signal input In P. N.8 V (depending on intake air temperature) In R: about OV In any position other than R: battery voltage (cont'd) 11-33 .

N. R.2—4.Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector C ( O ) (49P) Terminal side of female terminals Terminal number 26 Wire color Terminal name RED/BLK 27 BLU/BLK 28 GRN/WHT ATPN (TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH N POSITION) OP2SW (2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH) SHB (SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B) 30 BLU/YEL 32 RED/WHT 33 BLU/YEL 11-34 VCMSWB (ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SWITCH B) ECT1 (ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (ECT) SENSOR 1) TATF (ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR) Description Signal Detects transmission range switch N position signal input In N: about 0 V In any position other than N: battery voltage Detects 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch signal With ignition switch ON (II): • Without 2nd clutch pressure: about 5.1 —4. 2nd and 5th gears).8 V a t operating temperature. 2. D (in 1st. and 1: battery voltage With engine running in D (in 3rd and 4th gears): about 0 V With ignition switch ON (II) or at idle: battery voltage Drives shift solenoid valve B Detects rear rocker arm oil pressure switch signal Detects ECT sensor 1 signal Detects ATF temperature senser signal With ignition switch ON (II): about 0.8 V (depending on engine coolant temperature) With ignition switch ON (II): about 0. depending on ATF temperature) .0 V • With 2nd clutch pressure: about 0 V With engine running in P.0 V (about 1.

D (in 2nd and 4th gears).2 V at all times PCS (EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER PURGE VALVE) LG1 (LOGIC GROUND) Detects 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch signal Drives shift solenoid valve C Drives EVAP canister purge valve Ground circuit for PCM Signal (cont'd) 11-35 . 3rd and 5th gears).0 V • With 4th clutch pressure: about 0 V With ignition switch ON (II): • Without 3rd clutch pressure: about 5.0 V (depending on EGR valve lift) 35 BRN Detects transmission range switch 1 position signal input In 1: about OV In any position other than 1 : battery voltage 37 BLU/YEL Detects 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure switch signal 38 BLU/WHT 39 GRN EGRP (EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) VALVE POSITION SENSOR) ATP1 (TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH 1 POSITION) OP4SW (4TH CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH) OP3SW (3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH) SHC (SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C) 40 RED/YEL 41 BRN/YEL With ignition switch ON (II): • Without 4th clutch pressure: about 5. engine coolant below 140 °F (60°C): battery voltage With engine running. D3 (in 2nd gear).and 2: about 0 V With engine running. and 1: battery voltage With engine running in P.PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector C ( O ) (49P) Terminal side of female terminals Terminal number 34 Wire color Terminal name Description WHT/BLK Detects EGR valve position sensor signal With engine running: about 1.2—3.0 V • With 3rd clutch pressure: about 0 V With engine running in D (in 1st. N. R. engine coolant above 140 °F (60°C): duty controlled Less than 0.

5 V (depending on electrical load) With engine running: about 0—5.(INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING (IMT) ACTUATOR SIDE) Description Signal Detects alternator L signal Sends alternator control signal Detects alternator FR signal Detects transmission range switch 2 position signal input With ignition switch ON (II): about OV With engine running: battery voltage W i t h w a r m e d up engine running: about 7.0 V (depending on electrical load) In 2: about 0 V In any position other than 2: battery voltage Detects knock sensor signal Drives IMT actuator With engine knocking: pulses Drives IMT actuator W i t h ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage .Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector C ( O ) (49P) Terminal side of female terminals Terminal number 42 Wire color Terminal name WHT/BLU 43 WHT/GRN 44 WHT/RED 46 BLU 47 RED/BLU ALTL (ALTERNATOR L SIGNAL) ALTC (ALTERNATOR CONTROL) ALTF (ALTERNATOR FR SIGNAL) ATP2 (TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH 2 POSITION) KS (KNOCK SENSOR) 48 WHT/BLU 49 WHT/RED 11-36 I M T + (INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING (IMT) ACTUATOR + SIDE) I M T .

36 HAC (10 A) @ No. 23 BACK UP (10 A) ® No. 150IL LEVEL (7. 11 SUB (15 A) J) No.5 A) (cont'd) 11-37 . 21 DBW (THROTTLE ACUTUATOR CONTROL) (15A) (7) No. 23 ST CUT RLY (7. 3 ACG (10 A) # N o .PCM Electrical Connections IGNITION COIL RELAY FUEL PUMP To FAN CONTROL RELAY AUXILIARY UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX: CD STOP/HORN (20 A) UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX: (2) No. 22 VB SOL (7. 1 MAIN FUSE (120 A) ® No. 2 IG MAIN (50 A) ® No. 18IGCOIL05A) i l No. 12 ACM (10 A) ® No. 2 FUEL PUMP (15 A) ©No. 19 MAIN (15 A) UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX: ® No.5 A) ©No.5 A) ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL SYSTEM (ETCS) CONTROL RELAY AUXILIARY UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX: @STS (7.5 A) ®No. 10 METER (7.5 A) (J) No.

5 INJECTOR IAT C24 <> B5 INJ5 SG2C16 IAT SENSOR No.Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) MAP SENSOR No. 1 INJECTOR VCC1 B36 B4 INJ1 MAP B35 SG1 B34 No. 3 INJECTOR E2£ B7 INJ3 MAF SENSOR No. 2 INJECTOR B8 INJ2 No. 6 INJECTOR ECT SENS0R1 B9 INJ6 ECT1 C32 CMP SENSOR KNOCK SENSOR KS C47 P VCC2C12 EGR VALVE POSITION SENSOR 1 5 EGRP C34 B45 CKP EGRC10 r EGR VALVE VCC6C11 IMTMB19 IMT+C48 IMT-C49 IMT ACTUATOR l l l l U 11-38 V W X . 4 INJECTOR B6 INJ4 VG + A20 VG-A9 No.

9 ? > > r SPARK PLUG ICM No. 3 IGNITION COIL To < « — n n r ^ j SPARK PLUG ICM No.( . 2 IGNITION COIL To SPARK 3: No. 6 IGNITION COIL (cont'd) 11-39 . 1 IGNITION COIL To ^ . 4 IGNITION COIL T O <—nnr^wSPARK PLUG No.{ W ^ f SPARK PLUG FRONT SECONDARY H02S (BANK 2. 5 IGNITION COIL To <—nnr^f SPARK PLUG ICM No.. SENSOR 2) 5: ICM No.LU EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE ALTERNATOR LU TO « H .

Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID B (BANK 1) ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SENSOR B39 CSSA POIL C22 ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID A (BANK 1) B49 CSSB REAR ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SWITCH C30VCMSWB ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID A (BANK 2) ECT SENSOR 2 ECT2 A21 B28 CSSC FRONT ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SG7 A37 A. B20VCMSWC FTP SENSOR VCC7 A36 STARTER CUT RELAY 1 (STR) FTP A39 A3 STRLY 11-40 .

4 (cont'd) 11-41 .BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH BKSWA8 BKSWNC A7 GAUGE CONTROL MODULE L_ A48 CANH I O A49 CANL VSSOUTA30 _ ^ To AUDIO. VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT *1 To IMMOBILIZER-KEYLESS CONTROL UNIT — PSP SWITCH 9B18VCC5 B17TPSA VCC3 A24 B26 TPSB APSAA18 <?B33 SG5 ? C 2 ETCSM + THROTTLE ACTUATOR ^ C3 ETCSM- SG3 A26 VCC4 A25 APSB A 1 9 ? SG4A27? APP SENSOR A/B THROTTLE BODY *1: With V T M . ^ NAVIGATION UNIT AA To IMMOBILIZER-KEYLESS CONTROL UNIT S-NET5V A46 6 NEP A33 <> DATA LINK CONNECTOR A44WEN LG3 A41 <> A32 SCS PSPSW A38 <> 3 TP SENSOR Bth-1 AQ To AUDIO UNIT.

Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) TATF C33 <> A16ATPP ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR C25ATPR SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A C17ATPD SHB C28 ? SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B SHC C39 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C C19ATPRVS C18ATPFWD TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH rff 1 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D LSAC21 <> LSBB10 3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH C38 0P3SW LSC B21 2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C C27 0P2SW NM B37 <> SG6C15 <> D3 SWITCH A17D3SW A2 SLS INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR NC B38 OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR 11-42 1 SHD C9 1 4TH CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH To SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID 1 .

ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT A34 CKPOUT CKP 15 6 CSSAMAA14 To AUDIO UNIT CSSAMC A15 CMP 7 A35 CMPOUT F G H SCPA 6 SCPC 4 <> IG1 5 <> IGSOL 10 <> SOLRLY 11 t> CANL12 SOLRM 9 SOLRP8 REAR ENGINE MOUNT ACTUATOR SOLFM 16 6 SOLFP2 ? FRONT ENGINE MOUNT ACTUATOR PG 1 LG3 PCM A ( • ) (49P) J 1 | 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9|10| • 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 • 22 24 25 26 27 28 i • 29 30 31 3233 34 3536 37 38 39 |40|41 / I / ! 44 | / l 4 6 | / 48|49| / / >< >< PCM B (A) (49P) 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 1101 J1|2 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 • 22 23 24 26 28 25 29 30 31 3233 34 3536 37 38 39 |40|41 42 l / l / l 45146 | X / \ 49 >< >< / PCM C (O) (49P) 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 10 Jl|2 11 12 16 17 18 19 20 21 i & l 22 24 25 26 27 28 • 1 30 3233 34 35L> 37 38 39 |40|41 421431441/| 46147 48|49| —-*—i / >< u TERMINAL LOCATIONS (cont'd) 11-43 .

Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) PCM Circuit Diagram PCM YEL/RED VCC1 X B35 MAP B34 SG1 .RED/WHT - YEL/RED :*! f"B'" c .GRN/WHT • i C32 ECT1 . GRN/YEL • GRN/YEL C16 SG2 • GRN/YEL • GRN/YEL • GRN/YEL • GRN/YEL • GRN/YEL • GRN/YEL • GRN/YEL • GRN/YEL I .^ l ^ f c f e — ~ -GRN/YEL =-| | I ECT SENSOR 1 T.BLK 12V -2EGR BLU/RED — \ —I" — \ EGR VALVE .GRN/RED _r .RED/WHT .GRN/YEL 0000U0 11-44 C114 . C19 7 ~ — VCC2 YEL/BLU -YEL/BLU — YEL/BLU — 15 C113 p YEL/BLU Z~i EGRP n T WHT/BLK 00 EGR VALVE POSITION SENSOR -YEL/BLU -WHT/BLK -GRN/YEL -BLU/RED .

BLU/YEL .BRN/WHT-BLK A/T C L U T C H PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B B21 LSC • GRN/RED .GRN - — W> .C152 C20 SHA • BLU/YEL —<1RP -YEL • 1 S H IIFT FT SOLENOID VALVE LVE A C28 SHB 1 • GRN/WHT SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B C39 SHC .H E Zt-i 3 R D C L U T C H T R A N S M^I ISI SSISOINO NJI F L U I D P R E S S U R E S WI ITTCCHH C33 TATF • BLU/YEL .BLU/YEL -HE 4TH C L U T C H T R A N S M/IIS I SSSI IOONN F L U I D P R E S S U R E S W ITCH ITCH C38 OP3SW • BLU/WHT • .BLU/BLK -HE 2 N D C L U T C H T R A N S MVI ISI SSISOINO NJl F L U I D P R E S S U R E S W'ITCH ITCH C37 OP4SW • BLU/YEL .GRN - 1 r S H IIFT FT SOLENOID V A LLVVEE CC C9 SHD -HHP -ORN- • GRN/RED 1 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D C21 LSA • RED B10 LSB r 1 -RED « -BLK • A/T C L U T C H PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A .GRN/YEL • ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR (cont'd) 11-45 .BLU/WHT D 1 .GRN/RED2 -BLK A/T C L U T C H PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C [N] C27 OP2SW • BLU/BLK .

WHT/BLU - • WHT/BLU • No.YEL/BLK B6 Ha • YEL • r-i •YEL No. 5 INJECTOR .YEL/BLK • B9 . 2 INJECTOR • YEL/BLK H T INJ3 •BLU • -BLU No.Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) 1 . 3 INJECTOR 1 . 6 INJECTOR -YEL/BLK -YEL/BLK -YEL/BLK •YEL/BLK -YEL/BLK - cm -YEL/BLK B3 IGP -YEL/BLK • YEL/BLK -YEL/BLK • YEL/BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK -YEL/BLU B37 X •RED - — itKFf • GRN/RED INPUT SHAFT(MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR B38 NC ~JC15 J " " JSG6~ 11-46 •RED- - -BLU • -YEL/RED - •BLU - •GRN/YEL OUTPUT SHAFT(COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR . 4 INJECTOR . 1 INJECTOR 1 .YEL/BLK B8 r- •RED- ri •RED No.YEL/BLK H5T B4 INJ1 -BRN No.YEL/BLK • BLK/RED INJ5 No.

2 IGNITION COIL • BLK/WHT « To SPARK PLUG • WHT/BLU ^ I C M ^ •BLK if B23 •BRN • IGPLS4 No. 5 IGNITION COIL • BLK/WHT B12 • BRN/WHT IGPLS6 • BRN/WHT - 3 • BLK BLK/WHT BLK/WHT BLK/WHT BLK/WHT BLK/WHT BLK/WHT BLK/WHT C47 KS : RED/BLU T-^Z To SPARK PLUG t " No. 6 IGNITION COIL if if .cm 18 19_ 20 21 22 23 24 C102 RED/BLU 1 KNOCK SENSOR 1 (cont'd) 11-47 . 4 IGNITION COIL • BLK/WHT • To SPARK PLUG • BLK/RED • IGPLS5 • BLK No. 3 IGNITION COIL BLK/WHT - To SPARK PLUG BRN BLK rf~ — "No. 1 IGNITION COIL • BLK/WHT • To SPARK PLUG • BLU/RED • BLK if B22 • WHT/BLU • IGPLS3 " No.• BLK/WHT • B29 • YEL/GRN IGPLS1 To SPARK PLUG •YEL/GRN • • BLK if B30 • BLU/RED IGPLS2 — "No.

BLK - BRN/ YEL -BRN/YEL — -BRN/YEL — C41 LG1 -BRN/YEL — • BRN/YEL • -BRN/YEL 12.Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) B40 PG1 [ x ] [w] [V] [D] [N] [M] BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK I PG2 fT] . -BRN/YEL — -BRN/YEL — C112 -BRN/YEL — -BRN/YEL — -BRN/YEL — -BRN/YEL — BRN/ BRN/ BRN/ YEL YEL YEL BRN/ BRN/ YEL YEL l4 [p L|] BLKBLK BLK BLK BLKBLKBLKBLK BLK BLKBRN/ BRN/ BLK YEL YEL G101 11-48 BLK AH Al C113 .BLK - S BLKPGM ETCS .BLK .BLK- LG2 .BLK.BLK - " BLK - .BLK • BLK.BLK .BLK - • BRN/YEL n C112 .BLK - L .BLK .

RED/YEL (cont'd) 11-49 .YEL/BLK B46 CMP • GRN • -GRN — • BRN/YEL • CMP SENSOR .AF Q .YEL/BLK B45 CKP -BLU •BLU • BRN/YEL • CKP SENSOR A20 VG + IAT SENSOR • LT BLU • • GRN/YEL C102 • RED/YEL ±3 • RED/GRN VG- • YEL • BLK/RED • YEL/BLK MAF SENSOR C24 .

Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) A24 VCC3 A18 APSA A26 SG3 A25 VCC4 A19 APSB A27 SG4 .RED - -RED -PUR - -PUR -WHT « •WHT • -ORN • •ORN • -GRY - •GRY -BRN • •BRN 1 3 2 JL A T 4 6 5 JL B T APP SENSOR A/B X B18 VCC5 B17 TPSA B26 TPSB B33 SG5 C2 ETCSM + C3 ETCSM- TP SENSOR -BLU - •BLU • RED/BLK - • RED/BLK • • RED/BLU - • RED/BLU • •GRN •GRN •BLU •BLU •GRN •GRN THROTTLE ACTUATOR THROTTLE BODY •YEL/BLU - VCC6 • WHT/BLK • GRN/YEL IMT+ C49 IMT- • WHT/BLU • • WHT/BLU - • WHT/RED • • WHT/RED - —®1 IMT ACTUATOR B19 11-50 • WHT/BLK .

GRN/YEL ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SENSOR C30 BLU/YEL VCMSWB • BLU/YEL REAR ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SWITCH B39 CSSA • GRN/YEL d .BLK ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID A (BANK 1) AA • GRN/WHT • •BLK ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID A (BANK 2) VCMSWC • BLU/WHT • 1 FRONT ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (cont'd) 11-51 .YEL/BLU - C22 POIL • BLU/YEL .GRN/YEL • •BLK ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID B (BANK 1) 0 B49 CSSB • GRN/RED • GRN/RED.• LD .BLU/YEL .

RED/WHT - • YEL/GRN - -BLU/YEL - C46 ATP2 -BLU C35 ATP1 •BRN -BLK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH BLU C19 RED/WHT ATPRVS C18 BLU/YEL ATPFWD C305 D3SW •BLU r • BLU • • BLK • D3 SWITCH G403 A30 X r BLU • YEL A46 11-52 To AUDIO.PNK - -PNK- . NAVIGATION UNIT . To VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT *1 NEP • YEL • * 1 : With V T M . r LT BLU • To AUDIO UNIT To MICU.Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) AB JZL C102 A16 • BLU/WHT . .BLU/BLK • WHT ATPR ATPN C17 • WHT - -RED/BLK -YEL/GRN -BLU • RED/BLK - • BRN .4 .• IMMOBILIZER-KEYLESS CONTROL UNIT .

BLK • PSP SWITCH G202 To IMMOBILIZERKEYLESS CONTROL UNIT LG3 C305 SLS • PNK • • PNK •YEL • SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID (cont'd) 11-53 .C301 ECT2 •PUR ECT SENSOR 2 A37 SG7 •BLK A36 VCC7 • LT BLU FTP A22 VSV • LT GRN EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE • LT GRN -O • LT BLU • • LT GRN • BKSWNC AL AM pedal pressed: closed pedal released: open pedal pressed: open pedal released: released BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH AN r PSPSW Brake Brake Brake Brake • BLU • .

BLK/WHT - B31 IPB1 • GRN - .Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) AC B13 • BLU - VSB~1" •RED - B15 • RED • VCENTB1 • GRN. SENSOR 1) B14 "RED/BLU : ' RED/BLU VSB2 • RED/WHT - B24 VCENTB2 -GRN/RED • • GRN/WHT • B32 IPB2 • GRN/RED - •WHT/BLK - —VW—I FRONT A/F SENSOR (BANK 2.WHT/BLK • WHT/BLK C8 AFSHTCB2 • WHT/BLK C102 r 111 PNK AQ 11-54 AR AS cm . SENSOR 1) • WHT/BLK C6 AFSHTCB1 • BLK/WHT - .WHT/BLK - —m—I REAR A/F SENSOR (BANK 1.

S E N S O R 2) ALTL C44 ALTF C43 • WHT/GRN • • WHT/GRN ALTERNATOR • RED/YEL • RED/YEL PCS • BLK/YEL EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE B2 VBSOL • BLK/YEL • BLK/YEL • BLK/YEL C102 LT GRN C113 • BLK/YEL • BLK/YEL (cont'd) 11-55 . S E N S O R 2) BLK/WHT GRN/RED FRONT SECONDARY H02S ( B A N K 2.@ 0 LH H B25 :GRN SH02SB1 B16 SH02SB2 C5 S02SHTCB1 C7 S02SHTCB2 : WHT 4 REAR SECONDARY H 0 2 S ( B A N K 1.

11 S T O P / H O R N (20 A) 11-56 PNK ORN m D7 D1_ A/C COMPRESSOR • LT GRN -ORN — -BLK — BLU YEL YEL PNK ORN ^ —MJBT r—LE^vHr N . 19 MAIN (15 A) © N o . 11 S U B (15 A) © N o . 1 MAIN F U S E (120 A) AUXILIARY UNDER-HOOD F U S E / R E L A Y BOX: Mo.WHT- X PGM-FI SUBRELAY •ORN • J ELD BLU YEL YEL UNDER-HOOD F U S E / R E L A Y BOX: (DNo. 15 OIL L E V E L (7. 18 IG COIL (15 A) @No.5 A) ® N o . 12 ACM (10 A) d)No.21 DBW (THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL) (15 A) d)No.A. 2 IG MAIN (50 A) d)No.Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) UNDER-HOODFUSE/RELAYBOX AQ T T PNK YEL/BLK 3 1 C102 RADIATOR FAN RELAY ETCSRLY IT IT A4 FANL A6 MRLY F6 ORN WHT F7 A5 FANH GRN F9 A40 SUBRLY PNK F16 PUR A13 ACC FAN CONTROL RELAY F14 PNK F18 YEL F20 YEL F15 F8 BRN L F5 RED A/C CONDENSER FAN RELAY IGNITION COIL RELAY AU AV C102 3 IG1ETCS -c~o- YEL/GRN • PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1 -PNK • . AW AX ^ 3 CLUTCH RELAY L-L_ D4 D6 AY AZ BA BB G202 BATTERY ^ I BRN- AUXILIARY UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX . 23 BACK UP (10 A) (§)No.

IT PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 2 (FUELPUMP) — LT GRN JSTRLY M22 L i i—i 1 LoT5- -LJ i ^ W - — I 5 C4 • LT GRN — • GRN • 1 STARTER CUT RELAY 1 (STR) • WHT- BRN • C304 LT GRN l-^J BLU/WHT - D l l l r t A / U T H . 36 HAC (10 A) ® N o .2 FUELPUMP ]7- J — C307 T U YEL AJ ~h AIM dp A' UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY B O X AX TTTT^^"^ BLK — ^ ' LTGRN — -c~o "IT 3*. 10 METER (7. 22 VB S O L 2 (7.P N K ^ L 20 P7jBLU/WHT H STARTER CUT RELAY 2 • WHT". 2 F U E L PUMP (15 A) @ N o .5 A) J [BH (cont'd) 11-57 .5 A) @ N o .4 _ A28 "STRTD" G R • GRN N A31 _srT" Q15 •YEL — l t b l u • LT BLU Q9 MICU Q8 Q7 Q5 L T BLU IGNITION SWITCH IG1 HOT in ON (II) and START (III) > IMMOBILIZER-KEYLESS CONTROL UNIT LTBLU I 1 UNDER-DASHFUSE/RELAYBOX: ®No. 23 S T C U T RLY 1 (7.5 A) AUXILIARY UNDER-DASH F U S E HOLDER: ® S T S (7. 3ACG(10A) ® N o .5A) @ N o .-.

Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) H N S TTT_ YEL IG1 •YEL IGSOL 11 SOLRLY 14 •WHTCANH 12 •RED CANL 6 • PUR SCPA 4 • LT BLU < SCPC 15 •GRN • CKP 7 •RED CMP 8 • WHTSOLRP 9 • GRN • SOLRM 2 •BLU SOLFP 16 • RED SOLFM 1 •BLK •BRN Bj] h£1 CSSAMA [BK| PUR - A15 LTBLUCSSAMC A34 GRN • CKPOUT A35 RED • CMPOUT BLK ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT LG G202 REAR ENGINE MOUNT ACTUATOR C302 •RED- •PNK- • BLU- • BLU- FRONT ENGINE MOUNT ACTUATOR •PUR-To AUDIO UNIT • LT BLU • 11-58 .

M: With VTM C402 VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT 11-59 .

The A/F sensor is installed upstream of the WU-TWC. TERMINAL O-RING Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 and 2 ECT sensors 1 and 2 are temperature dependent resistors (thermistors). timing for the fuel injection of each cylinder. and enriches the mixture to assure smooth transition to the A/C mode.Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) PGM-FI System Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor The p r o g r a m m e d fuel injection (PGM-FI) system is a sequential multiport fuel injection system. Air Conditioning (A/C) Compressor Clutch Relay When the PCM receives a demand for cooling f r o m the A/C system. it delays the compressor f r o m being energized. THERMISTOR O-RING 11-60 . Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor The A/F sensor operates over a wide air/fuel range. ZIRCONIA ELEMENT . Alternator Control The alternator signals the PCM during charging. The resistance decreases as the engine coolant temperature increases. The CMP sensor input is used by the PCM to determine ignition t i m i n g at start up (cranking) and w h e n crank angle is abnormal.XETL MAGNET Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor The BARO sensor is inside the PCM. and engine misfire detection. MAGNET Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor The CKP sensor detects crankshaft speed and is used by the PCM to determine ignition t i m i n g . and it sends signals to the PCM which varies the duration of fuel injection accordingly. It converts atmospheric pressure into a voltage signal that is used by the PCM to modify the basic duration of the fuel injection discharge.

these codes are reset. if DTCs have been cleared. turn the ignition switch to ON (II).Ignition Timing Control Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor The PCM contains the m e m o r y for basic ignition timing at various engine speeds and manifold absolute pressures. By monitoring long term fuel t r i m . after being read out f r o m the m e m o r y . part of the emissions testing is to make sure these codes are set to complete. the PCM detect long t e r m malfunctions in the fuel system and sets (diagnostic trouble codes) if needed. The sensor is in the intake air passage. HOTWIRE IAT S E N S O R (THERMISTOR) f] 6 COLD FILM To check if the readiness codes are set to complete. The control circuit in the MAF sensor controls the current to keep the hot wire at a set temperature. The current is converted to voltage in the control circuit. or the test cannot be finished. Knock Sensor The knock control system adjusts the ignition timing to minimize knock. TERMINAL PIEZO ELEMENT O-RING Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor The mass a i r f l o w (MAF) sensor/intake air temperature (IAT) sensor contains a hot wire. drive the vehicle or run the engine as described in the procedures (see page 11-78). Injector Timing and Duration The PCM contains the m e m o r y for basic discharge duration at various engine speeds and manifold pressures. If it then goes off. If the vehicle's battery has been disconnected or gone dead. The basic discharge duration. a cold f i l m and a thermistor. The resistance of the hot wire. the vehicle may fail the test. It also adjusts the t i m i n g according to engine coolant temperature. the readiness codes are complete. cold f i l m . but do not start the engine. In some states. or if the PCM has been reset. is further modified by signals sent f r o m various sensors to obtain the final discharge duration. If it flashes five times. To set each code. The MAP sensor converts manifold absolute pressure into electrical signals to the PCM. If all of them are not set to complete. one or more readiness codes are not set to complete. The MIL will come on for 15 — 20 seconds. and the thermistor change due to intake air temperature and air flow. then output to the PCM. DIAPHRAGM GASKET Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Indication (In relation to Readiness Codes) The vehicle has certain readiness codes that are part of the on-board diagnostics for the emissions systems. (cont'd) 11-61 .

To stabilize its output. the sensor has an internal heater. The secondary H02S is on the WU-TWC. The PCM compares the H02S output w i t h the A/F sensor output to determine catalyst efficiency.Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor This sensor detects countershaft speed. TERMINAL MAGNET O-RING Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary H02S) The secondary H 0 2 S detects the oxygen content in the exhaust gas downstream of the w a r m up three way catalytic converter (WU-TWC). ZIRCONIA SENSOR HEATER TERMINALS 11-62 . and sends signals to the PCM.

After the starter motor operates for 10 seconds (to prevent the starter motor f r o m overheating). . • When the ignition switch is turned to START (III).5 A) F U S E From IGNITION SWITCH (START (III) SIGNAL) STARTER CUT RELAY 1 (STR) STRLD _/s (SIGNAL) ^ ST CUT RELAY 1 (7. the PCM stops the starter motor.If the engine rpm is too high during starter motor operation. • In the following cases. and the starter motor stops. a message appears on the gauge display. then battery voltage is applied to the starter motor to run it. • If there is a problem with the starter control system. IG MAIN (50 A) F U S E O ^ O STRLY (CONTROL) -<j From BATTERY STS (7. the PCM stops appling current to the relays. • If you turn the ignition switch t o START (III) position while the engine is running. When the warning message is turned o n .5 A) F U S E STARTER C U T RELAY 2 STARTER( MOTOR M v / T 5 N TRANSMISSION I J ) RANGE SWITCH V O y (Closed: P or N) 77T CHECK STARTER SYSTEM STARTER SYSTEM Multi-information display model Odometor/ outside temperature display model 11-63 . . the vehicle can only be started by turning and holding the ignition switch in the start position until the engine. If the PCM detects that the engine starts. • Once the ignition switch is released. the starter motor does not operate.Starter Control System Diagram The starter control system controls the starter motor. the PCM applies current to starter cut relay 1 (STR) and starter cut relay 2. the PCM keeps the starter motor running until the engine starts.

11-64 . The throttle body is a single-barrel side draft type. Acceleration control: When the accelerator pedal is pressed. the sensor varies the signal voltage to the PCM whitch then controls the throttle position. Idle control: When the engine is idling. the PCM controls the throttle actuator to maintain the proper idle speed according to engine loads. Cruise control: The PCM controls the throttle actuator to maintain the set speed w h e n cruise control is operating. Refer to the system diagram to see a functional layout of the system.Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) Electronic Throttle Control System Throttle Body The throttle is electronically controlled by the electronic throttle control system. Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor As the accelerator pedal position changes. The throttle actuator takes the place of the cruise control actuator. the PCM opens the throttle valve depending on the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor signal. The lower portion of the throttle valve is heated by engine coolant f r o m the cylinder head to prevent icing of the throttle plate.

accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor A/B. the electronic throttle control system (ETCS) control relay. and the PCM.Electronic Throttle Control System Diagram The electronic throttle control system consists of the throttle actuator. throttle position (TP) sensor A/B. 11-65 .

3 and No. 5 and No. ACCELERATION CRUISE k FUEL CUT 6 CYLINDER DRIVE DECELERATION 3 CYLINDER DRIVE . This reduces engine drag. 1. the frictional losses f r o m the valve spring compression and pumping are reduced because no air is compressed in the cylinder. 3). 4 cylinders). the intake and exhaust valves are kept closed. 6 are not controlled by the VCM system and operate in all modes.Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) Variable Cylinder Management (VCM) System The VCM system activates the cylinders based o n the driving condition. 4 cylinder mode (pauses the No. On paused cylinders. Cylinders No. No. The system has three modes: 6 cylinder mode (all cylinder operation). Since the valves are closed. and 3 cylinder mode (pauses the rear bank of cylinders No. 2 and No. i S3* VEHICLE SPEED \ IDLING ACCELERATION Y CRUISE DECELERATION CRUISE 11-66 | IDLING ACCELERATION CRUISE. FUEL CUT 6 CYLINDER DRIVE 3 CYLINDER 4 CYLINDER DRIVE DRIVE .

B (Bank 1). the rocker arm oil control valves direct oil pressure. SECONDARY ROCKER ARM A PRIMARY ROCKER ARM A SECONDARY ROQKER ARM B PRIMARY REAR ROCKER ARM OIL P R E S S U R E SWITCH ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID B (BANK 1) REAR ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL V A L V E REAR BANK (BANK 1) SECONDARY ROCKER ARM ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID A (BANK 1) From OIL PUMP ROCKER ARM OIL P R E S S U R E S E N S O R FRONT BANK (BANK 2) ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID A (BANK ROCKER SHAFT FRONT ROCKER ARM OIL P R E S S U R E SWITCH FRONT ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL V A L V E (cont'd) 11-67 . and all cylinders are active. and it moves the VTEC switching piston. sliding it into the primary rocker arm and locking primary rocker arms and secondary rocker arms together. and A (Bank 2) OFF. The rocker arms are lifted by the camshaft. Oil pressure enters the secondary rocker arm f r o m the oil passage in the rocker shaft.VCM System-Operation During 6 Cylinder M o d e With rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1).

6 to create the four cylinder mode. oil pressure f r o m the rear rocker arm oil control valve locks the primary rocker arms and secondary rocker arms together. and the No. 3 and No. The rocker arms are moved by the camshaft. 4 cylinders are paused.Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) During 4 Cylinder Mode When rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank 1) and A (Bank 2) are turned on by the PCM. Oil pressure then enters the No. 4 cylinder's rocker arms do not move. the front and rear rocker arm oil control valves switch the oil pressure. This disengages the primary rocker arm f r o m the secondary rocker arm to stop valve activation. 3 and No. and t w o cylinders (No. The No. In the No. causing the VTEC switching piston to slide into the secondary rocker arm and against the return spring. 4 cylinder's primary rocker arm f r o m the oil passage in the rocker shaft. SECONDARY ROCKER ARM A PRIMARY ROCKER ARM A SECONDARY ROCKER ARM B PRIMARY ROCKER ARM B > RETURN SPRING ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID B (BANK 1) REAR ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL V A L V E REAR BANK (BANK 1) ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID A (BANK 1) ROCKER ARM OIL P R E S S U R E S E N S O R FRONT BANK (BANK 2) ROCKER SHAFT ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID A (BANK 2) FRONT ROCKER ARM OIL P R E S S U R E SWITCH FRONT ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL V A L V E 11-68 RETURN SPRING . 5 and No. 2) are active to operate with cylinders No. 1 and No. 3 and No. 2 cylinders. 1 and No.

Oil pressure then enters the rear bank cylinder's primary rocker arms f r o m the oil passage in the rocker shaft. SECONDARY ROCKER ARM A PRIMARY ROCKER ARM A SECONDARY ROCKER ARM B 'PRIMARY ROCKER ARM B RETURN SPRING ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID B (BANK 1) REAR ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL V A L V E REAR BANK (BANK 1) t 1 I From \ To OIL \ FRONT PUMP \ B A N K SECONDARY ROCKER ARM ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID A (BANK 1) ROCKER ARM OIL P R E S S U R E S E N S O R From OIL PUMP FRONTBANK (BANK 2) ROCKER SHAFT ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID A (BANK 2) FRONT ROCKER ARM OIL P R E S S U R E SWITCH WW FRONT ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL V A L V E 11-69 . The rear bank cylinder's (No. 2. 4 cylinder's primary and secondary rocker arms together. the rear rocker arm oil control valve switches the oil pressure. No. 3) rocker arms do not move. and rear bank cylinders are paused. oil pressure f r o m the front rocker arm oil control valve locks the No. This disengages the primary rocker arms f r o m the secondary rocker arms to stop valve activation. 1. 4 cylinder's rocker arms are moved by the camshaft. causing the VTEC switching piston to slide into the secondary rocker arms and against the return spring. 6 to create the three cylinder mode. 5 and No. and the No. and No. 4 cylinder is active to operate w i t h cylinders No. At the front bank.During 3 Cylinder M o d e W h e n rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1) is turned on by the PCM. The No.

and power for PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP). the PCM cuts the fuel at engine speeds over 5. the PCM cuts ground to PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) which cuts current to the fuel p u m p . fuel cut occurs at a lower engine speed. the power steering load is high. PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) is energized to supply power to the fuel p u m p for 2 seconds w h e n the ignition switch is turned to ON (II). the PCM grounds PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) which feeds current to the fuel p u m p for 2 seconds to pressurize the fuel system. W h e n the vehicle is stopped.Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) Idle Control System Fuel Supply System W h e n the engine is cold. regardless of the position of the throttle valve. Fuel Cutoff Control Brake Pedal Position Switch The brake pedal position switch signals the PCM w h e n the brake pedal is pressed. Fuel cutoff control also occurs w h e n the engine speed exceeds 6. the brake pedal is pressed. to protect the engine f r o m over-revving. the PCM grounds PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) and feeds current to the fuel p u m p . When the engine is not running and the ignition is turned to ON (II). the PCM controls current to the throttle actuator to maintain the correct idle speed. current to the injectors is cut off to improve fuel economy at engine speeds over 850 r p m .000 r p m .400 r p m . and w h e n the engine is cranking or running. 11-70 . or the alternator is charging. During deceleration with the throttle valve closed. On a cold engine. power to the injectors. the A/C compressor is o n . PGM-FI Main Relay 1 and 2 PGM-FI main relay 1 is energized whenever the ignition switch is turned to ON (II). to supply battery voltage to the PCM. Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Switch The PSP switch signals the PCM w h e n the power steering load is high. Fuel Pump Control When the ignition switch is turned to ON (II). the transmission is in gear. With the engine starts.

Intake Air System Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Value Engine power is adjusted by opening and closing the intake manifold tuning (IMT) valve. The intake manifold tuning (IMT) actuator contains a sensor that detects the IMT valve position and sends it to the PCM. there is high torque at low engine speed. there is high torque at high engine speed. When the valve is closed. IMT V A L V E 11-71 . When the valve is open.

carbon monoxide (CO). . and oxides of nitrogen (NOx) in the exhaust gas to carbon dioxide (C0 ).Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) Catalytic Converter System Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Warm Up Three Way Catalytic Converter (WU-TWC) and Under-floor Three Way Catalytic Converter (Under-floorTWC) Refer to the system diagram to see a functional layout of the system. nitrogen (N ). The WU-TWC/Under-floor TWC converts hydrocarbons ( H Q . 2 2 WU-TWC WARM UP THREE WAY C A T A L Y S T FRONT (BANK 2) FRONT OF VEHICLE UNDER-FLOOR TWC HOUSING FRONT O F VEHICLE 11-72 UNDER-FLOOR T H R E E WAY CATALYST EGR Valve The EGR valve lowers peak combustion temperatures and reduces oxides of nitrogen emissions (NOx) by recirculating exhaust gas through the intake manifold and into the combustion chambers. and water vapor.

If there is any difference between the t w o .T W C f 11-73 . The PCM then compares it w i t h the ideal lift in its m e m o r y (based on signals sent f r o m other sensors). The EGR valve position sensor detects the amount of EGR valve lift and sends it to the PCM. The PCM m e m o r y includes the ideal EGR valve position for varying operating conditions. the PCM cuts current to the EGR valve. Routing the exhaust gas through the EGR pipe helps to prevent carbon deposits f r o m f o r m i n g in the intake manifold and the throttle body.Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Diagram The EGR system reduces oxides of nitrogen (NOx) emissions by recirculating exhaust gas t h r o u g h the EGR pipe and the intake manifold. and into the combustion chambers. EGR V A L V E POSITION SENSOR VARIOUS SENSORS EGR PIPE FRONT W U .

PCV V A L V E EVAP Canister The EVAP canister temporarily stores fuel vapor f r o m the fuel tank until it can be purged f r o m the EVAP canister into the engine and burned. Refer to the system diagram to see a functional layout of the system. EVAP Canister Purge Valve When the engine coolant temperature is below 140°F (60°C) the PCM turns off the EVAP canister purge valve which cuts vacuum to the EVAP canister.Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) System Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System The PCV valve prevents blow-by gasses f r o m escaping into the atmosphere by venting t h e m into the intake manifold. OUT t MOVING CORE 11-74 .

Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve The FTP sensor converts fuel tank absolute pressure into an electrical input to the PCM. The EVAP canister vent shut valve is on the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister vent shut valve controls the venting of the EVAP canister. S E N S O R UNIT / TERMINAL VALVE O-RING O-RING (cont'd) 11-75 .

FTP S E N S O R 11-76 . the fuel tank vapor control valve opens f r o m pressure in the fuel tank and feeds the fuel vapor to the EVAP canister. Vapor f r o m the fuel tank is temporarily stored in the EVAP canister until it can be purged f r o m the canister into the engine and burned.Fuel and Emissions Systems System Description (cont'd) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control Diagram The EVAP controls minimize the amount of fuel vapor escaping into the atmosphere. The purging vacuum is controlled by the EVAP canister purge valve. • The EVAP canister is purged by drawing fresh air through it and into a port on the intake manifold. which operates whenever the engine coolant temperature is above 140 °F (60 °C). • During refueling.

Start the engine. press the select/reset button. then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 3. S h o w s CHECK F U E L CAP in the gauge display. 11-77 . Verify there is no leak by doing an EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION MENU w i t h the HDS. The TIGHTEN FUEL CAP/CHECK FUEL CAP message appears each time y o u restart the engine until the system turns the message off.Fuel Cap Warning Message Odometer/outside temperature display model The PCM will detects a loose or missing fuel fill cap as an evaporative system leak and alerts the driver by showing a w a r n i n g message in the gauge display. 2. 3. Clear the Pending DTC w i t h the HDS. Multi-information display model To make message go off (with the HDS) Procedure S h o w s TIGHTEN F U E L CAP in the gauge display. Tighten the fuel fill cap until it clicks. Repeat step 2 t w o more times. then replace or tighten the fuel fill cap until it clicks at least once. To scroll to another message. To make the message go off (without the HDS) Procedure 1. a TIGHTEN FUEL CAP (multi-information display model) (CHECK FUEL CAP (odometer/outside temperature display model)) message appears on the gauge display (A). Turn the engine off. 2. The first t i m e a leak is detected. 1. Tighten the fuel fill cap until it clicks.

If there is no DTC. if DTCs have been cleared. Catalytic Converter Monitor and Readiness Code NOTE: • Do not turn the ignition switch to ACC (I) or to LOCK(0) during the procedure. • Low ambient temperatures or excessive stop-and-go traffic may increase the drive t i m e needed to switch the readiness code f r o m incomplete to complete. if DTCs have been cleared. To check if the readiness codes are set to complete. 2. and bring up the READINESS CODEs screen for Catalyst in the DTCs MENU. If it then goes off. one or more readiness codes are not set to complete. do the procedure for the appropriate code. part of the emissions testing is to make sure these codes are set to complete. or if the PCM is reset w i t h the HDS. In some states. these readiness codes are reset to incomplete. 4. Start the engine. This screen displays the code. If all of them are not set to complete. the current data list of the enable criteria. Enable Criteria • ECT SENSOR 1 at 158 °F (70 °C) or more.7 °C) or more. To set readiness codes f r o m incomplete to complete. and the status of the readiness testing. or the test cannot be finished. If the readiness code is still not set to complete. 3. If it flashes five times. repeat the procedure. one or more of the enable criteria were probably not met. • If a fault in the secondary H02S system caused the MIL to come o n . the vehicle may fail the emission test. the readiness code should switch to complete. To check the status of a specific DTC system. check the OBD status in the DTC MENU w i t h the HDS (see page 11-8). Procedure 1. but do not start the engine. the readiness codes are set to complete. Connect the HDS to the vehicle's data link connector (DLC). • IAT SENSOR at 20 °F ( . The MIL will come on for 15—20 seconds. the readiness code cannot be set to complete until you correct the fault. • The readiness code will not switch to complete until all the enable criteria are met. check for a Pending DTC w i t h the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle under stop-and-go conditions w i t h short periods of steady cruise. turn the ignition switch to ON (II).Fuel and Emissions Systems How to Set Readiness Codes Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Indication (In relation to Readiness Codes) The vehicle has certain readiness codes that are part of the on-board diagnostics for the emissions systems. • All readiness codes are cleared w h e n the battery is disconnected. • Vehicle speed above 25 m p h (40 km/h). If the vehicle's battery has been disconnected or gone dead. 11-78 . After about 5 miles (8 km). or if the PCM has been reset.

or if the PCM is reset with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle under stop-and-go conditions with short periods of steady cruise. • If the screen shows complete. readiness is complete. if DTCs have been cleared. If ECT SENCOR 1 is less than 140 ° F (60 °C). decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) for 5 seconds. • IAT SENSOR between 32 °F (0 °C) and 212 °F (100 °C). 350 mmHg).Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Monitor and Readiness Code Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor Monitor and Readiness Code NOTE: All readiness codes are cleared when the battery is disconnected. readiness is complete. repeat the procedure. 2. go to the next step. run the engine until it is more than 140 °F (60 °C). then repeat the procedure.5 V. the readiness code should switch f r o m incomplete to complete. Start the engine. then select the FUNCTION TEST in the EVAP TEST MENU.6 km). Enable Criteria ECT SENSOR 1 at 140 °F (60 °C) or more. go to the next step. Start the engine. During the drive. if DTCs have been cleared. Select EVAP TEST in the INSPECTION MENU w i t h the HDS. After about 3. Enable Criteria • Battery voltage is more than 10. one or more of the enable criteria were probably not met. Procedure 1. Check the readiness codes screen for the AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. the enable criteria was probably not met.6 kPa (14 in.Hg. Select the DATA LIST MENU. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the ALL DATA LIST with the HDS. • Engine at idle. NOTE: • All readiness codes are cleared w h e n the battery is disconnected. • If the result is not normal. Check for a Pending DTC. • Do not turn the ignition switch to ACC (I) or to LOCK (0) during the procedure. If there is no DTC. Procedure • Vehicle speed 0 m p h (0 km/h). or if the PCM is reset with the HDS. If there is no DTC. 4. • ECT SENSOR 1 and SENSOR 2 between 176 °F (80 °C) and 212 °F (100 °C). (cont'd) 11-79 . 3. 1. • If the result is normal. Check for a Pending DTC. Connect the HDS to the DLC. • MAP sensor less than 46. • If the screen shows not complete. 3. 2.5 miles (5. 4.

2. 11-80 NOTE: • All readiness codes are cleared w h e n the battery is disconnected. go to step 3 and do the procedure again. • If it is not passed. 3. The readiness code should switch f r o m incomplete to complete. and the misfire counter holds at its current value. Misfire Monitor and Readiness Code • This readiness code is always set to available because misfiring is continuously monitored. 4. at 50—62 m p h (80—100 km/h) or above for more than 10 seconds. if the throttle position changes more than a predetermined value. . Comprehensive Component Monitor and Readiness Code This readiness code is always set to available because the comprehensive component monitor is continuously running whenever the engine is cranking or running. Start the engine. if DTCs have been cleared. Fuel System Monitor and Readiness Code • This readiness code is always set to available because the fuel system is continuously monitored during closed loop operation. • Do not turn the ignition switch to ACC (I) or to LOCK (0) or during the procedure. If the readiness code is still not set to complete. and the misfire counter resets. If there is no DTC. or if the PCM is reset with the HDS. • Monitoring also pauses. Check the OBD status screen for DTC P0401 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. With the transmission in D. EVAP control system. Connect the HDS to the DLC. check for a Pending DTC. Procedure 1. Monitoring resumes w h e n the enable criteria is again being met. repeat the procedure. decelerate f r o m 62 mph (100 km/h) or above by completely releasing the throttle for at least 5 seconds. Start the engine. Drive at a steady speed w i t h the transmission in D. or if the PCM is reset w i t h the HDS. • Monitoring also pauses w h e n any related enable criteria are not being met. and let it idle for 1 minute. 2. Enable Criteria ECT SENSOR 1 at 176 °F (80 °C) or more. readiness is complete. Procedure 1. • Monitoring pauses when the catalytic converter. if the vehicle is driven over a rough road. and A/F sensor monitors are active.Fuel and Emissions Systems How to Set Readiness Codes (cont'd) Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor Heater Monitor Readiness Code EGR Monitor and Readiness Code NOTE: All readiness codes are cleared w h e n the battery is disconnected. • Monitoring pauses. • If it is passed. go to step 3 and retest. or if driving conditions fall outside the range of any related enable criteria. if DTCs have been cleared. If the engine is stopped during this procedure. 5.

page 11-246 CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) S E N S O R Replacement page 11-247 MANIFOLD A B S O L U T E PRESSURE(MAP) SENSOR Replacement. page 11-248 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) Update. page 11-243 (cont'd) 11-81 . page 11-249 Substitution. page 11-247 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) S E N S O R Replacement. page 11-7 Replacement. page 11-250 KNOCKSENSOR Replacement. page 11-243 ENGINE COOLANT T E M P E R A T U R E (ECT) S E N S O R 1 Replacement. page 11-242 ENGINE COOLANT T E M P E R A T U R E (ECT) S E N S O R 2 Replacement.PGM-FI System Component Location Index . PGM-FI S U B R E L A Y (RELAY S O C K E T E) 1 ELECTRICAL LOAD DETECTOR (ELD) Replacement. page 11-242 M A S S AIR FLOW (MAF) S E N S O R / INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR Replacement.

PGM-FI System Component Location Index (cont'd) S E N S O R (BANK 2. S E N S O R 2) Replacement page 11-245 . S E N S O R 1) Replacement page 11 -244 11-82 S E N S O R (SECONDARY H02S) (BANK 2.

P1129. 9. NO-Go to step 13. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0101 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. NO-Go to step 4. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the PCM. troubleshoot those DTCs first. and/or P2229 are stored at the same time as DTC P0101. 3. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. then let it idle. Hold the engine speed at 3. Is it OK? Y E S . Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). FAILED? NO-lf the screen indicates PASSED. Start the engine. • Before you troubleshoot. Check for a loose or damaged air cleaner air duct. then go to step 15. NO-Reconnect or replace the air cleaner air duct. (cont'd) 11-83 . NO-Go to step 13. 2. then recheck for DTC P0101.000 rpm without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n .5 V? Y E S . Check the MAF SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. • If DTC P1128.G o to step 7. 10. Check the MAF SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. 8.G o to step 10. Is it dirty? Does the screen indicate YES-Replace the air cleaner element (see page 11 -373). Y E S . go to step 11 and recheck. 5.000 r p m . If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. the system is OK at this time. NOTE: 6. Check for a dirty air cleaner element. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 11.DTC Troubleshooting DTC P0101: MAF Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Problem 4. Does the reading change? Y E S .2 gm/s or 0. intermittent failure. Check for poor connections or damage to these parts: • PCV hose • Intake air duct • Air cleaner • Purge (PCS) line • Brake booster • Brake booster hose Are the parts OK? Y E S .000 rpm — 3. Is there about 0. then go to step 15.G o to step 3.G o to step 13. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 7. 1. Vary the engine speed between 2. NO-Repair or replace the damaged part(s). Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters: • ENGINE SPEED • VSS • MAP SENSOR • MAF SENSOR 12. then go to step 15.G o to step 2. P2228.

Check the MAF SENSOR in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0101 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. • VSS NO-lntermittent failure. DTC P0102: MAF Sensor Circuit Low Voltage 14. • IGP (YEL/BLK) NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. then go to step 1. 15.1 V or less indicated? • ENGINE SPEED Y E S . 2. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the P C M . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters: 1. Wire side of female terminals Is there battery voltage? Y E S . go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 17. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 19. Is about 0 gm/s. check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the PCM. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). go to step 18. and wait 2 seconds. Does the screen indicate MAF S E N S O R / I A T S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete.G o to step 3. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 18. H • MAP SENSOR • MAF SENSOR 19. Is DTC P0101 3. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PGM-FI main relay 1 and the MAF sensor/IAT sensor. 6. 5. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector. then go to step 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 5 and body ground. Measure the voltage between MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector terminal No. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. then go to step 19. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Replace the MAF sensor/I AT sensor (see page 11-242). 20. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). NO-Go to step 20.G o to step 7. or 0. 11-84 . Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). the system is OK at this time. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Reset the PCM with the HDS. NOTE: Before y o u troubleshoot. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 4.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 13. 7. indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the PCM. 16.

PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) 16.G o to step 9. YES-Go to step 25. 14. NO-Go to step 12. Hold the engine speed at 2. Terminal side of female terminals NO-Replace the original MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see page 11 -242). • 1 |40|41 / l /32133 | 4 4 t / 35136 | 4 6 l / 48|49| Is DTC P0102 indicated? YES-Reinstall the original MAF sensor / IAT sensor. 18. (cont'd) 11-85 . 13. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. then go to step 26. Substitute a known-good MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see page 11-242). 10. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). Measure the resistance between MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector terminal No.000 r p m without load (in P or N). 15. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 9. 3 and body ground. then go to step 19. 3 and PCM connector terminal A20. Check for continuity between MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector terminal No. N O . then go to step 20. Reconnect all connectors. Start the engine. V G + (LT BLU) I 2133 |144 15| 516| 617| 718j 198 203 21110 [ / 24 25 22 26 27 28 29 / 30 31 >< 34 X 37 38 39 J1 11 17. MAF S E N S O R / I A T S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR 12. 11. Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (A20) and the MAF sensor/IAT sensor. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A20) and the MAF sensor/IAT sensor. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. MAF SENSOR/IAT SENSOR 5P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 Wire side of female terminals I V G + (RED/GRN) 5 V G + (RED/GRN) PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) V G + (LT BLU) 3 4 5 6 7 a 10 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 25 ^ 2 6 27 28 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 29 30 1 ^ 40141^X144 j/] 46 jj/j 481491 Wire side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals Is there 190-210 kD? Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 13. then go to step 20.8. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A20 and body g r o u n d .

(YEL) 3 |4 | 5 |6 |7 |8 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 24 22 26 27 28 29 30 3233 34 35|36 37 38 39 1401411^X1^441X146^48149 1 ^ Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? Y E S . NOTE: Before y o u troubleshoot. 22. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the P C M . or 4. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 5. N O . then go to step 15. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249).89 V or more indicated? Y E S . If the PCM was substituted. 4. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated.(BLK/RED) PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) IE V G . 24.G o t o step 8. then recheck. 7. 6. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A9) and the MAF sensor/IAT sensor. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector.G o to step 3. 27. Is DTC P0102 indicated? Y E S . If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Check the MAF SENSOR in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. If the PCM was updated. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). the system is OK at this time. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). troubleshooting is complete. 26.l f the PCM was updated. 1.C h e c k for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the PCM. go to step 1. and wait 2 seconds. Reconnect all connectors. NO-lntermittent failure. 11-86 . Reconnect all connectors. Is about 202 gm/s. 23. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . DTC P0103: MAF Sensor Circuit High Voltage 20. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2 1 . then go to step 1. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Is DTC P0102 indicated? Y E S . • 25. If the PCM was substituted. B 3. • MAF S E N S O R / I A T S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 5 Wire side of female terminals V G . record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Reset the PCM with the HDS. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 4 and PCM connector terminal A9. 2.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 19. NO-Troubleshooting is complete.C h e c k for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the PCM. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). Check for continuity between MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector terminal No.

If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. 9. MAF S E N S O R / I A T S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR 22. 18. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 23. NO-lf the PCM was updated. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). • 11. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). NO-Troubleshooting is complete. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. 16. 20. If the PCM was substituted. • 11-87 . 19. Replace the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see page 11-242). 15. 4 with a j u m p e r wire. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). troubleshooting is complete. then recheck. go to step 1. Is DTC P0103 1 2 3 4 V G + (RED/GRN) indicated? 5 V G . replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. then go to step 1. If the PCM was substituted. 17.8. If the PCM was updated. 13. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. NO-Go to step 13. 3 and No. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Reconnect all connectors. Reconnect PCM connector A (49P). Is DTC P0103 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the PCM. 14. 12. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Is DTC P0103 indicated? YES-Go to step 20. YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the PCM. Connect MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector terminals No.(BLK/RED) J U M P E R WIRE Wire side of female terminals 10. 21.

Y E S . NO-Go to step 7. Check the MAP SENSOR in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. Disconnect the MAP sensor 3P connector.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) DTC P0107: MAP Sensor Circuit Low Voltage 8. 1. MAP S E N S O R 3 P CONNECTOR SG1 (GRN/WHT) VCC1 (YEL/RED) M2H Wire side of female terminals NO-Go to step 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).H 3. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).Hg. Check the MAP SENSOR in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS.23 V or less indicated? 7. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the PCM. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. 11.Hg.G o to step 16.23 V or less Indicated? 1 2 3 VCC1 (YEL/RED) Y E S . 2. 5. 11-88 11 12 22 23 1 29 30 |40|41 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9|10| 13 16 71 19 20 21 24 25 26 28 31 3233 34 35 36 37 38 39 42|XIXl45|4(J^ 1 5 >< >< / i • M VCC1 (YEL/RED) Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (B36) and the MAP sensor. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). NOTE: Before you troubleshoot.0 in. 1. Is about 3 kPa (1. the system is OK at this time. 9. 26 mmHg). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). or 0.G o to step 23. then go to step 18. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). Is there about 5 V? PCM CONNECTOR B ( 4 9 P ) .G o to step 3.G o to step 12. 10. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B36 and MAP sensor 3P connector terminal No. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. 4. Wire side of female terminals NO-lntermittent failure. or 0. Y E S . Measure the voltage between MAP sensor 3P connector terminals No. MAP S E N S O R 3 P CONNECTOR Is about 3 kPa (1.0 In. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. 1 and No. 26 mmHg). I|1|2 Y E S .

substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated.^ Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (B35) and the MAP sensor. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. Is DTC P0107 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the PCM. NO-Go to step 23. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). 18. troubleshooting is complete. 14. If the PCM was substituted. NO-lf the PCM was updated. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. then go to step 1. Reset the PCM with the HDS. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 20. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 2 1 . MAP S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR 22. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ^ 11-89 . 15. 2 and body ground. Check for continuity between MAP sensor 3P connector terminal No. 24. Reconnect all connectors. 16. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Reconnect all connectors. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated.12. 17. 13. Replace the MAP sensor (see page 11 -242). If the PCM was updated. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Is DTC P0107 MAP (GRN/RED) indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the PCM. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). then recheck. 23. 25. 19. If the PCM was substituted. go to step 1. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). then go to step 18. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .

11-90 . 1 and No. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).197 mmHg). NO-lntermittent failure. 1. Connect MAP sensor 3P connector terminals No. MAP S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR YES-Go to step 3. Is about 160 kPa (47. the system is OK at this time. or 4. MAP (GRN/RED) SG1 (GRN/WHT) JUMPER WIRE Wire side of female terminals 6. Is about 160 kPa (47. 2 and No. 3.Hg.Hg. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the P C M . 1.197 mmHg). 2. 4. Disconnect the MAP sensor 3P connector.49 Vor more indicated? 10. or 4. 11.1 in. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Check the MAP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. NO-Go to step 20. NO-Go to step 12. 3 w i t h a jumper wire. Remove the j u m p e r wire f r o m the MAP sensor 3P connector. 7.49 Vor more indicated? YES-Go to step 8. H VCC1 (YEL/RED) SG1 (GRN/WHT) 3. Wire side of female terminals 5. Measure the voltage between MAP sensor 3P connector terminals No.1 in. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). NOTE: Before you t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) DTC P0108: MAP Sensor Circuit High Voltage 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Is there about 5 V? MAP S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR YES-Go to step 16. Check the MAP SENSOR in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. 9.

(cont'd) 11-91 . NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (B35) and the MAP sensor. 2. 18. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. 14. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). then go to step 22. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P).12. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (B34) and the MAP sensor. 17. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B35 and MAP sensor 3P connector terminal No. 13. 3. 15. then go to step 22. YES-Go to step 27. 16. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). MAP S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR MAP S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR 1 1 2 SG1 (GRN/WHT) 3 MAP (GRN/RED) Wire side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) Ji| 2 11 12 I" I / I 3 1 3 14 1 5 1 6 22 23 24 8 17 18 9 >< >< / 25 10 1 9 2 0 21 26 J 1 | 2 • 28 2 9 3 0 31 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 | 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 M 41 42 \/\A 6\X M 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 22 23 24 1101 25 >< / 26 28 • • 2 9 3 0 31 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 |40|41 4 2 | / | / | 4 MAP (GRN/RED) SG1 (GRN/WHT) Terminal side of female terminals 9 11 12 1 3 14 1 5 1 6 1 7 18 1 9 2 0 21 Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 27. 19. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B34 and MAP sensor 3P connector terminal No.

10. 7. Do not apply the heat longer than a f e w seconds or you will damage the sensor. blow hot air on the MAF sensor/IAT sensor for a few seconds. Does the IAT SENSOR change 58 °F (32 °C) or more? Y E S . 28. Compare the value of the IAT SENSOR to the ambient temperature. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. 25.G o to step 2. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the P C M . If the PCM was substituted. 2. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Connect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor to its 5P connector. If the PCM was updated. the system is OK at this time. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Reset the PCM with the HDS.4 °F (3 °C) or more from the ambient temperature? Y E S . go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 24. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • 27. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and ECT sensor 1 and 2. Note the ambient temperature. Check the IAT SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. DTC P0111: IAT Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Problem NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). A l l o w the MAF sensor/IAT sensor to cool to the ambient temperature. Quickly note the value of the IAT SENSOR in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. 3. troubleshooting is complete. 29. then go to step 15. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. B NO-Go to step 13. then recheck.G o to step 13. • 5. NO-Repair the connections or terminals. Reconnect all connectors. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). but do not install it. 8. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250).l n t e r m i t t e n t failure. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor f r o m the 5P connector. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 1. g o t o step 1. but do not install it. Are the connections and terminals OK? Y E S . Is DTC P0108 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the PCM. 11-92 . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 9. 11. 26.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 20. If the PCM was substituted. Does the value of the IAT SENSOR differ 5. 6. Using a heat g u n . substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Reconnect all connectors. then go to step 1. 4. Remove the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see page 11-242). Replace the MAP sensor (see page 11 -242). NO-lf the PCM was updated. 23. Connect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor to its 5P connector. 12. 2 1 . Is DTC P0108 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the PCM. 22. NO-Go to step 9.

18. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. then go to step 1. or 0.13.08 V or less indicated? YES-Go to step 3. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the P C M . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 9. Is DTC P0111 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the PCM. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NO-Go to step 11. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). • Is about 356 °F (180 °C) or more. 7. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. 2. DTC P0112: IAT Sensor Circuit Low Voltage 14. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 16. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. 1.08 V or less indicated? YES-Go to step 7. NO-lntermittent failure. (cont'd) 11-93 . 15. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). H 3. 8. or 0. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector. the system is OK at this time. Replace the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see page 11-242). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 4. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 17. 5. 6. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). Check the IAT SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 356 °F (180 °C) or more. Check the IAT SENSOR in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS.

16. 19. Reconnect all connectors. MAF S E N S O R / I A T S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR 18. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 10. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. • 11-94 Is DTC P0112 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was substituted. • . 17. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). 20. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. 15. 2 and body ground. 14. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . NO-Troubleshooting is complete. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Replace the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see page 11-242). 11. go to step 1. Check for continuity between MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector terminal No. |l|2|t|4J5| IAT (RED/YEL) Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the PCM (C24). Is DTC P0112 Indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was substituted. then recheck. troubleshooting is complete. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). NO-Go to step 18. then go to step 1. Reconnect all connectors. NO-lf the PCM was updated. If the PCM was updated. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. then go to step 13. 12. 13. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249).

(cont'd) 11-95 . NO-Go to step 20. or 4. 2 and body ground. NO-lntermittent failure. MAF S E N S O R / I A T S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR 1 2 S G 2 (GRN/YEL) 3 4 IAT (RED/YEL) 5 IAT (RED/YEL) Wire side of female terminals J U M P E R WIRE Is there about 5 V? YES-Go to step 12. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the P C M . 1 and No. 2 w i t h a j u m p e r wire.92 V or more indicated? YES-Go to step 8. or 4. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Measure the voltage between MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector terminal No. NOTE: Before you t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Check the IAT SENSOR in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. 1. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector. Remove the j u m p e r wire f r o m the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).DTC P0113: IAT Sensor Circuit High Voltage 6. 2. Is about -40 indicated? °F(—40 °C) or less.G o to step 16.92 V or more Is about —40 °F (—40 °C) or less. H 10. Check the IAT SENSOR in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. Connect MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector terminals No. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 3. 7. the system is OK at this time. 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 4. MAF S E N S O R / I A T S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR 5. Wire side of female terminals N O . YES-Go to step 3. 8. 11.

then go to step 22. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (C24) and the MAF sensor/IAT sensor. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. 2. 17. MAF S E N S O R / I A T S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR MAF S E N S O R / I A T S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 5 IAT (RED/YEL) S G 2 (GRN/YEL) Wire side of female terminals I Wire side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) S G 2 (GRN/YEL) PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) IAT (RED/YEL) ll ll— . 16.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 12. 1. then go to step 22. 18. 11-96 . 14. 15.1 1 I 23 I 4 | 51 6 | 7 | 39 | 1 0 | 11 12 16 17 18 19 20 21 • | 24 25 26 27 28 22 1 30 3233 34 3 5 L > 37 38 39 1 |40|41 4 2 | 4 3 | 4 4 l / | 4 6 | 4 7 48|49| U J / / / ~ —c / Terminal side of female terminals 1| » | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | S 9|10| J1|2 1 15 11 12 / 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 1 1 32|33 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 39 30 |40|41 421431441^| 46147 48|49| /I / >< Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 27. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C24 and MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector terminal No. 19. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). YES-Go to step 27. NO-Repair open in the w i r e between the PCM (C16) and the MAF sensor/IAT sensor. Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). 13. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C16 and MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector terminal No.

• Is about 176 °F (80 °C) or more. troubleshooting is complete. or 0. the system is OK at this time. Did ECT SENSOR 1 change 18 °F (10 °C) or more from the value in step 6? Y E S . If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. 28. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Hold the engine speed at 3. 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 26. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).l n t e r m i t t e n t failure. 5. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Y E S . 2 1 . If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. go to step 1.78 V or less indicated? Y E S . 8. If the PCM was updated. then recheck. (cont'd) 11-97 . Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1 and the P C M . If the PCM was substituted. 10. 27. If the PCM was substituted. DTC P0116: ECT Sensor 1 Circuit Range/Performance Problem NOTE: Before you t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot.000 rpm without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on.C h e c k for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the PCM. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1 and the P C M . Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. Replace the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see page 11-242). Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). NO-lf the PCM was updated. • 6. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). and let the engine cool for 3 hours. 3. NO-Go to step 3. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 9. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). 29. Quickly note the value of ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. the system is OK at this time.l n t e r m i t t e n t failure. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). then let it idle. 7. Open the hood. 2. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. Start the engine. 24. then go to step 1. 25.20. Quickly note the value of ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). H NO-Go to step 11. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is DTC P0113 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the PCM.G o to step 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 4. B indicated? NO-Go to step 1 1 . replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Is DTC P0113 Does ECT SENSOR 1 change 18 °F (10 °C) or more? Y E S . Reconnect all connectors. 22. 23. Reconnect all connectors. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11 -7). Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS.

14. NO-lntermittent failure. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 16. Turn the ignition switch t o LOCK (0). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. • Is about 356 °F (180 °C) or more. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 13. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).08 V or less indicated? Y E S . Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1 and the P C M . NOTE: Before y o u troubleshoot. Is about 356 °F (180 °C) or more. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. NO-Go to step 11. 4. then go to step 1. Disconnect the ECT sensor 1 2P connector. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS.G o to step 7. 7. 6. 11-98 . Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). B 3. Replace ECT sensor 1 (see page 11-243).PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 11. 15. or 0. Is DTC P0116 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1 and the PCM. the system is OK at this time. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. or 0. L T u r n the ignition switch to ON (II). 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). DTC P0117: ECT Sensor 1 Circuit Low Voltage 12. 5. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).08 V or less indicated? Y E S . record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot.G o to step 3.

ECT S E N S O R 1 2P CONNECTOR 18. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. 11.10. 19. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). If the PCM was substituted. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. If the PCM was updated. replace the original PCM (see page 11 -250). go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 15. Is DTC P0117 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1 and the PCM. 14. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. 17. 16. Reconnect all connectors. then go to step 13. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. NO-Go to step 18. Reconnect all connectors. troubleshooting is complete. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Replace ECT sensor 1 (see page 11-243). NO-lf the PCM was updated. If the PCM was substituted. 20. then go to step 1. • Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between ECT sensor 1 and the PCM (C32). NO-Troubleshooting is complete. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . go to step 1. • 11-99 . Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Check for continuity between ECT sensor 1 2P connector terminal No. then recheck. 1 and body ground. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 12. 13. 1 2 ECT1 (RED/WHT) Wire side of female terminals Is DTC P0117 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1 and the PCM. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).

10. 1 ECT1 (RED/WHT) E C T S E N S O R 1 2P CONNECTOR Wire side of female terminals ECT1 (RED/WHT) S G 2 (GRN/YEL) JUMPER WIRE Is there about 5 V? YES-Go to step 12. YES-Go to step 8. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Is about -40 Indicated? °F(-40 °C) or less. 2 w i t h a jumper wire. NO-Go to step 20. Measure the voltage between ECT sensor 1 2P connector terminal No.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) DTC P0118: ECT Sensor 1 Circuit High Voltage 6. Disconnect the ECT sensor 1 2P connector. 2. Is about —40 °F (—40 °C) or less. Remove the j u m p e r wire. 9.92 V or more indicated? 1. 7. Wire side of female terminals 11-100 NO-Go to step 16. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1 and the P C M . B 11.92 V or more 8. E C T S E N S O R 1 2P CONNECTOR 5. NO-lntermittent failure. 1 and body g r o u n d . Turn the ignition switch t o LOCK (0). Connect ECT sensor 1 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. 4. YES-Go to step 3. NOTE: Before you t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). the system is OK at this time. 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). . or 4. or 4. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

19. 15. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C16 and ECT sensor 1 2P connector terminal No. YES-Go to step 27. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (C32) and ECT sensor 1. 16. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (C16) and ECT sensor 1. 13. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 17. 18. then go to step 22. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. 14. then go to step 22. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. 2. ECT SENSOR 1 2P CONNECTOR ECT SENSOR 1 2P CONNECTOR 1 1 Wire side of female terminals J S G 2 (GRN/YEL) I ECT1 (RED/WHT) Wire side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) ECT1 (RED/WHT) Terminal side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 27. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C32 and ECT sensor 1 2P connector terminal No. (cont'd) 11-101 . Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). 1.12.

If the PCM was substituted. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). replace ECT sensor 1 (see page 11-243). 8. ECT sensor 2. NO-Go to step 3. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. A l l o w the engine to cool to 104 °F (40 °C) or less. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Reconnect all connectors. If the PCM was updated. 7. ECT sensor 2. If the connections and terminals are OK. B 6. replace ECT sensor 1 (see page 11-243). Is the thermostat OK? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). • NO-lntermittent failure. then recheck. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). and the P C M . 24. If the PCM was substituted. go to step 1. Replace ECT sensor 1 (see page 11 -243). Check the thermostat (see page 10-4). Reconnect all connectors. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). and the PCM. If the connections and terminals are OK. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). 4. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. troubleshooting is complete. then go to step 1. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Is DTC P0118 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1 and the PCM. 28. and the PCM. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. 2. ECT sensor 2. 25. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 20. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). then go to step 7. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). DTC P0125: ECT Sensor 1 Malfunction/Slow Response NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. 26. Does ECT SENSOR 2 also read about 158 °F (70 °C)? 29. and let it idle for 5 minutes or more. and let it idle until ECT SENSOR 1 reads about 158 °F (70 °C). 2 1 . Is DTC P0118 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1 and the PCM. the system is OK at this time. 3. YES-Go to step 6. then go to step 7. NO-lf the PCM was updated. 22. 1. NO-Replace the thermostat (see page 10-10).^ Is about 0°F(-18 °C) or less indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1. 11-102 . 5. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. 23. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1. 27. Reset the PCM with the HDS. Start the engine. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . then go to step 7. Start the engine. .

the system is OK at this time. then go to step 12. 6. 10. 11. NO-lntermittent failure. Compare the recorded value of ECT SENSOR 2 and the present value of ECT SENSOR 2. If the circuit and the relay are OK. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NO-Troubleshooting is c o m p l e t e . Check the FAN CTRL in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. and let it idle until ECT SENSOR 1 reads about 158 °F (70 °C). Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. L T u r n the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Check ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. NO-Wait until the FAN CTRL is off. 10. H (cont'd) 11-103 . Check the radiator fan operation.9. and let it idle. 5. Does ECT SENSOR 2 also show about 158 °F (70 °C)? DTC P0128: Cooling System Malfunction NOTE: Before y o u troubleshoot. 8. Did the temperature rise 46 °F (8 °C) or more? YES-Test the thermostat (see page 10-4). then go to step 5. 4. A l l o w the engine to cool to 104 °F (40 °C) or less. 9. 7. • 3. Start the engine. 11. Does the radiator fan keep running? YES-Check the radiator fan high speed circuit (see page 10-19) and the radiator fan relay (see page 22-96). YES-Go to step 1 and recheck. go to step 19. Make sure the blower switch is off. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1. Start the engine. and the P C M . Let the engine idle until ECT SENSOR 1 goes up 68 °F (20 °C) or more f r o m the recorded temperature. ECT sensor 2. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. NO-Go to step 6. Is it OFF? YES-Go to step 5. Quickly note the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. Let the engine cool until the coolant temperature is 104°F (40 °C) or less.

16.C h e c k the cooling system. Let the engine cool until the coolant temperature is between 21 °F ( . Test-drive at a steady speed between 15—75 m p h (24—120 km/h) for 10 minutes. and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. then let it idle. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .^ NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 17. then go to step 19. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0128 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. go to step 1. Indicated? 23. go to step 1. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. 2 1 . substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS.6 °C) and 104 °F (40 °C). If the PCM was updated. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 23. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). 13. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). If the PCM was substituted.^ NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 24.000 r p m without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on. then go to step 20. 18.l f the PCM was updated. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0128 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 12. 11-104 . 14. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. troubleshooting is complete. 17. 20. If the PCM was substituted. If the PCM was updated. Hold the engine speed at 3. YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1. ECT sensor 2.6 °C) and 104 °F (40 °C). Is DTC P0128 indicated? NO-Go to step 18. Start the engine. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Reset the PCM with the HDS. If the PCM was substituted. check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1. then go to step 19. go to step 14. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). NO-Go to step 24. Let the engine cool until the coolant temperature is between 21 °F ( . ECT sensor 2. and the PCM. check the cooling system. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Does the screen indicate PASSED? Y E S . 15. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Is DTC P0128 19. Y E S . 22. Test-drive at a steady speed between 15—75 m p h (24—120 km/h) for 10 minutes. then go to step 20. go to step 20.

350rpm • Drive the vehicle at 25 m p h (40 km/h) or less for 5 minutes. then go to step 1. then let it idle. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. go to step 11. then go to step 1. • Engine speed between 1. then drive at a steady speed of 33 m p h (52 km/h) or more 5. • Drive the vehicle at 25 m p h (40 km/h) or less for 5 minutes. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. then let it idle.350rpm 13. 9.000 r p m w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on. NO-lf the screen indicates PASSED. Is DTC P0133 andlor P0153 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM.250—2.DTC P0133: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1. the system is OK at this time. keep driving until a result comes on. then drive at a steady speed of 33 m p h (52 km/h) or more 2. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION.l f the screen indicates FAILED. 11-105 . Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES-Go to step 6. • Transmission in D 1. Start the engine.250—2. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. Start the engine. Sensor 1) Malfunction/Slow Response NOTE: 6. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Replace A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see page 11 -244). • Before you t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). keep driving until a result comes on. 4. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. 8. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. 10. Test-drive under these conditions: • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158 °F (70 °C) • Information marked w i t h an asterisk (*) applies to the front bank (Bank 2). intermittent failure. If the screen indicates EXECUTING. Hold the engine speed at 3. 14. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 12. 3. N O . Test-drive under these conditions: • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158 °F(70 °C) • Transmission in D • Engine speed between 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Hold the engine speed at 3.G o to step 14.000 rpm w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Sensor 1) Malfunction/Slow Response DTC P0153: Front A/F Sensor (Bank 2. 11. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0133 and/or P0153* in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 13. go to step 3 and recheck. 7. • If DTC P0139 and/or P0159* is stored at the same time as DTC P0133 and/or P0153\ troubleshoot DTC P0139 and/or P0159* f i r s t then recheck for DTC P0133 and/or P0153*. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0133 and/or P0153* in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. If the screen indicates EXECUTING. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ^ N O .

Start the engine. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (B13 (B14)*) and A/F sensor (Sensor 1). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). and let it idle w i t h o u t load (in P or N) for at least 1 minute. 11-106 . and let it idle w i t h o u t load (in P or N) for at least 1 minute. and the PCM. 11. NOTE: 9. 10. Reconnect PCM connector B (49P). the PGM-FI subrelay. N O . Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot.l n t e r m i t t e n t failure. 4 and PCM connector terminal B13(B14r.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) DTC P0134: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1. 6. Sensor 1) Heater System Malfunction 7.I Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 10. Is DTC P0134 and/or P01541ndicated? YES-Go to step 5. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). • If DTC P2251 and/or P2254* is stored at the same time as DTC P0134 and/or P0154*. Start the engine. 1 2 4 5 6 VSB1 (BLU) I j I I 4 5 6 7 89 12 13 14|15 16 17 18 19 20 25 26 22 23 29 30 32|33 34 35|36 37 38 40141 hol 21 28 39 VSB2 (RED/BLU)* 4. troubleshoot DTC P2251 and/or P2254* first. then go to step 14. Disconnect the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connector. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 3. Sensor 1) Heater System Malfunction 5. the system is OK at this time. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). A / F S E N S O R (SENSOR 1) 6P CONNECTOR VSB1 (BLU) • Information marked w i t h an asterisk (*) applies to the front bank (Bank 2). 8. 2. then recheck for P0134 and/or P0154*. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. / V S B 2 (RED/BLU)* Wire side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) 1. Check for continuity between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connector terminal No. • Before you troubleshoot. DTC P0154: Front A/F Sensor (Bank 2.

Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). If the PCM was updated. If the PCM was substituted. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. and the PCM. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 24. 19. 16. If the PCM was substituted. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . the PGM-FI subrelay. 21. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). N O . the PGM-FI subrelay. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0134 and/or P0154* in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. go to step 1. 23. Measure the voltage between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connector terminal No. If the PCM was substituted.12. 11-107 . the PGM-FI subrelay. 13. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 18. then go to step 23. YES-Go to step 20. 18. check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1). substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). troubleshooting is complete. then go to step 1. check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 17. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7).2 V or less? Is DTC P0134 and/or P01541ndicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1). If the PCM was updated. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7).G o to step 13. Start the engine. VSB1 (BLU) VSB2 (RED/BLU)* Wire side of female terminals Is there about 0. 22. • 15. Reconnect all connectors. Reset the PCM with the HDS. and the PCM. and let it idle w i t h o u t load (in P or N) for at least 1 minute. 4 and body ground. go to step 1. Replace A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see page 11-244). then go to step 1. the PGM-FI subrelay. 24. 25. and the PCM. Is DTC P0134 and/or P0154' indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1). then go to step 23. PASSED? NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. A / F S E N S O R (SENSOR 1) 6P CONNECTOR 20. and the PCM. go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Does the screen indicate 14. keep idling until a result comes on. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0134 and/or P0154* in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. N O .G o to step 25. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. YES-lf the PCM was updated. keep idling until a result comes o n . Reconnect all connectors. NO-Go to step 19.

the system is OK at this time.I NO-Replace the PGM-FI subrelay. Check the No. 1 and No. 6.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) DTC P0135: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1. Remove the PGM-FI subrelay (E) f r o m the under-hood fuse/relay box. 11-108 temperature? . Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). At the sensor side. 1. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1). Sensor 1) Heater Circuit Malfunction E NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot. Disconnect the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connector. YES-Go to step 9. 2. measure the resistance between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connector terminals No.0 Q at room YES-Go to step 11. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). I NO-Go to step 20. and the PCM. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 10. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Sensor 1) Heater Circuit Malfunction 7. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). NO-Go to step 25. A / F S E N S O R (SENSOR 1) 6P CONNECTOR Is the fuse OK? YES-Go to step 7. Test the PGM-FI subrelay (see page 22-96). 3. 5. 4. 9. then go to step 26. NO-lntermittent failure. Is DTC P0135 and/or P01551ndicated? 8. Start the engine. • Information marked with an asterisk (*) applies to the front bank (Bank 2). / 1 2 4 5 6 Terminal side of male terminals Is there 2. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. DTC P0155: Front A/F Sensor (Bank 2. Is the relay OK? YES-Go to step 5. the PGM-FI subrelay.5—4. 11 SUB (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box.

16. check for continuity between each terminal of at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connector and body ground. N O . (cont'd) 11-109 . 14. Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 17. Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). N O . 15. 1 and each of the other terminals in the connector individually. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (C6 (C8)*) and A/F sensor (Sensor 1). PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) A / F S E N S O R (SENSOR 1) 6P CONNECTOR 12 3 | 4 | 5 | 5 | 7 | 8 11 12 / I 1 5 16 17 18 19 24 25 26 22 • 30 32|33 34 3 5 / 37 |40|41 4 2 | 4 3 | 4 4 | / | 4 6 | 4 7 _ h 1 2 4 5 / / 6 >< 9|10| 1 20 21 27 28 38 39 48|49| AFSHTCB2 (GRN/WHT)* AFSHTCB1 (BLK/WHT) Terminal side of female terminals Terminal side of male terminals Is there continuity? Is there continuity to ground at any of the terminals? YES-Go to step 25.G o to step 16.11. At the sensor side. check for continuity between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connector terminal No. 2 and PCM connector terminal C6 (C8)\ A / F S E N S O R (SENSOR 1) 6P CONNECTOR AFSHTCB1 (BLK/WHT) 1 2 4 5 AFSHTCB2 (GRN/WHT)* / 6 Wire side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) AFSHTCB1 (BLK/WHT) Terminal side of male terminals Is there continuity? 1 2 I 3 |4 |5 |6 |7 8 13 14 15 16 17|18 19 25 24 26 37 29 30 3233 34 40141 44 \ / \ 46 y \ AFSHTCB2 (GRN/WHT)* 9|101 20 21 27 28 38jZL lJ 481491 Terminal side of female terminals YES-Go to step 25. Check for continuity between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connector terminal No. 13. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. A / F S E N S O R (SENSOR 1) 6P CONNECTOR YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (C6 (C8)*) and A/F sensor (Sensor 1). Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C6 (C8)* and body ground. then go to step 26. NO-Go to step 12. then go to step 26.G o to step 13. At the sensor side. 12.

then go to step 26. n A J 1 | 2 j 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 I 9 J10| • |11I/13|14|15|16|17|18|19 20|21| ' 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 30j 31J32133j34135136137I38 39 401 44 L / 1 4 6 ^ 48149 YES-Go to step 18. i r ~ " . 11-110 . 1 and PGM-FI subrelay 4P connector terminal No. 19. Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 32. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). 2. A / F S E N S O R (SENSOR 1) 6P CONNECTOR 18. Check for continuity between PGM-FI subrelay 4P connector terminal No.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 17. S U B R L Y (PNK) NO-Repair open in the wire between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PGM-FI subrelay. 3 and PCM connector terminal A40. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PGM-FI subrelay and the PCM (A40). Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? n . + B (WHT/BLK) PGM-FI S U B R E L A Y 4P CONNECTOR 1 mi SUBRLY Wire side of female terminals 3EF PGM-FI S U B R E L A Y 4P CONNECTOR +B Terminal side of female terminals PGM CONNECTOR A (49P) 1 . then go to step 26. Check for continuity between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connector terminal No.

check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1). NO-Checkthe under-hood fuse/relay box. 11 SUB (15 A) fuse. 27. + B (WHT/BLK) 1 2 4 5 / 6 Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PGM-FI subrelay and A/F sensor (Sensor 1). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Reconnect all connectors. the PGM-FI subrelay. Disconnect the front and rear A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connectors. then go to step 1. Replace A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see page 11-244). and the PCM. 29. and replace it if needed (see page 22-89). and the PCM. 2 1 . then go to step 26. Also replace the No. (cont'd) 11-111 . 30. 22. Check for continuity between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connector terminal No. Disconnect the front and rear secondary H02S (Sensor 2) 4P connectors. then go to step 1. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . NO-Go to step 3 1 . Disconnect the EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P connector. 26. 23. A / F S E N S O R (SENSOR 1) 6P CONNECTOR 31. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 30. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0135 and/or P0155* in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. E 28. the PGM-FI subrelay. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. then go to step 26. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. 24. keep idling until a result comes o n . Remove the PGM-FI subrelay (E) f r o m the under-hood fuse/relay box. 1 and body ground. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS.20. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. 25. Is DTC P0135 and/or P0155* indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1). Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete.

Sensor 2) Circuit Low Voltage NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot. then go to step 34. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). go to step 1.05 V or less? Y E S . 10. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS.G o to step 5. go to the indicated DTC'stroubleshooting. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. go to step 1. NO-lntermittent failure.H NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. 3. DTC P0137: Rear Secondary H02S (Bank 1. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). If the PCM was substituted. and let it idle. 1. and the PCM. 36. NO-Go to step 13. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). and the PCM. 11. B 5. • Information marked with an asterisk O applies to the front bank (Bank 2). Does the voltage stay at 0. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot.000 r p m without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 32.l f the PCM was updated. 11-112 . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Does the screen indicate PASSED? Y E S . If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 35. 4. Hold the engine speed at 3. Reconnect all connectors. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 7. Is DTC P0135 and/or P0155 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1). then go to step 34. Does the voltage stay at 0. 35. If the PCM was substituted. Disconnect the secondary H02S (Sensor 2) 4P connector. the PGM-FI subrelay. Turn the ignition switch t o ON (II). Sensor 2) Circuit Low Voltage DTC P0157: Front Secondary H02S (Bank 2. the system is OK at this time. 33. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Start the engine. then let it idle. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0135 and/or P0155* in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). the PGM-FI subrelay. 8. If the PCM was updated. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. If the PCM was substituted. NO-Go to step 36. Check H02S S2 in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). troubleshooting is complete.G o to step 9. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Check H02S S2 in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. Start the engine. check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1). 6. 9. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Check for poor connections or loose terminals at secondary H02S (Sensor 2) and the P C M . 34. keep idling until a result comes on. If the PCM was updated. 2.05 V or less? Y E S .

Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0137 and/or P0157* in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. 15. 20. 1 and body ground.12. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED.500—3.G o to step 23. then go to step 1. 22. 16. S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S (SENSOR 2) 4P CONNECTOR S H 0 2 S B 1 (GRN) S H 0 2 S B 2 (WHT) 19. Check for continuity between secondary H02S {Sensor 2) 4P connector terminal No. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326).000 rpm 3 4 • Drive 1 minute or more 2 1 . Is DTC P0137 and/or W i r e side of female terminals P01571ndicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at secondary H02S (Sensor 2) and the PCM. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. Replace secondary H02S (Sensor 2) (see page 11-245). then go to step 15. 18. 17. Test-drive under these conditions: • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158 °F (70 °C) • Transmission in D 1 2 • Engine speed between 1. then go to step 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 14. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Start the engine. Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (B25 (B16)1 and secondary H02S (Sensor 2). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 2 1 . If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. go to step 19. check for poor connections or loose terminals at secondary H02S (Sensor 2) and the PCM. N O . Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. If the screen indicates EXECUTING. Reconnect all connectors. 13. NO-Go to step 22. keep driving until a result comes on. (cont'd) 11-113 . and let it idle w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on.

• NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at secondary H02S (Sensor 2) and the P C M . Start the engine. • Drive 1 minute or more Is DTC P0137 and/or DTC P0138: Rear Secondary H02S (Bank 1. Hold the engine speed at 3. 25. If the PCM was substituted. troubleshooting is complete. 3.000 rpm without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . 2 w i t h a j u m p e r wire. Test-drive under these conditions: • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158 °F (70 °C) • Transmission in D • Engine speed between 1. Reconnect all connectors. If the PCM was substituted. Sensor 2) Circuit High Voltage 1.27 V or more? YES-Go to step 5. If the screen indicates EXECUTING.500—3. then let it idle.000 r p m 27. and let it idle w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on. If the PCM was updated. check for poor connections or loose terminals at secondary H02S (Sensor 2) and the PCM. then go to step 25. NO-lntermittent failure. go to step 1. NO-Go to step 28. go to step 1. go to step 25. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). H 5. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 24. P01571ndicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at secondary H02S (Sensor 2) and the PCM. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 26. then go to step 25. 28. Disconnect the secondary H02S (Sensor 2) 4P connector. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. 4. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. 1 and No. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). If the PCM was substituted. 2. If the PCM was updated. Start the engine. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 27. Does the voltage stay at 1. keep driving until a result comes on.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 23. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). the system is OK at this time. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 6. Sensor 2) Circuit High Voltage PASSED? YES-lf the PCM was updated. NOTE: • Before y o u troubleshoot. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Connect secondary H02S (Sensor 2) 4P connector terminals No. 7. Check H02S S2 in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. SECONDARY H 0 2 S (SENSOR 2) 4P CONNECTOR S H 0 2 S B 1 (GRN) S H 0 2 S B 2 (WHT)* 1 2 3 4 S G 2 (GRN/YEL) JUMPER WIRE Wire side of female terminals 11-114 . • Information marked w i t h an asterisk O applies to the front bank (Bank 2). Does the screen indicate DTC P0158: Front Secondary H02S (Bank 2. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0137 and/or P0157* in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot.

Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). 16. Connect secondary H02S (Sensor 2) 4P connector terminal No. 18. 20. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).8. then go to step 2 1 . J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) S H 0 2 S B 2 (WHT)* 1 2 11 12 22 23 29 30 40 41 n 3 4 I 5I6 I7 I 8 13 14|15 16 17|18 19 24 25 26 31 32 33 3< 35|36 37 42 *5|46|/ S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S (SENSOR 2) 4P CONNECTOR S H 0 2 S B 1 (GRN) S H 0 2 S B 2 (WHT)* 1 2 3 4 J U M P E R WIRE >< A/\ 9 10 20 21 i 28 38 39 /|49| >^ / S H 0 2 S B 1 (GRN) Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 29. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). (cont'd) 11-115 . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 15. 12. Replace secondary H02S (Sensor 2) (see page 11-245). Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. Does the voltage stay at 1. 11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (B25 (B16)*) and secondary H02S (Sensor 2). NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (C16) and secondary H02S (Sensor 2). 14.27 V or more? YES-Go to step 15. 23.27 V or more? 17. Check H02S S2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Does the voltage stay at 1. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B25 (B16)* and body ground. 1 to body ground with a jumper wire. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). then go to step 2 1 . 22. 9. 19. Remove the j u m p e r wire f r o m the secondary H02S (Sensor 2) 4P connector. 21. Wire side of female terminals 13. NO-Go to step 19. 24. Check H02S S2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). YES-Go to step 10. 10. Reconnect all connectors.

go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ^ NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). 28. If the PCM was updated. go to step 25. go to step 1. P01581ndicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at secondary H02S (Sensor 2) and the PCM. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 33. If the PCM was updated. Is DTC P0138 and/or NO-Go to step 28. then go to step 1. Test-drive under these conditions: • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158°F(70°C) • Transmission in D • Engine speed between 1. 3 1 . Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. then go to step 1. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 27. If the PCM was substituted. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 32. check for poor connections or loose terminals at secondary H02S (Sensor 2) and the PCM. If the screen indicates EXECUTING. 34. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0138 and/or P0158* in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS.500—3. 30. go to step 1. 26.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 25. then go to step 3 1 .000 rpm • Drive 1 minute or more 27. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. Start the engine. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11 -7). g o t o s t e p 3 1 . Does the screen indicate • Drive 1 minute or more PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. Reconnect all connectors. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-lf the PCM was updated. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If the screen indicates EXECUTING. 11-116 . or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7).000 rpm YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at secondary H02S (Sensor 2) and the PCM. and let it idle without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on. keep driving until a result comes on. check for poor connections or loose terminals at secondary H02S (Sensor 2) and the PCM. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. then go to step 3 1 . If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. If the PCM was substituted. keep driving until a result comes on. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Start the engine. NO-Go to step 34. If the PCM was substituted. 33. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). troubleshooting is complete. Is DTC P0138 and/or P0158 indicated? 29.500—3. and let it idle w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on. Test-drive under these conditions: • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158 °F (70 °C) • Transmission in D • Engine speed between 1. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0138 and/or P0158* in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.

11-117 . 12. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES-Go to step 6. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. 7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0139 and/or P0159* in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. 10. go to step 11. keep driving until a result comes on. 9. and let it idle w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Hold the engine speed at 3. If the screen indicates EXECUTING. then go to step 1. then let it idle. keep driving until a result comes on. 11.000rpm w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. NO-Go to step 14. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0139 and/or P0159* in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 5. then decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) for 10 seconds. then decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) for 10 seconds. Start the engine. intermittent failure. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 13. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158°F (70 °C) 2. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. Start the engine. NO-lf the screen indicates PASSED. If the screen indicates EXECUTING. 13. go to step 3 and recheck. Sensor 2) Slow Response DTC P0159: Front Secondary H02S (Bank 2. Is DTC P0139 and/or P0159* indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at secondary H02S (Sensor 2) and the PCM. Test-drive under these conditions: 1.DTC P0139: Rear Secondary H02S (Bank 1. Replace secondary H02S (Sensor 2) (see page 11-245). Test-drive under these conditions: • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158 °F(70 °C) • Transmission in D • Drive at a steady speed between 55—75 m p h (88— 120 km/h) for 1 minute. • Transmission in D 3. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . then go to step 1. 8. Sensor 2) Slow Response 6. 14. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. the system is OK at this time. • Drive at a steady speed between 55—75 mph (88— 120 km/h) for 1 minute. • Information marked with an asterisk (*) applies to the front bank (Bank 2). check for poor connections or loose terminals at secondary H02S (Sensor 2) and the PCM. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. 4. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at secondary H02S (Sensor 2) and the PCM.

11 SUB (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box. 11-118 9. Disconnect the secondary H 0 2 S (Sensor 2) 4P connector. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. Is the fuse OK? YES-Go to step 7. the system is OK at this time. the PGM-FI subrelay. Is DTC P0141 and/or P016V indicated? 8.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) DTC P0141: Rear Secondary H02S (Bank 1. 6. Remove the PGM-FI subrelay (E) f r o m the under-hood fuse/relay box. 3. then go to step 25. Check the No. NO-Go to step 19. I NO-Replace the PGM-FI subrelay. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NO-lntermittent failure. Sensor 2) Heater Circuit Malfunction E NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot. . and the P C M . YES-Go to step 9. Is the relay OK? YES-Go to step 5. DTC P0161: Front Secondary H02S (Bank 2. 2. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Test the PGM-FI subrelay (see page 22-96). Check for poor connections or loose terminals at secondary H02S (Sensor 2). 5. Start the engine. Sensor 2) Heater Circuit Malfunction 7. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). • Information marked with an asterisk (*) applies to the front bank (Bank 2). 1. 4.

4 individually. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. At the sensor side. Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). 3 and No. 14. SECONDARY H 0 2 S (SENSOR 2) 4P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 Terminal side of male terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 24. PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) 1 2 3 4 i —i 4 | e •—<?— 9 | -101 6 | 19 7 20821 • 16 17|18 24 22 25 26 27 28 30 3233 34 3 5 L / 37 38 39 1 48|49| |40|41 3 11 12 & l 1 j / >< 42143144 Lx^i 46147 Terminal side of male terminals Is there 5. 11. NO-Go to step 15.4 — 7.3 O at room temperature? YES-Go to step 1 1 . S02SHTCB1 (BLK/WHT) S02SHTCB2 (GRN/RED)* Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? NO-Go to step 24. then go to step 25. check for continuity between body ground and secondary H02S (Sensor 2) 4P connector terminals No. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C5 (C7)* and body g r o u n d . 13.10. (cont'd) 11-119 . SECONDARY H 0 2 S (SENSOR 2) 4P CONNECTOR 12. At the sensor side. 3 and No. NO-Go to step 12. YES-Repair short in the w i r e between the PCM (C5 (C7)*) and secondary H02S (Sensor 2). measure the resistance between H02S (Sensor 2) 4P connector terminals No. 4.

then go to step 25. Check for continuity between secondary H02S (Sensor 2) 4P connector terminal No. 4 and PGM-FI subrelay 4P connector terminal No. Check for continuity between secondary H 0 2 S (Sensor 2) 4P connector terminal No. 11-120 NO-Repair open in the wire between secondary H02S (Sensor 2) and the PGM-FI subrelay.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 15. . Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 16. SECONDARY H 0 2 S (SENSOR 2) 4P CONNECTOR 1 2 1 2 3 4 3 4 (GRN/RED)* Wire side of female terminals I + B (WHT/BLK) Wire side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) S02SHTCB1 (BLK/WHT) s J1|2 s U l e |6|7 11 12 / h 16 17 18 19 24 25 26 22 1 30 32|33 34 3 5 L / 37 |40|41 42 4 3 | 4 4 | / | 4 6 | 4 7 / >< / / / >< 9 i 101 1 20 21 27 28 1 38 39 48|49| S02SHTCB2 (GRN/RED)* PGM-FI S U B R E L A Y 4P CONNECTOR 1 +B Terminal side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 17. then go to step 25. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (C5 (C7)*) and secondary H02S (Sensor 2). 3 and PCM connector terminal C5 (C7)\ S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S (SENSOR 2) 4P CONNECTOR (BLK/WHT) 16. 2.

Check for continuity between PGM-FI subrelay 4P connector terminal No. 18. Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PGM-FI subrelay and secondary H02S (Sensor 2).17. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P).Check the under-hood fuse/relay box. 2 1 . N O . Disconnect the EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P connector. Also replace the No. Check for continuity between secondary H02S (Sensor 2) 4P connector terminal No. then go t o step 25. PGM-FI S U B R E L A Y 4P CONNECTOR SUBRLY 3~fXT4 Terminal side of female terminals 20. 23. then go to step 25. Disconnect the front and rear A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connectors. 22. (cont'd) 11-121 . 3 and PCM connector terminal A40. then go to step 25. 4 and body ground. Remove the PGM-FI subrelay (E) f r o m the under-hood fuse/relay box. NO-Repair open in the w i r e between the PGM-FI subrelay and the PCM (A40). S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S (SENSOR 2) 4P CONNECTOR PGM CONNECTOR A (49P) ll 1 ll +B(WHT/BLK) 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 24><25 27 28 22 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 44 48 49 S U B R L Y (PNK) Terminal side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 3 1 . 11 SUB (15 A) fuse. and replace it if needed (see page 22-89). 19. Disconnect the front and rear secondary H02S (Sensor 2) 4P connectors.

Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0141 and/or POWVindicated? Y E S . 26. N O . Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0141 and/or P016V in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. Is DTC P0141 and/or P016V indicated? 30. If the PCM was substituted. then go to step 33. YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at secondary H02S (Sensor 2). troubleshooting is complete. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 34.^ NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. If the PCM was substituted. 27. Start the engine.G o to step 30. 34. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. Does the screen indicate PASSED? Y E S . NO-Go to step 35. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. Reconnect all connectors. check for poor connections or loose terminals at secondary H02S (Sensor 2). and the PCM.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 24.l f the PCM was updated. If the PCM was updated. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 28. and the PCM. 29. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. then go to step 33. Turn the ignition switch t o ON (II). go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Does the screen indicate PASSED? Y E S . Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. . the PGM-FI subrelay. and the PCM. then go to step 1. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). then go to step 1. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). If the PCM was substituted. 11-122 35. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 29. 3 1 . the PGM-FI subrelay. and the PCM. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0141 and/or P 0 1 6 r in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. 33. check for poor connections or loose terminals at secondary H02S (Sensor 2). the PGM-FI subrelay. If the PCM was updated. go to step 1. Replace secondary H02S (Sensor 2) (see page 11-245). keep idling until a result comes on. Reconnect all connectors. and let it idle. go to step 1.T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is complete. keep idling until a result comes on. 25.C h e c k for poor connections or loose terminals at secondary H02S (Sensor 2). 32. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ^ NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. the PGM-FI subrelay. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7).

P1128. the fuel pressure regulator. P2254. check the MAF SENSOR in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. P0153. • If some of the DTCs listed below are stored at the same t i m e as DTC P0171. P2247. then let it idle. NO-Check these items: • If the pressure is too high. P0172. P0103: MAF sensor P0107. P1172.3 gm/s? YES-Check the engine valve clearances.000 r p m without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . DTC P0172: Rear Bank (Bank 1) Fuel System Too Rich 3. (see page 11 -343) Is the fuel pressure OK? YES-Go to step 2. NO-Go to step 5. P0172. P2249. and/or P0175. P0406. then go to step 2. P0102. While holding the engine speed at 2. P0157. P0101. • If the pressure is too low. P0137. P2237. troubleshoot those DTCs f i r s t then recheck for P0171. P2A03: A/F sensor (Sensor 1) P0134. P0158.500 rpm? • Poor fuel quality can cause DTC P0171. P2413: EGR system P0443: EVAP canister purge valve P2279: Intake air leakage 1. replace the fuel pressure regulator (see page 11-355). P2197. P2255.500 r p m . (cont'd) 11-123 . YES-Repeat step 4. P0139. P1129: MAP sensor P0133. P2243. hold the accelerator pedal steady for more than 10 seconds. P2241.500 r p m . P1174. and the fuel line for restrictions. P0135. P0154. P0138. Hold the engine speed at 3. and hold the engine speed at 2. Monitor the ENGINE SPEED in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. P0155: A/F sensor (Sensor 1) heater 5. P2A00. Check the fuel pressure. Check for these conditions: • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 176°F(80 °C) DTC P0174: Front Bank (Bank 2) Fuel System Too Lean DTC P0175: Front Bank (Bank 2) Fuel System Too Rich NOTE: • Transmission in P or N • All electrical loads off 4. P2251. If the valve clearances are OK. P2252. P0174. replace the injectors (see page 11-240). Did the engine speed vary more than 100 rpm from 2. Is there about 9. then go to step 6.5—13. then go to step 6. then go t o step 6. Once the engine speed is met. P0108.P0159: Secondary H02S(Sensor2) P0141.P2245. P2240. check the fuel p u m p . P2238. P0404. P0174. the fuel filter. and/or P0175. • Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Start the engine. P2195. and adjust them if needed (see page 6-10). NO-Replace the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see page 11-242). P0161: Secondary H02S (Sensor 2) heater P0401.DTC P0171:Rear Bank (Bank 1) Fuel System Too Lean 2.

• Troubleshoot the following DTCs first. DTC P0300: Random Misfire and Any Combination of the Following: 8. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). W h e n the misfire stops.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 7. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. and DTC P0300 (and some combination of P0301 through P0306) will be stored. P1128. DTC P0302: No. Is DTC P0171. • Before y o u troubleshoot. 4 Cylinder Misfire Detected DTC P0305: No. 11. P2413: EGR system P0506. y o u should also do a physical inspection of the systems listed below): P0101. the MIL will come o n . P2659. P0103: M A F sensor P0107. go t o the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .P3400. Turn the ignition switch t o ON (II). then let it idle. 6 Cylinder Misfire Detected NOTE: DTC P0171. P0108. P0339: CKP sensor P0365. P0174 and/or P0175 YES-Go to step 1.1 . P0172. 10. P0369: CMP sensor P0400. Using the HDS. Hold the engine speed at 3. P1072. 2 3 . P2653. DTC P0306: No. P0175: Fuel system P0335. 1 Cylinder Misfire Detected 9. DTC P0301: No. 8 2 . P3497: VCM system 11-124 . If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. P0172. and DTC P0300 (and some combination of P0301 through P0306) will be stored. Test-drive under these conditions: • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 176 °F (80 °C) • Transmission in D DTC P0303: No. P2658. NOTE: Indicated? • If the misfire is frequent enough to trigger detection of increased emissions during t w o consecutive driving cycles. P0507: Idle control system P2648. if any of t h e m were stored along w i t h the random misfire DTC(s) (Because parts can sometimes fail w i t h o u t setting DTCs. monitor the long term fuel t r i m (LT FUEL TRIM). 5 Cylinder Misfire Detected • Drive at a steady speed between 15—75 m p h (24— 120 km/h) for 15 minutes. Start the engine. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. the MIL will blink whenever the misfire occurs. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. 2 Cylinder Misfire Detected 6. P0406.000 r p m w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . P0174. 3 Cylinder Misfire Detected DTC P0304: No. P0404. there is no problem at this time. the MIL will stay o n . P0174 and/or P0175 may take up t o 80 minutes of test driving to set. ! • If the misfire is frequent enough to damage the catalyst. P0401. If the LT FUEL TRIM stays within 0 . P2654. P0102. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. P1129: MAP sensor P0171. P2649.

12. If the spark plugs are fouled or w o r n . CYL4 MISFIRE. CYL3 MISFIRE. and/or CYL6 show misfire counts? YES-Go to step 9. and/or CYL6 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes with the HDS. MISFIRE FAILED? YES-Go to step 9. Does CYL1 MISFIRE. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). keep idling until a result comes o n . If the screen indicates EXECUTING. 10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). then recheck. go to step 6 and recheck. and let it idle w i t h o u t load (in P o r N). CYL3 CYL4 MISFIRE. CYL5 MISFIRE. Start the engine. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters: YES-Go to step 9. CYL2 MISFIRE. P0305. P0305. go to step 5. MISFIRE YES-Go to step 14. 3. CYL2 MISFIRE. P0304. CYL3 MISFIRE. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. (cont'd) 11-125 .B YES-Go to step 9. CYL2 MISFIRE. Does the screen indicate MISFIRE. • ENGINE SPEED 6. Inspect the spark plugs (see page 4-22). NO-Go to step 6. and/or CYL6 show misfire counts? MISFIRE. 2. go to step 8. the system is OK at this time. CYL5 MISFIRE. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0301. 5. CYL4 MISFIRE. FAILED? NO-lntermittent failure. 11. or P0306 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. wait for several minutes. replace t h e m . MISFIRE 9. fill it w i t h a known-good fuel. NO-Go to step 19. then go to step 19. NO-lf the screen indicates PASSED. CYL3 CYL4 MISFIRE. 13. If the screen indicates EXECUTING. P0302. and/or CYL6 show misfire counts? MISFIRE. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. CYL2 MISFIRE. P0302. CYL5 MISFIRE. CYL5 MISFIRE. NO-lf the screen indicates PASSED. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters: • VSS • REL TP SENSOR • ENGINE SPEED • CLV (calculated load value) « VSS • ECT SENSOR 1 • REL TP SENSOR • APPSENSOR • CLV (calculated load value) • ECT SENSOR 1 • APPSENSOR 7. Does CYL1 MISFIRE. 4. keep driving until a result comes on. Is the fuel quality OK? YES-Go to step 11. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE. or P0306 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE. P0303. Does CYL1 MISFIRE.1. CYL3 CYL4 MISFIRE. CYL5 MISFIRE. CYL3 MISFIRE. CYL4 MISFIRE. P0304. NO-Drain the tank. CYL2 MISFIRE. CYL2 MISFIRE. and/or CYL6 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes with the HDS. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0301. P0303. Does the screen indicate 8. Check the fuel quality. CYL5 MISFIRE. and/or CYL6 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes w i t h the HDS. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION.

and the PCM. Check the fuel pressure (see page 11-343). then go to step 15. the injectors.500 rpm? YES-Repeat step 17. Monitor the ENGINE SPEED in the DATA LIST with the HDS. NO-Replace the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see page 11-242).G o to step 15. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. 26.5—13.500 r p m . NO- 22. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0301. Once the engine speed is met. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). . Is DTC P0300 and any combination of DTC P0301. 18.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 14. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. keep driving until a result comes on. P0305. P0303. then go to step 1. P0303. 24. 11-126 • CLV (calculated load value) • ECT SENSOR 1 25. or P0306 troubleshooting (see page 11-127). P0302. or P0306 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ignition coils. check the MAF SENSOR in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. P0304. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. and hold the engine speed at 2. Hold the engine speed at 3. check for poor connection or loose terminals at the ignitions coils. hold the accelerator pedal steady for more than 10 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. P0303. If the screen indicates EXECUTING. the fuel pressure regulator. Did the engine speed vary more than 100 rpm from 2. Start the engine.3 gm/s? Y E S . 2 1 . Check for these conditions: • APP SENSOR • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 176 °F (80 °C) • Transmission in P or N • All electrical loads off 17. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. While holding the engine speed at 2. replace the fuel pressure regulator (see page 11-355). or P0306 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. then go to step 19. • REL TP SENSOR 16.500 r p m . P0305. then go to the DTC P0301. P0304. 23. Do the CKP pattern clear procedure (see page 11 -5). go to step 24. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure (see page 11-5). Is the fuel pressure 19. and the fuel line for restrictions. P0304.G o to step 19. then go to step 19. • If the pressure is too high. the injectors. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters: • ENGINE SPEED • VSS 15. NO-Go to step 18. and the PCM. Is there about 9. OK? Y E S . check the fuel p u m p . go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . the fuel filter. P0302. NO-Go to step 26. P0305. 20. then let it idle. P0302. • If the pressure is too low. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 25.000 rpm w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n .

CYL5 MISFIRE. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 8. 3 Cylinder Misfire Detected • REL TP SENSOR DTC P0304: No. MISFIRE YES-Go to step 9. and/or CYL6 show misfire counts? MISFIRE. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE. go to step 5. 4 Cylinder Misfire Detected • VSS • CLV (calculated load value) • GEAR POSITION DTC P0305: No. wait for several minutes.^ MISFIRE. Does the screen • ECT SENSOR 1 NO-lf the screen indicates PASSED. Check the fuel and ignition system circuit connectors for loose wires or poor c o n n e c t i o n s . P0303. (cont'd) 11-127 . or P0306 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. CYL5 MISFIRE. 1 Cylinder Misfire Detected 6. If the screen indicates EXECUTING. indicate FAILED? YES-Go to step 9. go to step 6. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES-Go to step 9. CYL4 MISFIRE. the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates EXECUTING. and/or CYL6 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes w i t h the HDS. and/or CYL6 show misfire counts? 7. 4. 1. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0301. P0302. or P0306 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. Does CYL1 MISFIRE. 5. Does CYL1 MISFIRE. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0301. P0303. then recheck. CYL2 MISFIRE. MISFIRE YES-Go to step 9. P0304. 3. NO-lf the screen indicates PASSED. NO-lntermittent failure. 2. CYL5 MISFIRE. CYL4 MISFIRE. keep idling until a result comes o n . NO-Go to step 6. P0305. CYL2 MISFIRE. CYL3 CYL4 MISFIRE. P0304. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. CYL3 CYL4 MISFIRE. 5 Cylinder Misfire Detected DTC P0306: No. go to step 8. and let it idle w i t h o u t load for 2 minutes (in P or N). CYL3 MISFIRE. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS.DTC P0301: No. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters: DTC P0302: No. CYL5 MISFIRE. CYL3 MISFIRE. P0305. keep driving until a result comes on. CYL2 MISFIRE. and/or CYL6 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes with the HDS. 6 Cylinder Misfire Detected NOTE: Before you t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). CYL2 MISFIRE. 2 Cylinder Misfire Detected • ENGINE SPEED DTC P0303: No. P0302. Start the engine.

CYL2 MISFIRE. 19. CYL4 MISFIRE. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. Remove the intake manifold (see page 9-2). MISFIRE 17. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). and/or CYL6 show misfire counts? MISFIRE. ! 13. Does the misfire occur in the cylinder where the ignition coil was moved? YES-Replace the faulty ignition coils (see page 4-21). CYL3 CYL4 MISFIRE. 15. CYL5 MISFIRE. CYL2 MISFIRE. NO-lntermittent failure due to poor contact at an ignition coil contactor (no misfire at this time). CYL3 CYL4 MISFIRE. CYL2 MISFIRE. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn the ignition switch t o LOCK (0). 18. and/or CYL6 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes w i t h the HDS. Determine which cylinder had the misfire. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE. and/or CYL6 show misfire counts? MISFIRE. Exchange the spark plug f r o m the problem cylinder w i t h one f r o m another cylinder. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). CYL3 MISFIRE. Make sure that the ignition coil connectors are secure. 20. 10. NO-Go to step 19. 23. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). then go to step 44. then go to step 44. 2 1 . MISFIRE YES-Go to step 13.H NO-lntermittent failure due to spark plug fouling (no misfire at this t i m e ) . YES-Go to step 18. CYL5 MISFIRE. CYL2 MISFIRE. Determine which cylinder had the misfire. 22. CYL4 MISFIRE. CYL3 MISFIRE. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE. 11. Does the misfire occur in the cylinder where the spark plug was moved? YES-Replace the faulty spark plug (see page 4-21). NO-Go to step 14. 11-128 . Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range 16. Does CYL1 MISFIRE. and/or CYL6 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes with the HDS.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 14. 9. CYL5 MISFIRE. CYL5 MISFIRE. Exchange the ignition coil f r o m the problem cylinder w i t h one f r o m another cylinder. Does CYL1 MISFIRE. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters: • ENGINE SPEED • VSS • REL TP SENSOR • CLV (calculated load value) « GEAR POSITION of these recorded freeze data parameters: • ENGINE SPEED • VSS • REL TP SENSOR • CLV (calculated load value) • GEAR POSITION • ECTSENSOR 1 • ECT SENSOR 1 12.

NO-Go to step 25. 25. NO-Repair open in the wire between the injector and PGM-FI main relay 1. 5 No. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).4 No. h i 2 3 | 4 | £ I 3 | 7 | 8 9 1101 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 i 23 24 26 22 25 28 i • 29 30 31 3233 34 3536 37 38 39 |40|41 4 2 [ ^ K | 4 5 | 4 6 [ X A"\ >< >< / Terminal side of female terminals Is there battery voltage? Y E S . then go to step 43. 27.2 No. WIRE COLOR BRN RED BLU YEL BLK/RED WHT/BLU INJECTOR 2P CONNECTOR IGP (YEL/BLK) PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) INJ2 (RED) INJ1 (BRN) Wire side of female terminals INJ6 (WHT/BLU) 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 110 1 2 11 12 13 1415 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 1 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 J40|41 4 2 4 5 1 4 6 1 ^ A * >< >< / Is there battery voltage? Y E S . Disconnect the injector 2P connector f r o m the problem cylinder.24. 1 No. 6 DTC P0301 P0302 P0303 P0304 P0305 P0306 PCM TERMINAL B4 B8 B7 B6 B5 B9 28.G o to step 29. INJ3 (BLU) .3 No. INJ4 (YEL) INJ5 (BLK/RED) 29. Measure the voltage between injector 2P connector terminal No. PROBLEM CYLINDER No. 26.G o to step 32. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Measure the voltage between body ground and the appropriate PCM connector terminal (see table). (cont'd) 11-129 . 1 and body ground. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).

2 and the PCM connector terminal of the problem cylinder (see table). 2 No.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 30.3 No.4 No. 1 No. Check for continuity between body ground and the appropriate PCM connector terminal (see table). | 1 | 2 • 11 1 2 1 3 14 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 21 22 23 24 22 23 24 1 149| |40|41 4 2 | ^ | / | 4 5 | 4 6 J ^ Terminal side of female terminals i 2 9 3 0 31 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 |40|41 4 2 1 / | / | 451461/ INJECTOR 2P CONNECTOR INJ Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? Wire side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) INJ4 (YEL) INJ5 (BLK/RED) | INJ3 (BLU) Ll 1 1 -I I I i 101 23 | 4 | £ 3 7 89 11 1 2 1 3 14 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 21 YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM and the injector. PROBLEM CYLINDER No. 1 No.4 No. then go to step 43. Check for continuity between appropriate injector 2p connector terminal No. 11-130 . then go to step 32.6 PCM TERMINAL B4 B8 B7 B6 B5 B9 DTC P0301 P0302 P0303 P0304 P0305 P0306 WIRE COLOR BRN RED BLU YEL BLK/RED WHT/BLU PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) INJECTOR 2P CONNECTOR INJ2 (RED) INJ6 (WHT/BLU) INJ1 (BRN) J 1 2 INJ 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 110 Wire side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) INJ2 (RED) INJ1 (BRN) INJ6 (WHT/BLU) 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 21 1 22 23 24 >< >< / 25 26 28 2 9 3 0 31 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 |40|41 4 2 1 / 1 / 1 4 5 1 4 6 ^ / | 4 9 Jl|2 3 4 I 5 | 6 | T T8 9 hoi 11 1 2 1 3 14 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 21 INJ4 (YEL) INJ5 (BLK/RED) 1 -I 1 >< >^ / 25 26 28 >< >< / 25 26 1 28 2 9 3 0 31 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 INJ3 (BLU) 3 | 4 | £ 5 | 7 | 8 9 1101 .3 No. 2 No. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM and the injector. 1 22 23 24 >< >< / 25 26 i 28 2 9 3 0 31 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 |40|41 42|/V145|46^ NO-Go to step 3 1 . PROBLEM CYLINDER No.5 No. Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the injector and PGM-FI main relay 1. then go to step 43.6 DTC PCM TERMINAL B4 B8 B7 B6 B5 B9 P0301 P0302 P0303 P0304 P0305 P0306 WIRE COLOR BRN RED BLU YEL BLK/RED WHT/BLU 3 1 .5 No.

Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters: Terminal side of male terminals • ENGINE SPEED • VSS • REL TP SENSOR Is there 10-13 Q? YES-Go to step 33. CYL4 MISFIRE. Do an engine compression and a cylinder leakdown test (see page 6-7). CYL3 MISFIRE. and/or CYL6 show misfire counts? MISFIRE. 38. NO-Go to step 4 1 . 37. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the injector. Did the engine pass both tests? YES-Go to step 5 1 . NO-Replace the injector (see page 11-240). 35. MISFIRE YES-Go to step 40. 2. and let it idle w i t h o u t load (in P or N) for 2 minutes. Also check the injector fuel inlet screen for debris. Does CYL1 MISFIRE. NO-lntermittent failure due to poor contact in the injector connector (no misfire at this time). and clean it if needed. and reinstall the intake manifold (see page 9-2). then go t o step 43. then go to step 43. Reconnect all connectors. NO-Repair the engine. Determine which cylinder had the misfire. Clear the DTCs w i t h the HDS. At the injector side. measure the resistance between injector 2P connector terminals No. and/or CYL6 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes w i t h the HDS. CYL5 MISFIRE. Does the misfire occur in the cylinder where the injector was moved? YES-Replace the faulty injector (see page 11-240). (cont'd) 11-131 . 34. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).H 40. 42. Start the engine. CYL3 CYL4 MISFIRE. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 4 1 . INJ 36. CYL2 MISFIRE. Exchange the injector f r o m the problem cylinder w i t h the one f r o m another cylinder. 1 and No. INJECTOR 2P CONNECTOR 33. then go to step 43.32. • CLV (calculated load value) « GEAR POSITION • ECT SENSOR 1 39. CYL5 MISFIRE. CYL2 MISFIRE.

If the screen indicates EXECUTING. 47. If the PCM was substituted. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0301. 48. Is DTC P0301. 11-132 PASSED? PASSED? YES-lf the PCM was updated. troubleshooting is complete. P0305. or P0306 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. P0303. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). NO-Go to step 55. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. P0302. Reconnect all connectors. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters: • ENGINE SPEED • VSS • ENGINE SPEED • REL TP SENSOR • VSS • CLV (calculated load value) • GEAR POSITION • REL TP SENSOR • CLV (calculated load value) • ECT SENSOR 1 54. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . and the PCM. Does the screen indicate Does the screen indicate YES-Troubleshooting is complete. Reconnect all connectors. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11 -7). 52. P0304. 55. • GEAR POSITION • ECT SENSOR 1 49. If the PCM was substituted. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). 44. and the PCM. . the injectors. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 54. the injectors. P0303. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure (see page 11-5).PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 43. 5 1 . Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. P0303. check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ignition coils. P0303. or P0306 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. go to step 53. If the PCM was substituted. If the PCM was updated. P0305. the injectors. then go t o step 53.G o to step 50. If the PCM was updated. the injectors. P0304. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0301. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. N O . go to step 1. 45. then go to step 1. P0305. and the PCM. keep driving until a result comes o n . Do the CKP pattern clear procedure (see page 11-5). P0302. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11 -249). go to step 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING. then go to step 53. then go to step 1. keep driving until a result comes on. go to step 48. or P0306 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ignition coils. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters: 53. P0302. or P0306 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ignition coils. P0302. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 46. P0304. and the PCM. check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ignition coils. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. P0304. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 49. Is DTC P0301. 50. P0305. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS.

the system is OK at this time. J 111| 122 • I I 4 | £ 8 6 7 16 17 18 19 24 26 22 25 30 3233 34 3 5 ^ 37 40 41 42 4 3 | 4 4 | / | 4 6 47 3 / >< >< 9 |10| 1 20 21 27 28 1 38 39 48 48 K S (RED/BLU) 4. Is there continuity? NO-lntermittent failure. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. then let it idle. then go to step 20. 6. 5. (cont'd) 11-133 . Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C47 and body ground. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NO-Go to step 11. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the knock sensor and the P C M . 7. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Is DTC P0325 Terminal side of female terminals indicated? YES-Go to step 6. 3. PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).000 rpm for at least 10 seconds. Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Hold the engine speed at 3. Hold the engine speed between 3.000 rpm w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . B YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (C47) and the knock sensor subharness. 2. Start the engine. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS.000—4. Disconnect the knock sensor subharness 1P connector. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS.DTC P0325: Knock Sensor Circuit Malfunction 10. 9.

. Remove the j u m p e r wire f r o m the knock sensor subharness. Check f o r an open in the knock sensor subharness. Disconnect the knock sensor 1P connector. PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) Wire side of female terminals J i11| 122 • e |6|7| 8 16 17 18 19 26 22 24 25 30 32 33 34 3 5 ^ 37 |40|41 42 |43|44|/|46|47 3 4 / >< X / A* 9 hoi 20 21 i 27 28 1 38 39 48|49| K S (RED/BLU) Is there continuity? Y E S .PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 11. 11-134 Y E S . Check for continuity between the knock sensor subharness 1P connector terminal and body g r o u n d .G o to step 13. 14. NO-Go to step 17.G o to step 18. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (C47) and the knock sensor subharness. Connect the knock sensor subharness 1P connector terminal to body ground w i t h a j u m p e r wire. then go t o step 20. 17. 15. Remove the intake manifold (see page 9-2). Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C47 and body g r o u n d . and the injector base (see page 9-6). K S (RED/BLU) JUMPER WIRE KNOCK S E N S O R S U B H A R N E S S 1P CONNECTOR Wire side of female terminals K S (RED/BLU) 12. Is the harness OK? Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? Y E S .R e p a i r short in the knock sensor subharness. 16. NO-Repair open in the knock sensor subharness. then go to step 19. then go to step 19. KNOCK S E N S O R S U B H A R N E S S 1P CONNECTOR s 13.

18. Reconnect all connectors.000—4.000—4. Start the engine. 24. YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the knock sensor and the PCM. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7).l f the PCM was updated. If the PCM was substituted. Does the screen indicate PASSED? Y E S . If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 25. go to step 28. NO-Go to step 3 1 . Hold the engine speed at 3. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. 25. go to step 24. 19. Replace the knock sensor (see page 11-247). Hold the engine speed between 3. 11-135 . Install the injector base (see page 9-6). 22. 20. go to step 1. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0325 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.000 rpm for at least 10 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. and the intake manifold (see page 9-2). 31. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Does the screen indicate PASSED? Y E S . Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0325 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. then go to step 27.000 rpm without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . 21. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). If the PCM was substituted. then go to step 28. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11 -7). then let it idle. then go to step 1. If the PCM was substituted. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Hold the engine speed between 3. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Is DTC P0325 indicated? 26. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 30. NO-Go to step 26.000 rpm for at least 10 seconds. 28. check for poor connections or loose terminals at the knock sensor and the PCM. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS.T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is complete. 23. Is DTC P0325 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the knock sensor and the PCM. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. troubleshooting is complete. check for poor connections or loose terminals at the knock sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was updated. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. then go to step 28. 29. go to step 1. 27. 30. If the PCM was updated.

Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CKP sensor and the PCM.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) DTC P0335: CKP Sensor No Signal NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. Disconnect CKP sensor 3P connector. YES-Go to step 10. 4. 9. 8. NO-Go to step 11. 11. 2 and No. Measure the voltage between CKP sensor 3P connector terminal No. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. the system is OK at this time. 2. NO-Repair open in the wire between the CKP sensor and G101. Clear the DTC with the HDS. voltage? YES-Go to step 17. then go to step 19. 13. 3 and body ground. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 11-136 . Measure the voltage between CKP sensor 3P connector terminal No. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). CKP S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR CKP S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR 1 L G (BRN/YEL) | | IGP (YEL/BLK) IGP (YEL/BLK) Wire side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals Is there battery Is there battery voltage? YES-Go to step 9. 12. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. CKP S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR 1. Wire side of female terminals NO-lntermittent failure. Start the engine. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).H Is there about 5 V? 5. 1 and body ground. 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). CKP (BLU) 3. 3. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 10. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. then go to step 19. Is DTC P0335 Indicated? YES-Go to step 5. 6. NO-Repair open in the wire between the CKP sensor and PGM-FI main relay 1. Measure the voltage between CKP sensor 3P connector terminals No.

Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B45 and body g r o u n d . NO-Troubleshooting is complete. 18. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure (see page 11-5). 2 1 . 25. 1 CKP (BLU) J U M P E R WIRE 22. 17. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. then go to step 19. Do the CKP pattern clear procedure (see page 11-5).G o to step 26. CKP S E N S O R 3 P CONNECTOR 20. then go to step 1.^ (cont'd) 11-137 . then go to step 19. go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 1 to body g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r wire. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B45 and body g r o u n d . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Connect CKP sensor 3P connector terminal No. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS.C h e c k for poor connections or loose terminals at the CKP sensor and the PCM. NO-Repair open in the w i r e between the PCM (B45) and the CKP sensor. PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) PCM CONNECTOR B ( 4 9 P ) B E I 3 | 4 |5 |6 |7 |8 9 . Reconnect all connectors. 15. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). 16. NO-Go to step 15. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 19. 24.|1 11 2 12 13 1415 16 17 18 19 20 25 26 22 23 24 1 29 30 31 3233 34 35 36 37 38 |40|41 4 2 | X I X | 4 5 | 4 6 | X >< >< / ho 21 28 39 1 I 2 1*3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7*1 8 I 9 1101j 11|l2|l3jl4|l5)l6|iy|l8[l9|20l2l| '» 28 2 5 ^ 2 6 22 23 24 29 30 31132|33|34|35|36|37 38 39 • 40141 J42 \ / \ / \ 45146 \jA/\ 49 CKP (BLU) Terminal side of female terminals CKP (BLU) 32 Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? Is there continuity? Y E S . 23. Replace the CKP sensor (see page 11-247).14.R e p a i r short in the wire between the PCM (B45) and the CKP sensor. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Wire side of female terminals Is DTC P0335 indicated? Y E S . Y E S .

Start the engine. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Are 0 counts indicated? YES-Go to step 7. 27. the system is OK at this time. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters: • ENGINE SPEED • VSS 6. If the PCM was updated. NO-Go to step 9. Check the CKP NOISE in the DATA LIST with the HDS. then go to step 11. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). If the PCM was substituted. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Check for poor connections or loose terminals at these locations: • CKP sensor « PCM • Engine ground • Body ground Are the connections and terminals OK ? YES-Go to step 8. and check for damage to the CKP sensor pulser plate. Remove the oil pan (see page 7-10). Clear the DTC with the HDS. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. NO-Ripair the connections or the terminals. NO-Go to step 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). then recheck. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Is the pulser plate damaged? YES-Replace the CKP sensor pulser plate. and let it idle for 10 seconds. NO-lf the PCM was updated. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. then go to step 11. 28. Check the CKP NOISE in the DATA LIST with the HDS. B 7. • DTC P0339: CKP Sensor Circuit Intermittent Interruption NOTE: Before y o u troubleshoot. NO-lntermittent failure. Is DTC P0335 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CKP sensor and the PCM. 5. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). 4. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 11-138 . replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). 3. If the PCM was substituted. Are 0 counts indicated? YES-Go to step 7. troubleshooting is complete.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 26. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CKP sensor and the P C M . 1. go to step 1. 2. 8. Reconnect all connectors.

go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . NO-Go to step 9. (cont'd) 11-139 . Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. 17. P0355. Reset the PCM with the HDS. Start the engine. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. and let it idle for 10 seconds. 6. P0354. Is DTC P0339 indicated? DTC P0351: No. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Start the engine. 12. DTC P0356: No. and/or P0356 indicated? YES-Go to step 5.9. (see page 11-5) 14. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. NO-lntermittent failure. 5 Cylinder Ignition Coil Circuit Malfunction YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CKP sensor and the PCM. 2 Cylinder Ignition Coil Circuit Malfunction DTC P0353: No. 2. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). P0352. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ignition coil(s) and the P C M . 1 Cylinder Ignition Coil Circuit Malfunction DTC P0352: No. Is an ignition coil DTC indicated at the cylinder? exchanged YES-Replace the faulty ignition coil (see page 4-21). 16. Exchange the ignition coil f r o m the problem cylinder with one f r o m another cylinder. then go to step 26. the system is OK at this time. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. 10. 7. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Do the CKP pattern clear procedure. 1. 8. 6 Cylinder Ignition Coil Circuit Malfunction NO-Troubleshooting is complete. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). 11. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure (see page 11-5). 4 Cylinder Ignition Coil Circuit Malfunction DTC P0355: No. P0353. 15. 13. Start the engine. 3 Cylinder Ignition Coil Circuit Malfunction DTC P0354: No. B 5. Replace the CKP sensor (see page 11-247). • NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. then go to step 1. Is DTC P0351.

then go to step 26. 18 IG COIL (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box. Remove the ignition coil relay (B) f r o m the under-hood fuse/relay box.G o to step 16. then go to step 26. 13. Is the fuse OK? Y E S . Check for continuity between No.G o to step 11. 11-140 . and replace it if needed (see page 22-89). Check the No. + B (BLK/WHT) Is the relay OK? Y E S . 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 11GNITION COIL 3P CONNECTOR 3 12. Also replace the No. NO-Replace the ignition coil relay. Remove the ignition coil relay (B) f r o m the under-hood fuse/relay box. 15. NO-Go to step 13. 14. Disconnect all ignition coil 3P connectors.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 9. No. 1 ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 18 IG COIL (15 A) fuse. Test the ignition coil relay (see page 22-96). then go to step 26. NO-Checkthe under-hood fuse/relay box. Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the w i r e between the ignition coils and the ignition coil relay. 3 and body ground.

6 DTC P0351 P0352 P0353 P0354 P0355 P0356 PROBLEM CYLINDER No. 1 No. 11GNITION COIL 3P CONNECTOR GND (BLK) + B (BLK/WHT) Wire side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? Y E S .3 No.4 No.5 No. 20.6 DTC P0351 P0352 P0353 P0354 P0355 P0356 IGNITION COIL 3P CONNECTOR 1 No. 3 of the problem cylinder and body ground (see table).G o to step 20. 2 No. 18. Check for continuity between ignition coil 3P connector terminal No.3 No. then go t o step 26. then go to step 26. (cont'd) 11-141 . Reinstall the ignition coil relay. 1 No. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2 No. 2 of the problem cylinder and body ground (see table). Measure the voltage between ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 17.G o to step 22. 21.16. Y E S . NO-Repair open in the wire between the ignition coil and the ignition coil relay. PROBLEM CYLINDER No. Is there battery voltage? NO-Repair open in the w i r e between the ignition coil and G101. Disconnect the ignition coil 3P connector f r o m the problem cylinder.5 No.4 No. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 19.

3 No. then go to step 26. 5 No.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 25. NO-Go to step 25. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM and the ignition coil. Check for continuity between appropriate ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 23. 1 No. Check for continuity between body ground and the appropriate PCM connector terminal (see table). PROBLEM CYLINDER No.2 No. 11-142 . 19 20 21 26 28 23 24 25 29 30 31 32 33 34 3536 37 38 39 40 4 l 4 2 | X I X l 4 5 | 4 6 p l 7 T 4 9 IGPLS4 (BRN) IGPLS Wire side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) IGPLS6 (BRN/WHT) IGPLS2 (BLU/RED) IGPLS4 (BRN) 3 | 4 5 6 7 9 10 12 13 14115 16 17|18 19 20 21 25 26 28 23 24 32 33 34 35|36 37 38 39 29 30 4014 j 4 2 | / l X l 4 5 l 4 6 j ^ l ^ 4 9 IGPLS2 (BLU/RED) Terminal side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM and the ignition coil.1 No. 22.2 No. then go to step 26. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS.3 No. 24. 5 No. Is there continuity? Y E S .G o to step 32.4 No. 1 and the PCM connector terminal of the problem cylinder (see table). 6 P0351 P0352 P0353 P0354 P0355 P0356 1 I G P L S T l Wire side of female terminals IGPLS5 (BLK/RED) 4 5 6 7 m 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 ill 25 > < 2 6 / 2 8 24 31 3233 34 3536 37 38 39 42 PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) IGPLS5 (BLK/RED) 1 7 IGPLS1 (YEL/GRN) IGPLS3 (WHT/BLU) WIRE COLOR YEL/GRN BLU/RED WHT/BLU BRN BLK/RED BRN/WHT IGNITION COIL 3P CONNECTOR PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) 12 22 23 29 30 41 PCM TERMINAL B29 B30 B22 B23 B11 B12 DTC IGPLS3 (WHT/BLU) T5J 3 |4 |5 12 13 14[15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 29 30 32 33 34 3 5 | 3 6 37 38 39 4C 41142 I X I X l 45146 I ^ X I X I 491 IGPLS1 (YEL/GRN) Terminal side of female terminals IGNITION COIL 3P CONNECTOR IGPLS6 (BRN/WHT) 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17J18. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P).4 No. 6 DTC P0351 P0352 P0353 P0354 P0355 P0356 PCM TERMINAL B29 B30 B22 B23 B11 B12 WIRE COLOR YEL/GRN BLU/RED WHT/BLU BRN BLK/RED BRN/WHT PROBLEM CYLINDER No.

3 1 . P0353. DTC P0365: CMP Sensor Circuit No Signal 27. 34. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. • 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 29. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. P0354. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Is DTC P0365 indicated? NO-Troubleshooting is complete. 3 and body ground.26. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. 6. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NO-lf the PCM was updated. • NO-lntermittent failure. (cont'd) 11-143 . If the PCM was substituted. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Reconnect all connectors. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. P0355. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Disconnect the CMP sensor 3P connector. P0352. then recheck. Measure the voltage between CMP sensor 3P connector terminal No. B YES-Go to step 5. NO-Repair open in the wire between the CMP sensor and PGM-FI main relay 1. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 3. P0356 indicated? and/or 4. P0355. the system is OK at this time. Is DTC P0351. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 5. CMP S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR IGP (YEL/BLK) Wire side of femal terminals Is there battery voltage? YES-Go to step 9. go to the indicated DTC s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . then go to step 18. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11 -7). and/or P0356 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ignition coil(s) and the PCM. 33. 8. YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ignition coil(s) and the PCM. If the PCM was updated. troubleshooting is complete. P0354. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. 28. Is DTC P0351. Start the engine. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). go to step 1. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CMP sensor and the P C M . Reconnect all connectors. P0352. 30. P0353. If the PCM was substituted. 32. replace the original PCM (see page 11 -250). 1. then go to step 1. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated.

PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 9. 2 and No. 12. NO-Go to step 15. Measure the voltage between CMP sensor 3P connector terminals No. CMP S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR 14. Measure the voltage between CMP sensor 3P connector terminal No. Terminal side of female terminals NO-Go to step 11. then go to step 18. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B46 and body ground. 1 and body ground. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). 11-144 Is there continuity? YES-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (B46) and the CMP sensor. 10. CMP S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR 1 L G (BRN/YEL) J [ IGP (YEL/BLK) ® Wire side of femal terminals Is there battery voltage? Y E S . 13. . NO-Repair open in the wire between the CMP sensor and G101. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) CMP (GRN) Wire side of femal terminals 3 |4 |5 | 6 | 7 | 8 1 2 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 22 23 24 25 26 I 29 30 31 3 2 3 3 34 35 36 37 |40|41 4 2 | / | / | 4 5 | 4 6 | / 9 10| • 20 21 28 • 38 39 / \ 49 >< >< / CMP (GRN) 1$ there about 5 V? Y E S . 11.then go to step 18.G o to step 10.G o to step 16. Turn the ignition switch t o LOCK (0). 3.

Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. go to step 1. If the PCM was updated. NO-lf the PCM was updated. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Check for continuity between CMP sensor 3P connector terminal No. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 24. CMP (GRN) Wire side of female terminals Is DTC P0365 PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) J "I l 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 22 23 24 >< >< / 25 26 28 • 2 9 3 0 31 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 |40|41 4 2 | / l / | 4 5 | 4 6 | / indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CMP sensor and the PCM. 25. Reconnect all connectors. 16. If the PCM was substituted. NO-Repair open in the w i r e between the PCM (B46) and the CMP sensor.15. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ^ 11-145 . If the PCM was substituted. • 23. 1 and PCM connector terminal B46. then go to step 1. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. 20. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). CMP S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR 19. Troubleshooting is complete. Is DTC P0365 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CMP sensor and the PCM. 1 2 1 . Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). replace the original PCM (see page 11 -250). 18. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Replace the CMP sensor (see page 11-246). Reconnect all connectors. 17. 9 |10| 11 1 2 1 3 14 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 21 1 22. 48 CMP (GRN) NO-Troubleshooting is complete. Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 23. then go to step 18. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7) then recheck.

PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) DTC P0369: CMP Sensor Circuit Intermittent Interruption NOTE: Before you t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Start the engine. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CMP sensor and the P C M . Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 8. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. • VSS Are 0 counts Is DTC P0369 NO-Troubleshooting is complete. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 14. the system is OK at this time. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters: • ENGINE SPEED 6. and let it idle for 10 seconds. 9. H 7. then go to step 1. 5. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at these locations: • CMP sensor • PCM • Engine ground • Body ground Are the connections and terminals OK ? YES-Go to step 8. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. 12. indicated? YES-Go to step 7. Check the CMP B NOISE in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Check for damage to the front camshaft pulley (CMP sensor pulser plate) (see page 6-54). Check the CMP B NOISE in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Are 0 counts indicated? 13. 1. 2. • . NO-Go to step 5. 4. 3. 11-146 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CMP sensor and the PCM. and let it idle for 10 seconds. then go to step 11. NO-Repair the connections or the terminals. 10. 15. NO-lntermittent failure. 11. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Is the pulser plate damaged? YES-Replace the front camshaft pulley (CMP sensor pulser plate). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). then go to step 11. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. YES-Go to step 7. Replace the CMP sensor (see page 11 -246). Start the engine. NO-Go to step 9.

G o to step 13.5—13. 12. Hold the engine speed at 3. then go to step 19. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. NO-Replace the throttle body (see page 11-375). Are any Pending or Confirmed DTCs other than P050A indicated? Y E S .000 r p m without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n .3 gmls? Y E S .G o to step 5. and let it idle for 10 seconds or more. 7. 3. 8. then g o t o step 19. Let the engine cool until the value of ECT SENSOR 1 is 122 °F (50 °C) or less. go to step 6. Do the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU w i t h the HDS. Is it OK? Y E S .G o to step 4.G o to step 11. intermittent failure. NO-lf the screen indicates PASSED. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P050A in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? Y E S .G o to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .500 r p m for 30 seconds. If the screen indicates EXECUTING. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. 9. Is it OK? Y E S . Start the engine. Start the engine. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 6. 2. NO-Replace the air cleaner housing (see page 11 -372). NO-Replace the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see page 11-242). NO-Reconnect or repair the intake air d u c t then go to step 19. 1.DTC P050A: Cold Start Idle Air Control System Performance Problem NOTE: Before you t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Check for damage at the air cleaner housing. check the MAF SENSOR in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. 4.G o to step 10. then let it idle. Check for poor connections or a blockage at the intake air duct. 5. While holding the engine speed at 2. then go to step 19. then go to step 19. • NO-Go to step 3. 11. Is there about 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Is the THROTTLE ACTUATOR normal? CONTROL VALVE Y E S . (cont'd) 11-147 . Is it dirty? YES-Replace the air cleaner element or remove the debris (see page 11-373). NO-Go to step 6. keep idling until a result comes on. Check for dirt or debris in the air cleaner element. the system is OK at this time. 10.

Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Start the engine. then go to step 19. 17. the MAF sensor/IAT sensor. or damage in the throttle bore. replace the throttle body (see page 11-375). 24. A l l o w the engine to cool to the ambient temperature. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P050A in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. Compare the value of the IAT SENSOR and the ambient temperature. the MAF sensor/IAT sensor. go to step 22. 22. 11-148 . keep idling until a result comes on. If there is damage to the throttle bore. Note the ambient temperature. NO-Check for dirt.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 13. If there is dirt or carbon. then go to step 19. If the screen indicates EXECUTING.4 °F (3 °C) or more from the ambient temperature? YES-Replace the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see page 11-242). Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. clean the throttle body (see page 11-372). • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. 23. then go to step 1. Does the value of the IAT SENSOR differ 5. 14. 15. Let the engine cool until the value of ECT SENSOR 1 is 122°F(50 °C) or less. then go to step 1. 16. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . carbon. and the PCM. 18. and the PCM. Is DTC P050A indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 24. 21. 19. then go to step 19. 20. Quickly note the value of the IAT SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. NO-Go to step 25. 25. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body. and let it idle for 10 seconds or more.

Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Is the CKP sensor or the CKP sensor pulser damaged? plate YES-Replace the CKP sensor (see page 11-247) and/or the CKP sensor pulser plate (see page 7-28). 1. NO-Replace the air cleaner housing (see page 11-372). and the PCM. Is it dirty? YES-Replace the air cleaner element or remove the debris (see page 11 -373). Check for damage at the air cleaner housing. is it OK? YES-Go to step 4. go to step 6. NO-Go to step 11. NO-Correct the p r o b l e m . then go to step 24. keep idling until a result comes o n . Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CKP sensor. NO-Go to step 3 1 . If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION.DTC P050B: Cold Start Ignition Timing Control System Performance Problem NOTE: Before you t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). then go to step 24. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. ECT sensor 1. 9. then reconnect the intake air duct. (cont'd) 11-149 . 11. Start the engine. the system is OK at this time. P050B YES-Go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . the MAF sensor/IAT sensor. Check for damage at the CKP sensor (see page 11-247) and the CKP sensor pulser plate (see page 7-28). Is the THROTTLE ACTUATOR normal? CONTROL VALVE YES-Go to step 13. Do the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU w i t h the HDS. NO-lf the screen indicates PASSED. 3. and let it idle for 10 seconds or more. 4. Is the ignition timing OK? YES-Go to step 12. If the screen indicates EXECUTING. Are any Pending or Confirmed DTCs other than indicated? 6. 12. then go to step 24. ECT sensor 2. 2. Is it OK? YES-Go to step 5. 8. NO-Replace the throttle body (see page 11-375). 7. then go to step 24. intermittent failure. Check for poor connections or a blockage at the intake air duct. Inspect the ignition t i m i n g (see page 4-20). 10. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES-Go to step 10.G o to step 3. the throttle body. • N O . Check for dirt or debris in the air cleaner element. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P050B in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. Let the engine cool until the value of ECT SENSOR 1 is 122°F(50°C)orless. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. NO-Go to step 6. then go to step 24. 5.

. then go to step 1. the throttle body. Drain the coolant (see page 10-6).000 rpm without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P050B in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. Start the engine. Remove ECT sensor 1 (see page 11-243) and ECT sensor 2 (see page 11-243). Let the engine cool until the value of ECT SENSOR 1 is 122 °F (50 °C) or less. Connect ECT sensor 1 and ECT sensor 2 to their 2P connectors. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. Quickly note the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. keep idling until a result comes on. but do not install t h e m .4 °F (3 °C) f r o m the ambient temperature. then go t o step 24. Compare the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and the ambient temperature. 2 1 . and the PCM. Hold the engine speed at 3. Start the engine. then let it idle. If the screen indicates EXECUTING. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. Repair or replace t h e m if needed. Note the ambient temperature. 20. NO-Go t o step 30. NO-Replace the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see page 11-242). 23. go to step 27.G o to step 15. the MAF sensor/IAT sensor. NO-Check and repair any problems w i t h the following items.3 gm/s? Y E S . Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. ECT sensor 1. then go to step 24. 18. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 29. then go to step 24.5—13. 19.4 °F (3 °C) from the ambient temperature? YES-Replace the sensor that differed more than 5. then go to step 1. and the value of ECT SENSOR 2 and the ambient temperature individually. 30. 26. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).500 rpm for 30 seconds. and the PCM. While holding the engine speed at 2. 16. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). the MAF sensor/IAT sensor. 17. check the MAF SENSOR in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. 27. 14. 29. If all of the items are OK. 28. • Engine compression and cylinder leakdown • VCM system • Engine oil • A/C system • Power steering 11-150 24. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 25. ECT sensor 2. check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CKP sensor. 22. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). ECT sensor 2. A l l o w the sensors to cool to the ambient temperature. the throttle body. Reset the PCM with the HDS. Is DTC P050B indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CKP sensor. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. Does either sensor differ more than 5. ECT sensor 1. and let it idle for 10 seconds or more. 15. go to step 31. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Is there about 9.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 13.

If the PCM was substituted. the throttle body. If the screen indicates EXECUTING. If the PCM was updated. 35. 4. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). this DTC can be set. • If DTC P16BB and/or P16BC is stored at the same time as DTC P0562. If the PCM was substituted. Is DTC P0562 indicated? YES-Replace the alternator (see page 4-33). then go to step 33. 6. 2. and let it idle for 10 seconds or more. then go to step 33. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P050B in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. then go t o step 7. Hold the engine speed at 2. Start the engine. Check under these conditions: • A/Con • Temperature control at m a x i m u m cool NO-Go to step 36. 3. then recheck for DTC P0562. Let the engine cool until the value of ECT SENSOR 1 is 122°F(50 °C) or less. troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was updated. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. ECT sensor 2. the throttle body. Start the engine.000 r p m (in P or N) for 1 minute. the MAF sensor/IAT sensor. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). • Blower fan at m a x i m u m speed • Rear w i n d o w defogger on • Headlights on high beam Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-lf the PCM was updated. If the PCM was substituted. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. go to step 1. 5. ECT sensor 1. 36. • If any high current load accessories are installed. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Is DTC P050B indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CKP sensor. 34.H (cont'd) 11-151 . keep idling until a result comes on. and the PCM. and check the battery performance (see page 22-93). Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). go to step 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. 33. check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CKP sensor. ECT sensor 2.3 1 . substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11 -7). the MAF sensor/IAT sensor. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 35. troubleshoot DTC P16BB and/or P16BC first. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. and the PCM. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). go to step 33. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. 32. NO-lntermittent failure. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). replace the original PCM (see page 11 -250). 1. DTC P0562: Charging System Low Voltage NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the alternator and the under-hood fuse/relay box. the system is OK at this time. ECT sensor 1.

Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Is DTC P0562 Indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the alternator and the under-hood fuse/relay box. 8. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. then go to step 1. 9. 9. Is DTC P0563 indicated? YES-Go to step 7. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Check for poor connections or loose terminals at PGM-FI main relay 1 and the P C M . 10. 13.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 7. B 7. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. Wait 10 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. 11. • Headlights on high beam 12. the system is OK at this time. • Rear w i n d o w defogger on 4. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). 2.000 r p m (in P or N) for 1 minute. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Check under these conditions: • A/Con • Temperature control at m a x i m u m cool DTC P0563: PCM Power Source Circuit Unexpected Voltage NOTE: Before y o u troubleshoot. 1. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 6.^ 5. Hold the engine speed at 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 11-152 . Start the engine. NO-lntermittent failure. 8. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • Blower fan at m a x i m u m speed 3. NO-Troubleshooting is complete.

Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). 11. NO-Go to step 26. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminal B3 and body g r o u n d . PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) IGP (YEL/BLK) . 13.G o to step 13. 15. (cont'd) 11-153 . Reconnect PCM connector A (49P).G o to step 16. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A6 and body g r o u n d . Remove PGM-FI main relay 1 (C) f r o m the under-hood fuse/relay box. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminal A6 and body g r o u n d . 14. | 1 | 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 1101 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 28 23 24 26 22 25 • • 29 30 31 3233 34 35 36 37 38 39 |40|41 4 2 | / | / | 4 5 | 4 6 | / 49 >< >< / Terminal side of female terminals Is there battery voltage? Y E S .then g o t o step 19.10. NO-Go to step 18. NO-Go to step 11. 1| 2 11 22 / 29 30 40 41 A 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 1101 • 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 24 26 27 28 • 25 31 3233 34 35 36 37 38 39 l / | 4 4 | / | 4 6 | / 48|49| >< >< / Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the w i r e between the PCM (A6) and PGM-FI main relay 1. voltage? Y E S . PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) MRLY (GRN) MRLY (GRN) J 1l I 2 11 22 29 30 4 0 1 41 8 3 I4 I e 6 | 7 | 9 1101• 13 14J15 16 17 18 19 20 21 • 24 26 27 28 25 31 3233 34 35 36 37 38 39 / | / | 4 4 | / | 4 6 l / 48 49 I A A >< >< Terminal side of female terminals Is there battery 12.

h i 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9|10| 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 28 25 26 23 24 22 • 1 29 30 31 3233 34 35 36 37 38 39 / | 4 9 | |40|41 4 2 4 5 1 4 6 \ / >< >< / NO-Troubleshooting is complete. Turn the ignition switch t o ON (II). Is DTC P0563 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at PGM-FI main relay 1 and the PCM. troubleshooting is complete. indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at PGM-FI main relay 1 and the PCM. If the PCM was updated.^ 11-154 . then go t o step 1. 29. 18. Wait 10 seconds. go to step 1. If the PCM was substituted. then go to step 19. then recheck. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). NO-Go to step 18. 28. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). 22. Test PGM-FI main relay 1 (see page 22-96). — Terminal side of female terminals Is DTC P0563 Is there battery voltage? YES-Repair short to power in the wire between the PCM (B3) and PGM-FI main relay 1. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Turn the ignition switch t o LOCK (0). 2 1 . If the PCM was substituted. Reconnect all connectors. C 23. Reconnect ail connectors. 19. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 24. NO-lf the PCM was updated.then g o t o step 19. Remove PGM-FI main relay 1 (C) f r o m the under-hood fuse/relay box. NO-Replace PGM-FI main relay 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 20. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminal B3 and body ground.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 16. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) IGP (YEL/BLK) ll ll . Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Is the relay OK? Y E S . • 26. 25. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. 27. 17.G o to step 26.

substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). the system is OK at this time. If the PCM was substituted. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). YES-Go to step 4. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. NO-lf the PCM w a s updated. NO-lntermittent failure. the PCM can be damaged.NOTE: DTC P060A: PCM Internal Control Module Malfunction • Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). • This DTC is indicated w h e n a PCM update is not completed. go t o the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). If the PCM w a s substituted. go t o step 1. then recheck. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). DTC P0602: PCM Programming Error • Do not turn the ignition switch to ACC (I) or to LOCK (0) while updating the PCM. • 11-155 . or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7).B NO-The update is c o m p l e t e . Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 2. 3. Do the PCM update procedure (see page 11-249). ! 4. Is DTC P060A indicated? 1. 5. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. troubleshooting is complete.B Is DTC P0602 Indicated? YES-Replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). If y o u turn the ignition switch to ACC (I) or to LOCK (0) before completion. NOTE: Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P060A indicated? YES-lf the PCM w a s updated. 1. 2.

Is the fuse OK? YES-Go to step 7. NO-Replace the fuse. Remove starter cut relay 1 (STR) (A) f r o m the under-dash fuse/relay box.G o to step 14. 11-156 10. 11. 3. Is DTC P0615 indicated? YES-Go to step 5. Turn the ignition switch to START (III) for 1 second or more. 1. and the PCM. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Does the engine start? YES-Go t o step 8.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) DTC P0615: Starter Cut Relay STRLD Circuit Malfunction NOTE: Before y o u troubleshoot. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). then go to step 20. 7. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot.B 5. 8. Turn the ignition switch t o LOCK (0). starter cut relay 2. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. 23 ST CUT RLY 1 (7. Try to start the engine. the system is OK at this time.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. 4. NO-lntermittent failure. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). 6. N O . 2. Check the No. . Check for poor connections or loose terminals at starter cut relay 1 (STR). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 9.

15. Connect starter cut relay 1 (STR) 4P connector terminal No.12. II—II 4 | 5 I 6 | 7 14 15 16 [8 19 20 21 STRLD (GRN) 26 27 28 22 M ^ 2 5 ^ 29 30 31 3 2 3 3 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 44 48 49 STARTER C U T RELAY 1 (STR) 4P CONNECTOR I m 4 2 STRLY X 1 _3_ Terminal side of female terminals J U M P E R WIRE Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 25. Connect starter cut relay 1 (STR) 4P connector terminal No. 4 STRLD J U M P E R WIRE Terminal side of female terminals 13. 1 to body ground w i t h a j u m p e r wire. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) 17. 16. S T A R T E R C U T R E L A Y 1 (STR) 4P CONNECTOR 14. then go to step 20. Remove starter cut relay 1 (STR) (A) f r o m the under-dash fuse/relay box. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. 3 to body ground w i t h a j u m p e r wire. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A28) and starter cut relay 1 (STR). Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A28 and body g r o u n d . Terminal side of female terminals (cont'd) 11-157 .

If the PCM was substituted. NO-lf the PCM was updated. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7).^ . If the PCM was substituted. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A3) and starter cut relay 1 (STR). Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Turn the ignition switch to O N (II). replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). 19. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A3 and body ground. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. then recheck.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 18.^ Terminal side of female terminals 25. Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 19. NO-Repair open in the wire between starter cut relay 1 (STR) and G101. 4 and body ground. 22. STARTER C U T RELAY 1 (STR) 4P CONNECTOR GND 4 1 Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 25. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) I IJ 1 | 2 ll 24. 26. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. 2 1 . 11-158 Is DTC P0615 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at starter cut relay 1 (STR) and the PCM. then go to step 1. i! 3 4 |5 |e |7 | a 13 1415 16 1718 19 26 22 24 25 1 29 30 31 3 2 3 3 34 35 36 37 4 4 4 6 |40|41 11 / / >< A^I £5) 23. Reconnect all connectors. go to step 1. troubleshooting is complete. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. then go to step 1. 20. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). then go to step 20. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). then go to step 20. Check for continuity between starter cut relay 1 (STR) 4P connector terminal No. KI K 9|10| 20 21 27 28 38 39 48|49| STRLY (LT GRN) Is DTC P0615 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at starter cut relay 1 (STR) and the PCM. If the PCM was updated.

2. If the PCM was substituted. Is DTC P0630 indicated? Y E S . 2. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. 5. Is DTC P062F indicated? Y E S . Does the screen show COMPLETE? Y E S . NO-lf the PCM was updated. 6. 5. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).G o to the DTC P062F troubleshooting (see page 11-159). substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). then recheck. Does the HDS show the vehicle's VIN? Y E S . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 4.• NO-Go to step 9. Check for DTCs w i t h the HDS.Checkfor Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. go to step 1. Check the VIN w i t h the HDS. NO-lntermittent failure.l f the PCM was updated. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated.^ (cont'd) 11-159 . Are any Pending or Confirmed DTCs indicated? Y E S . replace the original PCM (see page 11-250).B 4. 1. record ail freeze data and any on-board snapshot. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. 7.DTC P062F: PCM Interna! Control Module Keep Alive Memory (KAM) Error NOTE: Before you t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . the system is OK at this time. Is DTC P062F indicated? Y E S . NO-lntermittent failure. troubleshooting is complete. the system is OK at this time. If the PCM was substituted.G o to step 4. 8. NO-Go to step 3. NO-Go to step 4. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). • DTC P0630: VIN Not Programmed or Mismatch NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS.G o to step 5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 1. 3.G o to step 9. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Input the VIN to the PCM w i t h the HDS. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 3. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7).G o to step 5. and wait 5 seconds. Use the HDS to input the missing VIN information. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). • This DTC is stored only w h e n the PCM does not have the VIN information of the vehicle.

Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. check for loose terminals at the IGP line connectors before replacing the PCM. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). NO-lntermittent failure. • If the problem doesn't return after y o u clear the DTC.^ DTC P0685: PCM Power Control Circuit/Internal Circuit Malfunction NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot. and let it idle for 30 seconds. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot.H 11-160 . 3. Start the engine. 1. 6. and let it idle for 30 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Is DTC P0685 indicated? YES-Go to step 9. then recheck. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. 2. 8. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). or it this DTC is stored intermittently. 5. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Start the engine. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 9. If the PCM was substituted. the system is OK at this time. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 10. 7. go to step 1. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). troubleshooting is complete. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). If the PCM was substituted. NO-lf the PCM was updated. Is DTC P0630 Indicated? YES-lf the PCM was updated. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

14. 5. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). NO-lntermittent failure. troubleshooting is complete. 15. go to step 1. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). NO-lf the PCM was updated.^ 4. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. 11. troubleshooting is complete. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 3. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Start the engine. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 13. Start the engine. and let it idle for 30 seconds.9. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). If the PCM was substituted. then go to step 10. If the PCM was substituted. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ^ 11-161 . Is DTC P0685 indicated? YES-lf the PCM was updated. If the PCM was substituted. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. • Is DTC P1109 indicated? YES-Go to step 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 1. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. the system is OK at this time. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). then recheck. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. and let it idle for 30 seconds. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Is DTC P1109 indicated? YES-lf the PCM was updated. NO-lf the PCM was updated. Start the engine. DTC P1109: BARO Sensor Circuit Out of Range High NOTE: Before y o u troubleshoot. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 12. go to step 1. If the PCM was substituted. 10.

Does the value of ECT SENSOR 1 differ 5. 9. Are the connections and terminals OK? Y E S . and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Is about 118 °F (48 °C) or less indicated? YES-Replace ECT sensor 1 (see page 11-243). Remove ECT sensor 1 (see page 11-243). Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1. NO-Go to step 4. 1. 4. Drain the coolant (see page 10-6). ECT sensor 2. NO-lntermittent failure. NO-Repair the connectors or terminals. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Start the engine. 11-162 . and let it idle for 10 minutes.G o to step 15. then recheck for DTC P1116. Note the ambient temperature. 3. 5. • If DTC P0111 is stored at the same t i m e as DTC P1116. NO-Go to step 17. 10. Reinstall ECT sensor 1 (see page 11-243). 17. 15.G o to step 2. then go to step 27. Check ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. but do not install it on the engine. NO-Go to step 19.4 °F (3 °C) or more from the ambient temperature? YES-Replace ECT sensor 1 (see page 11-243). then go to step 27. troubleshoot DTC P0111 first. 2. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Connect ECT sensor 1 to its 2P connector. then go to step 27. the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1 and ECT sensor 2. • Before y o u troubleshoot. 13. Are DTC P1116 and P2183 indicated at the same time? 6. and let it idle for 10 minutes. Start the engine. NO-Go to step 6. H Y E S . 16. 12. Let the engine idle for 10 minutes. and the P C M .PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) DTC P1116: ECT Sensor 1 Circuit Range/Performance Problem 7. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. 11. NOTE: 8. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. 14. then go to step 27. Is about 115 °F (46 °C) or less indicated? YES-Replace ECT sensor 2 (see page 11-243). Is about 118 °F (48 °C) or less indicated? YES-Replace ECT sensor 1 (see page 11 -243). Compare the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and the ambient temperature. Quickly note the value of ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. then go to step 27. A l l o w ECT sensor 1 to cool to the ambient temperature. 18. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

• 6. go to step 4 and recheck. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).400 r p m 27. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. 30. but do not install t h e m . Reinstall ECT sensor 1 (see page 11-243) and ECT sensor 2 (see page 11 -243). the system is OK at this time. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. 26. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES-Go to step 7. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .200—5. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. Does one of the sensors differ more than 5. and the P C M . Note the ambient temperature. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Is less than 54. ECT sensor 2. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1.4 °F (3 °C) f r o m the ambient temperature. 3. ECT sensor 2. then go to step 1. 21. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the PCM. check for poor connections or a blockage at the intake air duct. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). NO-Go to step 3. 20. Drain the coolant (see page 10-6). Hold the engine speed at 3. 5.0 in. NO-lf the screen indicates PASSED. Compare the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and the ambient temperature.Hg. (cont'd) 11-163 . • Vehicle speed accelerating f r o m 15—31 m p h (24— 50 km/h) under half throttle 29. 1. 2. Remove ECT sensor 1 (see page 11-243). Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P1128 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. 23. and ECT sensor 2 (see page 11 -243). A l l o w the sensors to cool to the ambient temperature. NO-lntermittent failure. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). B DTC P1128: MAP Sensor Signal Lower Than Expected NOTE: • Before y o u troubleshoot. Refill the cooling system (see step 11 on page 10-7) then go to step 27.4 °F (3 °C) from the ambient temperature? YES-Replace the sensor that differed more than 5. 24. Quickly note the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. then let it idle. 406 mmHg) or 1. and the value of ECT SENSOR 2 and the ambient temperature individually. and the PCM. 22. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. 25. the system is OK at this time. 4.19.61 V held for more than 5 seconds? YES-Go to step 7. • Before starting this troubleshooting. Test-drive under these conditions: • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158 °F (70 °C) • Engine speed between 1.000 r p m without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on. Check the MAP SENSOR in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. is DTC P1116 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1.1 kPa (16. Start the engine. intermittent failure. Connect ECT sensor 1 and ECT sensor 2 to their 2P connectors. • Transmission in D 28.

• NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. 277 mmHg) or 1. NO-Go to step 4. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. NO-Go to step 2. 15. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. NO-Go to step 15. 9. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 14.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 7. 14. Hold the engine speed at 3. 3. Reset the PCM with the HDS. go to step 12. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). then let it idle.9 kPa (11.000 rpm without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n .G o to step 7. 11. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P1128 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Check for vacuum leaks at these parts: • PCV valve 12. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 1. 10. check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the PCM. Check the MAP SENSOR in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. 11-164 2. Test-drive under these conditions: • Throttle body • EVAP canister purge valve • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158 °F (70 °C) • Intake manifold • Engine speed between 1. Replace the MAP sensor (see page 11-242).Hg. Is DTC P1128 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the PCM.14 V held for more than 5 seconds? Y E S . then go to step 9.0 in. Is there more than 36. Start the engine. . then go to step 1. then let it idle. DTC P1129: MAP Sensor Signal Higher Than Expected NOTE: Before y o u troubleshoot. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Start the engine.200—5.000 r p m without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on. 8. • PCV hose 13. then go to step 1.400 r p m • Brake booster hose • Transmission in D • Brake booster Are there any vacuum • Vehicle speed accelerating f r o m 15—31 mph (24— 50 km/h) under half throttle leaks? YES-Repair or replace the part(s) w i t h vacuum leaks. Hold the engine speed at 3. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).

If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. 11-165 . If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. 15. 6. Is DTC P1129 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the PCM.500 r p m • Transmission in D • Drive at a steady speed between 55—75 mph (88— 120 km/h) for 10 seconds. Test-drive under these conditions: • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158 °F (70 °C) • Engine speed between 1. NO-lf the screen indicates PASSED. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the PCM. intermittent failure. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P1129 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. the system is OK at this time.500 rpm • Transmission in D • Drive at a steady speed between 55—75 m p h (88— 120 km/h) for 10 seconds. Test-drive under these conditions: • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158 °F (70 °C) • Engine speed between 1. then let it idle. Replace the MAP sensor (see page 11 -242). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). go to step 12. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 14. 7. check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the PCM.000 r p m without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on. then go to step 1. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). 14. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete.4.200—5. 10. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .200—5. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. then go to step 1. 13. Start the engine. go to step 5 and recheck. then decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) for 5 seconds. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P1129 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. 12. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES-Go to step 7. Hold the engine speed at 3. 8. 9. 11. 5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NO-Go to step 15. then decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) for 5 seconds.

12. DTC P1174: Front A/F Sensor (Bank 2. Hold the engine speed at 3. YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. Hold the engine speed at 3.G o t o step 5. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. go to step 10. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P1172 and/or P1174*in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. keep idling until a result comes on. Start the engine. . If the screen indicates EXECUTING. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. the system is OK at this time. Start the engine. 11-166 indicated? NO-Go to step 12. Is DTC P1172 and/or P1174* 2. • Before y o u troubleshoot. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). 3. NOTE: 9. then go t o step 1. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). then let it idle. Replace A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see page 11-244). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) DTC P1172: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. • Information marked w i t h an asterisk (*) applies to the front bank (Bank 2). Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P1172 and/or P1174* in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS.000 r p m without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 11. Does the screen indicate FAILED? Y E S . intermittent failure. 10. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. then let it idle. 4. 1. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. 6. Sensor 1) Circuit Out of Range High 5. then go to step 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 1 1 . Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS.000 r p m w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . NO-lf the screen indicates PASSED. go to step 3 and recheck. 8. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. keep driving until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Sensor 1) Circuit Out of Range High 7.

DTC P1297: ELD Circuit Low Voltage 10. 11. NO-Go to step 11. Reconnect all connectors. 13. 16. 15. ELD (ORN) r n n ll ll n n 3 8 . 6. (cont'd) 11-167 . Check the ELD in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).G o to step 3. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. Disconnect the ELD 3P connector. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A10 and body ground. Y E S . and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). NO-Go to step 20. 8. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Is 72 A or more indicated? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (A10) and the ELD. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) 1. then go to step 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 7. 6 7 13 1415 16 17 18 19 24 25 26 22 29 30 31 3 2 3 3 34 3536 37 401 41 / | / | 4 4 | / | 4 6 | / J 1| 2 11 / / >< 9 20 27 38 |10| 21 i • 28 39 48|49| NO-lntermittent failure. 14. Check the ELD in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. NOTE: Before y o u troubleshoot. 9. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. B 3. Terminal side of female terminals 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Replace the ELD (see page 11 -248). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Is 72 A or more indicated? Y E S . Is there continuity? 5.G o to step 7. the system is OK at this time. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ELD and the P C M . 12.

YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ELD and the PCM. troubleshooting is complete. 3 ACG (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box and the ELD.2 A or less indicated? Y E S . NO-Repair open in the w i r e between the No. the system is OK at this time. go to step 1.G o to step 3. Check the ELD in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. Turn on the headlights. • 2) Wire side of female terminals Is there battery voltage? Y E S . If the PCM was substituted. go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . and let it idle. 24. Is 0. 22. Turn the ignition switch t o ON (II). Measure the voltage between ELD 3P connector terminal No. 7. then go to step 13. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. 9. 8. 11-168 . 23. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). 3 IG1 (LT GRN) NO-lf the PCM was updated. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Start the engine. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Start the engine. then go to step 22. NO-Troubleshooting is complete.^ 20. B 3. Reconnect all connectors. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). indicated? ELD 3P CONNECTOR 1 CM YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ELD and the PCM. 1 and body g r o u n d . Disconnect the ELD 3P connector. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. DTC P1298: ELD Circuit High Voltage 18. then go to step 1. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). 2 1 . If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Is DTC P1297 indicated? 1. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). NO-lntermittent failure. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. Is DTC P1297 6. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 5. If the PCM was substituted. If the PCM was updated. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. Start the engine.G o to step 7. 4.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 17. Turn on the headlights. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ELD and the P C M . 19. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).

Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. NO-lf the PCM was updated. 2 and body g r o u n d . ELD 3P CONNECTOR 1 2 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ELD and the PCM. 3. 1 2 3 16. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. ELD 3P CONNECTOR 15.10. If the PCM was updated. If the PCM was substituted. 11-169 . Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ^ 17. If the PCM was substituted. troubleshooting is complete. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. 18. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A10) and the ELD. then recheck. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . • 3 GND (BLK) Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 12. Is there continuity? Is DTC P1298 YES-Go to step 11. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). then go to step 13. 11. 12. NO-Repair open in the w i r e between the ELD and G202. 14. Wire side of female terminals I ELD (ORN) Is DTC P1298 indicated? (ft PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) ELD (ORN) J 1 I 2133 | 4 | 5 | 617| 718T 8 9 21|1(A / / >< X / 11 14 15 16 19 20 • 24 25 26 27 28 22 1 i 29 30 31 3233 34 35|36 37 38 39 48|49| |40|41 Terminal side of female terminals YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ELD and the PCM. Check for continuity between ELD 3P connector terminal No. 13. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). then go to step 17. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). go to step 1. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A10 and ELD 3P connector terminal No. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. then go to step 13. Replace the ELD (see page 11-248).

3. NO-lntermittent failure.) is connected to the vehicle. then go to step 7. Is DTC P1549 Indicated? YES-Replace the alternator (see page 4-33).PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) DTC P1549: Charging System High Voltage 10. ! . Start the engine. 4. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 11-170 • A/C switch off • Headlights off • Rear w i n d o w defogger off 12. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the alternator and the under-hood fuse/relay b o x . 13. Hold the engine speed at 2. 9. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. NOTE: 11. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). etc. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot.000 r p m (in P or N) for 1 minute. B 7. Check under these conditions: • A/C switch off • Headlights off • Rear w i n d o w defogger off 5.000 rpm (in P or N) for 1 minute. Hold the engine speed at 2. 2. this DTC can be stored. • If a high voltage battery (24 V. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Check under these conditions: • Before you troubleshoot. 8. Start the engine. Is DTC P1549 Indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the alternator and the under-hood fuse/relay box. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. the system is OK at this time. then go to step 1. 1. 6.

Check under these conditions: • A/Con 2. 9.000 rpm (in P or N) for 1 minute. 11. Are the connections and terminals OK? YES-Go to step 8. 11-171 . NO-Repair the connectors or terminals. • 7. • Rear w i n d o w defogger on 15. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the alternator and the under-hood fuse/relay box ( + Bline). Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 2. and check the battery performance (see page 2 2 . 1. the system is OK at this time. then go to step 1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 13. Is DTC P16BB indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the alternator and the under-hood fuse/relay box. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). then go to step 9. Hold the engine speed at 2. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the alternator and the under-hood fuse/relay box.9 3 ) . 8. • NO-lntermittent failure. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS.DTC P16BB: Alternator B Terminal Circuit Low Voltage NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. Start the engine. 4. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). NO-Repair open in the wire between the alternator and the under-hood fuse/relay box. Check for an open in the wire between the alternator and under-hood fuse/relay box at the engine harness. 12. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. • Temperature control at m a x i m u m cool • Blower fan at m a x i m u m speed 3. then go to step 9. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). • Temperature control at m a x i m u m cool • Headlights on high beam 5. then go to step 9. Check under these conditions: • Rear w i n d o w defogger on • Headlights on high beam • A/Con • Blower fan at m a x i m u m speed 14. 10.000 r p m (in P or N) for 1 minute. Is the harness OK? YES-Replace the alternator (see page 4-33). Is DTC P16BB indicated? YES-Go to step 7.

15. then go to step 17. Hold the engine speed at 2. 14. ALTERNATOR 4P CONNECTOR IG1 (BLK/YEL) 1. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the alternator 4P connector. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Wire side of female terminals 3. Measure the voltage between alternator 4P connector terminal No. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. 5. Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). Is there about 5 V? YES-Replace the alternator (see page 4-33). ALTERNATOR 4P CONNECTOR 7. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. N O . 4. 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). then go to step 18. 1 and body g r o u n d . 3 ACG (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. Check under these conditions: • A/Con • Temperature control at m a x i m u m cool • Blower fan at m a x i m u m speed • Rear w i n d o w defogger o n • Headlights on high beam 6.B 8. NO-lntermittent failure. the system is OK at this time. 4 and body g r o u n d . 11. Measure the voltage between alternator 4P connector terminal No. Is DTC P16BC ALTF (WHT/RED) indicated? YES-Go to step 8.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) DTC P16BC: Alternator FR Terminal Circuit/IGP Circuit Low Voltage NOTE: Before you t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). NO-Repair the connections or terminals. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).000 r p m (in P or N) for 1 minute. NO-Repair open in the w i r e between the alternator (IG1 line) and the No. Is there battery voltage? YES-Go to step 12. then go to step 17. 10. 11-172 . 2. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the alternator. Disconnect the alternator 4P connector.G o to step 13. Are the connections 1 2 3 4 and terminals OK? YES-Go to step 2. Wire side of female terminals 9. 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Start the engine.

Start the engine. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Check under these conditions: • A/Con • Temperature control at m a x i m u m cool • Blower fan at m a x i m u m speed • Rear w i n d o w defogger on ATLF (WHT/RED) terminal side of female terminals • Headlights on high beam 24. Hold the engine speed at 2. Check for continuity between alternator 4P connector terminal No. Reconnect all connectors. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Is there continuity? Is DTC P16BC indicated? YES-Go to step 26. 18. A T L F (WHT/BLU) Wire side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) 21. 22. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 17. 4 and PCM connector terminal C44. 25. then go to step 1. YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the alternator and the PCM. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS.16. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. 20.000 r p m (in P or N) for 1 minute. then go to step 18. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (C44) and the alternator. • (cont'd) 11-173 . Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). ALTERNATOR 4P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 19. 23.

Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7).PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 26. then go to step 28. then go to step 14. NOTE: Before y o u troubleshoot. go to step 1. Check under these conditions: 2. starter cut relay 2. Check the STARTER CUT RELAY in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. 3 1 . the system is OK at this time. Remove starter cut relay 1 (STR) (A) f r o m the under-dash fuse/relay box. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). DTC P16BD: Starter Cut Relay 2 Malfunction 27. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). indicated? NO-lntermittent failure. • A/Con • Temperature control at m a x i m u m cool • Blower fan at m a x i m u m speed 3. Is DTC P16BC indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the alternator and the PCM. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). • Rear w i n d o w defogger on Is 2. 30. Reconnect all connectors. . Hold the engine speed at 2. If the PCM was updated. • 11-174 5. 1. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. If the PCM was substituted. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 28. NO-Go to step 5.000 rpm (in P or N) for 1 minute.B 4. Does the engine start? YES-Replace starter cut relay 2.2 V or less • Headlights on high beam YES-Go to step 4. and the PCM. troubleshooting is complete. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Try to start the engine. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 29. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at starter cut relay 1 (STR). If the PCM was substituted. NO-lf the PCM was updated. Start the engine. and wait 5 seconds.

Is 2. then go to step 14. Check the STARTER CUT RELAY in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). 7. A NO-Go to step 18. Is 2.2 V or less indicated? 9.6. YES-Go to step 7. Check the STARTER CUT RELAY in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. Remove starter cut relay 2 (A) f r o m the relay holder. 8. Check for continuity between starter cut relay 1 (STR) 4P connector terminal No. then go t o step 13. 10. 12. NO-Replace starter cut relay 1 (STR). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). then go to step 14. 11. 1 and body g r o u n d .2 V or less indicated? YES-Go to step 9. NO-Replace starter cut relay 2. STARTER C U T RELAY 1 (STR) 4P CONNECTOR 4 X 2 1 _3_ I STRLD I J U M P E R WIRE Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the w i r e between starter cut relay 1 (STR) and the body g r o u n d . (cont'd) 11-175 . J u m p the SCS line with the HDS.

then recheck. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). NO-Troubleshooting is complete. and the PCM. • 18. 20. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). 3.2 V or more indicated? Y E S . Reset the PCM with the HDS. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). NO-Replace starter cut relay 1 (STR). 15. If the PCM was substituted. Check the STARTER CUT RELAY in the DATA LIST with the HDS. If the PCM was substituted. NO-lf the PCM was updated.2 V or more indicated? Y E S . and wait 5 seconds. the system is OK at this time. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Is DTC P16BD indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at starter cut relay 1 (STR). Reconnect all connectors. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting-^ 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). starter cut relay 2. starter cut relay 2. then go to step 1. 1.G o to step 4. troubleshooting is complete. NOTE: Before y o u troubleshoot. 19. go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Is DTC P16BD indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at starter cut relay 1 (STR). 16. 17. and the PCM. NO-lntermittent failure. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Remove starter cut relay 1 (STR) (A) f r o m the under-dash fuse/relay box.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Is 3. DTC P16BE: Starter Cut Relay 1 Malfunction 14.G o to step 6. then go to step 7. 11-176 . 2. Reconnect all connectors. If the PCM was updated. Check for STARTER CUT RELAY in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. and the PCM. Is 3. go to step 1. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at starter cut relay 1 (STR). substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). starter cut relay 2. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249).B 4.

starter cut relay 2. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . and the PCM. • 11-177 . substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7).G o to step 11. and the PCM. troubleshooting is complete. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Reconnect all connectors. 9.2V or more? YES-Repair short to power in the wire between starter cut relay 1 (STR). 13. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). then go to step 7. 12. If the PCM was substituted. 10.6. go t o step 1. 7. 8. 1 and body ground. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . then go to step 1. S T A R T E R C U T R E L A Y 1 (STR) 4P CONNECTOR 11. Measure the voltage between starter cut relay 1 (STR) 4P connector terminal No. Is DTC P16BE indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at starter cut relay 1 (STR). NO-lf the PCM was updated. starter cut relay 2. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. then recheck.^ N O . If the PCM was updated. 14. starter cut relay 2. indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at starter cut relay 1 (STR). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. If the PCM was substituted. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Is DTC P16BE STRLD Terminal side of female terminals Is there 3. and the PCM. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). and wait 5 seconds. Are the relays OK? YES-Go to step 10. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at starter cut relay 1 (STR). Turn the ignition switch to START (III) for 5 seconds or more.B 6. Remove starter cut relay 1 (STR) (A) f r o m the under-dash fuse/relay box. NO-lntermittent failure. NOTE: Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Turn the ignition switch t o ON (II). then go to step 2 1 . Is OFF indicated? YES-Go t o step 6. 1. Test starter cut relay 1 (STR) and starter cut relay 2 (see page 22-96). Is OFF indicated? YES-Go t o step 4. 2. and the PCM. 11-178 8. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. NO-Replace starter cut relay 1 (STR) or starter cut relay 2. 4. 5. Remove starter cut relay 2 (B) f r o m the relay holder. Check the STARTER CUT CONTROL RETURN in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS during ignition switch in START (III). Check the STARTER CUT CONTROL RETURN in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. starter cut relay 2. . the system is OK at this time. 3. 9.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) DTC P16BF: Starter Cut Relay STRLY Circuit Malfunction 7. NO-Go to step 13.

N O . 12. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. 15. then go to step 2 1 . Remove starter cut relay 1 (STR) (A) f r o m the under-dash fuse/relay box. 13. 16. 14. 11. Are the relays OK? YES-Go to step 17. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) S T R L Y (LT GRN) i 1 n 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 | no | • 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 • 24 22 25 26 27 28 • 29 30 31 32 33 34 3536 37 38 39 48|49| / / >< >< 14014-1 / l / | 4 4 | / | 4 6 | / Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (A3) and starter cut relay 1 (STR) or starter cut relay 2. then go to step 2 1 . Test starter cut relay 1 (STR) and starter cut relay 2 (see page 22-96). (cont'd) 11-179 . Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A3 and body ground.10. NO-Replace starter cut relay 1 (STR) or starter cut relay 2.G o to step 27. Remove starter cut relay 2 (B) f r o m the relay holder. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).

replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). and the PCM.0 V or more? YES-Repair short to power in the wire between the PCM (A3) and starter cut relay 1 (STR) or starter cut relay 2. 24. starter cut relay 2. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . go to step 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. If the PCM was substituted. starter cut relay 2. troubleshooting is complete. 27.^ 11-180 . then recheck. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) S T R L Y (LT GRN) II II 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13|14115|16|17|18|19 20 21 26 27 28 22 M3I 29 30 31|32|33l34l35|36|37 38 39 40141 y\A 441/] 4 6 ^ 48149 Terminal side of female terminals Is there 1. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Reconnect all connectors. If the PCM was updated. NO-lf the PCM was updated. 28. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 2 1 . Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 19. 18. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted. 29. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. 20. 23. 25. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ^ 26. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. then go to step 2 1 . Measure the the voltage between PCM connector terminal A3 and body ground. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. Reconnect all connectors. Is DTC P16BF Indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at starter cut relay 1 (STR). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Is DTC P16BF indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at starter cut relay 1 (STR). NO-Go to step 26.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 17. 22. and the PCM. then go to step 1. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7).

the system is OK at this time. NO-Go to step 19. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1 and ECT sensor 2. but do not install it. NO-Repair the connections or terminals. Is about 115 °F (46 °C) or less indicated? YES-Replace ECT sensor 2 (see page 11-243). and let it idle for 10 minutes. DTC P2183: ECT Sensor 2 Circuit Range/Performance Problem 7. Remove ECT sensor 2 (see page 11-243). 2. and let it idle for 10 minutes. NOTE: 8. Let the engine idle for 10 minutes. then go to step 27. Are DTC P1116 and P2183 indicated at the same time? NO-lntermittent failure. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Are the connections and terminals OK? YES-Go to step 2. 3. 13. Quickly note the value of ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. 10. (cont'd) 11-181 . 5. 18. Start the engine. indicated? YES-Replace ECT sensor 1 (see page 11 -243). Does ECT SENSOR 2 differ 5. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). then go to step 27. 12. NO-Go to step 17. and the P C M . 1. Start the engine. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). then recheck for DTC P2183. NO-Go to step 6.4 °F (3 °C) or more from the ambient temperature? YES-Replace ECT sensor 2 (see page 11 -243). Drain the coolant (see page 10-6). • Before y o u troubleshoot. 11. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). ECT sensor 2. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). NO-Go to step 4. Is about 115 °F (46 °C) or less indicated? Is about 118°F (48 °C) or less YES-Replace ECT sensor 2 (see page 11 -243). 15. Check ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. H YES-Go to step 15. • If DTC P0111 is stored at the same time as DTC P2183. A l l o w ECT sensor 2 to cool to the ambient temperature. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1. troubleshoot DTC P0111 first. Reinstall ECT sensor 2 (see page 11-243). then go to step 27. 17. then go to step 27. Connect ECT sensor 2 to its 2P connector. then go to step 27. Check ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS.6. Compare the value of ECT SENSOR 2 and the ambient temperature. 16. 4. Note the ambient temperature. 9. 14.

If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Y E S . Reset the PCM with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). 29. Is about 356 °F (180 °C) or more. A l l o w the sensors to cool to the ambient temperature. 28. Refill the cooling system (see step 11 on page 10-7). 23. then go to step 27. then go to step 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 8. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). but do not install t h e m . NOTE: Before y o u troubleshoot. Check ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS.4 °F (3 °C) f r o m the ambient temperature. Reinstall ECT sensor 1 (see page 11-243) and ECT sensor 2 (see page 11-243). Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 2 and the P C M .PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 19. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). 9. Does one of the sensors differ more than 5. . ! 11-182 NO-lntermittent failure.08 V or less indicated? 25. the system is OK at this time. Check ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. and the value of ECT SENSOR 2 and the ambient temperature individually.08 V or less indicated? Y E S . ECT sensor 2. 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. 30. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Is about 356 °F (180 °C) or more.G o to step 7.4 °F (3 °C) from the ambient temperature? YES-Replace the sensor that differed more than 5. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . or 0. 2. and the P C M . H 3. NO-Go to step 11. 26. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Note the ambient temperature. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1. ECT sensor 2. 6. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Disconnect the ECT sensor 2 2P connector. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. the system is OK at this time. Drain the coolant (see page 10-6). NO-lntermittent failure. 24. Quickly note the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. or 0. Is DTC P2183 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1. DTC P2184: ECT Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage 20. 2 1 . 5. Connect ECT sensors 1 and 2 to their 2P connectors. Remove ECT sensor 1 (see page 11-243). H 27. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Compare the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and the ambient temperature. and the PCM.G o t o step 3. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 22. 4. and ECT sensor 2 (see page 11-243). 1.

Check for continuity between ECT sensor 2 2P connector terminal No. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Reconnect all connectors. If the PCM was substituted. If the PCM was updated. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. ECT S E N S O R 2P CONNECTOR 18. 19. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If the PCM was substituted. NO-lf the PCM was updated. 20. 17. troubleshooting is complete. 12. then go to step 1.^ Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between ECT sensor 2 and the PCM (A21). replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). 16. 14. 11. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Is DTC P2184 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 2 and the PCM. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Reconnect all connectors. • 11-183 . go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .10. NO-Go to step 18. go to step 1. 1 and body ground. Replace ECT sensor 2 (see page 11-243). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. 13.then go to step 13. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. 1 2 ECT2(BLU) Wire side of female terminals Is DTC P2184 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 2 and the PCM. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). then recheck. 15.

Is about —40 °F(—40 °C) or less. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2 with a jumper wire. H ECT2(BLU) 3. 11-184 °C) or less. or 4. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 1. NO-Go to step 20. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).92 V or more indicated? 10.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) DTC P2185: ECT Sensor 2 Circuit High Voltage 8. Connect ECT sensor 2 2P connector terminals No. the system is OK at this time. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. NO-Go to step 16. 1 and body ground. 1 and No. Disconnect the ECT sensor 2 2P connector. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Remove the jumper wire f r o m the ECT sensor 2 2P connector. or 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). E C T S E N S O R 2P CONNECTOR Wire side of female terminals Is there about 5 V? YES-Go to step 12.92 V or more . 7. Check ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. Check ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. 2. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 4. NO-lntermittent failure. Is about -40 indicated? °F (-40 YES-Go to step 8. 5. Measure the voltage between ECT sensor 2 2P connector terminal No. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 2 and the P C M . ECT2 (BLU) S G 7 (GRN) JUMPER WIRE Wire side of female terminals 6. ETC S E N S O R 2P CONNECTOR YES-Go to step 3. 9. 11.

J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). 18. then go to step 22. 13. 16. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A37) and ECT sensor 2. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A21 and ECT sensor 2 2P connector terminal No. E C T S E N S O R 2P CONNECTOR E C T S E N S O R 2P CONNECTOR 1 2 S G 7 (GRN) ECT2 (BLU) JL Wire side of Wire side of female terminals (Q) PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) li JL 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 26 27 28 22 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 48 49 40 41 046 1 2 ISMS female terminals ECT2 (PUR) il 3 |4 |5 |6 |7 | 8 13 14 15 16 17|18 19 20 21 27 28 22 24 25 32|33 34 35|36 37 38 39 29 30 40141 y\A 4 4 I X I 4 6 y\ 48149 S G 7 (BLK) Terminal side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 27.12. then go to step 22. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). (cont'd) 11-185 . 2. 17. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK ( 0 ) . 1. 14. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A37 and ECT sensor 2 2P connector terminal No. YES-Go to step 27. 19. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A21) and ECT sensor 2. 15. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).

Is DTC P2185 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 2 and the PCM. troubleshoot those DTCs first. If needed. go to step 1. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. the system is OK at this time. Reconnect all connectors. P2176. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Start the engine. NO-lntermittent failure. Check for dirt or debris in the MAF sensor/IAT sensor. If the PCM was substituted. 3. NO-Go to step 2. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). P2122 and P2138 or P2127 and P2138 are stored at the same time as DTC P2195 (P2197)*. troubleshooting is complete. • If DTCP2101. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. refuel. DTC P2195: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1. • Before y o u troubleshoot. 28. then recheck for DTC P2195 <P2197)\ 1. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Reset the PCM with the HDS. Is DTC P2185 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 2 and the PCM. and let it idle for 2 minutes. P2135. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ^ 11-186 . If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. NO-Go to step 3. If the PCM was updated. Check the installation of A/F sensor (Sensor 1). and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). DTC P2197: Front A/F Sensor (Bank 2. Sensor 1) Signal Stuck Lean 23. then go to step 14. 26. Is the A/F sensor loose or disconnected pipe? from the exhaust YES-Go to step 7. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . replace the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see page 11-242). Is it dirty? YES-Remove the debris. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. then go to step 1. • If the vehicle was out of fuel and the engine stalled before this DTC was stored. and clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. then recheck. 22. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. 2 1 . or a combination of P2122 and P2127. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting-^ • Information marked w i t h an asterisk O applies to the front bank (Bank 2). NO-lf the PCM was updated. 29. 2.^ 27.P2118. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326).PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 20. NOTE: 25. 5. Reconnect all connectors. P2138. Is DTC P2195 and/or P2197' indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. If the PCM was substituted. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Replace ECT sensor 2 (see page 11-243). 6. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Sensor 1) Signal Stuck Lean 24. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249).

13. Reinstall A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see page 11-244). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 16. NO-Go to step 17. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. 11-187 . If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. then go to step 1. 11. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). 16. and let it idle for 2 minutes. Is DTC P2195 and/or P2197' 14. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). NO-Go to step 13. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Is DTC P2195 and/or P2197* indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. Start the engine. troubleshooting is complete. go to step 1. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 12. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . then go to step 15. If the PCM was substituted. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2195 and/or P2197* in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).7. g o t o step 15. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. 10. go to step 1. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2195 and/or P2197* in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 17. 8. If the PCM was updated. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ^ NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. If the PCM was updated. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. 9. Does the screen indicate 15. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. keep idling until a result comes on. If the PCM was substituted. keep idling until a result comes on. indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. then go to step 1. 12. check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM.lf the PCM was substituted. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-lf the PCM was updated.

760 mmHg). troubleshoot those DTCs first. Turn the ignition switch to ON (H). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 11. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11 -7). Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). troubleshooting is complete. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). etc). Start the engine. P1128. Does the screen indicate • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158°F(70 °C) Is the intake air system clogged or 9. • If DTC P0107. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 2. If the PCM was substituted.9 V at sea level indicated? NO-Go to step 7. restricted? YES-Remove the clog or restriction. 4. Does the screen indicate 8. 7. the system is OK at this time. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Test-drive under these conditions: • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158 °F (70 °C) • Transmission in D • Throttle position between 14 deg and 29 deg for at least 3 seconds 11. go to step 4 and recheck. then go to step 9. Check the intake air system for clogging or restrictions (foreign material. YES-Go to step 3. then let it idle. Is DTC P2227 indicated? NO-Go to step 12. If the PCM was substituted. and/or P1129 are stored at the same time as DTC P2227. .000 r p m w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . If the PCM was substituted. P0108. then go to step 9. Check the BARO SENSOR in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. then recheck for DTC P2227. and wait 2 seconds. check for poor connections or loose terminals at the PCM. If the PCM was updated. 12. go to step 1. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. FAILED? YES-Go to step 7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2227 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. Clear the DTC with the HDS. then let it idle. Is about 101 kPa (29. then go to step 9. 11-188 10. YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the PCM . NO-lf the screen indicates PASSED.000 rpm w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2227 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Hold the engine speed at 3. 5. or about 2. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. dirty air cleaner element. 1. NO-Go to step 8. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. PASSED? YES-lf the PCM was updated. 3. Start the engine. If the PCM was updated. intermittent failure. Test-drive under these conditions: • Transmission in D • Throttle position between 14 deg and 29 deg for at least 3 seconds 6. Hold the engine speed at 3. replace the original PCM (see page 11 -250). go t o step 1.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) DTC P2227: BARO Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Problem NOTE: • Before you t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot.9 in.Hg. go to step 9.

2 in. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). then recheck. Is DTC P2228 indicated? Is DTC P2229 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the PCM.B 3. YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the PCM. If the PCM was updated.49 Vor more indicated? YES-Go to step 3. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). If the PCM was substituted.Hg. 4. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). the system is OK at this time. troubleshooting is complete. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 323 mmHg). If the PCM was updated. troubleshooting is complete. YES-Go to step 3.200 mmHg). 1. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS.7 in. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. go to step 1. 1. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated.DTC P2228: BARO Sensor Circuit Low Voltage DTC P2229: BARO Sensor Circuit High Voltage NOTE: Before you t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). 2. If the PCM was substituted. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Check the BARO SENSOR in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. NO-lntermittent failure. 2. the system is OK at this time. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated.Hg. NO-lf the PCM was updated. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). or 1. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. 3. go to step 1. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). • NO-lf the PCM was updated.31 V or less indicated? Is about 160 kPa (47. 1.l NO-lntermittent failure. • 11-189 . go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If the PCM was substituted. then recheck. 4. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Is about 43 kPa (12. Check the BARO SENSOR in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). If the PCM was substituted. or 4. replace the original PCM (see page 11 -250).

then let it idle 2 minutes. DTC P2240: Front A/F Sensor (Bank 2. 11-190 . 6. IPB1 (GRN) 2. Disconnect A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connector. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. the system is OK at this t i m e . 4. Is DTC P2237 and/or P22401ndicated? 2 5 / 6 IPB2 (GRN/RED)* Wire side of female terminals 3. Check for continuity between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connectorterminal No.l n t e r m i t t e n t failure.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) DTC P2237: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Hold the engine speed at 3. Sensor 1) IP Circuit High Voltage 5. 5 and PCM connectorterminal B31 (B32)\ • Before you t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the P C M .000 r p m w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . A / F S E N S O R (SENSOR 1) 6P CONNECTOR 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Sensor 1) IP Circuit High Voltage 7. 8. 1 4 PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) 1 3 j 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 110 11 12 13 14 15 16 17|18 19 20 21 22 23 24 28 25 29 30 3233 34 3536 37 38 39 |40|41 42 ^1X1451461^7149 YES-Go to step 5. IPB1 (GRN) N O . Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. Start the engine. • Information marked with an asterisk O applies to the front bank (Bank 2). NOTE: 9. then go to step 14. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (B31 (B32)*) and A/F sensor (Sensor 1). H IPB2 (GRN/RED)* Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 10.

then go to step 1. 11. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. 12. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2237 and/or P2240* in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ^ NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. 14. 17. Replace A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see page 11-244). Hold the engine speed at 3. less? P22401ndicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. (cont'd) 11-191 . then let it idle 2 minutes. keep idling until a result comes on. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 13. check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Reconnect PCM connector B (49P).2 Vor YES-Go to step 20. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. N O . then go to step 1.000 rpm w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on.10. 5 and body ground. 15. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 18. 18.G o to step 13. Is DTC P2237 and/or A / F S E N S O R (SENSOR 1) 6P CONNECTOR / 1 2 4 5 6 IPB1 (GRN) IPB2 (GRN/RED)* X Wire side of female terminals Is there about 0. NO-Go to step 19. Start the engine. 16. 19. Reconnect all connectors. Measure the voltage between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connector terminal No. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326).

24. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). go t o step 1. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2237 and/or P2240* in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. If the PCM was updated. If the PCM w a s updated. then go t o step 23. and let it idle. If the PCM was substituted. Start the engine. 25. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 24. If the PCM w a s substituted. Hold the engine speed at 3. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. N O . 2 1 . Sensor 1) IP Circuit Low Voltage NOTE: • Before y o u troubleshoot. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Is DTC P2238 and/or P224Vindicated? Y E S . keep idling until a result comes o n . 23. go to step 1. 1. 3. NO-lntermittent failure. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). the system is OK at this time. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Start the engine. Does the screen indicate PASSED? Y E S .G o t o step 5. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the P C M . then let it idle 2 minutes. then go to step 23. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .G o t o step 25. 22. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 2. B . Is DTC P2237 and/or P22401ndicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Sensor 1) IP Circuit Low Voltage DTC P2241: Front A/F Sensor (Bank 2.000 r p m w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on. If the PCM w a s substituted. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. 4. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7).PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 20. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). 11-192 DTC P2238: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1. troubleshooting is complete. Reconnect all connectors. check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. • Information marked w i t h an asterisk (*) applies to the front bank (Bank 2).l f the PCM w a s updated.

N O . # IPB1 (GRN) IPB2 (GRN/RED)* IPB2 (GRN/RED)* Wire side of female terminals Is there about 0. 7. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. (cont'd) 11-193 .G o to step 10. 10.2 V or less? YES-Go to step 20.G o to step 13. Hold the engine speed at 3. Start the engine. then let it idle 2 minutes. Reconnect PCM connector B (49P). 12. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). 5 and body g r o u n d . 11. 6.000 r p m w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on. then go to step 14. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B31 (B32) and body g r o u n d . # PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) A / F S E N S O R (SENSOR 1) 6P CONNECTOR Tf=r 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 28 25 26 29 30 31|32|33|34|35|36 37 38 39 40 41 4|2lJ^Xl45"[46 49 IPB1 (GRN) Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (B31 (B32) ) and A/F sensor (Sensor 1). N O . 8. Measure the voltage between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connector terminal No. Disconnect the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connector. 9.5.

troubleshooting is complete. 16. then go to step 1. then go to step 1. If the PCM was substituted. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? Y E S . Replace A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see page 11 -244). go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 22. go to step 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Is DTC P2238 and/or P224V indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 18. 20. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. Reconnect all connectors. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). If the PCM was updated. and let it idle. If the PCM was substituted. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. 11-194 . substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. 19. If the PCM was updated. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). 15. 23. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. NO-Go to step 25. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2238 and/or P224V in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. Reconnect all connectors. If the PCM was substituted. check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. Is DTC P2238 and/or P224V indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. Reset the PCM with the HDS. 18.l f the PCM was updated. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). then go to step 23.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 13. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2238 and/or P2241* in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. keep idling until a result comes on. then go to step 23. 24.^ NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 25. 14. Start the engine. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. go to step 1. NO-Go to step 19. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 24. 17. 2 1 . keep idling until a result comes on.

Hold the engine speed at 3. the system is OK at this time. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. 4. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot.000 r p m w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . 6.DTC P2243: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1. Disconnect the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connector. Sensor 1) VCENT Circuit High Voltage 5. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. H PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) VCENTB2 (RED/WHT)* 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9|10| 14|15 16 17|18 19 20 21 12 26 28 22 23 24 29 30 31 32|33 34 35|36 37 38 39 40 41 VCENTB1 (RED) 1 ^ Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go t o step 10. 8. (cont'd) 11-195 . Sensor 1) VCENT Circuit High Voltage 7. Check for continuity between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connectorterminal No. Is DTC P2243 and/or P224T 1 2 4 5 6 indicated? YES-Go to step 5. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (B15 (B24)*) and A/F sensor (Sensor 1). Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the P C M . Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). Start the engine. 6 and PCM connectorterminal B15(B24r. 1. NOTE: • Before y o u troubleshoot. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). A / F S E N S O R (SENSOR 1) 6P CONNECTOR VCENTB2 (RED/WHT)* 2. then go to step 14. DTC P2247: Front A/F Sensor (Bank 2. NO-lntermittent failure. then let it idle 2 minutes. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 9. • Information marked with an asterisk O applies to the front bank (Bank 2). / VCENTB1 (RED) Wire side of female terminals 3.

Hold the engine speed at 3. Reconnect PCM connector B (49P).2 V or less? Y E S . If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. NO-Go to step 19. keep idling until a result comes on. then let it idle 2 minutes. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326).000 r p m without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on. VCENTB1 (RED) VCENTB2 (RED/WHT)* Wire side of female terminals Is there about 0. Is DTC P2243 and/or P2247* A / F S E N S O R (SENSOR 1) 6P CONNECTOR Indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. 15. 16. check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. 11-196 19. Reconnect all connectors. Reset the PCM with the HDS. 17. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. 13. then go to step 1. then go to step 1. 18. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. Measure the voltage between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connectorterminal No. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 18. Replace A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see page 11 -244). NO-Go to step 13. .PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 10. 14. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2243 and/or P2247* in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS.G o to step 20. 6 and body ground. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 11. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 12. Start the engine.

If the PCM was substituted. Does the screen indicate PASSED? Y E S . replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). 4. 21. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Sensor 1) VCENT Circuit Low Voltage DTC P2249: Front A/F Sensor (Bank 2.G o to step 5. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). the system is OK at this time. and let it idle. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 3. Is DTC P2243 and/or P224T indicated? Y E S . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Sensor 1) VCENT Circuit Low Voltage NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot. NO-Go to step 25. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3. 25.l f the PCM was updated. If the PCM was updated. 23. If the PCM was substituted. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 22. troubleshooting is complete. 24. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 24. Is DTC P2245 and/or P2249' indicated? Y E S . Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). go to step 1. If the PCM was substituted. then let it idle 2 minutes. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). NO-lntermittent failure.C h e c k for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). (cont'd) 11-197 . then go to step 23. 2. keep idling until a result comes on. 1.H NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. • Information marked with an asterisk (*) applies to the front bank (Bank 2). go to step 1. check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. Start the engine. • DTC P2245: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1. then go to step 23. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2243 and/or P2247* in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Reconnect all connectors.20.000 rpm without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. If the PCM was updated.

NO-Go to step 13. 12. then let it idle 2 minutes. PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) VCENTB1 (RED) A / F S E N S O R (SENSOR 1) 6P CONNECTOR H i 5 | 6 | 7 I 8 9 110 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 K M 26 28 29 30 32|33 34 35|36 37 38 39 40141 2 | X M 4 5 | 4 6 | / T 7 T 4 9 ' r • ^ Q) VCENTB1 (RED) V C E N T B 2 (RED/WHT)* VCENTB2 (RED/WHT)* Terminal side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (B15 (B24)*) and A/F sensor (Sensor 1). J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. Hold the engine speed at 3. 11. 9.2 V or less? . then go to step 14. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). Reconnect PCM connector B (49P). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 5. 6. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B15 (B24)* and body ground. 7. NO-Go to step 10. 10. 11-198 Is there about 0. YES-Go to step 20. Start the engine. 6 and body g r o u n d . Measure the voltage between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connectorterminal No.000 r p m without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . 8. Disconnect the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connector.

19. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2245 and/or P2249* in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. 11-199 . Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2245 and/or P2249* in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). 15. If the PCM was updated. troubleshooting is complete. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. go to step 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Is DTC P2245 and/or P2249* indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If the PCM was substituted. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 18. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. keep idling until a result comes on. If the Screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. 18. then go to step 23. 23. and let it idle. 25. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. 20. If the PCM was updated. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-lf the PCM was updated.13. then go to step 1. Reconnect all connectors. Start the engine. 17. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Reconnect all connectors. 16. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). If the PCM was substituted. If the PCM was substituted. 24. then go to step 23.G o to step 19. keep idling until a result comes on. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). NO-Go to step 25. 22. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Replace A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see page 11 -244). 14. then go to step 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. Is DTC P2245 and/or P2249'indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 21. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 24. N O . go to step 1.

6. Sensor 1) VS Circuit High Voltage 7. Disconnect the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connector. A / F SENSOR (SENSOR 1) 6P CONNECTOR • If DTC P2251 and/or P2254* is stored at the same time as DTC P0134 and/or P0154*. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). 4 and PCM connector terminal B13(B14r. Start the engine. Check for continuity between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connector terminal No. 7 3. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). NO-lntermittent failure. then let it idle 2 minutes. the system is OK at this time. Sensor 1) VS Circuit High Voltage 5. then go to step 14. 8. IS 4. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (B13 (B14)*) and A/F sensor (Sensor 1). then recheck for P0134 and/or P0154*. • Before you troubleshoot. VSB2 (RED/BLU)* VSB1 (BLU) 2. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. 11-200 8 MS|?I. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) DTC P2251: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1. 1 4 5 6 V S B 2 (RED/BLU)* Wire side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) 1. / VSB1 (BLU) • Information marked with an asterisk O applies to the front bank (Bank 2). Clear the DTC with the HDS.B is there continuity? YES-Go to step 10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Hold the engine speed at 3.000 rpm without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n .17|18 19 20 21 26 28 22 23 24 3 ^ 2 5 29 30 32|33 34 35|36 37 38 39 40 [41 4 2 | y 1 X | 4 5 | 4 6 | ^ X | 4 9 | . troubleshoot DTC P2251 and/or P2254* first. ( 12 13 14|15 16 . Is DTC P2251 andlor P2254 Terminal side of female terminals indicated? YES-Go to step 5. NOTE: 9. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. DTC P2254: Front A/F Sensor (Bank 2. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).

19. N O . Replace A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see page 11-244).G o to step 20. 16.10. 12. N O . keep idling until a result comes o n . go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is complete. Start the engine. 4 and b o d y g r o u n d . less? Indicated? YES-Check for p o o r connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM.^ N O .2 V or Y E S . 17. 13.l f the screen indicates FAILED. Reconnect PCM connector B (49P). then let it idle 2 minutes. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). t h e n go to step 1. Measure the voltage between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connector t e r m i n a l No.G o to step 19. check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. 14. 15. Turn the ignition switch to O N (II). M o n i t o r the OBD STATUS for DTC P2251 and/or P2254* in the DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS.000 r p m w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . 11. Is DTC P2251 and/or P2254* A / F S E N S O R ( S E N S O R 1) 6P C O N N E C T O R / 1 2 4 5 6 VSB1(BLU) ^ VSB2 (RED/BLU)* X W i r e side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s Is there about 0. If any other Pending or C o n f i r m e d DTCs w e r e indicated in step 18.G o to step 13. Does the screen Indicate PASSED? Y E S . 18. Check for Pending or C o n f i r m e d DTCs w i t h the HDS. (cont'd) 11-201 . Hold the engine speed at 3. Reconnect all connectors. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. t h e n go to step 1.

and review the general t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see page 11-3). • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). then go t o step 23. g o to step 1. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Start the engine. Sensor 1) V S Circuit Low Voltage NOTE: • Before y o u troubleshoot. Check for Pending or C o n f i r m e d DTCs w i t h the HDS. then let it idle 2 minutes.g o o d PCM (see page 11-7).PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 20. g o t o step 1. T u r n the ignition switch t o LOCK (0). If the PCM w a s updated. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the P C M . 2 1 .l n t e r m i t t e n t failure. 3. 2. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). If the PCM w a s updated. the system is OK at this t i m e . then go to step 23. If the PCM w a s substituted. check for poor connections or loose t e r m i n a l s at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. Does the screen indicate PASSED? Y E S .g o o d PCM (see page 11-7).g o o d PCM (see page 11-7). If the PCM w a s substituted. substitute a k n o w n . or substitute a k n o w n . • Information marked w i t h an asterisk (*) applies t o t h e f r o n t bank (Bank 2). and let it idle. H . N O .C h e c k for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. 25. Reconnect all connectors. Hold the engine speed at 3. Is DTC P2252 and/or P2255* indicated? Y E S . If any other Pending or C o n f i r m e d DTCs w e r e indicated in step 24. g o t o the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . substitute a k n o w n .G o t o step 25. N O . 24.l f the PCM was u p d a t e d . keep idling until a result comes o n . If the PCM w a s substituted. If DTC P2251 and/or P22541ndicated? Y E S . Check for Pending or C o n f i r m e d DTCs w i t h the HDS.000 r p m w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n . 4. Start the engine. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. Turn the ignition switch t o ON (II). M o n i t o r the OBD STATUS for DTC P2251 and/or P2254* in the DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS. 22. 11-202 DTC P2252: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1. 1.G o t o step 5. 23. Sensor 1) V S Circuit Low Voltage DTC P2255: Front A/F Sensor (Bank 2.

11. Disconnect the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connector. NO-Go to step 10. Start the engine. Reconnect PCM connector B (49P). 8. 10. 12. 9. 4 and body ground.000 rpm without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on. Is there about 0. then let it idle 2 minutes. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). 7. NO-Go to step 13.5. YES-Go to step 20. Measure the voltage between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 6P connector terminal No. 6. then go to step 14. Hold the engine speed at 3. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B13(B14)*and body ground.2 V or less? (cont'd) 11-203 . PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) VSB1 (BLU) VSB2(RED/BLU)* 4 5 7 8 9 A / F S E N S O R (SENSOR 1) 6P CONNECTOR 10 1 2 1 3 14 1 5 1 6 17 18 1 9 2 0 22 23 24 40141 25 26 28 3 2 3 3 34 3 5 3 6 37 38 39 29 30 | 4 2 4 5 1 4 6 I^XLXI 4 9 VSB1 (BLU) VSB2 (RED/BLU)* Terminal side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (B13 (B14)*) and A/F sensor (Sensor 1).

T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is complete. keep idling until a result comes on. check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. Start the engine. Does the screen indicate PASSED? Y E S . or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 13. 16. 25. 24. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250).C h e c k for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 18. 2 1 . 22. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ^ NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. If the PCM was substituted. 18. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). then go to step 23. N O . Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS.l f the PCM was updated. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. go to step 1. If the PCM was updated. Reconnect all connectors. keep idling until a result comes on. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2252 and/or P2255* in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2252 and/or P2255* in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. If the PCM was substituted. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 24. If the PCM was updated. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 19. 11-204 . 17.^ NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. then go to step 23. If the PCM was substituted. then go to step 1. Is DTC P2252 and/or P2255'indicated? Y E S . If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. troubleshooting is complete. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Is DTC P2252 and/or P2255'indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM.G o to step 19. Replace A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see page 11-244). and let it idle. Reset the PCM with the HDS. Reconnect all connectors. NO-Go to step 25. 20. go to step 1. 14. 15. then go to step 1. 23. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Does the screen indicate PASSED? Y E S .

then let it idle. NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).DTC P2610: PCM Ignition Off Internal Timer Malfunction DTC P2A00: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES-Go to step 6.• 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. keep driving until a result comes on. Sensor 1) Circuit Range/Performance Problem NOTE: Before you troubleshoot record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Sensor 1) Range/Performance Problem 1. • Is DTC P2610 indicated? Information marked with an asterisk O applies to the front bank (Bank 2). the system is OK at this time. Hold the engine speed at 3. intermittent failure. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). 4.000 rpm without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on. Clear the DTC with the HDS. then decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) for 8 seconds 5. If the PCM was substituted. • 3. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2A00 and/or P2A03* in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. (cont'd) 11-205 . 4. NO-lntermittent failure. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Start the engine. 1. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. troubleshooting is complete. 2. go to step 3 and recheck. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If the PCM was substituted. 3. Clear the DTC with the HDS. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). go to step 1. YES-Go to step 4. N O .l f the screen indicates PASSED. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Test-drive under these conditions: • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158 °F (70 °C) • Transmission in D • Vehicle speed between 25—55 mph (40—88 km/h) for 5 minutes • Drive at a steady speed between 55—75 mph (88— 120 km/h) for 10 seconds. If the screen indicates EXECUTING. the system is OK at this time. then recheck. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Is DTC P2610 indicated? YES-lf the PCM was updated. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). DTC P2A03: Front A/F Sensor (Bank 2. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. NO-lf the PCM was updated.

Is DTC P2A00 and/or P2A03* indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the PCM. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Replace A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see page 11-244). YES-Go to step 4. then go to step 1. go to step 11. NO-lf the PCM was updated. If the PCM was substituted. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION.B 4. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. go to step 1. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). 10. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. troubleshooting is complete. NO-lntermittent failure. then decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) for 8 seconds 12. 7. go to the indicated DTC s troubleshooting. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 8. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. • Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158 °F (70 °C) • Transmission in D Is DTC U0029 indicated? • Vehicle speed between 25—55 mph (40—88 km/h) for 5 minutes • Drive at a steady speed between 55—75 mph (88— 120 km/h) for 10 seconds. 13. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Is DTC U0029 indicated? YES-lf the PCM was updated. keep driving until a result comes on. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). 11. DTC U0029: F-CAN Malfunction (BUS-OFF (PCM)) NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. If the screen indicates EXECUTING. Clear the DTC with the HDS. NO-Go to step 13. then go to step 1. 11-206 3. then recheck. 1. Reset the PCM with the HDS. 5. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 12. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2A00 and/orP2A03* in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. If the PCM was substituted. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. Test-drive under these conditions: 2. check for poor connections or loose terminals at A/F sensor (Sensorl) and the PCM. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. 9.• . Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS.• NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 6. the system is OK at this time.

J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). n J n 6 7 8 9 10 3 MS • 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 11 26 27 28 • 24 25 29 30 31 32 33 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 l / | 4 4 | / | 4 6 | / 48|4< j 40 J41 I C A N L (RED) CANH (WHT) Terminal side of female terminals 2 / >< >< / VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A ( 2 2 P ) n YES-Go to step 4. then recheck for DTC U0114. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A48 (A49)* and VTM-4 control unit connector terminal A11 (A22K individually. replace the original VTM-4 control unit (see page 15-44). Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the VTM-4 control unit and the P C M . 2. 8. Are the connections OK? YES-Go to step 11. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. indicated? YES-Go to step 5. 5. (cont'd) 11-207 . then g o t o step 19. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. the system is OK at this time. Disconnect VTM-4 control unit connector A (22P). NO-Go to step 10. NO-Repair the connections. Check for DTCs in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.DTC U0114: F-CAN Malfunction (PCM-VTM-4 Control Unit) NOTE: 9. *: CANL line • Before you t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 6. 11. • If DTC U0029 is stored at the same time as DTC U0114. 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Check for a poor connection at VTM-4 control unit connectors A (22P) and B (12P). Is VTM-4 system DTC 41 PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) / C A N H ( W H T ) ^ n n // / m m 8 10 11 4 1 6 22 20 18 12 13 14 15 16 u u / CANL (RED) Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Substitute a known-good VTM-4 control unit (see page 15-44). NO-Repair open in the wire between the VTM-4 control unit (A11 (A22)*) and the PCM (A48 (A49)*). troubleshoot DTC U0029 first. Disconnect VTM-4 control unit connector A (22P). Is DTC U0114 Indicated? NO-lntermittent failure. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). then go to step 19. B 4. If DTC U0114 is not indicated. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). then go to step 19 and recheck. 13. then go to step 19. 12. 1.

B12. Check for continuity between VTM-4 control unit connector terminals A10.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 14. and body ground individually. NO-Repair open in the wire between the VTM-4 control unit and body ground (G504). 1 IG1 VTM-4 (7. If DTC U0114 is not indicated. 1 IG1 VTM-4 (7. 15. n 1 4 6 8 10 11 22 18 20 12 13 14 15 16 / / / / GND (BLK) ?/ -XL 11 n 4 8 6 1 10 11 22 12 13 14 15 16 18 20 / 7 / Wire side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals Is there battery voltage? YES-Go to step 15. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). replace the original VTM-4 control unit (see page 15-44). repair open in the wire between the No.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. then go to step 19. 17. B5. Measure the voltage between VTM-4 control unit connector terminal A1 and body ground. then go to step 19. then go to step 19 and recheck.5 A) fuse and the VTM-4 control unit. VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A (22P) VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A (22P) IG1 (GRN) JO. Disconnect VTM-4 control unit connector B (12P). If the fuse is OK. 11-208 . then go to step 18. VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR B (12P) GND (BLK) n L 1 16. 2 3 4 5 A 11 12 /// GND (BLK) Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Substitute a known-good VTM-4 control unit (see page 15-44). NO-Check the No.

18. Reset the PCM with the HDS. Is DTC U0122 indicated? YES-Go to step 5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 8. Check for communication to the VSA system with the HDS. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). (cont'd) 11-209 . Does the HDS communicate with the VSA modulator-control unit? YES-Go to step 6. 4. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Reconnect all connectors. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. DTC U0122: F-CAN Malfunction (PCM-VSA Modulator-Control Unit) 21. 9. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 23. Is DTC U0114 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the VTM-4 control unit and the PCM. 22. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the VSA modulator-control unit and the PCM. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). the brake system indicator. 1.H 5. the system is OK at this time. • NO-Go to step 3. 19. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. 7. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. NO-Go to VSA system symptom troubleshooting for the ABS indicator. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting-^ Are DTC U0029 and U0122 indicated at the same time? YES-Go to troubleshooting for DTC U0029 (see page 11-206). 3. 2. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NO-Troubleshooting is complete. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS.• 6. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. NO-lntermittent failure. then go to step 1. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 36P connector. and the VSA indicator (see page 19-140). 20. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot.

14. 1. then go to step 12 and recheck. If DTC U0122 is not indicated after substitution. 11. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A48) and the VSA modulator-control unit.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 10. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A49 and VSA modulator-control unit 36P connector terminal No. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) Jl|2 11 22 1 29 30 |40|41 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9|10| 13 1415 16 1718 19 20 21 • 24 25 26 27 28 31 3233 34 3536 37 38 39 48|49| / / >< >< Terminal side of female terminals CANH (WHT) VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 36P CONNECTOR |1|/|3|4|/|6|/|8|9|10|11| 12 13 35 36 I CANL (RED) VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 36P CONNECTOR Il/|3l4l/l6|/|8l9ll0ll1 12 13 H14|/|/|/|18|19|/|21[/|23|/| CANH (WHT) |25|26|27|/|/|30|/|/|/|34| CANL (RED) I25l26l27l/|/l30l/l/|/l34l 35 36 J Wire side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 11. YES-Update the VSA modulator-control unit if it does not have the latest software (see page 19-146). or substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see page 19-147). NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A49) and the VSA modulator-control unit. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A48 and VSA modulator-control unit 36P connector terminal No. then go to step 12. then go to step 12. then go to step 12. replace the original VSA modulator-control unit (see page 19-147). 11-210 .

9. and/or B1178 indicated? YES-Go to step 5. then go to step 1. the system is OK at this time. Is DTC B1168. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. 14. (cont'd) 11-211 . B1169. 16. Reset the PCM with the HDS. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. 8.• 5. NO-Do the gauge control module input test (see page 22-355). YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the VSA modulator-control unit and the PCM. 13. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Clear the DTC with the HDS.B 4. Check for body electrical DTCs in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Is DTC U0122 indicated? 2. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. DTC U0155: F-CAN Malfunction (PCM-Gauge Control Module) 15. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot.12. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the gauge control module and the PCM. 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Remove the gauge control module (see page 22-359). Disconnect gauge control module connector A (32P). and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326).• Is DTC U0155 indicated? YES-Go to step 4. 1. 6. NO-lntermittent failure. Reconnect ail connectors. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

13. 29. 14. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting^ 11-212 . PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) J 1|11 2 • 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 10 13 1415 16 17 18 19 20 21 • 24 25 26 27 28 1 • 29 30 31 3233 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 |40|41 / l / | 4 4 | / | 4 6 | / 48|49| I 3 8 9|10| • 13 1415 16 1718 19 20 21 • 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 3233 34 35L>37 38 40 41 l / | 4 4 | / | 4 6 | / 48|49| / >^ / Jl|2 11 / >< >< / / I CANH (WHT) Terminal side of female terminals CANL (RED) Terminal side of female terminals GAUGE CONTROL MODULE 32P CONNECTOR . NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A49) and the gauge control module. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. Reconnect all connectors. then go to step 12. 12. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). If DTC U0155 is not indicated.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 10. then go to step 12 and recheck. then go to step 12. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A49 and gauge control module 32P connector terminal No. Is DTC U0155 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the gauge control module and the PCM. 30. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. 1|2[/L/|5|6 /|8|9|10 11|12|13|14|/|16| |17|18|19|20|21|22|23|24|25|/|27|28|29|30|/132 GAUGE CONTROL MODULE 32P CONNECTOR 1121/^1/1516 / | 8 | 9 | 1 0 1 l | l 2 | l 3 h 4 | / | l 6 | |17|18|19|20|21|22|23|24|25|/127|28|29|30|/132 CANL (RED) Wire side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 11. then go to step 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A48 and gauge control module 32P connector terminal No. Reset the PCM with the HDS. . 11. YES-Substitute a known-good gauge control module (see page 22-359). NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A48) and the gauge control module. 16. then go to step 12. 15. replace the original gauge control module (see page 22-359).

8. NO-lntermittent failure. (cont'd) 11-213 . 2.DTC U0300: PGM-FI System and A/T System Program Version Mismatch NOTE: • NOTE: Before you troubleshoot.B DTC U1101: F-CAN Malfunction (PCM-ACM) NOTE: Before you troubleshoot record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot.B NO-Troubleshooting is complete. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. 2. NO-Go to step 5. • Do not turn the ignition switch to ACC (I) or to LOCK (0) while updating the PCM. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Disconnect the engine mount control unit 16P connector. 5. Is DTC P15AB indicated? YES-Go to the ACM system's DTC P15AB troubleshooting (see page 4-58). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. 7. Is DTC U0300 indicated? YES-Replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Check for ACM system DTCs in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. the system is OK at this time. Do the PCM update procedure for the PGM-FI and A/T systems (see page 11-249). If you do. the PCM will be damaged. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). 1. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). lsDTCU1101indicated? YES-Go to step 4. 3. 6. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the PCM. 1.B 4. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

then go to step 11. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ^ 11-214 . YES-Substitute a known-good engine mount control unit (see page 4-77). Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A48 and engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. then go to step 11 and recheck. 13. Reset the PCM with the HDS. 14. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. lsDTCU1101indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the PCM. then go to step 11. then go to step 1. 15. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated.G o to step 10. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A49) and the engine mount control unit. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A48) and the engine mount control unit.PGM-FI System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 9. 12. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). 11. 14. 12. If DTC U1101 is not indicated after substitution. 10. then go to step 11. replace the original engine mount control unit (see page 4-77). PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) * liol rn~2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 11 13 1415 16 1718 19 20 21 i 24 25 26 27 28 • i i 29 30 31 3233 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 48|49| |40|41 /|44 \/###BOT_TEXT###amp;Y / / / >< >< / I . Reconnect all connectors. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A49 and engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. | 1 | 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9|10| 11 13 1415 16 17 18 19 20 21 • 24 25 26 27 28 i 1 i 29 30 31 3233 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 | X | 4 4 | / | 4 6 | X 48|49| 40 41 / / >< >< / CANH (WHT) ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR i 2 4 3 1 0 11 5 1 2 ^ 1 4 9 8 7 6 1 5 CANL (RED) Terminal side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals 1 / 1 6 1 2 1 0 11 6 5 1 2 / 8 7 1 4 1 5 9 1 6 CANL (RED) CANH (WHT) Wire side of female terminals r 4 3 Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? Is there continuity? Y E S . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

• Gauge control module 32P (see page 22-359). 9 |10| 20 21 i 27 28 i i 38 39 48|49| • TPMS control unit 20P (see page 18-101). Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between PCM connector terminals A48 and A49. Measure the resistance between PCM connector terminals A48 and A49.H NO-Go to step 7. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminals A48 and A49. or (without VTM-4)? 88-107Q A / / YES-Go to step 36. 4. >< >< 9 10 20 21 27 28 38 39 48 49 CANH (WHT) IT) | 1 1 1CANL j (RED) 0A HQH NO-Go to step 5. 5. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). • Engine mount control unit 16P (see page 4-77). Disconnect these connectors: 2.1 0 3 Q (with VTM-4). 6. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting 1. • SRS unit A (39P) (see page 24-188). PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) 1 2 11 22 1 29 30 |40|41 / 3 | 4 |5 |6 |7 | 8 13 14 15 16 1718 19 24 25 26 31 3233 34 35 36 37 / >< >< • Yaw rate-lateral/longitudinal acceleration sensor 5P (see page 19-144). • VTM-4 control unit A (22P) (with VTM-4) (see page 15-44). (cont'd) 11-215 . • VSA modulator-control unit 36P (see page 19-147). Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 3. 6 7 11 13 14 15 16 1718 19 24 25 22 26 29 30 31 3233 34 35 36 37 40 41 |/|44|/l46[/ 1| 2 • Is there about 8 5 . PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) Terminal side of female terminals ll ll 8 3 .

PGM-FI System F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd) 7. 14. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) I 3 | 7 | 8 9 10 1 2 3 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 • 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 3233 34 3 5 L / 37 38 l / | 4 4 | / | 4 6 | / 48|49| |40|41 / >< >£ / 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9|10| 13 1415 16 17 18 19 20 21 i 24 25 26 27 28 1 i 29 30 31 3233 34 3 5 L / 37 38 48|49| 40 41 . 9. YES- NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A48) and the gauge control m o d u l e . ! • With VTM-4: Go to step 10. l . 30.|1|2 11 / / / >< >< / V###BOT_TEXT###quot;V\*V /CANH (WHT) / I CANH (WHT) Terminal side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR GAUGE CONTROL MODULE 32P CONNECTOR 1 i | 2 | A l 5 | e / | 8 | 9 | 1 0 1l|l2|l3h4|/il6| |17|18|19|20|21|22|23|24|25|/127|28|29|30|/|32 10 CANH (WHT) 2 h-r 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 11 1 2 / 14 15 16 CANH (WHT) Wire side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals 1$ there continuity? fe there continuity? YES-Go to step 8. 14. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A48 and VSA modulator-control unit 36P connector terminal No. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) ll ll 1 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 110 11 13 1415 16 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 1 29 30 31 3233 34 35 36 37 38 39 |40|41 l/|44|/|46(/ // >< >< 48149 Terminal side of female terminals CANH (WHT) VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 36P CONNECTOR H I / | 3 | 4 | / | 6 | / | 8 | 9 | 1 0 | 1 1 | 12 H14|/|/|/|18|19|/|21|/|23|/| CANH |25|26|27|/|/|30|/|/|/|34| (WHT) 35 13 36 J Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 9. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A48 and engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. l 11-216 • Without VTM-4: Go to step 11. 8. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A48) and the VSA modulator-control u n i t . Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A48 and gauge control module 32P connector terminal No. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A48) and the engine mount control u n i t .

B NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A49) and the gauge control m o d u l e . Check for continuity between between PCM connector terminal A49 and VSA modulator-control u n i t 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A48 and VTM-4 control unit connector A (22P) terminal No. 11. YES-Go to step 12. 29.B (cont'd) 11-217 . CANL (RED) W i r e side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 11. 1. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A49 and gauge control module 32P connector terminal No.10. h 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 24 25 29 30 31 3 2 3 3 34 3 5 L / 40 41 / >< / 8 9 10 19 20 21 i • 26 27 28 / 37 38 48|49| l / l 441/461/ 1 | 2 • 3 hie |6|7| 8 9 ho • 13 1415 16 17 18 19 20 21 7 24 25 26 27 28 / / >< >< • • / 29 30 31 3233 34 3 5 L / 37 38 40 41 48|49| / CANH (WHT) Terminal side of female terminals l/l 441/| 461/ CANL (RED) Terminal side of female terminals VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A (22P) CANH (WHT) (J» I) n n rh 1 4 6 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 20 22 n // / 11 G A U G E CONTROL MODULE 32P CONNECTOR I / | 8 | 9 | 1 0 1lh2|l3h4| / / i 16| |17|18|19|20|21|22|23|24|25|/|27|28|29|30|/|32 1|2|/T/|5|6 / . B 12. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A49) and the VSA modulator-control unit. 11. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) | 7 | 8 9 10 I 111| 72 133 |144 |15£ 16I 317|18 19 20 21 / 1 22 24 25 26 27 28 1 29 30 31 3233 34 35 36 37 38 39 48 149 J 40 41 44 |XI 46 | X >< >< / l/l Terminal side of female terminals I CANL (RED) VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT 36P CONNECTOR H1|/|3|4|/|6|/|8|9|10|11| |14|/|/|/|18|19|/|21|/|23|/| CANL (RED) |25|26|27|/|/|30|/|/|/|34| 12 13 35 36 Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 13. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A48) and the VTM-4 control u n i t . PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) n r I n 6 7 1| 2 3 k .

B 11-218 . 22. 12.PGM-FI System F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd) 13. B • Without VTM-4: Go to step 15. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A49) and the engine mount control u n i t . NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A49) and the VTM-4 control u n i t . PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) 2 3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |8 13 1415 16 17 18 19 24 26 25 1 29 30 31 3 2 3 3 34 3 5 M 37 |40|41 J 1 11 / / >< / V\«V\*V PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) 9 10 20 21 27 28 / 38 48|49| 1 1 1 . h i 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 |10| 11 13 1415 16 17 18 19 20 21 • 24 25 26 27 28 1 • 29 30 31 3 2 3 3 34 35L> 37 38 48|49| |40|41 A / A >< CANL (RED) CANL (RED) Terminal side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR 1 2 10 A f 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 14 15 16 11 12 / CANL (RED) Wire side of female terminals VTM-4 CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A (22P) n n n n // / / / / / / 1 6 4 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 20 22 u u CANL (RED) Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? Is there continuity? YES- YES-Go to step 15. Check for continuity between between PCM connector terminal A49 and VTM-4 control unit connector A (22P) terminal No. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A49 and engine mount control unit 16P connector terminal No. • With VTM-4: Go to step 14. 14.

18. or 108-132 YES-Go to step 20.86 kQ? Terminal side of female terminals YES-Go to step 17. Reconnect the gauge control module 32P connector. NO-Substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see page 19-147). lr=T .15. If the HDS identifies the vehicle. Measure the resistance between PCM connector terminals A48 and A49.B (cont'd) 11-219 . then reconnect PCM connector A. If the HDS identifies the vehicle. 16. replace the original gauge control module (see page 22-359). Disconnect the gauge control module 32P connector.86 Q (without VTM-4)? kQ (with VTM-4). Reconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 36P connector. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) 19. replace the original VSA modulator-control unit (see page 19-147). Measure the resistance between PCM connector terminals A48 and A49. 6 7 8 9 10 • 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 26 27 28 i 25 29 30 31 3233 34 35 36 37 38 39 i | / | 4 4 | / | 4 6 l / 48|49| |40|41 A A / >< >< CANH (WHT) J [CANL (RED) Terminal side of female terminals Is there about 2.B Is there about 2.34-2. then reconnect PCM connector A.34-2. NO-Substitute a known-good gauge control module (see page 22-359). | 1 | 2 3 l 4 j 5 [ 6 I 7 I 89|10| 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 i 22 24 25 26 27 28 i 1 i 29 30 31 3233 34 35 36 37 38 39 |40|41 l / | 4 4 | / | 4 6 | / 48|49| A A >< >< / CANH (WHT) J [CANL (RED) PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) J i| 2 3hie . 17.

If the HDS identifies the vehicle. then reconnect PCM connector A. 24.34-2. 21. Measure the resistance between PCM connector terminals A48 and A49. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 s hot 11 13 1415 16 1718 19 20 21 i • 22 24 25 26 27 28 1 i 37 29 30 31 3233 34 3536 38 39 |40|41 l / | 4 4 | / | 4 6 | / 48|49| 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 10| 1 2 • 11 13 1415 16 17 18 19 20 21 • 22 24 25 26 27 28 1 29 30 31 3233 34 35 36 37 38 39 [40141 481491 JlU / / >< >< / CANH (WHT) J / kQ? >< >< AA«V\*V CANH (WHT) J [CANL (RED) Terminal side of female terminals Is there about 2.• 11-220 . YES-Go to step 26. then reconnect PCM connector A. Reconnect the engine mount control unit 16P connector. 23. replace the original yaw rate-lateral/longitudinal acceleration sensor (see page 19-144).86 A [CANL (RED) Terminal side of female terminals te there about 2. Measure the resistance between PCM connector terminals A48 and A49. Disconnect the engine mount control unit 16P connector.B NO-Substitute a known-good yaw rate-lateral/longitudinal acceleration sensor (see page 19-144).PGM-FI System F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd) 20.34 -2. NO-Substitute a known-good engine mount control unit (see page 4-77). 22. 25. Reconnect the yaw rate-lateral/longitudinal acceleration sensor 5P connector. replace the original engine mount control unit (see page 4-77). Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 36P connector.86 kQ? YES-Go to step 23. If the HDS identifies the vehicle.

replace the original SRS unit (see page 2 4 . 3 1 .86 kD? YES• With VTM-4: Go to step 29. 1 11 |4 | 5 |6 | 7 |8 9 14 15 16 17)18 19 20 25 26 27 3233 34 35 36 37 38 / / >< / l 441/| 10 21 i 28 • • 39 4 6 | / 48|49| CANH (WHT) j I CANL (RED) [CANL (RED) Terminal side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals Is there about 108-132 Is there about 2. then reconnect PCM connector A. 29. Disconnect the yaw-rate lateral/longitudinal acceleration sensor 5P connector. 28. • Without VTM-4: Go to step 32. replace the original VTM-4 control unit (see page 15-44). Measure the resistance between PCM connector terminals A48 and A49. If the HDS identifies the vehicle. NO-Substitute a known-good VTM-4 control unit (see page 15-44).26.34-2. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) I lf=T • i | 2 3 | 4 | e | 6 | 7 | 8 9 10 • 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 24 22 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 3233 34 35 36 37 38 39 48|49| 40 41 / / >< >< 441/| 461/ / l/lCANH (WHT)J 2 3 13 24 22 1 29 30 31 |40|41 / l . O? YES-Go to step 33. If the HDS identifies the vehicle. Reconnect SRS unit connector A (39P).B NO-Substitute a known-good SRS unit (see page 24-188). Disconnect SRS unit connector A (39P).1 8 8 ) . then reconnect PCM connector A. 27. Reconnect the VTM-4 control unit A (22P) connector. Measure the resistance between PCM connector terminals A48 and A49. 30. • (cont'd) 11-221 .

B NO-Go to step 38. then reconnect PCM connector A. then recheck. the engine mount control unit. 35. replace the original PCM (see page 1 1 . 11-222 4 . PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) J1|2 11 22 1 29 30 40 41 • VTM-4 control unit A (22P) (with VTM-4) (see page 15-44). 37. 36. With VTM-4: Disconnect the VTM-4 control unit A (22P) connector. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A48 and body ground. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (39P). 33. 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 1101 • 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 • 24 25 26 27 28 • 31 3233 34 35 36 37 38 39 X | / | 4 4 | / | 4 6 | / 48|49| // >< >< CANH (WHT) J • TPMS control unit 20P (see page 18-101). the y a w rate-lateral/longitudinal acceleration sensor. Disconnect these connectors: • Gauge control module 32P (see page 22-359). replace the original TPMS control unit (see page 1 8 .17|18 11 24 25 22 29 30 31 3233 34 35|36 3 8 19 20 21 26 27 28 37 38 39 40141 jj/VI 44 \y] 46 I^XI 48149 CANH (WHT) Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (A48) and the gauge control module. the VTM-4 control unit. Reconnect the TPMS control unit connector.86 kCI? YES-Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). the TPMS control unit. 34. • Engine mount control unit 16P (see page 4-77).PGM-FI System F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd) 32. • SRS unit A (39P) (see page 24-188).1 0 1 ) .i j 5 | 6 f 7 | 13 . • 1 2 .34-2. If the HDS identifies the vehicle with a known-good PCM. • VSA modulator-control unit 36P (see page 19-147).14|15 16 . Measure the resistance between PCM connector terminals A48 and A49. • NO-Substitute a known-good TPMS control unit (see page 18-101). If the HDS identifies the vehicle. • Yaw rate-lateral/longitudinal acceleration sensor 5P (see page 19-144). the SRS unit. or the DLC.2 5 0 ) . the VSA modulator-control unit. [CANL (RED) PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) Terminal side of female terminals Is there about 2.

Reconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 36P connector. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) 42. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). (cont'd) 11-223 . Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (A49) and the gauge control module. Disconnect the gauge control module 32P connector. Reconnect all connectors.38. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A49 and body ground. and read the HDS. 44. 47. the engine mount control unit. 41. 49. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). and read the HDS. the VSA modulator-control unit. Reconnect the gauge control module 32P connector. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). or the DLC. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).B NO-Go to step 39. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 36P connector. 39. and read the HDS.• NO-Go to step 43. 40. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 43. 46. Connect the HDS to the DLC (see page 11-3). the TPMS control unit. 45.B NO-Go to step 47. 50. the VTM-4 control unit. 1 2 11 22 1 29 30 |40|41 / 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 i i 24 25 26 27 28 • 31 3233 34 35 36 37 38 39 48|49| >< >< CANL (RED) Does the HDS identify the vehicle? YES-Replace the gauge control module (see page 22-359). Does the HDS identify the vehicle? YES-Replace the VSA control unit (see page 19-147J. Disconnect the engine mount control unit 16P connector. the SRS unit. 48.B NO-Go to step 51. the yaw rate-lateral/longitudinal acceleration sensor. Does the HDS identify the vehicle? YES-Replace the engine mount control unit (see page 4-77).

66. 59. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 62. 55. 61. Does the HDS identify the vehicle? YES-Replace the SRS unit (see page 24-188). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Reconnect SRS unit connector A (39P). 54. Does the HDS identify the vehicle? YES-Replace the VTM-4 control unit (see page 15-44). 60. 65. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 11-224 67. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). With VTM-4: Disconnect the VTM-4 control unit A (22P) connector.! NO-Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). 56. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (39P). Disconnect the yaw rate-lateral/longitudinal acceleration sensor 5P connector. Disconnect the TPMS control unit 20P connector. 53. 52. and read the HDS. and read the HDS. 58. and read the HDS. Does the HDS identify the vehicle? YES-Replace the TPMS control unit (see page 18-101).PGM-FI System F . Reconnect the yaw rate-lateral/longitudinal acceleration sensor 5P connector. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 64. Does the HDS identify the vehicle? YES-Replace the yaw rate-lateral/longitudinal acceleration sensor (see page 19-144). Reconnect the engine mount control unit 16P connector. 63. Disconnect the VTM-4 control unit A (22P) connector. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). and read the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Without VTM-4: Reconnect SRS unit connector A (39P). or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). NO-Go to step 55. • Without VTM-4: Go to step 63. If the HDS identifies the vehicle with a known-good PCM. then recheck.! .! NO• With VTM-4: Go to step 59. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).C A N C i r c u i tT r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( c o n t ' d ) 51. 57.! NO-Go to step 63.

replace the original gauge control module (see page 2 2 . Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). then recheck. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good PCM. 4. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Is a short indicated? Terminal side of female terminals YES-Go to step 5. 6. then recheck. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Check the SCS in the DATA LIST with the HDS.B YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (A32). 7.MIL Circuit Troubleshooting 1. then recheck. then disconnect the HDS.3 5 9 ) . Connect the HDS to the DLC (see page 11-3). NO-Substitute a known-good gauge control module (see page 22-359). If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good PCM. 2.B 5. • IEzziE 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9|10| 1 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 24 25 26 27 28 1 22 i 29 30 31 3233 34 3536 37 38 39 |40|41 / I 441/| 46 \ / 48|49| / / >< >< A S C S (BRN) 3.B 11-225 . Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A32 and body ground. Do the gauge self-diagnostic function (see page 22-334). replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Is there continuity? NO-Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good gauge control module. and the DLC. the VTM-4 control unit (with VTM-4). NO-Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) Does the MIL indicator flash? YES-Go to step 3.

Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. go to step 13. and watch the SRS indicator. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). and read the HDS.B 11-226 . Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). brake system indicator. Connect the HDS to the DLC (see page 11-3). • If the HDS does not communicate with the SRS system. 4. YES-Go to step 17.B 9. verify that they are working properly by connecting them to a known-good. Does the HDS identify the vehicle? YES-Go to step 4. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 10. Does the VSA indicator come on and go off? YES-Go to step 17. 5. go to step 15. VSA. Are any Pending or Confirmed DTCs indicated? YES-Go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting-^ NO• If the HDS does not communicate with the BODY ELECTRICAL system. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 6. and checking for communication problem. like vehicle and system. NO-Go to the VSA system symptom troubleshooting for an ABS indicator. NO-Go to the TPMS symptom troubleshooting for TPMS indicator that does not go off with no stored DTCs (see page 18-100). 11. Does the VTM-4 indicator come on and go off? YES-Go to step 17. go to step 9. • If the HDS does not communicate with the IMMOBI (immobilizer) system. Does the SRS indicator come on and go off? 1. or PGM-FI (see page 15-35). • If the HDS does not communicate with the VTM-4 system. go to step 11.PGM-FI System D L C C i r c u i t T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g NOTE: If you suspect the HDS or HDS DLC cable may be the source of the communication problem.! 3. NO-Go to step 23. NO-Go to the VTM-4 system symptom troubleshooting for the VTM-4 indicator that does not go off with no stored DTCs in any system: VTM-4. Does the TPMS indicator come on and go off? YES-Go to step 17. go to step 5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). • If the HDS does not communicate with the VSA system. 8. and watch the TPMS indicator. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). and VSA indicator that do not go off (see page 19-140). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 12. NO-Go to SRS symptom troubleshooting for an SRS indicator that comes on with no stored DTCs (see page 24-164).B • If the HDS does not communicate with the TPMS system. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs in the PGM-FI system with the HDS. go to step 7. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). and watch the VSA indicator. 7. and watch the VTM-4 indicator. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

20. the VTM-4 control unit. the immobilizer-keyless control unit. 14. the TPMS control unit. YES-Replace the part that caused continuity go away when it was disconnected. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). the SRS unit. and wait at least 3 minutes before starting work. 18. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. NO-Go to step 21. DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC) Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 20. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Does the immobilizer indicator stay on or continue to flash? YES-Go to the immobilizer system symptom troubleshooting for an immobilizer indicator that does not go off (see page 22-455). Check for continuity between DLC terminal No. and watch the immobilizer indicator.! Is Error 2 or B-CAN ERROR indicated? YES-Check for B-CAN system DTCs.B 17.. • Immobilizer-keyless control unit 7P connector • Audio unit A (24P) connector • Under-dash fuse/relay box Q (16P) connector 15. then do the battery terminal disconnection procedure (see page 22-94). or the under-dash fuse/relay box.13. the audio unit. Continue to check for continuity between DLC terminal No. 7 and body ground while disconnecting these connectors. one at a time: • SRS unit connector A (39P) • VSA modulator-control unit 36P connector • VTM-4 control unit connector A (22P) (with VTM-4) • TPMS control unit 20P connector. Does continuity go away when one of the above parts is disconnected? 16. (cont'd) 11-227 . Do the gauge self-diagnostic function (see page 22-334). Check the gauge display.B (see page 22-108) NO-Go to step 17. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).B NO-Go to step 17. NO-Repair short in the wire between the DLC (K-line) and the VSA modulator-control unit. 19. 7 and body ground.

B NO-Repair open in the wire between the DLC (K-line) and the appropriate connector. 5 (LT BLU) No. 7 to body ground with a jumper wire. 16 and body ground. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).B 11-228 +B(WHT) fe there battery voltage? YES-Go to step 27. 23 BACK UP (10A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box. 26. 7 (LT BLU) fe there continuity between DLC terminal and each of the terminals in the chart? YES-Replace the part that does not communicate with the HDS. with all listed control units disconnected. DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC) Terminal side of female terminals 22. 3 (LT BLU) No. Connect DLC terminal No. 25. NO-Repair open in the wire between DLC terminal No. Connector SRSunitA(39P) VSA modulator-control unit 36P VTM-4 control unit A (22P) (with VTM-4) TPMS control unit (20P) Immobilizer-keyless control unit 7P Audio unitA(24P) Under-dash fuse/relay boxQ(16P) Terminal No. Measure the voltage between DLC terminal No. 24. 16 and the No. K-LINE (LT BLU) y // / / / 4 5 6 7 14 16/ 12 JUMPER WIRE NO-Go to step 24.B . /s DTC U0029 and/or U0100 indicated? YES-Go to step 34. 7 (LT BLU) No.PGM-FI System DLC Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd) 21. 3 (LT BLU) Terminal side of female terminals No. Check for B-CAN system DTCs without the HDS (see page 22-108). Check for continuity between body ground and the following connector terminals. DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC) 23. 18 (LT BLU) No. 18 (LT BLU) No. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC.

6. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A49 and DLC terminal No. DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC) PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) GND (BLK) 3 |4 | 5 |6 | 7 |8 J 1 | 2 9|10| 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20 21 • 24 25 26 27 28 i 1 29 30 31 3233 34 3 5 M 37 38 40 41 48|49| 11 / / / >< >r<J AA«V\*V / CANH (WHT) Terminal side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLCf CANH (WHT) f 12 Is there battery voltage? 14 16 1 Terminal side of female terminals YES-Go to step 28. Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 33. then recheck. 4 and No. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good PCM. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7).B 33. 30. 28. Connect the HDS to the DLC (see page 11-3). 14.6. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). NO-Repair open in the wire between DLC terminal No. Measure the voltage between DLC terminals No. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A48 and DLC terminal NO. 31. 29.B (cont'd) 11-229 . 4 and body ground (G403) (see page 22-20). NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A48) and DLC terminal No. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) .27. 32. 14.1 1 I 23 11 1 / // | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 |10 13 1415 16 1718 19 20 21 i 24 25 26 27 28 ><C / 29 30 31 3233 34 35L> 37 38 |40|41 / \ 4 4 1 / | 46 \ / 48|49| 2 CANL (RED) Terminal side of female terminals DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC) 1 / // \ // / / 9 4 5 6 7 12 14 i L_ 16/ CANL (RED) Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249).B NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A49) and DLC terminal No. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. 16.

Does the engine start and idle smoothly? YES-Go to the F-CAN circuit troubleshooting (see page 11-215)11 39. 38. Remove the blown No. 11-230 . Also replace the No. Also replace the No. 2 IG MAIN (50 A) fuse and the ignition switch.PGM-FI System DLC Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd) 34. Is the fuse OK? YES-Go to step 44. 19 MAIN (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box. 2 IG MAIN (50 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box. 35. go to step 37. NO-Go to step 35. NO. Inspect the No. Try to start the engine. 19 MAIN (15 A) fuse. 3 individually. 40. Check the No. PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1 4P CONNECTOR +B +B Terminal side of female terminals fe there continuity? YES-Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box (see page 22-89). te the fuse OK? YES-Repair open in the wire between the No. 1 and No. NO-Go to step 41. NO-Go to step 38.Repair short in the wire between the No. Check for continuity between body ground and PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connector terminals No. 2 IG MAIN (50 A) fuse and the ignition switch. Remove PGM-FI main relay 1 (C) from the under-hood fuse/relay box. If the wire is OK. 19 MAIN (15 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box.B 37. 2 IG MAIN (50 A) fuse. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) 36.

replace the original PCM (see page 11 -250). Remove the blown No. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). (cont'd) 11-231 .B NO-Replace PGM-FI main relay 1. Reconnect all connectors. then recheck. Check for continuity between PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connectorterminal No. 45. Also replace the No. • PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) • PCM connector B (49P) • Each injector 2P connector • Camshaft position (CMP) sensor 3P connector • Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor 3P connector • MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector • Electronic throttle control system (ETCS) relay PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1 4P CONNECTOR 42. then update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). 19 MAIN (15A) fuse. 2 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse from the under-dash fuse/relay box.41. Disconnect these parts or connectors: • PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) • PCM connector B (49P) • Injectors • Camshaft position (CMP) sensor • Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor • MAF sensor/IAT sensor • Electronic throttle control system (ETCS) relay 43. check for continuity between PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connector terminal No. 19 MAIN (15 A) fuse. Is the fuse OK? YES-Go to step 56. While disconnecting each of the parts or connectors below.B NO-Go to step 42. Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between PGM-FI main relay 1 and each part. 19 MAIN (15 A) fuse. Inspect the No. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good PCM. 2 and body ground. one at a time. Also replace the No. Also replace the No. PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1 4P CONNECTOR IGP IGP Terminal side of female terminals Does continuity go away when one of the above parts or parts is disconnected? YES-Replace the part that made the short to body ground go away when disconnected. NO-Go to step 45. 2 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.B 44. 2 and body ground.

B 48.PGM-FI System DLC Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd) 46. then remove the access panel from the floor (see page 11-353). then recheck. and update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Remove the second row seat (see page 20-163). 53. 1 and body ground. Also replace the No.B 52. 3 IG1 Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 49. 2 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Remove PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) (A) from the under-dash fuse/relay box.B f NO-Replace PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP). 2 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse and the PCM (B42). 2 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse. Pull the carpet back out of the way. Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the No. Test PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) (see page 22-96). 51. Check for continuity between PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP)4Pconnectorterminal No. PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 10| 11 12 13 1415 16 71 19 20 21 i 22 23 24 26 28 25 1 i 29 30 31 3233 34 3536 37 38 39 /|49| |40|41 Jl|2 X 15 X / 42|/V|45|46|X IG1 (BLK/YEL) Terminal side of female terminals 47. 50. 49. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B42 and body ground. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 2 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse. 11-232 54. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good PCM. NO-Go to step 52. Also replace the No. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). . Disconnect the fuel tank unit 4P connector. PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 2 (FUEL PUMP) 4P CONNECTOR NO-Replace the No. 2 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse and PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) or between the No. between the No. Is the relay OK? YES-Go to step 48. 2 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse and the immobilizer control unit.

62. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. Remove PGM-FI main relay 1 (C) f r o m the under-hood fuse/relay box. 60. PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) I J 1 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 hol 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 • 22 23 24 25 26 28 • 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 /|49| >< / 140141 4 2 | / f / | 4 5 | 4 6 | / IG1 (BLK/YEL) Terminal side of female terminals Is there battery voltage? YES-Go to step 60. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2 FUEL PUMP (15 A) f u s e . 2 and body ground. B YES-Go to step 65. 2 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse and the PCM (B42). Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminal B42 and body g r o u n d . Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminal A6 and body ground. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Also replace the No. 57. 58. 59. 6 1 . Check for continuity between fuel tank unit 4P connectorterminal No. B voltage? NO-Go to step 6 1 . and replace it if needed (see page 11-356). FUEL TANK UNIT 4P CONNECTOR 1 ? 3 4 PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) MRLY (GRN) F U E L PUMP (YEL) J 1 | 2 3 |4 | 5 | 3|7| 11 13 14 15 16 1718 24 22 25 i 29 30 31 3 2 3 3 34 3 5 3 6 |40|41 / | / | 4 4 1 / | 46 / / >< 8 9 h o | 19 20 21 i • 26 27 28 • 37 38 39 \ / 48|49| Wire side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? Is there battery YES-Repair short in the wire between the fuel tank unit and PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP). 56.55. NO-Repair open in the wire between the No. Disconnect PCM connectors A (49P) and B (49P).B (cont'd) 11-233 . NO-Check the fuel p u m p . 2 FUEL PUMP (15 A) f u s e . Also replace the No.

then recheck. PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1 4P CONNECTOR IGP USE 64. PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 4P CONNECTOR 4 3 MRLY 2 1 1 ideof Terminal side female terminals minals PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) @ MRLY (GRN) T=ir Terminal side of female terminals 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 110 1 2 11 13 1415 16 17 18 19 20 21 24 22 25 26 27 28 1 29 30 31 3233 34 35 36 37 38 39 |40|41 / l / l 4 4 l / | 4 6 ^ 48149 / / >< >< Is there battery voltage? ( YES-Go to step 64. 2 and body ground. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7).PGM-FI System DLC Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd) 63. • 11-234 .H NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A6) and PGM-FI main relay 1 . update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). 4 and PCM connectorterminal A6.• Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Test PGM-FI main relay 1 (see page 22-96). If the relay is OK. Check for continuity between PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connectorterminal No. NO-Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box (see page 22-89). Measure the voltage between PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connectorterminal No. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good PCM. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250).

66. PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1 4P CONNECTOR IGP 1 Terminal side of female terminals IGP (YEL/BLK) PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) 3 | 4 | 5 I 6 | 7 | 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 26 28 22 23 3233 34 35|36 37 38 39 29 30 40 41 4 2 1 / 1 / 1 4 5 1 4 6 1 ^ / 1 4 9 67. 1 and body ground. and C (49P). NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (B3) and PGM-FI main relay 1 . voltage? YES-Go to step 68. NO-Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box (see page 22-89). Is PGM-FI main relay 1 OK? YES-Go to step 70. Test PGM-FI main relay 1 (see page 22-96). Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 1 4P CONNECTOR YES-Go to step 69. 1 + B 69.B Terminal side of female terminals Is there battery 70. Measure the voltage between PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connectorterminal No.• (cont'd) 11-235 . Disconnect PCM connectors A (49P). 68. Check for continuity between PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connectorterminal No. Remove PGM-FI main relay 1 (C) f r o m the under-hood fuse/relay box. Turn the ignition switch t o LOCK (0).65. NO-Replace PGM-FI main relay 1. 2 and PCM connectorterminal B3. B (49P).

H .PGM-FI System DLC Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd) 7 1 . one at a time: • MAP sensor 3P connector • Output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor 3P connector C (49P) P G M E T C S (BLK) 1 | 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9|10| 11 12 16 17 18 19 20 21 • 24 26 27 28 22 25 1 1 30 3233 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 39 40 41 42143144 46147 48|49| / / >< LG1 (BRN/YEL) Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 72. B41.G o to step 74. C41) and body ground (G101). B40. ! N O . B40. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B36 and body ground. h i 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 ho! 11 13 14|15 16 17(18 19 20 21 • 26 27 28 • 24 25 22 • • 29 30 31 3233 34 3536 37 38 39 |40|41 / l / | 4 4 | / | 4 6 | / 48|49| // 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 110 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 ^ 2 6 28 29 30 31132|33|34|35|36|37 38 39 491 40 41 4 2 l X M 4 5 | 4 ] 3 0 2 VCC1 (YEL/RED) LG3 (BRN) Terminal side of female terminals B (49P) Is there continuity? PG2 (BLK) J 1 | 2 3 |4 | 5 | 6 | 7 |8 9|10| • 11 12 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20 21 25 26 28 22 23 24 I • 29 30 31 3233 34 35 36 37 38 39 |40|41 4 2 4 5 1 4 6 1 / >< >< / A"\ PG1 (BLK) LG2 (BRN/YEL) YES-Go to step 73. B 1 .B 11-236 Does continuity go away when one of the above parts is disconnected? YES-Replace the part that caused an open w h e n it was d i s c o n n e c t e d . B 4 1 C 1 . Check for continuity between body ground and PCM connector terminals A 4 1 . while disconnecting these parts. f 72. and C41 individually. NO-Repair open in the wire(s) between the PCM (A41. or the output shaft (countershaft) speed s e n s o r .Repair short in the wire between the PCM (B36) and the MAP sensor. PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) PCM C O N N E C T O R S A(49P) . N O . Continue to check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B36 and body g r o u n d . C1. B 1 . 73.

Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (A24) and the APP sensor. NO-Go to step 78.B (cont'd) 11-237 . 76. PCM CONNECTOR C(49P) PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) VCC2 (YEL/BLU) n n I 1 | 23 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 "\ 1101 9 21 i 11 12 16 17 18 19 20 22 24 25 26 27 28 1 30 3233 34 3 5 / 37 38 39 |40|41 4 2 | 4 3 | 4 4 | / | 4 6 | 4 7 48|49| / >< 1 j 2 j 3 j 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 j 8 I 9 |10| 13 14115 16 17118 19 20 21 2 4 ^ 25 ^ 2 6 27 28 22 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 4 0 1 4 1 ^ 1 / 4 4 1 / 4 6 ] ^ 48 49 VCC3 (RED) Terminal side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 75. 75.! NO-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (C12) and the EGR valve.74. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal C12 and body ground. while disconnecting these parts. the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor. Continue to check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C12 and body ground. Continue to check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A24 and body ground. one at a time: • EGR valve 5P connector • Input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor 3P connector • Rocker arm oil pressure sensor 3P connector Does continuity go away when one of the above parts is disconnected? 77. YES-Go to step 77.B YES-Replace the part that caused an open when it was disconnected. or the rocker arm oil pressure sensor. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A24 and body ground. while disconnecting the APP sensor 6P connector.B NO-Replace the accelerator pedal module (see page 11-289). NO-Go to step 76.

Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A25 and body ground.B YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (B18) and the throttle body. 79. NO-Go to step 80. fe there continuity? fe there continuity? YES. / / >< >< VCC4(ORN) 80. Continue to check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A25 and body ground. NO-Go to step 82.B 11-238 . while disconnecting the APP sensor 6P connector. while disconnecting the throttle body 6P connector. YES-Go to step 81.! NO-Replace the throttle body (see page 11-375).B NO-Replace the accelerator pedal module (see page 11-289). Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B18and body ground. 81. PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) VCC5 (BLU) II ll J 1 | 2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9 MoI 11 12 13 1415 16 1718M9 20 21 i 26 28 22 23 24 25 i 29 30 31 3233 34 35 3€>37 38 39 i |40|41 4 2 4 5 1 4 6 1 / / | 4 9 | X X > / Terminal side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals fe there continuity? fe there continuity? YES-Go to step 79.PGM-FI System DLC Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd) 78.Repair short in the wire between the PCM (A25) and the APP sensor. Continue to check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B18and body ground. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) 1 1 1 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 |10| 11 13 1415 ie 1718 19 20 21 • 26 27 28 i 24 2£ 22 i 29 30 31 3233 35 36 37 38 39 48|49| |40|41 / I / I 4 4 .

! NO-Replace the IMT actuator (see page 11-374). ! NO-Replace the FTP sensor (see page 11-429). Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal C11 and body ground.! 85.! 11-239 . Continue to check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A36 and body ground.! 83. Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (A36) and the FTP s e n s o r . NO-Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (C11) and the IMT a c t u a t o r . then recheck. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A36 and body ground. 84. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good PCM. while disconnecting the FTP sensor 3P connector. YES-Go to step 85. Continue to check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal C11 and body ground. NO-Go to step 84. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7).82. PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) VCC6 (YEL/BLU) VCC7(LTBLU) Terminal side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals /s f/?ere continuity? Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 83. while disconnecting the IMT actuator 5P connector.

4. Remove the intake manifold (see page 9-2). Disconnect the connectors (C) from the injectors. 8. Remove the fuel rail and the injectors from the injector base. Relieve the fuel pressure (see page 11-340). 5. Remove the fuel joint hose mounting bolt (B). Remove the fuel rail mounting bolts (D) from the fuel rails (E). Remove the injectors from the fuel rails. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (A) (see page 11-348). 3.PGM-FI System Injector Replacement 1. 11-240 . 6. 7. Remove the injector clips (F) from the fuel rail. 9. 2.

Install the fuel rail mounting bolts. Install the fuel joint hose mounting bolt. 13. 18. 12. Coat the new O-rings (black) (A) with clean engine oil. 17. Repeat this two or three times. 15. Coat the new injector O-rings (brown) (E) with clean engine oil. Connect the quick-connect fitting (see page 11-350). and insert the injectors (B) into the fuel rails (C). then check for fuel leaks. 11-241 . the fuel rail will be pressurized. Install the fuel rails and injectors in the injector base (F). 14. 16. Install the injector clips (D). and connect the connectors on the injectors. but do not operate the starter. Install the intake manifold with a new gasket (see page 9-2). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).10. 11. After the fuel pump runs for about 2 seconds.

3. Remove the screw (B). Disconnect the MAP sensor connector (A). 4.PGM-FI System MAP Sensor Replacement MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor Replacement 1. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). 2. Remove the MAF sensor/IAT senor (C). 3. 1. Remove the MAP sensor (C). Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). Remove the screws (B). 11-242 . 4. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT senor 5P connector A 2.

8.ECT Sensor 1 Replacement ECT Sensor 2 Replacement 1. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). then refill the radiator with engine coolant (see page 10-6). Remove ECT sensor 1 (B). B 12 N-m (1. 11-243 . Remove the engine cover (see step 1 on page 4-21).7 Ibfft) 4. then refill the radiator with engine coolant (see page 10-6). 8. Disconnect the ECT sensor 2 2P connector (A). Drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6). 2. 3.7 Ibfft) >\ B 12 N m (1. 4. 5. 3. 2. Remove ECT sensor 2 (B).2 kgfm. Drain the engine coolant (see page 10-6). Remove the splash shield (see page 20-225). 1.2 kgfm. Disconnect the ECT sensor 1 2P connector (A). 5.

then remove the A/F sensor (B).PGM-FI System A/F Sensor Replacement Special Tools Required 02 Sensor Socket Wrench Snap-on SWR2 or 0 2 Sensor Wrench Snap-on YA8875. 33 Ibfft) 2. 33 Ibfft) 2. 11-244 .5 kgfm. then remove the A/F sensor (B). commercially available Front Bank (Bank2) Rear Bank (Bankl) 1. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 1. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 44 N m (4. 44 N m (4. Disconnect the front A/F sensor 6P connector (A). Disconnect the rear A/F sensor 6P connector (A).5 kgfm.

Raise the vehicle on a lift. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Raise the vehicle on a lift. 4. and remove the harness clamps (B). 4. commercially available 1. then remove the front secondary H 0 2 S (B). Disconnect the rear secondary H02S 4P connector (A). Front Bank(Bank2) 2. B B 2. 11-245 . and remove the harness clamps (B). Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Disconnect the front secondary H02S 4P connector (A). Remove the harness clamp (A). Remove the rear secondary H02S (C). 1. 33 Ibfft) 3. 3.Secondary H02S Replacement Special Tools Required Rear Bank(Bank 1) 0 2 Sensor Socket Wrench Snap-on SWR2 or 0 2 Sensor Wrench Snap-on YA8875.

11-246 . Remove the CMP sensor (A) f r o m the back cover.PGM-FI System CMP Sensor Replacement 1. Install the timing belt (see page 6-18). 4.2 k g f m . 6. then remove the back cover (C). A 5. Do the CKP pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure (see page 11-5). Disconnect the CMP sensor connector (B). 67 Ibfft) Apply engine oil to the bolt threads. 2. 3. x 9 2 N m (9. Remove the timing belt (see page 6-16). Remove the front camshaft pulley (CMP sensor pulse plate) (A). Install the parts in the reverse order of removal.

Remove the CKP sensor (C). 5. 7. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Disconnect the knock sensor connector (A). 4. because engine oil will drip out when you remove the sensor. 4. Remove the knock sensor (B). Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). and add more oil if needed. Remove the intake manifold (see page 9-2). Remove the injector base (see page 9-6). Do the CKP pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure (see page 11-5). NOTE: Make sure the vehicle is level. 2.CKP Sensor Replacement Knock Sensor Replacement 1. 11-247 . Check the engine oil level. 3. 2. 3. 5. Raise the vehicle on a lift. 6. Remove the CKP sensor cover (A). Disconnect the CKP sensor connector (B). 1.

Remove the ELD (A). Using two flat-tip screwdrivers. Turn the housing over. -A 5. 11-248 . 6. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. and the fuse (B). then remove the screw (A). 3. release the tabs (A). NOTE: Make sure the terminals (D) are not bent or damaged. and pry up the fuse/relay box base (B) from the fuse/relay box housing (C). 2. Remove the screws (A). Remove the under-hood fuse/relay box (see page 22-89). Turn the housing over again.PGM-FI System ELD Replacement 1. 4.

• High temperature in the engine compartment might cause the PCM to become too hot to run the update. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM and all other vehicle systems. skip steps 4 and 5. NOTE: • Make sure the HDS/iN workstation has the latest HDS software version. moonroof (if equipped). • Never turn the ignition switch to ACC (I) or to LOCK (0) during the update. continue this procedure. do not operate anything electrical (headlights. door locks. power w i n d o w s . It will only accept a new program. etc. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. If it doesn't.PCM Update Special Tools Required • Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) tablet tester • Honda interface Module (HIM) and an iN workstation w i t h the latest HDS software version • HDS pocket tester • GNA600 and an iN workstation with the latest HDS software version 1. go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see page 11-226). Select the INSPECTION MENU w i t h HDS. and follow the HDS screen prompts. 6. open the hood. (cont'd) 11-249 . A 3. 2. and connect a jumper battery (not a battery charger) to maintain system voltage. If y o u are returning f r o m DLC circuit troubleshooting. This will prevent PCM damage. 5. A n y one of the above updating tools can be used. then select the update mode. 4. If there is a problem with the update. and cool the engine compartment. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED. then select the TP POSITION CHECK. but do not start the engine. • You cannot update a PCM with a program it already has. leave the ignition switch ON (II). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). • To prevent PCM damage. and clean the throttle body (see page 11-372) after updating the PCM. brakes. and follow the screen prompts to update the PCM. make sure the battery in the vehicle is fully charged. Exit the HDS diagnostic system. leave the ignition switch in ON (II) when you disconnect the HIM from the data link connector (DLC). Select the ETCS TEST. If the engine was running before the update. A/C.) during the update. • Before you update the PCM. do a PCM update whenever the PCM is substituted or replaced. • To ensure the latest program is installed. audio system. • If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module (HIM) because the HIM's red (#3) light came on or was flashing during the update.

). • Connect a j u m p e r battery (do not connect a battery charger). Select the PGM-FI system w i t h the HDS. • Replace the ATF (see page 14-209). If the software in the PCM is the latest. 5. follow these steps to minimize the chance of damaging the PCM. If y o u are returning f r o m the DLC circuit troubleshooting. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 5. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED. and follow the screen prompts. • Reconnect the HDS to the DLC. 3. Select the ETCS TEST. and try the update procedure again.18 t h r o u g h 23. • Reboot the HDS. f o l l o w the instructions on the screen. 1. If the software in the PCM is not the latest. Select the INSPECTION MENU w i t h the HDS.PGM-FI System PCM Update (cont'd) PCM Replacement 7. and do this after replacing the PCM: • Replace the engine oil (see page 8-10) and the engine oil filter (see page 8-11). 10. A 2. 8. Special Tools Required • Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) tablet tester • Honda Interface Module (HIM) and an iN workstation w i t h the latest HDS software version • HDS pocket tester . go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see page 11-226). GNA600 and an iN workstation w i t h the latest HDS software version NOTE: If the PCM update system requires you to cool the PCM. follow the instructions on screen. • Disconnect the HDS f r o m the DLC. status bar goes over 100 %. and go back to the procedure that y o u were doing. Turn the ignition switch t o ON (II). and 26 through 28. 4. clean the throttle body (see page 11-372). • Leave the ignition switch is in ON (II). etc. D or immobilizer indicator flashes. If it doesn't. make sure you update both. disconnect the HDS/HIM/GNA600 f r o m the DLC. 11-250 . 6. • Shut d o w n the HDS. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure (see page 11-5). • Clean the throttle body (see page 11-372). 9. NOTE: Make sure the HDS/iN workstation has the latest HDS software version. Make sure the HDS communicates w i t h the PCM and all other vehicle systems. If prompted to choose the PGM-FI system or the A/T system. skip steps 5 through 9. If y o u run in to a problem during the update procedure (programming takes over 15 minutes. A n y one of the above updating tools can be used. then select the TP POSITION CHECK. Connect HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. HDS tablet freezes. continue w i t h this procedure. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326).

and remove the PCM (F). 11-251 . B. continue w i t h this procedure. 28. 8. and C have symbols ( A = D . 19. continue with this procedure. 3 1 . Remove the cover(D). and C. 24. 22. then select READ DATA. Select the PGM-FI system with the HDS. 32. Disconnect PCM connectors A. NOTE: If the WRITE DATA indicates FAILED. 26. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Select the A/T system with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Remove the bolts (E). NOTE: • Doing this step copies (READS) the ATF life data f r o m the original PCM so you can later download (WRITES) it into the new PCM. Select the REPLACE PCM MENU. NOTE: If the WRITE DATA indicates FAILED. Select the A/T SYSTEM w i t h the HDS. then go to step 29. and use the PCM replacement procedure in the IMMOBI MENU of the HDS. continue with this procedure. and follow the screen prompts. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. 9. and reset the PCM with the HDS. it allows you to start the engine.7. 16. and follow the screen prompts. Select the REPLACE TCM/PCM MENU. 27. and f o l l o w the screen prompts. If the READ DATA (ATF life) failed in step 9. NOTE: • Doing this step copies (READS) the engine oil life data f r o m the original PCM so you can later download (WRITES) it into the new PCM. 30. 20. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure (see page 11-5). If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 6. Otherwise go to step 22. Manually input the VIN to the PCM w i t h the HDS. • If the READ DATA indicates FAILED. 11. replace the ATF (see page 14-209). NOTE: PCM connectors A. Install the PCM in the reverse order of removal. then select WRITE DATA. If the READ DATA failed in step 9 or the WRITE DATA failed in step 23. If the READ DATA failed in step 7 or the WRITE DATA failed in step 20. Select the REPLACE PCM M E N U . B = A . 17. • If READ DATA indicates FAILED. NOTE: DTC P0630 VIN Not Programmed or Mismatch may be stored because the VIN has not been programmed into the PCM. Otherwise. and continue this procedure. 13. 25. 29. Select the REPLACE TCM/PCM MENU. 23. continue w i t h this procedure. If the READ DATA (engine oil life) failed in step 7. 18. then go to step 28. then select READ DATA. B. Select the PGM-FI system. 15. clean the throttle body (see page 11-372). ignore it. then select WRITE DATA. Enter the immobilizer PCM code that y o u got f r o m the iN. 14. Select the IMMOBI SYSTEM with the HDS. 12. go to step 24. and follow the screen prompts. C = 0 ) embossed on t h e m for identification. then go to step 27. go to step 2 1 . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 10. go to step 19. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (seepage 11-249). replace the engine oil (see page 8-10) and engine oil filter (see page 8-11). 21.

Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index 11-252 .

record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NO-Go to step 23. Check for continuity between throttle body 6P connectorterminal No. 5.3 V or less? YES-Go to step 4.B 4. 10. THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Check TP SENSOR A in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 2 and body ground. Measure the voltage between throttle body 6P connectorterminal No. Is there about 0. then go to step 18.DTC Troubleshooting DTC P0122: TP Sensor A Circuit Low Voltage NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. Are DTC P0122 and P0222 indicated at the same time? YES-Go to step 10. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 2. 9. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR 8. 1 and body ground. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 1 2 3 4 5 6 VCC5 (BLU) Wire side of female terminals Is there about 5 V? YES-Go to step 16. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the throttle body and the PCM (B17). (cont'd) 11-253 . 1 2 3 4 5 6 TPSA (RED/BLK) 3. 6. 7. the system is OK at this time. NO-Go to step 5. NO-Go to step 11. NO-lntermittent failure.

NO-Troubleshooting is complete. then recheck. troubleshooting is complete. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting-^ 23. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). 16. Reconnect all connectors. NO-lf the PCM was updated. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 15. then go to step 1. Reconnect all connectors. 14. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 19. If the PCM was substituted. 18. then go to step 18.G o to step 23. 13. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B18 and throttle body 6P connectorterminal No. If the PCM was updated. go to step 1. 20. THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR 21. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Is DTC P0122 indicated? Is there continuity? Y E S . 2. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting-^ 11-254 . Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. If the PCM was substituted.Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 11. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Replace the throttle body (see page 11-375). YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. 25. 24. Reset the PCM with the HDS. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. NO-Repair open in the wire between the throttle body and the PCM (B18). 22. Is DTC P0122 indicated? CO 1 2 4 5 6 VCC5 (BLU) I Wire side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) VCC5 (BLU) |J 1 I 23 I 4 J 5 | 6 | 7 8 9 hot 11 12 13 1415 16 71 19 20 21 • 28 25 26 22 23 24 1 i 29 30 31 3233 34 35 36 37 38 39 |40|41 15 >< / U 1 1 / M Terminal side of female terminals YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 17. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. 12.

Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 12. NO-Go to step 5. 6. NO-Go to step 9. Are DTC P0123 and P0223 indicated at the same time? YES-Go to step 13. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. 8. then go to step 20. 11.DTC P0123: TP Sensor A Circuit High Voltage NOTE: Before you troubleshoot record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot.8 V or more? YES-Go to step 4. 2. NO-Repair open in the wire between the throttle body and the PCM (B17). the system is OK at this time. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B17 and throttle body 6P connectorterminal No. YES-Go to step 25. 1. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). ® TPSA (RED/BLK) IWire side of female terminals NO-lntermittent failure. 9. 1 and body ground.B 4. 3. Measure the voltage between throttle body 6P connectorterminal No. THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR Is there about 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 10. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR TPSA (RED/BLK) Wire side of female terminals Is there about 5 V? YES-Go to step 18. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. (cont'd) 11-255 . Check TP SENSOR A in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) TPSA (RED/BLK) 9 110 3 |4j5 j 6 12 13 14|15 16 1718 19 20 21 28 25 ^ 2 6 22 23 24 29 30 31 32[33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 [ 42lXIXl45|46| t 7l7l49 HI Terminal side of female terminals 5. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. Is there continuity? 7.

20. Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 25. Is DTC P0123 indicated? 1 2 3 4 5 6 SG5 (GRN) Wire side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR B(49P) 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 |10| • 11 12 13 1415 16 1718 19 20 21 26 28 25 22 23 24 x • 29 30 31 3233 34 35 36 37 38 39 |40|41 145|46L/ / | 4 9 | Jl|2 >< / SG5 (GRN) YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR 23. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).• . 22. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). 11-256 Is DTC P0123 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. then recheck. 19. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. 16. Reconnect all connectors. 14. then go to step 20. 21. If the PCM was updated. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). If the PCM was substituted. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). NO-Troubleshooting is complete. go to stepl. 17. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 15. Reconnect all connectors. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. then go to step 1. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). troubleshooting is complete.Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 13. 18. Replace the throttle body (see page 11-375). NO-Repair open in the wire between the throttle body and the PCM (B33). 4. NO-lf the PCM was updated. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 27. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Reset the PCM with the HDS. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B33 and throttle body 6P connector terminal No. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting-^ 25. If the PCM was substituted. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 24. 26.

Are DTC P0122 and P0222 indicated at the same time? YES-Go to step 10. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 3 and body ground. 5. Is there about 0. Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the throttle body and the PCM (B26). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Measure the voltage between throttle body 6P connectorterminal No. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR 1. VCC5 (BLU) Wire side of female terminals Is there about 5 V? YES-Go to step 16. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector.B 4. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR 4 5 CO 1 CO H 8. 2. 10. Check TP SENSOR B in the DATA LIST with the HDS. NO-Go to step 23. 7. (cont'd) 11-257 . 6. NO-lntermittent failure. NO-Go to step 11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 1 2 3 4 5 6 TPSB (RED/BLU) 3. NO-Go to step 5. 9. 2 and body ground. the system is OK at this time.DTC P0222: TP Sensor B Circuit Low Voltage NOTE: Before you troubleshoot record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Check for continuity between throttle body 6P connectorterminal No.3 V or less? YES-Go to step 4. then go to step 18. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P).

2. If the PCM was substituted. fe DTC P0222 indicated? 5 6 VCC5 (BLU) 1 Wire side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) VCC5(BLU) 3 | 4 |5 |6 | 7 11 12 13 1415 16 1718 25 22 23 24 1 29 30 31 3233 34 3536 |40|41 Jl|2 8 9|10| • 19 20 21 28 26 i 37 38 39 /|49| >< >< / YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. then go to step 1. Reset the PCM with the HDS. 16. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. «I/I/I«I«K 24. THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR 21. 12. then go to step 1. 17. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Replace the throttle body (see page 11-375). If the PCM was updated. 15. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B18 and throttle body 6P connector terminal No. then go to step 18. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). 13.Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 11. NO-lf the PCM was updated. 20. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). 22.• 11-258 . go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting^ 23. then recheck. 18. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Reconnect all connectors. 19. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. go to step 1. Terminal side of female terminals 25. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). NO-Troubleshooting is complete. fe there continuity? YES-Go to step 23. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). 14. troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted. Reconnect all connectors. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. NO-Repair open in the wire between the throttle body and the PCM (B18). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). fe DTC P0222 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM.

Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B26 and throttle body 6P connector terminal No. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 T P S B (RED/BLU) Wire side of female terminals Is there about 5 V? Y E S . Is there continuity? 7. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 11. PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) I J 1 2 11 12 22 23 1 29 30 |40|41 T P S B (RED/BLU) T€ 9 1101 3 |4 I5 |6 |T 13 14 15 16 17 18 13 20 21 i 24 25 26 28 i 31 3233 34 35 36 37 38 39 42|/l/|45|46|/ >< >< / A«\ NO-Go to step 5.G o to step 25. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. 12. (cont'd) 11-259 . 10.G o to step 18. 9. Measure the voltage between throttle body 6P connector terminal No. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR Is there about 4. TPSB (RED/BLU) I Wire side of female terminals NO-lntermittent failure. Check TP SENSOR B in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). then go to step 20. 2.H 4. Terminal side of female terminals 5. NO-Repair open in the wire between the throttle body and the PCM (B26). Y E S . Are DTC P0123 and P0223 indicated at the same time? Y E S . Disconnect PCM connector B (49P).G o to step 4. 8.G o to step 13.8 V or more? Y E S .DTC P0223: TP Sensor B Circuit High Voltage NOTE: Before you t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). NO-Go to step 9. 3. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. 6. the system is OK at this time. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3 and body ground.

Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 19. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B33 and throttle body 6P connector terminal No. If the PCM was updated. If the PCM was substituted. 26.G o to step 25. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 4. then go to step 1. Reconnect all connectors. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Is DTC P0223 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. go to the indicated DTC'stroubleshooting. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 13. Reconnect all connectors. then recheck. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ^ 11-260 . If the PCM was substituted. THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR 24. 27. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 22. go to step 1. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. troubleshooting is complete. 14. 17. 15. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). NO-Repair open in the wire between the throttle body and the PCM (B33). substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 2 1 . then go to step 20. Is DTC P0223 indicated? 1 2 3 4 5 6 S G 5 (GRN) Wire side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) 3 |4 | 5 |6 |7 |8 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 26 25 22 23 24 • 29 30 31 3233 34 3536 37 ^|45|46|/ |40|41 Lhl2 9|10| 20 21 • 28 i 38 39 / 4 9 >< >< / S G 5 (GRN) YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. 16. 20. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. NO-lf the PCM was updated. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). NO-Troubleshooting is complete.H 25. Reset the PCM with the HDS. Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? Y E S . 23. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. 18. Replace the throttle body (see page 11-375).

Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 5. NO-Go to step 9. 6. 2. 1. Is the RELAY circuit OK? YES-lntermittent failure.DTC P1658: ETCS Control Relay ON Malfunction NOTE: Before you t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. 8. 3j 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 11|X13|14|15|16|17118|19 24 25 26 31 32|33|34|35|36|37 9 20 27 38 110| 21 28 39 441X146^481491 E T C S R L Y (RED) Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (A29) and the ETCS control relay. (cont'd) 11-261 . Remove the ETCS control relay (F) f r o m the under-hood fuse/relay box. the system is OK at this time. Test the ETCS control relay (see page 22-96). H 7. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ETCS control relay and the P C M . then go to step 13. 3. then go to step 13. Is the ETCS control relay OK? YES-Go to step 6. NO-Replace the ETCS control relay. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Do the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU w i t h the HDS. PCM CONNECTOR A ( 4 9 P ) NO-Go to step 3. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A29 and body ground. 4.

|1|2 / >< z z n 9 1101 20 21 i 27 28 1 38 39 48|49| X Is DTC P1658 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ETCS control relay and the PCM. Reconnect all connectors. Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ^ 18. NO-lf the PCM was updated. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). NO-Go to step 18. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminal C4 and body ground. 11. go to step 1. IG1ETCS (YEL/GRN) ii—ii 3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |8 11 12 16 19 24 25 26 22i 1 3233 34 3 5 L > 37 30 |40|41 4 2 | 4 3 | 4 4 | / | 4 6 | 4 7 . Is DTC P1658 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ETCS control relay and the PCM. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 10. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Terminal side of female terminals Is there battery voltage? YES-Repair short to power in the wire between the PCM (C4) and the ETCS control relay. 17. 19. troubleshooting is complete.Electronic Throttle Control S y s t e m DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 9. then go to step 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. 2 1 . replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Reset the PCM with the HDS. 20. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. 12.^ 11-262 . or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). If the PCM was substituted. then recheck. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) 15. If the PCM was updated. If the PCM was substituted. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Reconnect all connectors. then go to step 12. 14. 16. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. 13.

Measure the voltage between ETCS control relay 4P connector terminal No.DTC P1659: ETCS Control Relay OFF Malfunction NOTE: Before you t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. B 1 4. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). indicated? E T C S CONTROL RELAY 4P CONNECTOR YES-Go to step 4. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ETCS control relay and the P C M . Is the fuse OK? Terminal side of female terminals YES-Go to step 6. Test the ETCS control relay (see page 22-96). Is the ETCS control relay OK? YES-Go to step 8. then go to step 22. NO-Replace the ETCS control relay. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 21 DBW (THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL) (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 6. the system is OK at this time. 1. Check the No. 5. 8. NO-Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box (see page 22-89). then go to step 23. NO-lntermittent failure. 3. NO-Go to step 17. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1659 9. 7. 4 and body ground. Is there battery voltage? YES-Go to step 10. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Remove the ETCS control relay (F) from the under-hood fuse/relay box. (cont'd) 11-263 .

Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 10. Measure the voltage between ETCS control relay 4P connectorterminal No. 14. NO-Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box (see page 22-89). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). then go to step 22. 12. Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). then go to step 23. E T C S CONTROL RELAY 4P CONNECTOR E T C S CONTROL RELAY 4P CONNECTOR +B 1 IG1ETCS 1 Ml Terminal side of female terminals IG1ETCS (YEL/GRN) PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) Terminal side of female terminals Is there battery voltage? Terminal side of female terminals YES-Go to step 11. 13. 2 and PCM connectorterminal C4. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (C4) and the ETCS control relay. . 1 and body ground. Check for continuity between ETCS control relay 4P connectorterminal No. 11. 11-264 Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 15. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS.

E T C S CONTROL R E L A Y 4P CONNECTOR ETCSRLY Terminal side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 1 3 14 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 4 > < 2 5 > ^ 2 6 22 29 30 44 4C 27 28 32|33 34 35 36 37 38 39 48 49 E T C S R L Y (RED) Terminal side of female terminals 18. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. 20. (cont'd) 11-265 . | 1 | 2 25 >< 32 3 3 34 3 5 / 30 |40|41 42 26 27 28 37 38 39 1431441/| 46147 1 48|49| Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (C4) and the ETCS control relay. 19. 11 12 1 24 22 1101• ]8 9 16 17 1 8 1 9 2 0 21 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 . 16. Remove the ETCS control relay (F) f r o m the under-hood fuse/relay box. then go to step 23. 3 and PCM connectorterminal A29. 17. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). Disconnect PCM connector C (49P).15. Is there continuity? PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) YES-Go to step 28. N O . Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal C4 and body ground. Check for continuity between ETCS control relay 4P connectorterminal No.G o to step 2 1 . then go to step 23. IG1ETCS (YEL/GRN) NO-Repair open in the w i r e between the PCM (A29) and the ETCS control relay.

25. Is DTC P1659 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ETCS control relay and the PCM. troubleshooting is complete. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 30. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. 26. • 11-266 NO-lf the PCM was updated. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). 24. Check for continuity between ETCS control relay 4P connectorterminal No. Is DTC P1659 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ETCS control relay and the PCM. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted. 1 and body ground. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 23. then recheck. then go to step 1. NO-Go to step 28. Reset the PCM with the HDS. Reconnect all connectors. If the PCM was substituted. E T C S CONTROL R E L A Y 4P CONNECTOR +B 1 28. • . go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box (see page 22-89). or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). then go to step 23. If the PCM was updated. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 2 1 . 27. go to step 1. 22. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. 29. Reconnect all connectors.

If you do. ^CAUTION Do not insert your fingers into the installed throttle body w h e n you turn the ignition switch to ON (II) or while the ignition switch is ON (II). • 11-267 . you will seriously injure your fingers if the throttle valve is activated. Push the throttle valve closed as shown. Disconnect the intake air duct f r o m the throttle body (see page 11-375). 10. then go to step 1. then let it idle. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 17. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Does the throttle valve return? 4. NO-Go to step 11. 5. Reset the PCM with the HDS. If DTC P1683 is indicated. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . NO-lntermittent failure. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 12. 3.DTC P1683: Throttle Valve Default Position Spring Performance Problem 9. NOTE: Before you t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 15.000 rpm without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on. 6. Hold the engine speed at 3. 16. go to step 11. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). and wait 10 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Is DTC P1683 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. Release the throttle valve. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. 8. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NO-Troubleshooting is complete. B 14. Replace the throttle body (see page 11 -375). then go to step 12 and recheck. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the P C M . Start the engine. and wait 10 seconds. 7. 2. YES-Go to step 7. YES-Clean the throttle body (see page 11-372). the system is OK at this time. 13. Is DTC P1683 indicated? 11. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 1.

Start the engine. Does the throttle valve return? YES-Clean the throttle body (see page 11-372). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Reset the PCM with the HDS. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Release the throttle valve. 5. Hold the engine speed at 3. 7. If DTC P1684 is indicated. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). H 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 8. If you do. and wait 10 seconds. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the P C M . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Disconnect the intake air duct f r o m the throttle body (see page 11-375). Replace the throttle body (see page 11 -375). NO-Troubleshooting is complete. then let it idle. 1. go to step 11. 15.Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) DTC P1684: Throttle Valve Return Spring Performance Problem 9. 3. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). 2. 11. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 14. and wait 10 seconds. Is DTC P1684 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. • 11-268 . ^CAUTION Do not insert your fingers into the installed throttle body w h e n you turn the ignition switch to ON (II) or while the ignition switch is ON (II). 12. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Is DTC P1684 indicated? YES-Go to step 7. 4. the system is OK at this time. 13. you will seriously injure your fingers if the throttle valve is activated.000 rpm w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Push the throttle valve open as shown. then go to step 1. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. 16. 17. NO-lntermittent failure. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). then go to step 12 and recheck. NO-Go to step 11.

9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR 5. NO-Repair open in the wire between the throttle body and the PCM (B33). If you do. 1. Disconnect the intake air duct f r o m the throttle body (see page 11-375).DTC P2101: ETCS Malfunction ^CAUTION Do not insert your fingers into the installed throttle body w h e n y o u turn the ignition switch to ON (II) or while the ignition switch is ON (II). 8. then clean the throttle body (see page 1 1 . 12. Do the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU w i t h the HDS. N O . 2. 13. Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). lsDTCP2101indicated? 5 6 J 1 I 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 1101 11 12 1 3 14 1 5 16 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 21 YES-Go to step 7. Is DTC P2101 indicated? YES-Go to step 7.3 7 2 ) . Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B33 and throttle body 6P connector terminal No. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). (cont'd) 11-269 . 4. NO-lntermittent failure. 11. Visually check the throttle valve operation. 4. 1 22 23 24 >< >< 25 26 / 2 9 3 0 31 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 |40|41 42/1' i 28 • /|45|46|X S G 5 (GRN) Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 18. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters: 3 4 • ENGINE SPEED 1 2 • VSS S G 5 (GRN) • APPSENSOR A Wire side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) 6. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. 3. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. 15. NOTE: Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 14. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. If DTC P2101 is indicated. Do the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU w i t h the HDS. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. 16. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).G o to step 5. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). you will seriously injure your fingers if the throttle valve is activated. then go to step 24. 10. 17. N O . go to step 22. then go to step 25 and recheck. the system is OK at this time. Does the throttle valve operate smoothly? YES-Clean the throttle body (see page 11-372). Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS.G o to step 13. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. • 7. 18.

Connect throttle body 6P connector terminals No. NO-Repair open in the wires between the throttle body and the PCM (C2. NO-Go to step 30.Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 19. THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) ETCSM (GRN) ETCSM + (BLU) E T C S M — (GRN) - E T C S M + (BLU) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 12 15 16 17 18 19 22 24 25 26 30 32 33 34 3 5 1 / 37 40 41 42 43l44[X|46J47 1 J U M P E R WIRE 9 10 20 21 27 28 38|39 48149 Wire side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 2 1 . then go to step 24. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminals C2 and C3. C3). 20. 2 1 . 5 and No. 11-270 . 5 and No. THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR /N 1 2 3 4 5 ETCSM- 6 ETCSM+ Terminal side of male terminals Is there about 1. 6 with the throttle fully closed. 6 w i t h a jumper wire. At the throttle body side.0 kQ or more? YES-Go to step 23. measure the resistance between throttle body 6P connector terminals No.

• VSS 25. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters: • ENGINE SPEED • VSS • APP SENSOR A 33. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 32. • APP SENSOR A 26. Reconnect all connectors. 27. If the PCM was updated. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. NO-lf the PCM was updated. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). If the PCM was substituted. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters: • ENGINE SPEED 24. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). then recheck. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). • 30. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). troubleshooting is complete. 29. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. then clean the throttle body (see page 11-372). and go to step 1. Reconnect all connectors. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). NO-Troubleshooting is complete. Is DTC P2101 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. Replace the throttle body (see page 11-375). 28. 31.22. go to step 1. Is DTC P2101 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM.• 11-271 . If the PCM was substituted. 23. Reset the PCM with the HDS. Turn the Ignition switch to LOCK (0).

Jump the SCS line with the HDS. NO-lntermittent failure. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. then go to step 18. the system is OK at this time. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). 3. Slowly press the accelerator pedal to the floor. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B33 and throttle body 6P connector terminal No. 11-272 . 4.B 5. 2. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NO-Repair open in the wire between the throttle body and the PCM (B33). Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 I 8 I 9 |10| 11 1213 1411516171181920 21 22 23 2 1 ^ 2 5 ^ 2 6 28 29 3031132|33|34|35|36|37 38 39 491 i40|4l|42lAKl 45 SG5 (GRN) Terminal side of female terminals fe there continuity? YES-Go to step 10. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 6. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector.Electronic Throttle Control System D T C T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( c o n t ' d ) DTC P2118: Throttle Actuator Current Range/Performance Problem NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 8. 4. 1 2 3 4 5 6 SG5 (GRN) Wire side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) fe DTC P2118 indicated? YES-Go to step 5. 7. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. 9.

THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR _ _ / N 1 2 3 4 5 6 ETCSM— (GRN)J 1 2 3 4 5 6 ETCSM- [ ETCSM+ (BLU) ETCSM+ Wire side of female terminals Terminal side of male terminals Is there about 1. THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 E T C S M . 5 and No. Check for continuity between throttle body 6P connector terminals No. then go to step 18. Check for continuity between body ground and throttle body 6P connector terminals No. 11.10.0 O or less? Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wires between throttle body 6P connector terminals No. NO-Go to step 13. Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). 6 with the throttle fully closed.(GRN) H 1 2 ETCSM+ (BLU) 4 5 6 E T C S M . At the throttle body side. measure the resistance between throttle body 6P connector terminals No. THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR 13. 5 and No. 6 with a jumper wire. 6. then go to step 18. NO-Go to step 17. 6 individually. 5 and No. 5 and No. 14. NO-Go to step 12. (cont'd) 11-273 . THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR YES-Go to step 14. Connect throttle body 6P connector terminals No. 12. 6 (ETCS+ line).(GRN) I I ETCSM + (BLU) JUMPER WIRE (t)(t) Wire side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the throttle body 6P connector and body ground. 5 (ETCS— line) and No.

25. If the PCM was substituted. 19. ETCSM (GRN) ETCSM+ (BLU) ri 22. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Reconnect all connectors. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminals C2 and C3. NO-Repair open in the wires between the throttle body and the PCM (C2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Slowly press the accelerator pedal to the floor. At the throttle body side. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. NO-Go to step 26. 11-274 29. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. 26. T J l l 2 3 I 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 98 |10|1 11 12 / I 1 6 16 19 20 21 25 26 27 28 22 24 1 1 30 32|33 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 39 48|49| |40|41 42143144 46147 / / / >< 23. Reset the PCM with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 31. 27. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. If the PCM was updated. 5 and No. Is DTC P2118 indicated? Terminal side of female terminals fe there continuity? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. If the PCM was substituted. PCM CONNECTOR C(49P) 17. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). troubleshooting is complete. Reconnect all connectors. Replace the throttle body (see page 11-375). 24. 20. 21. THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR /S 30. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ^ YES-Go to step 16. check for continuity between body ground and throttle body 6P connector terminals No. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. 6 individually. then go to step 1. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). 18. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). then go to step 18. Slowly press the accelerator pedal to the floor. 1 2 3 4 5 6 ETCSM— (GRNjI I E T C S M + (BLU) @(8) Terminal side of male terminals /s there continuity? YES-Go to step 17. go to step 1. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. then go to step 28. C3). Is DTC P2118 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. NO-lf the PCM was updated. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 28. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting-^ .Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 15. 16. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

2. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. (cont'd) 11-275 . APP SENSOR 6P CONNECTOR Is there about 0. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. 1. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). NO-Go to step 11. 1 and No. 9. Check for continuity between APP sensor 6P connectorterminal No. Check APP SENSOR A in the DATA LIST with the HDS. 8.B 3. Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector. Measure the voltage between APP sensor 6P connector terminals No. 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). APP SENSOR 6P CONNECTOR Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (A18) and the APP sensor. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the APP sensor and the PCM. Wire side of female terminals 5. 1 2 3 4 5 6 VCC3 (RED) SG3 (WHT) Wire side of female terminals Is there about 5 V? YES-Go to step 7. NO-Go to step 17. 4.DTC P2122: APP Sensor A (TP Sensor D) Circuit Low Voltage 7. then go to step 24. 2. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot.2 V or less? y\ 1 2 3 4 5 6 YES-Go to step 3. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 6. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). the system is OK at this time. 3 and body ground. APSA (PUR) NO-lntermittent failure.

. Connect APP sensor 6P connector terminal No. Connect APP sensor 6P connector terminals No. 3 with a jumper wire. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) Is there about 0. 16. 1 and No.2 V or less? APSA (PUR) 1 2 3 j 4 |5 |6 | YES-Go to step 29. 11-276 NO-Go to step 22. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 7||8 9 10 13 14J15 16 17J18 19 2 0 25 22 30 40141 KM 27 28 3 2 3 3 34 35 36 37 38 39 44 \/\ 46^/1481491 Terminal side of female terminals fe there continuity? YES-Go to step 13. Reconnect PCM connector A (49P). 3 to body ground with a jumper wire. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A18) and the APP sensor. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A18 and body ground. then go to step 24. 13. APP SENSOR 6P CONNECTOR APP SENSOR 6P CONNECTOR A 1 2 3 4 5 6 APSA (PUR) JUMPER WIRE VCC3(RED) APSA (PUR) JUMPER WIRE Wire side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals 12. 14.Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 11. Check APP SENSOR A in the DATA LIST with the HDS. 15.

then go to step 1. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). If the PCM was updated. 31. 23. Reconnect all connectors. 26. 18. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A24 and body ground. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).H 29. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. If the PCM was substituted. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Is DTC P2122 indicated? VCC3 (RED) JUMPER WIRE Wire side of female terminals YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the APP sensor and the PCM. then go to step 24. NO-lf the PCM was updated. 24. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) li 30. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A24) and the APP sensor. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). troubleshooting is complete. 32. 25. then recheck. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. If the PCM was substituted. 21. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). 19. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting-^ Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 29. Connect APP sensor 6P connector terminal No.17. go to step 1. Reset the PCM with the HDS. 28. 11-277 . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. il 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 18 1920 21 26 27 28 25 24 22 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 3738 39 140 41 1/1441X1461^48149 VCC3 (RED) Terminal side of female terminals Is DTC P2122 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the APP sensor and the PCM. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. APP SENSOR 6P CONNECTOR 27. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 20. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 22. Reconnect all connectors. go to the indicated DTC'stroubleshooting. Replace the accelerator pedal module (see page 11-289). Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). 1 to body ground with a jumper wire.

Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A26 and body ground. 8.9 V or more? YES-Go to step 3. the system is OK at this time. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). Jump the SCS line with the HDS.Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) DTC P2123: APP Sensor A (TP Sensor D) Circuit High Voltage NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). JUMPER WIRE fe there about 4. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).B 3. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 9. 7. NO-lntermittent failure. APP SENSOR 6P CONNECTOR A 1. 1$ there about 5 V? YES-Go to step 12. 2. 11-278 NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A26) and the APP sensor. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the APP sensor and the PCM. 2 to body ground with a jumper wire. SG3 (WHT) 2. 10. Check APP SENSOR A in the DATA LIST with the HDS. 1 and No. Measure the voltage between APP sensor 6P connector terminals No. . Connect APP sensor 6P connector terminal No. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. NO-Go to step 7. Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) j APP SENSOR 6P CONNECTOR 3 4 | 5 | 6 I 718 13 14|15 16 17|18 1920 24 26 27 28 22 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 3 38 39 401411^1X1441/146^ 48 49 1 2 3 4 5 6 VCC3(RED)| SG3 (WHT) [SG3(WHT) OP Terminal side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 19. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 4. Wire side of female terminals 11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 6. then go to step 14.

If the PCM was updated. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). go to step 1. 5. APP SENSOR 6P CONNECTOR Is DTC P2123 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the APP sensor and the PCM. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. If the PCM was substituted. 17. then recheck. 1. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7).12. 2. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. (cont'd) 11-279 . Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector. If the PCM was substituted. Measure the voltage between APP sensor 6P connector terminals No. NO-Go to step 17. 21. Is there about 0. Is DTC P2123 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the APP sensor and the PCM. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 20. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. 16. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 4. 14. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. NO-lf the PCM was updated. Reconnect all connectors. the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the APP sensor and the PCM. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 18. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4 and No. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting-^ 1 2 3 4 VCC4(ORN)J [ SG4 (BRN) Wire side of female terminals Is there about 5 V? YES-Go to step 7. troubleshooting is complete. Reset the PCM with the HDS. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). 15. 19. 5. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Replace the accelerator pedal module (see page 11-289). Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Reconnect all connectors. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). then go to step 1. 13.2 V or less? YES-Go to step 3. 6. NO-lntermittent failure.B 3. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting-^ DTC P2127: APP Sensor B (TP Sensor E) Circuit Low Voltage NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. Check APP SENSOR B in the DATA LIST with the HDS.

11-280 . Jump the SCS line with the HDS. APP SENSOR 6P CONNECTOR APSB (GRY) JUMPER WIRE APSB (GRY) Wire side of female terminals 12. 8. then go to step 24. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). 6 to body ground with a jumper wire. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). then go to step 24.Electronic Throttle Control System D T C T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( c o n t ' d ) 7. Check for continuity between APP sensor 6P connectorterminal No. 11. 9. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A19) and the APP sensor. 5 6 7 40 41Y\/\^\/\^Y\^ Terminal side of female terminals fe there continuity? YES-Go to step 13. Connect APP sensor 6P connector terminal No. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) APSB (GRY) 9 10 3I J l l 31 111/ 13|l4|i5|l6[l7|l8|l9 20 21 KM KM 2738 2839 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 4 NO-Go to step 11. 6 and body ground. APP SENSOR 6P CONNECTOR 10. Wire side of female terminals fe there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (A19) and the APP sensor. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A19 and body ground.

G o to step 22. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 17. 16. 14. Is there about 0. 4 to body ground w i t h a j u m p e r wire. Connect APP sensor 6P connector terminals No. Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 30. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). (cont'd) 11-281 . PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) HE J1|2 3 |4 |5 |6 |7 8 11 13 14 15 1€ 17 18 19 26 24 X 2£ 22 29 30 31 3233 34 35|36 37 |40|41 / l / l 44 . / / >< 9|10| • 20 21 i 27 28 • 38 39 48|49| VCC4 (ORN) 19. APP S E N S O R 6P CONNECTOR APP S E N S O R 6P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 5 CO 1 2 6 VCC4 (ORN) 4 5 6 V C C 4 (ORN) J U M P E R WIRE APSB (GRY) J U M P E R WIRE Wire side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals 15. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A25 and body g r o u n d . Connect APP sensor 6P connector terminal No. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 20. 6 w i t h a j u m p e r wire. N O . Reconnect PCM connector A (49P).13. then go to step 24. 4 and No. 18. 2 1 .2 V or less? YES-Go to step 29. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A25) and APP sensor. Check APP SENSOR B in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS.

Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. If the PCM was updated. Is there about 4. then go to step 1. Is DTC P2127 Indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the APP sensor and the PCM. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 1. go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 27. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326).• 5 6 S G 4 (BRN) Wire side of female terminals Is there about 5 V? YES-Go to step 12. 5. H 3. 29. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the APP sensor and the P C M . 6. 24. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). go t o the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). If the PCM was substituted. 11-282 3 4 VCC4(ORN) . Replace the accelerator pedal module (see page 11-289). 5. then go to step 1. APP S E N S O R 6P CONNECTOR 32. 28. Reconnect all connectors. 4 and No. If the PCM was substituted. • DTC P2128: APP Sensor B (TP Sensor E) Circuit High Voltage NOTE: Before y o u troubleshoot. Turn the ignition switch t o LOCK (0). record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. NO-lf the PCM w a s updated. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. go to step 1. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. 25. the system is OK at this t i m e . NO-lntermittent failure. 2. Measure the voltage between APP sensor 6P connector terminals No. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. troubleshooting is complete. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). 3 1 . 4. 30. 23. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. 26. Reconnect all connectors. Check APP SENSOR B in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. then recheck. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NO-Go to step 7.0 V or more? YES-Go to step 3. Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector. Is DTC P2127 1 2 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the APP sensor and the PCM. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7).Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 22.

go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ^ Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 19. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. go to step 1. Reconnect all connectors. If the PCM was substituted. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). 11. 13. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 5 to body ground w i t h a j u m p e r wire. troubleshooting is complete. 21. If the PCM was substituted. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A27 and body ground. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 16. 15. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. then go to step 14. If the PCM was updated. 14. 11-283 . 18. 9. CM CO 1 4 5 6 Is DTC P2128 S G 4 (BRN) JUMPER WIRE Wire side of female terminals indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the APP sensor and the PCM. 8. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ^ 19. Connect APP sensor 6P connector terminal No. Replace the accelerator pedal module (see page 11-289). Reconnect all connectors. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A27) and the APP sensor. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). APP S E N S O R 6P CONNECTOR 17. then recheck. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 26 27 28 29 30 3233 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 8 49 44 MSIS S G 4 (BRN) Terminal side of female terminals Is DTC P2128 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the APP sensor and the PCM. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. NO-lf the PCM was updated.7. 10. 12. 20. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. then go to step 1. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250).

Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). Check for continuity between PCM connector terminals B17 and B26.G o to step 15. NO-Go to step 22. Visually check the throttle valve operation while you clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. 2. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminals B17 and B26. 3. NOTE: Before y o u troubleshoot. Terminal side of female terminals NO-Go to step 9. 4. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). you will seriously injure your fingers if the throttle valve is activated. NO-Go to step 15. 8. 9. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Disconnect the intake air duct f r o m the throttle body (see page 11-375).Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) DTC P2135: TP Sensor A/B Incorrect Voltage Correlation ACAUTION Do not insert your fingers into the installed throttle body when you turn the ignition switch to ON (II) or while the ignition switch is ON (II). Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM connector terminals B17 (TPSA line) and B26 (TPSB line). Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. Do the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) T P S A (RED/BLK) T P S B (RED/BLU) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 * 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 13 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 29 30 31|32|33|34|35|36 37 38 39 40 41 42lXlXl45l46 49 1. PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) 5. NO-lntermittent failure. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 11.G o to step 5. 6. If y o u do. the system is OK at this time.G o to step 13. 11-284 . 12. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. Is DTC P2135 Indicated? Y E S . Clear the DTC with the HDS. 10. Does the valve temporarily move to the fully closed position? TPSA (RED/BLK) TPSB (RED/BLU) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 22 23 24 25 28 26 29 30 31 32 33 34 35|36 37 38 39 40 41 42 | / I ^ | 4 5 | 4 6 j / | X T 4 9 Y E S .H 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. 14. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. then go to step 17. Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? Y E S . 7.

Reconnect all connectors. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. then go to step 1. If the PCM was substituted. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. then recheck. replace the original PCM (see page 11 -250). • (cont'd) 11-285 . 19. go to step 1. 17. 24. 23. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Replace the throttle body (see page 11-375). 3. Are they the same voltage? YES-Go to step 6. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). 2. NO-lntermittent failure. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the APP sensor and the P C M . Is DTC P2138 indicated? YES-Go to step 5. Press the accelerator pedal to the floor. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 4. Is DTC P2135 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. Is DTC P2135 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). If the PCM was substituted. H 5. NO-Go to step 12. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). DTC P2138: APP Sensor A/B (TP Sensor D/E) Incorrect Voltage Correlation 18. Check APP SENSOR A and APP SENSOR B in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Reset the PCM with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NO-lf the PCM was updated. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).15. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11 -7). Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). If the PCM was updated. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 16. • 22. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 20. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. the system is OK at this time. 21. Reconnect all connectors. 7. 6. 8. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). troubleshooting is complete. Clear the DTC with HDS. NO-Troubleshooting is complete.

23.Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 9. 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). If the PCM was substituted. NO-Go to step 22. troubleshooting is complete. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminals A18 and A19. 26. 18. 16. 11. then go to step 24. NO-Go to step 13. 15. Press the accelerator pedal to the floor. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 24. 13. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) C®=l APSA (PUR) APSB (GRY) TJX 3 I4l5|6|7 STjoT 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 25 26 27 28 22 24 29 30 31|32|33|34|35|36|37 38 39 4 0 | 4 l | ^ M 4 4 | X | 4 6 j | x l 48 49 Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wires between PCM connector terminals A18 (APSA line) and A19 (APS3 line). 20. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Replace the accelerator pedal module (see page 11-289). Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). 19. Terminal side of female terminals 2 1 . then go to step 14. If the PCM was substituted. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. Reset the PCM with the HDS. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. 14. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. then go to step 1. 25. Reconnect all connectors. NO-lf the PCM was updated. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Reconnect all connectors. 11-286 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the APP sensor and the PCM. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Is DTC P2138 Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 10. • 22. 17. If the PCM was updated. Is DTC P2138 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the APP sensor and the PCM. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Check for continuity between PCM connector terminals A18 and A19. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) [HpAPSA (PUR) | lAPSB(GRY) 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 26 27 28 24 25 22 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 1 4 0 1 4 1 1 ^ 1 / 1 4 4 1 X 1 4 6 1 / 48 49 12. • . replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). go to step 1. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Press the accelerator pedal to the floor. 27.

Does the throttle valve move to its fully closed position? YES-Go to step 11. 8. Is there sludge or carbon on the throttle valve? NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot. 3. NO-lntermittent failure. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). • 6. THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR indicated? YES-Go to step 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 9. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. you will seriously injure your fingers if the throttle valve is activated. Disconnect the intake air duct f r o m the throttle body (see page 11-375). YES-Clean the throttle body (see page 11-372).(GRN) 5 6 I JUMPER WIRE Wire side of female terminals 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 10. 15. 11. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). troubleshoot DTC P2135 first. NO-Go to step 18. • If DTC P2135 is stored at the same time as DTC P2176. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Is DTC P2176 13. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. 6 w i t h a jumper wire. 4. Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). 5. (cont'd) 11-287 . NO-Go to step 12. 16. then recheck for DTC P2176. and wait 10 seconds. then clean the throttle body (see page 1 1 . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).3 7 2 ) . the system is OK at this time. 14. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 12. 1. If y o u do. 1 2 3 4 E T C S M . Check for sludge or carbon on the throttle valve. 2. 5 and No. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS.DTC P2176: Throttle Actuator Control System Idle Position Not Learned ^CAUTION Do not insert your fingers into the installed throttle body w h e n you turn the ignition switch to ON (II) or while the ignition switch is ON (II). Connect throttle body 6P connector terminals No. Visually check the throttle valve operation while doing the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU w i t h the HDS. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. then go to step 2 1 .

Reset the PCM with the HDS.(GRN) 11 12 16 17|18 19 20 21 24 26 27 28 22 25 30 32|33 34 3 5 t / 37 38 39 40 41 42143144 |Xl 46147 48 49 / >< >< Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 27. 20. Is DTC P2176 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. 29. 26. 24. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) 27. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). 22. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). then clean the throttle body (see page 11-372). go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . troubleshooting is complete. and wait 10 seconds. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. 19. 28. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NO-Repair open in the wires between the throttle body and the PCM (C2. and wait 10 seconds. E T C S M + (BLU) E T C S M . Check for continuity between PCM connector terminals C2 and C3. If the PCM was substituted. 23. NO-lf the PCM was updated. C3). NO-Troubleshooting is complete. 25. Turn the ignition switch t o ON (II). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. B 11-288 30. If the PCM was updated. B . replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Reconnect all connectors. Replace the throttle body (see page 11-375). Reconnect all connectors. then go to step 29. then go to step 20. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11 -7). 18. and go to step 1. If the PCM was substituted.Electronic Throttle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 17. 2 1 . go to step 1. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Is DTC P2176 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. 3 1 .

• If it is 0 %. NOTE: The APP sensor is not available separately. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). • Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS before doing this procedure. then do this procedure. • If it is not 0 %. then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. 3. • If it is 0 %. If it doesn't. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed. • This procedure checks the APP sensor in its fully closed position. replace the accelerator pedal module (see page 11 -289). then go to step 5. the APP sensor is OK. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. the APP sensor is OK. update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). 11-289 . 4. If y o u find a problem. the APP sensor stores DTCs which are covered in other troubleshooting procedures. replace the accelerator pedal module (see page 11-289). If it does not operate smoothly. Remove the accelerator pedal module (B). • Press the accelerator pedal several times to check its operation. 3. go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see page 11-226). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 1. If any DTCs are indicated. • If it is not 0 %. then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. check the pedal. then go to step 1. Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector (A).APP Sensor Signal Inspection Accelerator Pedal Module Removal/Installation NOTE: 1. 2. 5. 2. In any other position. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed. troubleshoot t h e m first. Do not disassemble the accelerator pedal module.

page 11-7 Replacement.Variable Cylinder Management (VCM) System Component Location Index REAR ROCKER ARM OIL P R E S S U R E SWITCH Removal/Installation. page 11-315 ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SENSOR Replacement page 8-9 ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID B (BANK 1) ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID A (BANK 1) REAR ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL V A L V E Replacement page 6-62 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) Update. page 6-62 . page 11-250 FRONT ROCKER ARM OIL P R E S S U R E SWITCH Removal/Installation. page 11-314 11-290 ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID A (BANK 2) FRONT ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL V A L V E Replacement. page 11-249 Substitution.

Is there continuity? 6. the system is OK at this time. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).G o to step 7. ROCKER A R M OIL P R E S S U R E S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR VCC2 (YEL/BLU) S G 2 (GRN/YEL) Wire side of female terminals Is there about 5 V? YES-Go to step 16. 1. 1 and No. YES-Go to step 8. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. then go to step 18. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the rocker arm oil pressure sensor and the P C M . ROCKER A R M OIL P R E S S U R E S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR Is there about 0. NO-Go to step 24. (cont'd) 11-291 . Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).G o to step 12. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 10. N O . 4. Disconnect the rocker arm oil pressure sensor 3P connector. 7. 3.DTC Troubleshooting DTC P0522: Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Sensor Circuit Low Voltage NOTE: Before y o u troubleshoot. POIL (BLU/YEL) NO-lntermittent failure. Check the ROCKER A R M OIL PRESSURE SENSOR in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. Check the ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SENSOR in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. H 3. 2 and body g r o u n d . Check for continuity between rocker arm oil pressure sensor 3P connector terminal No. Is there about 0. 2.18 V or less? 1 2 3 YES-Go to step 3. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Wire side of female terminals 5. Measure the voltage between rocker arm oil pressure sensor 3P connector terminals No. N O . 9. 11.18 V or less? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (C22) and the rocker arm oil pressure sensor.

Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 19. Reconnect all connectors. NO-Go to step 23.B NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 22. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. 1 V C C 2 (YEL/BLU) I Wire side of female terminals VCC2 (YEL/BLU) PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) 3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |8 11 1 2 / 1 16 17 18 19 25 26 2 2 / '24 1 3233 34 3 5 ^ 37 |40|41 42143144 |/T 46147 >< 9|10| • 20 21 27 28 38 39 48|49| Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? Y E S . Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. check for poor connections or loose terminals at the rocker arm oil pressure sensor and the PCM. 1. Replace the rocker arm oil pressure sensor (see page 8-9). 17. 16. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0522 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. 2 1 . then go to step 1.Variable Cylinder Management (VCM) System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 12. Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). . 15. 14. 13. .G o to step 24. Reset the PCM with the HDS. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. 20.Ml: /z o/\ Is DTC P0522 23. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal C12 and rocker arm oil pressure sensor 3P connector terminal No. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. ROCKER ARM OIL P R E S S U R E S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR 18. then go to step 1. 22. then go to step 18. 11-292 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the rocker arm oil pressure sensor and the PCM. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (C12) and the rocker arm oil pressure sensor. keep idling until a result comes on. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).

go to step 1. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11 -7). If the PCM was updated.79 V or more? YES-Go to step 3. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Is there about 4. 7. (cont'd) 11-293 . Does the screen indicate DTC P0523: Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Sensor Circuit High Voltage PASSED? YES-lf the PCM was updated. go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . then go to step 26. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). 2 and No.24. 26. Disconnect the rocker arm oil pressure sensor 3P connector. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the rocker arm oil pressure sensor and the P C M . indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the rocker a r m oil pressure sensor and the PCM. B 3. 4. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 5. troubleshooting is complete. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11 -7). Is DTC P0522 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. go to step 1. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). NO-lntermittent failure. 25. Reconnect all connectors. 28.79 V or more ? YES-Go to step 8. the system is OK at this time. If the PCM was updated. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0522 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. N O . ROCKER ARM OIL P R E S S U R E S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR POIL (BLU/YEL) S G 2 (GRN/YEL) JUMPER WIRE Wire side of female terminals 6. If the PCM was substituted.G o to step 18. and let it idle. Is there about 4. 27. Connect rocker arm oil pressure sensor 3P connector terminals No. then go to step 26. keep idling until a result comes o n . NO-Go to step 28. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). If the PCM was substituted. 3 with a j u m p e r wire. Check the ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SENSOR in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. check for poor connections or loose terminals at the rocker arm oil pressure sensor and the PCM. 1. 2. If the PCM was substituted. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 27. Check the ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SENSOR in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Start the engine.

Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 26. 3. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (C16) and the rocker arm oil pressure sensor. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 10. 11-294 . Remove the jumper wire. 11. 1 and No. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. 3. then go to step 20. ROCKER ARM OIL P R E S S U R E S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR V C C 2 (YEL/BLU) S G 2 (GRN/YEL) JJLL Wire side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals I S G 2 (GRN/YEL) PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) Is there about 5 V? YES-Go to step 14. Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). Measure the voltage between rocker arm oil pressure sensor 3P connector terminals No. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal C16 and rocker arm oil pressure sensor 3P connector terminal No. 13. 9.Variable Cylinder Management (VCM) System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 8. ROCKER ARM OIL P R E S S U R E S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR 12. NO-Go to step 10.

then go to step 1. Reconnect all connectors. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C22 and rocker arm oil pressure sensor 3P connector terminal No. 24. keep idling until a result comes on. 19. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). then go to step 1. Does the screen indicated POIL (BLU/YEL) Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 26. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. 15. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. then go to step 20. 18. Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0523 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. (cont'd) 11-295 . 23. ROCKER ARM OIL P R E S S U R E S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR 20. 21. check for poor connections or loose terminals at the rocker arm oil pressure sensor and the PCM. 17.14. POIL (BLU/YEL) Is DTC P0523 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the rocker arm oil pressure sensor and the PCM. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 16. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (C22) and the rocker arm oil pressure sensor. B NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK ( 0 ) . Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. 25. 22. NO-Go to step 25. Replace the rocker arm oil pressure sensor (see page 8-9). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 24.

2. indicated? Y E S . go to step 1. 1 and No. 2. and let it idle. 6. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Is DTC P2648 NO-Go to step 30. then go to step 28.B 5. indicated? Y E S .G o to step 8. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 1. ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID A (BANK 1) 2P CONNECTOR 1 2 ' @ ' Terminal side of male terminals Is there 13. and do the Solenoid Valve ACTIVATION of ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOL A (B1). 4. 7. If the PCM was substituted.G o to step 5.C h e c k for poor connections or loose terminals at the rocker arm oil pressure sensor and the PCM. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250).9 Q at room Y E S . Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU w i t h the HDS. Reconnect all connectors. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 29. Measure the resistance between rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1) 2P connector terminals No. keep idling until a result comes o n . 27. the system is OK at this time. 3. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0523 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1) and the PCM. NO-lntermittent failure. NO-Go to step 1 1 . Disconnect the rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1) 2P connector. troubleshooting is complete. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 29. 28.l f the PCM was updated. Is DTC P0523 NOTE: Before y o u troubleshoot.Variable Cylinder Management (VCM) System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 26. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. Does the screen indicate DTC P2648: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid A (Bank 1) Circuit Low Voltage PASSED? Y E S . Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). check for poor connections or loose terminals at the rocker arm oil pressure sensor and the PCM. Start the engine. 11-296 temperature? . then go to step 28. go to step 1. If the PCM was substituted. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If the PCM was updated. If the PCM was updated. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. If the PCM was substituted. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7).9—16. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 30. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7).

Reconnect all connectors. (cont'd) 11-297 . 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). then go to step 1. Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (B49) and rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1). and do the Solenoid Valve ACTIVATION of ROCKER A R M OIL CONTROL SOL A (B1). 12. PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) 15. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). 10. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). then go to step 19. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 17. Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU w i t h the HDS. NO-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the PCM and rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2648 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. go to step 16. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . go to step 1 and recheck. Terminal side of female terminals NO-Go to step 18. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. 14. 17. 18. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED.8. 11. B NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B49 and body g r o u n d . J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. Is DTC P2648 Indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1) and the PCM. Replace the rear rocker arm oil control valve (see page 6-62). 1 2 11 12 22 23 1 29 30 |40|41 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 |10| 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20 21 • 24 25 26 28 i 31 3233 34 3536 37 38 39 4 2 4 5 1 4 6 1 / / 4 9 >< >< / CSSB J L (GRN/RED) 16. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. 9. then g o t o step 12.

If the PCM was substituted. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). N O . Reconnect all connectors. the system is OK at this time. NO-lntermittent failure.B 5. 1. and do the Solenoid Valve ACTIVATION of ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOL A (B1). If the PCM was substituted. If the PCM was substituted. 11-298 temperature? . 22. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2648 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID A (BANK 1) 2P CONNECTOR 1 2 Terminal side of male terminals Is there 13. 2. Is DTC P2649 indicated? YES-Go to step 5. If the PCM was updated. go to step 1. troubleshooting is complete. 23. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7).G o to step 23. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. 2 1 . Start the engine. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. DTC P2649: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid A (Bank 1) Circuit High Voltage NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. Measure the resistance between rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1) 2P connector terminals No. Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU w i t h the HDS. then go to step 2 1 . NO-Go to step 12. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1) and the PCM. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-lf the PCM was updated. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . then go to step 2 1 .000 rpm without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on.9—16. 20. If the PCM was updated. go to step 2 1 . If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 22. 6. then let it idle. Is DTC P2648 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1) and the PCM. check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1) and the PCM. 4. go to step 1. Disconnect the rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1) 2P connector. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).Variable Cylinder Management (VCM) System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 19.9 Q at room YES-Go to step 8. 2. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. Hold the engine speed at 3. 3. 7. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). 1 and No.

17. Is DTC P2649 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1) and the PCM. 10. then g o t o step 13. 15. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). 16. 12. Reconnect all connectors. ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID A (BANK 1) 2P CONNECTOR 11. Replace the rear rocker arm oil control valve (see page 6-62).1 j 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9|10| 1 23 11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21 I 22 23 24 >< 25 X 26 / 28 2 9 3 0 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 35J36 3 7 3 8 3 9 J40J41 W i r e side of female terminals 4 2 | / | / | 4 5 | 4 6 | / A 49 C S S B (GRN/RED) Is there continuity? Terminal side of female terminals YES-Go to step 9. then go to step 1. 14.then g o t o step 19. 1. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). 2 and body ground. (cont'd) 11-299 .8. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. 13. Check for continuity between rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1) 2P connector terminal No. NO-Go to step 18. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. Is there continuity? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the PCM and rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1). NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (B49) and rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1). Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B49 and rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1) 2P connectorterminal No. 2 and G101. ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID A (BANK 1) 2P CONNECTOR FOG GND (BLK) ^ C S S B (GRN/RED) Wire side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) . then go to step 13. 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. NO-Repair open in the wire between rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1) terminal No.

DTC P2653: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid B (Bank 1) Circuit Low Voltage NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. 23. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. the system is OK at this time. 6.9—16. and let it idle. YES-Go to step 5. Clear the DTC with the HDS.B NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. then go to step 2 1 . go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1) and the PCM. 2. NO-lntermittent failure. 4. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Reconnect all connectors. Does the screen indicate PASSED? PCM. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2649 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.B 5. If the PCM was substituted. If the PCM was substituted. 3. 20. Start the engine.Variable Cylinder Management (VCM) System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 18.9 Q at room temperature? YES-Go to step 8. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11 -7). Measure the resistance between rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank 1) 2P connector terminals No. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. 2. go to step 1. keep idling until a result comes on. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank 1) and the Is DTC P2649 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1) and the PCM. 1. then go to step 2 1 . Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2649 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Is DTC P2653 indicated? 2 1 . If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 22. If the PCM was substituted. Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. and do the Solenoid Valve ACTIVATION of ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOL B (B1). 1 and No. Disconnect the rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank 1) 2P connector. go to step 1. go to step 1 and recheck. 7. 22. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).B NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. If the PCM was updated. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 17. NO-Go to step 23. NO-Go to step 11. 11-300 . 19. troubleshooting is complete. keep idling until a result comes o n . If the PCM was updated. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID B (BANK 1)2P CONNECTOR YES-lf the PCM was updated. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. 1 2 Terminal side of male terminals Is there 13. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250).

18. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Reconnect all connectors. B N O .8. NO-Go to step 18. 1 2 11 12 22 23 1 29 30 |40|41 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 10 • 13 1415 16 17|18 19 20 21 25 26 24 28 i 31 32 33 34 3536 37 38 39 9j >< >< 42451461/ / A'- CSSA (GRN/YEL) Terminal side of female terminals 16. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). Is DTC P2653 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank 1) and the PCM. 17. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. then go to step 19. (cont'd) 11-301 .l f the screen indicates FAILED. 12. and do the Solenoid Valve ACTIVATION of ROCKER A R M OIL CONTROL SOL B (B1). 11. 10. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 17. Replace the rear rocker arm oil control valve (see page 6-62). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 14. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . then go to step 12. Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). go to step 1 and recheck. PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) 15. 13. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2653 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. 9. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. go to step 16. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B39 and body g r o u n d . then go to step 1. NO-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the PCM and rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank 1). . Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (B39) and rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank 1). Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS.

20. 2. If the PCM was substituted. If the PCM was updated. then go to step 2 1 . check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank 1) and the PCM.Variable Cylinder Management (VCM) System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 19. go to step 1. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. 2 1 . Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2653 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS.9—16. Reconnect all connectors. then let it idle. 23. Start the engine. Measure the resistance between rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank 1) 2P connector terminals No. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 22. Hold the engine speed at 3. 6. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). the system is OK at this time. 1. 7. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 4. NO-Go to step 12. If the PCM was substituted. If the PCM was substituted. then g o t o step 2 1 . ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID B (BANK 1) 2P CONNECTOR 1 2 Terminal side of male terminals Is there 13. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-lf the PCM was updated. DTC P2654: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid B (Bank 1) Circuit High Voltage NOTE: Before you troubleshoot.9 Q at room YES-Go to step 8. Is DTC P2654 indicated? YES-Go to step 5. Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU w i t h the HDS. Disconnect rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank 1) 2P connector. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank 1) and the PCM. 11-302 temperature? . go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If the PCM was updated. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). NO-lntermittent failure. go to step 2 1 . Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249).B 5. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. N O . 1 and No. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. 2.000 rpm w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on.G o to step 23. 22. Is DTC P2653 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank 1) and the PCM. 3. and do the Solenoid Valve ACTIVATION w i t h ROCKER A R M OIL CONTROL SOL B (B1). go to step 1. troubleshooting is complete.

J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. then g o t o step 19. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B39 and rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank 1) 2P connectorterminal No. 14. Is DTC P2654 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank 1) and the PCM. 1. 13. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. 2 and body ground. 17. 10. NO-Go to step 18. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (B39) and rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank 1). ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID B (BANK 1) 2P CONNECTOR C S S A (GRN/YEL) GND (BLK) Wire side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) "Tr=nr 11 1 2 1 3 14|15 16 1 7 1 8 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 / 28 29 30 31 32|33 34 3 5 3 6 37 38 39 C S S A (GRN/YEL) Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? Terminal side of female terminals YES-Go to step 9. 16. NO-Repair open in the wire between rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank 1) terminal No. Check for continuity between rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank 1) 2P connector terminal No. Is there continuity? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the PCM and rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank 1). Replace the rear rocker arm oil control valve (see page 6-62). Reconnect all connectors. (cont'd) 11-303 . then g o t o step 13. then go to step 1.8. 9. 12. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. then go to step 13. 2 and G101. ROCKER A R M OIL CONTROL SOLENOID B (BANK 1) 2P CONNECTOR 11. 15.

then go to step 2 1 . substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7).G o to step 8. If the PCM was substituted. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 22. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11 -7).9—16. DTC P2658: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid A (Bank 2) Circuit Low Voltage NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. and do the Solenoid Valve ACTIVATION of ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOL A (B2). keep idling until a result comes on. 22. If the PCM was updated. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 1.l f the PCM was updated.B NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU w i t h the HDS. go to step 1. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2654 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. If the PCM was updated. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. Start the engine. Y E S . 6. If the PCM was substituted. 1 2 Terminal side of male terminals Is there 13. keep idling until a result comes on. 3. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. 1 and No. 2. NO-Go to step 11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. and let it idle. ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID A (BANK 2) 2P CONNECTOR Y E S . 4. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 2) and the PCM. NO-Go to step 23. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).Variable Cylinder Management (VCM) System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 18. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 17.G o to step 5. troubleshooting is complete. the system is OK at this time. check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank 1) and the PCM. 19. 11-304 . 20. 23. Is DTC P2658 indicated? 21. go to step 1 and recheck. go to step 1. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Reconnect all connectors. 7. Does the screen indicate PASSED? 5. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.fl Is DTC P2654 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank 1) and the PCM. 2. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot.9 D at room temperature? Y E S . Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. NO-lntermittent failure. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Disconnect the rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 2) 2P connector. If the PCM was substituted. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2654 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS.B NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. then go to step 2 1 . If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. Measure the resistance between rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 2) 2P connector terminals No.

Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2658 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. and do the Solenoid Valve ACTIVATION of ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOL A (B2). Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) 15. then go to step 1. I 3 |4 | 5 | 6 |7 | 8 2 9 1101 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 i 25 22 23 24 26 28 1 • 29 30 31 32 33 34 3536 37 38 3 9 |40|41 . (cont'd) 11-305 . Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. 10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). go to step 1 and recheck. Is DTC P2658 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 2) and the PCM.8. 13. 9. Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU w i t h the HDS. NO-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the PCM and rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 2). 14. 18. Replace the front rocker arm oil control valve (see page 6-62). 12. Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the w i r e between the PCM (B28) and rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 2). Reconnect all connectors. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 17. 17.1 >< >< Y 4 2 4 5 1 4 6 | /A esse ^ (GRN/WHT) Terminal side of female terminals 16. go to step 16. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B28 and body g r o u n d . go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. 11. NO-Go to step 18. B NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. then go to step 12. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). then go to step 19.

substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7).9 Q at room Y E S . Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Measure the resistance between rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 2) 2P connector terminals No. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 2) and the PCM. the system is OK at this time. then go to step 2 1 . If the PCM was updated. 11-306 temperature? . substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). and do the Solenoid Valve ACTIVATION of ROCKER A R M OIL CONTROL SOL A (B2).l f the PCM was updated. 4. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2658 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. then go to step 2 1 . 3. Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU w i t h the HDS.9—16. 1 and No. 2.C h e c k for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker a r m oil control solenoid A (Bank 2) and the PCM. 7. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). troubleshooting is complete. Disconnect the rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 2) 2P connector.G o to step 5. 2. If the PCM was substituted. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 2) and the PCM. 2 1 . 23. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. If the PCM was updated. If the PCM was substituted. go to step 2 1 . NO-Go to step 23. go to step 1. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 22. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 22.G o to step 8. Reconnect all connectors. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? Y E S . DTC P2659: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid A (Bank 2) Circuit High Voltage NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. go to step 1. Hold the engine speed at 3.000 r p m without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . NO-lntermittent failure. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. Start the engine. then let it idle. If the PCM was substituted. 20. Is DTC P2659 indicated? Y E S .Variable Cylinder Management (VCM) System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 19. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED.B 5. 6. Is DTC P2658 indicated? Y E S . Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NO-Go to step 12. 1. ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID A (BANK 2) 2P CONNECTOR Terminal side of male terminals Is there 13.

then go t o step 13. 2 and body ground. Check for continuity between rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 2) 2P connector terminal No. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 14. Turn the ignition switch t o ON (II). NO-Go to step 18. (cont'd) 11-307 .8. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID A (BANK 2) 2P CONNECTOR C S S C (GRN/WHT) GND (BLK) Wire side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 |10| 11 12 13 1 4 1 5 16 1 7 1 8 19 20 21 22 23 24 Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? X 25 X 26 / 28 2 9 3 0 3 1 32I33 3 4 35(36 3 7 3 8 3 9 |40|41 4 2 | / | / ! 4 5 | 4 6 L / / | 4 9 | C S S C (GRN/WHT) Terminal side of female terminals YES-Go t o step 9. 15. then g o t o step 13. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (B28) and rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 2). 12. 2 and G101. 13. 10. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. 17. then go t o step 1.then g o t o step 19. 16. Reconnect all connectors. 1. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B28 and rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 2) 2P connectorterminal No. 9. Replace the front rocker arm oil control valve (see page 6-62). ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID A (BANK 2) 2P CONNECTOR 11. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Is there continuity? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the PCM and rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 2). Is DTC P2659 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 2) and the PCM. NO-Repair open in the wire between rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 2) terminal No.

VCMB1-4: Check the oil passage for the rear bank cylinder pause system. Start the engine.^ NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Is DTC P2659 indicated? 2. 3. YES-Go to step 2. 20. If the PCM was substituted.2-4: The front bank cylinder pause system is faulty. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. Go to the troubleshooting for P3497 (see page 11-311). and let it idle. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 17.2-3. then go to step 30. or replace the engine oil if needed. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2659 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. keep idling until a result comes o n . 1. replace the rear rocker arm oil control valve (see page 6-62). go to step 1 and recheck. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1). 22. • VCMB2-1. go to step 1. then go to step 3 1 . NO-Adjust the engine oil level to the proper level. If the PCM was updated. rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank 1). go to step 1. check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 2) and the PCM. 23. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ^ NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2659 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. Reconnect all connectors. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. 19. If the PCM was substituted. If the PCM was substituted. A/T Pressure Adapter 07MAJ-PY40120 • Oil Pressure Hose 07ZAJ-S5AA200 NOTE: Before y o u troubleshoot. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . troubleshooting is complete. YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 2) and the PCM. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). If it is OK. 4. . Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION M E N U . the rear rocker arm oil pressure switch. then go to step 2 1 . then go to step 2 1 . Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. 11-308 YES-lntermittent failure. If the PCM was updated.210 m m 07MAJ-PY4011A .Variable Cylinder Management (VCM) System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 18. • VCMB1-2. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. Check the engine oil level and quality. 2. • VCMB1-3: Go to step 13. H NO-lf the result is • VCM B1-1: Go to step 5. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-lf the PCM was updated. DTC P3400: VPS Stuck Off Bank 1 Special Tools Required . Is it OK? 2 1 .2-2. the system is OK at this t i m e . keep idling until a result comes o n . and the P C M . Pressure Gauge Adapter 07NAJ-P07010A • A/T Low Pressure Gauge W/Panel 07406-0070301 • A/T Pressure Hose. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). and do the VPS TEST w i t h the HDS. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 22. Are VCMB1-0 and VCMB2-0 indicated? NO-Go to step 23.

6. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal C30 and body g r o u n d . 14.hi 421431441/] 46147 9 |10| 20 21 1 27 28 1 38 39 48|49| Engine Engine Engine Engine oil oil oil oil filter screen pump passage If needed. clean or replace the parts. 11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Is SWITCH ON indicated? YES-Go to step 20. NO-Check these parts: NO-Replace the rear rocker arm oil pressure switch (see page 11-315).5 psi) or more? YES-Go to step 15. 7. 15. • • • • 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). NO-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1). Check ROCKER A R M OIL PRESSURE SWITCH B in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank 1). Wire side of female terminals 18. then go to step 36. NO-Go to step 26.2 kgf/cm . REAR ROCKER ARM OIL P R E S S U R E SWITCH 1P CONNECTOR A V C M S W B (BLU/YEL) 1 VCMSWB (BLU/YEL) Terminal side of female terminals J U M P E R WIRE Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (C30) and the rear rocker arm oil pressure switch. then go to step 30. and the PCM. and do the VPS TEST w i t h the HDS. (cont'd) 11-309 . 31. YES-Go to step 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 19. Disconnect the rear rocker arm oil pressure switch 1P connector.5. Check ROCKER A R M OIL PRESSURE SWITCH B in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. Check the ROCKER A R M OIL PRESSURE SENSOR with the HDS during the 3 CYLINDER ACTIVATION (TEST STATUS 3 and 6) and the 4 CYLINDER ACTIVATION (TEST STATUS 5 and 7). 8. 16. Connect the rear rocker arm oil pressure switch 1P connector terminal to body ground w i t h a j u m p e r wire. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). the rear rocker arm oil pressure switch. 12. 17. Is SWITCH ON indicated? 13. PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) E I 3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |8 2 11 12 16 17 18 19 22 24 25 26 • 32|33 34 35L/ 37 V 30 |40|4! . 2 Is there about 217. Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). Disconnect the rear rocker arm oil pressure switch 1P connector. then go to step 31. 10. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION M E N U .0 kPa (2. then go to step 30.

Remove the rear rocker arm oil pressure switch (see page 11-315).2 kgf-m. 23. 16 Ibfft) 28.58 kgf/cm .Variable Cylinder Management (VCM) System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 20.4 kPa (0.2 psi)? 2 YES-Replace the rear rocker arm oil pressure switch (see page 11-315). 29. and the PCM. then go to step 30. Check the oil pressure during the 3 CYLINDER ACTIVATION (TEST STATUS 3 and 6) and the 4 CYLINDER ACTIVATION (TEST STATUS 5 and 7). replace the rear rocker arm oil control valve (see page 6-62). PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) 07NAJ-P07010A 07ZAJ-S5AA200 Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1). then attach the rear rocker arm oil pressure switch (A) to the pressure gauge attachment (B). Reconnect the rear rocker arm oil pressure switch 1P connector. 27. Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION M E N U . Turn the Ignition switch to LOCK (0). 11-310 NO-Repair open in the w i r e between the rear rocker arm oil pressure switch and the PCM (C30). . NO-Check the rear cylinder pause system oil passage. 24. If it is OK. the rear rocker arm oil pressure switch. Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. 25. Does the oil pressure increase to at least 56. 22. then go to step 30. NOTE: Do not remove the j u m p e r wire f r o m the rear rocker arm oil pressure switch. 2 1 . 07406-0070301 07MAJ-PY4011A 07MAJ-PY40120 A 22 N m (2. then go to step 30. and do the VPS TEST w i t h the HDS. 8. rocker a r m oil control solenoid B (Bank 1). go to step 36. 26. If the connections and terminals are OK. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal C30 and body ground. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Attach the special tools to the rear rocker arm oil control valve as s h o w n .

substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 2. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. 4. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. the system is OK at this time. 2. • VCMB2-3: Go to step 13. then go to step 1.1-2. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). VCMB2-4: Check the oil passage for the front bank cylinder pause system. Are VCMB1-0 and VCMB2-0 indicated? YES-Go to step 35. 37. DTC P3497: VPS Stuck Off Bank 2 3 1 . go to step 1. • VCMB2-2. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). 35. and the PCM. Are any Pending or Confirmed DTCs indicated? YES-lf any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. NO-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 1). Check the engine oil level and quality. go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. and do the VPS TEST w i t h the HDS.2 5 0 ) .H Are VCMB1-0 and VCMB2-0 NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. • VCMB1-1. 39. Go to the troubleshooting for P3400 (see page 11-308). Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Special Tools Required • Pressure Gauge Adapter 07NAJ-P07010A • A/T Low Pressure Gauge W/Panel 07406-0070301 • A/T Pressure Hose.210 m m 07MAJ-PY4011A • A/T Pressure Adapter 07MAJ-PY40120 • Oil Pressure Hose 07ZAJ-S5AA200 32.30.1-3. 38. If the PCM was substituted. indicated? YES-Go to step 39. 3. the front rocker arm oil pressure switch. If it is OK. troubleshooting is complete.then go to step 30. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). rocker arm oil control solenoid B (Bank 1). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). replace the original PCM (see page 11 . go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO-Adjust the engine oil level to the proper level. 34. Are any Pending or Confirmed DTCs 1. Reconnect all connectors. • (cont'd) 11-311 . If the PCM was substituted. Reconnect all connectors. Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION M E N U .• 36. Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION M E N U . Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS.H NO-lf the result is • VCMB2-1: Go to step 5. and do the VPS TEST w i t h the HDS. YES-lf any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. then go to step 3 1 . Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). then recheck. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 2). Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION M E N U . and do the VPS TEST w i t h the HDS. and the PCM. NO-lf the PCM was updated.1-4: The rear bank cylinder pause system is faulty. Is it OK? YES-Go to step 2.! NO-lf the PCM was updated. or replace the engine oil if needed. the rear rocker arm oil pressure switch. Clear the DTC with the HDS. replace the front rocker arm oil control valve (see page 6-62). indicated? Are VCMB2-0 and VCMB1-0 indicated? YES-lntermittent failure. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. 33.

8. Check ROCKER A R M OIL PRESSURE SWITCH C in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. • Engine oil filter 9. • Engine oil screen • Engine oil p u m p • Engine oil passage 10. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B20 and body ground. and do the VPS TEST w i t h the HDS.5 psi) or more? Is SWITCH ON indicated? YES-Go to step 15. then go to step 30. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 16. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. Check ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SWITCH C in the DATA LIST with the HDS. 6. PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) 17. the front rocker arm oil pressure switch. Disconnect the front rocker arm oil pressure switch 1P connector. then go to step 31. Is SWITCH ON indicated? YES-Go to step 20. Disconnect the front rocker arm oil pressure switch 1P connector. NO-Go to step 26. 12. NO-Check these parts: NO-Replace the front rocker arm oil pressure switch (see page 11-314). 7. Turn the ignition switch t o LOCK (0). Check the ROCKER A R M OIL PRESSURE SENSOR w i t h the HDS during the 3 CYLINDER ACTIVATION (TEST STATUS 3 and 6) and the 4 CYLINDER ACTIVATION (TEST STATUS 5 and 7). 19. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION M E N U .Variable Cylinder Management (VCM) System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 5. 31.2 kgf/cm . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 11. V C M S W C (BLU/WHT) J111 12I 2133 |144 15| 516| 6 | 7 8 < hoi • 19 20 21 25 26 28 22 23 24 1 • 29 30 31 3233 34 3536 37 38 39 |40|41 4 2 | / | / | 4 5 | 4 6 | / 71 1 5 >< >< / FRONT ROCKER ARM OIL P R E S S U R E SWITCH 1P CONNECTOR A*\ 1 V C M S W B (BLU/WHT) Terminal side of female terminals JUMPER WIRE Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (B20) and the front rocker arm oil pressure switch. 11-312 . 13. and the PCM. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Connect the front rocker arm oil pressure switch 1P connectorterminal to body ground w i t h a j u m p e r wire. 15. then go to step 30. clean or replace the parts. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). then go to step 36. If needed. NO-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 2). 2 Is there about 217. YES-Go to step 9. Wire side of female terminal 18. 14.0 kPa (2.

Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal B20 and body ground. Does the oil pressure kgf/cm . 07406-0070301 28. Attach the special tools t o the front rocker arm oil control valve as s h o w n .2 k g f m 16 Ibfft) V C M S W C (BLU/WHT) 1 2 3 j 4 | 5 I 6 | 7 j 8 310 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 21 22 23 24 > < 25 26 28 2 9 3 0 31 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 40141J42 L X I X I 4 5 1 4 6 ^ x 1 4 9 7NAJ-P07010A Terminal side of female terminals 07ZAJ-S5AA200 Is there continuity? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 2). 2 1 . Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION M E N U . Check the oil pressure during the 4 CYLINDER ACTIVATION (TEST STATUS 5 and 7). If it is OK.20. then go t o step 30. 29.4 kPa (0. 25. NOTE: Do not remove the j u m p e r wire f r o m the front rocker arm oil pressure switch. then attach the front rocker arm oil pressure switch (A) in the pressure gauge attachment (B). 23. (cont'd) 11-313 . 8. 07MAJ-PY4011A 07MAJ-PY40120 PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) A 22 N m (2. replace the front rocker arm oil control valve (see page 6-62). 24. Turn the ignition switch t o LOCK (0). and the PCM.58 2 YES-Replace the front rocker arm oil pressure switch (see page 11 -314). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. then go t o step 30. then go t o step 30. If the connections and terminals OK. go t o step 36. 26. and do the VPS TEST w i t h the HDS. 27. the front rocker arm oil pressure switch. Reconnect the front rocker arm oil pressure switch 1P connector. Remove the front rocker arm oil pressure switch (see page 11-314). 22. NO-Check the front cylinder pause system oil passage. NO-Repair open in the wire between the front rocker arm oil pressure switch and the PCM (B20).2 psi)? increase to at least 56.

Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION M E N U . NO-lf the PCM was updated. Are VCMB2-0 and VCMB1-0 indicated? Y E S . 2. 34.B NO-lf the PCM was updated. B 3.l f any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. Are VCMB2-0 and VCMB1-0 indicated? Y E S . If the PCM was substituted. 37. Remove the engine cover (see step 1 on page 4-21). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. then recheck. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. 38. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Reconnect all connectors.G o to step 35. Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION M E N U . and do the VPS TEST w i t h the HDS. then go to step 1. Disconnect the front rocker arm oil pressure switch 1P connector (A). NO-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at rocker arm oil control solenoid A (Bank 2). 36. Are any Pending or Confirmed DTCs indicated? Y E S . substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.Variable Cylinder Management (VCM) System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) Front Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch Removal/Installation 30. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. 35. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). troubleshooting is complete. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Reconnect all connectors. . 39.B NO-Troubleshooting is c o m p l e t e . the front rocker arm oil pressure switch. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7).B 11-314 4. and do the VPS TEST w i t h the HDS. Remove the front rocker arm oil pressure switch (B). 1. and the PCM. Are any Pending or Confirmed DTCs indicated? Y E S . 33. go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.l f any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. If the PCM was substituted. 3 1 . Install the parts in the reverse order of removal w i t h a new O-ring (C). go to step 1. 32.G o to step 39.

3. Remove the rear rocker arm oil pressure switch (B).Rear Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch Removal/Installation 1. Disconnect the rear rocker arm oil pressure switch 1P connector (A). Install the parts in the reverse order of removal w i t h a new O-ring (C). 2. 11-315 .

page 11-324 11-316 .Idle Control System Component Location Index Signal Circuit Troubleshooting.

(cont'd) 11-317 . Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0506 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. go to step 15. or damage in the throttle bore. If the screen indicates EXECUTING. • NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. 2.73 and 1. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Start the engine. carbon. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3).73 and 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 9. 10. If the screen indicates EXECUTING. NO-lf the screen indicates PASSED.DTC Troubleshooting DTC P0506: Idle Control System RPM Lower Than Expected NOTE: Before you t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. 4. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. Check for dirt.47 • FSS is CLOSED 5. Is DTC P0506 indicated? YES-Go to step 1 and recheck. NO-Go to step 14. 7. 3. Clear the DTC with the HDS.IAT SENSOR above 32 °F (0 °C) • Vehicle speed is 0 mph (0 km/h) • ST FUEL TRIM between 0. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES-Go to step 6. 1. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. or damage in the throttle bore? YES-lf there is dirt or carbon. check the A/C system and/or the power steering system. NO-Check the A/C system or the power steering system. Check for these conditions in the DATA LIST with the HDS: • ECT SENSOR 1 above 158 °F (70 °C) • IAT SENSOR above 32 °F (0 °C) • Vehicle speed is 0 mph (0 km/h) • ST FUEL TRIM between 0. then go to step 17. clean the throttle body (see page 11 -372). keep idling until a result comes on. g o t o step 12. go to step 8. 11. then go to step 1. Replace the throttle body (see page 11-375). If there is damage in the throttle bore. 8. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3. then let it idle 20 seconds or more. 14. then go to step 9. 12. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete.000 rpm without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on. Check for these conditions in the DATA LIST with the HDS: • ECT SENSOR 1 above 158 °F (70 °C) • . Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0506 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Hold the engine speed at 3. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 13. 6. carbon.000 rpm without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on. Remove the intake air duct f r o m the throttle body (see page 11-375). Reset the PCM with the HDS.47 • FSS is CLOSED 13. Also check for damage to the air cleaner element (see page 11 -373). Is there dirt. keep idling until a result comes on. then let it idle 20 seconds or more. go to step 4 and recheck.

If the screen indicates EXECUTING. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0507 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. carbon. NO-Go to step 17. or damage In the throttle bore? Y E S . carbon. intermittent failure. then go to step 9. or damage in the throttle bore. 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING. Hold the engine speed at 3. then go to step 6. Also check for damage to the air cleaner element (see page 11-373). go to step 8. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. 18. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). NO-lf the screen indicates PASSED. check the A/C system and/or the power steering system. 5. go to step 12. 4. 2. the system is OK at this time.). Is there dirt.H NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. DTC P0507: Idle Control System RPM Higher Than Expected 16. clean the throttle body (see page 11-372). and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Remove the intake air duct f r o m the throttle body (see page 11-375). recheck w i t h different load conditions (electrical. Does the screen indicate PASSED? Y E S . Start the engine. NOTE: Before y o u troubleshoot. Recheck w i t h different load conditions (turn on the headlights. then go to step 3. Check for dirt.000 r p m without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . If there is damage in the throttle bore. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. the blower motor. 11-318 . Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0506 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.l n t e r m i t t e n t failure. keep idling until a result comes on. then let it idle. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. change the gear position. A/C. etc.). keep idling until a result comes on. Check for vacuum leaks at these parts: • PCV valve • PCV hose • EVAP canister purge valve • Throttle body • Intake manifold • Brake booster hose • Brake booster Are there any leaks? YES-Repair or replace the leaking part(s). 3.G o to step 5. then go to step 1 and recheck. 17. the rear w i n d o w defogger and/or the A/C. NO-Go to step 6.l f there is dirt or carbon. etc. the system is OK at this time.Idle Control System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 15. Does the screen indicate FAILED? Y E S . gear position.

then let it idle .000 rpm without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 10. 11. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0507 in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS. etc. NO-Go to step 11. If the screen indicates EXECUTING. check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION. then go to step 9.B N O . then go to step 1.6. . or the A/C. the blower motor. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. Is DTC P0507 Indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the PCM. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. change the gear position.). Start the engine. 9.If the screen indicates FAILED. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. 10. Hold the engine speed at 3. 8. keep idling until a result comes on. then go to step 1. 7. recheck w i t h different load conditions (turn on the headlights.

B Terminal side of female terminals NO-Go to step 6.B clutch? NO-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/C compressor clutch relay and the PCM. 2. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Momentarily connect PCM connector terminal A13 to body ground w i t h a jumper wire several times. 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) 4. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. If the symptom/indication goes away w i t h a known-good PCM. Is there a clicking noise from the A/C compressor 6. 7.Idle Control System A / C Signal Circuit Troubleshooting 13. Activate the A/C CLUTCH in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Turn the blower switch on. Is there a clicking noise from the A/C compressor YES-Do the A/C system test (see page 21-9). 12. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Start the engine. Check the A/C system operation. then recheck. check the A/C compressor clutch relay (see page 22-96). 8. . Turn the A/C switch on. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). JUMPER WIRE Does the A/C system operate? YES-The air conditioning system circuit is O K . 11. NO-Go to step 9. 40141 j j / V I 44 [ X I 46J^X[ 48149 5. 10. and other parts A/C syatem. 1. NO-Check the A/C system (see page 21-9). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). repair open in the wire between the PCM (A13). 3. If the connections and the terminals are OK. the A/C compressor clutch relay. 11-320 clutch? YES-Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). If needed. Does it indicate ON? A C C (YEL) 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 25 26 27 28 24 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 3738 39 1 2 YES-Go to step 5. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Check the A/C CLUTCH in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS.

Start the engine. 6.Alternator FR Signal Circuit Troubleshooting 1. 2. 4. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (C44) and the a l t e r n a t o r . Monitor the ALTERNATOR in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. Does the percentage 8. and let it idle.2 5 0 ) . Turn the headlight switch OFF and the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Check for continuity between body ground and PCM connectorterminal C44. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). replace the original PCM (see page 1 1 . PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) vary? Y E S . 7. 5. If the symptom/indication goes away w i t h a known-good PCM. • 11-321 . ! NO-Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). 3. Disconnect the alternator 4P connector.T h e alternator signal circuit is OKM NO-Go to step 4. then recheck. Check for the indicated percentage varies w h e n the headlight switch is turned on.

Start the engine. 1 and body ground. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Align the steering wheel straight ahead. 6. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS.2 5 0 ) . Connect PSP switch 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. Disconnect the PSP switch 2P connector. 10. 2 with a jumper wire.H NO-Go to step 10.G o to step 6. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. 3. replace the original PCM (see page 1 1 . 16. 9. PSP SWITCH 2P CONNECTOR P S P S W (BLU) J U M P E R WIRE GND (BLK) Wire side of female terminals 11-322 . and let it idle. 5. 15. 11. If the symptom/indication goes away w i t h a known-good PCM. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). PSP SWITCH 2P CONNECTOR P S P S W (BLU) Does it indicate ON? YES-Go to step 4. NO-Go to step 14. 13. • 14. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (A38) and the PSP switch. Disconnect the PSP switch 2P connector.Idle Control S y s t e m PSP Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting 1. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. 7. Does it change to OFF? YES-Replace the PSP switch (see page 17-29). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 12. Turn the steering wheel to the full lock position. 4. then recheck. Check for continuity between PSP switch 2P connectorterminal No. Wire side of female terminals Does it change to OFF? YES-The PSP switch signal circuit is OKM N O . Start the engine. 8. then start the engine.B NO-Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). 2.

B NO-Repair open in the wire between the PSP switch and G202. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). 19. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. then recheck. 20.B 11-323 .B NO-Go to step 18. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good PCM. Remove the j u m p e r wire f r o m the PSP switch 2P connector. Wire side of female terminals 22. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A38 and PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. Check for continuity between PSP switch 2P connectorterminal No. 1. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Is there continuity? PSP SWITCH 2P CONNECTOR P S P S W (BLU) Wire side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 26 22 21X25 37 29 30 31 3233 34 44 40 YES-Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 21. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PSP switch and the PCM (A38).B 9 10 20 27 28 38 39 ^8 49 P S P S W (BLU) Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 23. 2 and body ground. 1_J GND (BLK) 18. Does it change to ON? 23. PSP SWITCH 2P CONNECTOR YES-Replace the PSP switch (see page 17-29).17.

Press the brake pedal while check the BRAKE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. BKSW (LT BLU) 1 NO-lnspect the brake pedal position switch (see page 19-6). Does it change to ON? Wire side of female terminals YES-The brake pedal position switch signal circuit (BKSW line) is OK. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A8 and body ground. 2. 8.B .B NO-Go to step 9. Disconnect the brake pedal position switch 4P connector.B NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A8) and the brake pedal position switch. 2 to body ground w i t h a jumper wire. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS.Idle Control System Brake Pedal Position Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Connect brake pedal position switch 4P connector terminal No. 11 STOP/HORN(20 A) fuse in the auxiliary under-hood fuse/relay box. If the circuit is OK. 7. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal A8 and body ground. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Disconnect PCM connector A (49P).B JUMPER WIRE 3. 11-324 Is there continuity? YES-Repair open or short in the wire between the brake pedal position switch and the No. Also.B NO-Go to step 4. Does it indicate 9. replace the No. 5. 10. Check the BRAKE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. 4. 11 STOP/HORN (20 A) fuse in the auxiliary under-hood fuse/relay box. replace the brake pedal position switch (see page 19-6). B K S W (LT BLU) Jl|2 11 22 29 30 |40|41 1 / / 3 |4 |5 |6 |7 | 8 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 24 25 26 31 3233 34 35 36 37 X|/|44|/|46 >< >< / i • i 9 1101 20 21 27 28 38 39 48|49| PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) BKSW (LT BLU) Terminal side of female terminals 3|4|5|6|7| J1|2 11 13 14 15 16 1718 24 25 22 29 30 31 3233 34 35 36 |40|41 / 8 19 26 37 I / >< >< /v\«\/\*v 9|10| 20 21 27 28 38 39 48|49| • •i Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (A8) and the brake pedal position switch. PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) 6. BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH 4P CONNECTOR OFF? YES-Go to step 3.

1.000 rpm w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . 3. and there are no DTCs. do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326).Idle Speed Inspection NOTE: • Before checking the idle speed. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. If it doesn't. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. 7.A i r cleaner 4. Hold the engine speed at 3. Check the idle speed without load conditions: headlights.PCV system • A p p l y the parking brake. the blower fan on high. 5. . and A/C off. check these items: .Spark plugs . go to the s y m p t o m troubleshooting. 11-325 . go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see page 11-226). 6.Ignition t i m i n g . Reconnect the EVAP canister purge valve connector. Idle speed should be: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N) NOTE: If the idle speed is not within specification. Start the engine. and make sure the headlights are off. radiator fan. blower fan. Idle speed should be: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N) . 2. the temperature set to max cool. Disconnect the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge valve connector (see step 1 on page 11-430). Let the engine idle for 1 minute w i t h high electric load (A/C switch o n . then let it idle. If the idle speed is still not within specification. and the headlights on high beam).The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) has not been reported o n .

Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). • Update the PCM. Hold the engine speed at 3. Start the engine. 5. Make sure all electrical items (the A/C. • Replace or clean the throttle body. NOTE: If the radiator fan comes o n .000 r p m w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . 11-326 .) are off. 4. do not include its running time in the 5 minutes. Do the idle learn procedure whenever y o u do any of these actions: • Replace the PCM. the audio. • Disassemble the engine or transmission.Idle Control System PCM Idle Learn Procedure The idle learn procedure must be done so the PCM can learn the engine idle characteristics. 2. • Reset the PCM. or until the engine coolant temperature reaches 194°F (90°C). 3. NOTE: Clearing DTCs w i t h the HDS does not require y o u to do the idle learn procedure. Procedure 1. Let the engine idle for about 5 minutes with the throttle fully closed. and wait 2 seconds. the lights. etc.

page 11-353 FUEL PUMP Replacement page 11-356 FUEL G A U G E SENDING UNIT T e s t page 11-359 Replacement page 11-356 FUEL P R E S S U R E REGULATOR Replacement page 11-355 FUEL FILTER Replacement page 11-356 F U E L FEED LINE F U E L RAIL FUEL FILL CAP FUEL FILL PIPE Removal/Installation. page 11-346 Removal. page 11-348 Installation. page 11-350 FUEL VAPOR LINE (cont'd) 11-327 . page 11-346 Removal. page 11-358 FUEL LINE/ QUICK CONNECT FITTING Precautions. page 11-350 FUEL LINE/ QUICK CONNECT FITTING Precautions.Fuel Supply System Component Location Index FUELTANK Draining. page 11-343 Replacement page 11-357 FUEL TANK UNIT Removal/Installation. page 11-348 Installation.

page 11-250 11-328 . page 11-7 Replacement.Fuel Supply System Component Location Index (cont'd) PGM-FI Substitution.

Is the fuel gauge sending unit OK? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the fuel gauge sending unit and the gauge control module. 9. 7. 3. Pull the carpet back out of the w a y . Disconnect the fuel tank unit 4P connector.• DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge Sending Unit) Circuit Low Voltage NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the gauge control module and the fuel gauge sending unit. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 6. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. the system is OK at this time. ! YES-Replace the fuel gauge sending unit (see page 11-356). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. NO-lntermittent failure. NO-Replace the fuel gauge sending unit (see page 11 -356). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. then go to step 2. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). then remove the access panel f r o m the floor (see page 11-353). NO-Go to step 11. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Test the fuel gauge sending unit (see page 11-359). 2. Is DTC P0463 indicated? NO-Troubleshooting is c o m p l e t e . Clear the DTC with the HDS. 1. (cont'd) 11-329 .B 4. 1. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). then go to step 23. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 5. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0462 indicated? YES-Go to step 4. and wait 5 seconds. Are any Pending or Confirmed DTCs indicated? 10. this DTC P0461 cannot be duplicated during this troubleshooting. • Because it requires 162 miles (260 km) of driving w i t h o u t refueling to complete this diagnosis. 4. and wait 5 seconds. Reset the PCM with the HDS. Remove the second row seat (see page 20-163). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).DTC Troubleshooting DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge Sending Unit) Circuit Range/ Performance Problem NOTE: • Before you troubleshoot. 3. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 5. 8. 2. YES-Go to the indicated DTCs Troubleshooting.

11-330 Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the gauge control module (signal line) and the fuel gauge sending unit. 1 and body ground. F U E L TANK UNIT 4P CONNECTOR 15.Fuel Supply System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 11. F U E L TANK UNIT 4P CONNECTOR SIGNAL (LT BLU) SIGNAL (LT BLU) 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Wire side of female terminals Is there battery voltage? YES-Go to step 16. 13. Check for continuity between fuel tank unit 4P connectorterminal No. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). . Remove the gauge control module (see page 22-359). Measure the voltage between fuel tank unit 4P connectorterminal No. NO-Go to step 12. 14. 12. then go to step 24. NO-Replace the gauge control module (see page 22-359). Disconnect gauge control module 32P connector. 1 and body ground. then go to step 24.

If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. • 30. 3 1 . 2 1 . 17. then go to step 23. 20. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. 24. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the fuel gauge sending unit and the gauge control module. 19. Connect the fuel tank unit 4P connector. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 26. If the PCM was updated. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. 23.1 mm (0. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Reconnect all connectors. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. E 19. 25. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. 27. then recheck. 18. 29.8 in) 33. troubleshooting is complete. 22. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). then go to step 1. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . indicated? NO-lf the PCM was updated. go to step 1. If the PCM was substituted. Remove the fuel tank unit (see page 11-353). Is DTC P0462 NO-Replace the gauge control module (see page 22-359). go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .16. Reconnect all connectors. Check the fuel gauge. • 11-331 . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Reset the PCM with the HDS. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. If the PCM was substituted. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Does the fuel gauge move to the empty position? 34. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). YES-Go to step 30. 28. Is DTC P0462 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the fuel gauge sending unit and the gauge control module. 32. Set the float (A) to the E position.

Connect fuel tank unit 4P connector terminal No. and wait 5 seconds. 4. the system is OK at this time. GND (LT GRN) 3. 1 and No. 14. Is DTC P0463 J U M P E R WIRE indicated? Wire side of female terminals YES-Go t o step 4. 11. Turn the ignition switch t o ON (II). 3. 13. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs in the DTCs MENU w i t h the HDS.l 12. Is there battery voltage? YES-Go t o step 17. G A U G E CONTROL MODULE 32P CONNECTOR l | 2 | / i > | 5 | 6 A 8 I 9 |1011|12|13|14|/116| 17 18|19|20|21|22|23|24|25|/|27 28|29|30|/l32 GND (LT GRN) F U E L TANK UNIT 4P CONNECTOR SIGNAL (LT BLU) 1 2 3 4 Wire side of female terminals GND (LT GRN) Is there continuity? Wire side of female terminals YES-Go to step 15. NO-lntermittent failure. 6. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the gauge control module and the fuel gauge sending unit. Check for continuity between gauge control module 32P connector terminal No. Turn the ignition switch t o ON (II). Pull the carpet back out of the way. Disconnect the fuel tank unit 4P connector. 9. Measure the voltage between fuel tank unit 4P connector terminals No. 28 and body ground. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. Turn the ignition switch t o LOCK (0). Remove the gauge control module (see page 22-359). Remove the second r o w seat (see page 20-163). 3 t o body ground w i t h a jumper wire. NO-Repair open in the wire between the gauge control module (GND line) and the fuel gauge sending unit. 2.Fuel Supply System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge Sending Unit) Circuit High Voltage NOTE: Before you troubleshoot. Disconnect the gauge control module 32P connector. Turn the ignition switch t o LOCK (0). then go to step 27. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 11-332 . F U E L TANK UNIT 4P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 1. then remove the access panel f r o m the floor (see page 11-353). 7. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. 5. 10. 8. N O .G o to step 10.

Set the float (A) to the F position. Check for continuity between gauge control module 32P connector terminal No. then go to step 26. Connect the fuel tank unit 4P connector. Does the gauge move to the full position? YES-Go to step 33. 27 and body ground. Remove the fuel tank unit (see page 11 -353). 20. 1 to body ground w i t h a j u m p e r wire. 18. Reconnect gauge control module 32P connector. Check the fuel gauge. G A U G E CONTROL MODULE 32P CONNECTOR I 9 |101 l | l 2 | l 3 h 4 | / T l 6 | |17|18|19|20|21|22|23|24|25|/|27|28|29|30|/ 32 / 1|2|A I5|6 / \ 8 SIGNAL (LT BLU) F 214.15.4 in) Wire side of female terminals 25. FUEL TANK UNIT 4P CONNECTOR 19. 16. (cont'd) 11-333 . 23. Is the fuel gauge sending unit OK? SIGNAL (LT BLU) 1 2 3 4 JUMPER WIRE YES-Go to step 20. NO-Replace the gauge control module (see page 22-359).2 mm (8. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NO-Replace the fuel gauge sending unit (see page 11-356). NO-Repair open in the wire between the gauge control module (signal line) and the fuel gauge sending unit. 17. then go to step 26. Is there continuity? YES-Replace the gauge control module (see page 22-359). Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. then go to step 26. 2 1 . Test the fuel gauge sending unit (see page 11-359). 24. Wire side of female terminals 22. then go to step 27. Connect fuel tank unit 4P connectorterminal No.

Reset the PCM with the HDS. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. troubleshooting is complete. 31. 30.B 33. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). 28. Is DTC P0463 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the fuel gauge sending unit and the gauge control module. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). go to step 1. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. If the PCM was updated. Is DTC P0463 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the gauge control module and the fuel gauge sending unit. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs are indicated. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. then go to step 1. 32. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. NO-lf the PCM was updated. Reconnect all connectors. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). 36. NO-Troubleshooting is complete. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).Fuel Supply System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 26.B 11-334 . 37. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. Reconnect all connectors. If the PCM was substituted. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). If the PCM was substituted. then recheck. 34. 35. replace the original PCM (see page 11-250). 27. 29. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS.

6. Measure the voltage between PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) 4P connector terminal No. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).Fuel Pump Circuit Troubleshooting If y o u suspect a problem w i t h the fuel p u m p . H • If the wire is OK.8 9 ) . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 9. 4 and body ground. Check for continuity between under-hood fuse/ relay box connector D (8P) terminal No. • (cont'd) 11-335 . NO-Go to step 5. 4 t o body ground w i t h a jumper wire. 7. Disconnect under-dash fuse/relay box connector G (21P). w h e n it is o n . 4. UNDER-DASH F U S E / R E L A Y BOX CONNECTOR G (21P) IGP (ORN) 6 JZ0 13Ml5 J U M P E R WIRE Wire side of female terminals 3. 8. Remove PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) (A) f r o m the under-dash fuse/relay box. 6 and body g r o u n d . check as follows: 1. If the fuel p u m p does not make noise. Turn the ignition switch t o LOCK (0). Connect under-dash fuse/relay box connector G (21P) terminal No. y o u will hear some noise if you listen to the fuel fill port w i t h the fuel fill cap removed. 2. 5. UNDER-HOOD F U S E / R E L A Y BOX CONNECTOR D (8P) 1 PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 2 (FUEL PUMP) 4P CONNECTOR 4 IGP 2 / I—i 6 7 3 / IGP (ORN) ^ 2 3 Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity? Terminal side of female terminals Is there battery voltage? YES-Go to step 10. Disconnect under-hood fuse/relay box connector D (8P). YES-Replace PGM-FI main relay *\M NO• Repair open in the wire between the under-hood fuse/relay box and the under-dash fuse/relay b o x . check that the fuel p u m p actually runs. The fuel p u m p should run for 2 seconds w h e n the ignition switch is turned to ON (ll). replace the under-hood fuse/relay box (see page 2 2 .

Check for continuity between body ground and PCM connector terminal A 1 1 . Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) IMOFPR (GRN) 3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |8 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 22 25 24 26 32 33 34 35|36 37 29 30 44 40 41 Terminal side of female terminals Is there battery 9 1101 20 21 27 28 38 39 48 49 Terminal side of female terminals voltage? YES-Go to step 11. then go to step 16. J u m p the SCS line with the HDS. Measure the voltage between PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) 4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. replace the under-dash fuse/relay box (see page 2 2 .9 0 ) . • 16. 14. • NO-Repair open in the w i r e between PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) and the PCM (A11 ) . Disconnect PCM connector A (49P). Is there continuity? NO- YES-Reinstall PGM-FI main relay 2. PGM-FI MAIN R E L A Y 2 (FUEL PUMP) 4P CONNECTOR 4 IMOFPR El 3 PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) MRLY (GRN) 3|4|5| 5|7|8 Jl|2 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 24 22 25 26 1 29 30 31 32 33 34 3536 37 |40|41 / | / | 4 4 | / | 4 6 | / / / >< >< • i i 9 hoi 20 21 27 28 38 39 48|49| J U M P E R WIRE Terminal side of female terminals J U M P E R WIRE Terminal side of female terminals 11-336 . PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 2 (FUEL PUMP) 4P CONNECTOR 13. 2 FUEL PUMP (15A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay b o x . 11. 12. Connect PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) 4P connectorterminal No. 3 to body ground w i t h a j u m p e r wire. H • If needed.Fuel Supply System Fuel Pump Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd) 10. 1 and body ground. • Check the No. Connect PCM connector terminal A6 to body ground w i t h a jumper wire. 15.

10 and body ground within 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). then recheck. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). and measure the voltage between under-dash fuse/relay box connector F (34P) terminal No. 20. Reconnect PCM connector A (49P). NO-Replace PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP). 19. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).17. (cont'd) 11-337 . 30 31 II 18 132 19 33 34 voltage? YES-Go to step 19. If the symptom/indication goes away w i t h a known-good PCM. IMOFPR (GRN) 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 . replace the original PCM (see page 11-250).I Wire side of female terminals Is there battery voltage? YES-Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249).1718 20 24 25 22 26 27 28 29 30 3233 34 35 36 37 38 39 48 49 44 401 UNDER-DASH F U S E / R E L A Y BOX CONNECTOR F (34P) CS3 Terminal side of female terminals Is there battery IMOFPR (GRN) 1 20 / I 3 4 22 23 5|6 24 A* 25 9 10 1 1 27 28 7? 29 ' 1 4 | 1 5 16|17 . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) 2 1 . 18. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminal A11 and body g r o u n d .B NO-Go to step 22.

10 and body ground after 2 seconds. 5|6 24 A* 25 7V 9 1 0 11 7 28 29 •4* 14|15 16|l7 30 31 1 II 1 2 3 4 18 19 132 33 34 Wire side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals Is there battery Is there battery voltage? YES-Go to step 23. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). N O . 2 and body ground w i t h i n 2 seconds. replace the under-dash fuse/relay box (see page 2 2 . Pull the carpet back out of the w a y . F U E L TANK UNIT 4P CONNECTOR F U E L PUMP (YEL) UNDER-DASH F U S E / R E L A Y BOX CONNECTOR F (34P) IMOFPR (GRN) 1 20 / I 3 4 22 23 . 25. 27. 24. and measure the voltage between fuel tank unit 4P connector terminal No. 11-338 voltage? YES-Go to step 3 1 .Fuel Supply System Fuel Pump Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd) 22. and measure the voltage between under-dash fuse/relay box connector F (34P) terminal No. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 26. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Remove PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) (A) f r o m the under-dash fuse/relay box. Remove the second row seat (see page 20-163). then remove the access panel f r o m the floor (see page 11-353).9 0 ) . NO-lf needed. . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).G o to step 27. • 23. 28.

B F U E L TANK UNIT 4P CONNECTOR FUEL PUMP (YEL) 1 2 3 4 Wire side of female terminals Is there battery voltage? YES-Replace PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP).29. YES-Replace the fuel p u m p (see page 11-356). PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 2 (FUEL PUMP) 4P CONNECTOR 32. Connect PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) 4P connector terminals No. 2 and body ground within 2 seconds. and measure the voltage between fuel tank unit 4P connector terminal No. 2 with a jumper wire. 11-339 . Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). FUEL TANK UNIT 4P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 4 GND (BLK) F U E L PUMP IG1 J U M P E R WIRE Wire side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? 30. Check for continuity between fuel tank unit 4P connector terminal No. 1 and No. 4 and body ground.H NO-Repair open in the wire between PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) and the fuel tank unit 4P connector.H NO-Repair open in the wire between the fuel tank unit 4P connector and G503.H 3 1 . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

9. Place a rag or a shop towel over the quick-connect fitting (A). 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). and let it idle until it stalls. Remove the quick-connect fitting cover (A). 6. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM.000 rpm or the PCM will continue to operate the fuel p u m p . 11. Check the fuel quick-connect fitting for dirt.Fuel Supply System Fuel Pressure Relieving Before disconnecting fuel lines or hoses. relieve pressure f r o m the system by disabling the fuel p u m p . 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). From the INSPECTION MENU of the HDS. NOTE: • Do not allow the engine to idle above 1. 5. • Pending or Confirmed DTC may be set during this procedure. 10. then start the engine. 8. 12. go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see page 11-226). select Fuel Pump OFF. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. With the HDS 1. Check for DTCs. Remove the fuel fill cap to relieve the pressure in the fuel tank. 2. 7. and clean it if needed. and clear t h e m as needed (see page 11-4). and disconnecting the fuel line/quick connect fitting in the engine compartment. If it doesn't. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure (see page 22-94). 11-340 .

check it for dirt or damage (see step 1 on page 11-350). (cont'd) 11-341 . NOTE: • Be careful not to damage the line (E) or other parts. • If the connector does not move. • Do not remove the retainer f r o m the line. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). After disconnecting the quick-connect fitting. Remove PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP)(A) f r o m the under-dash fuse/relay box. 5. and alternately pull and push the connector until it comes off easily. clear and ignore t h e m . Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure (see page 22-94). 14. Remove the fuel fill cap to relieve the pressure in the fuel tank.13. and squeeze the retainer tabs (C) with the other hand to release them f r o m the locking tabs (D). • Do not use tools. Pull the connector off. 4. 15. the retainer must be replaced w i t h a new one. Start the engine. Without the HDS 1. 3. keep the retainer tabs pressed d o w n . Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure (see page 22-94). once removed. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (A): Hold the connector (B) w i t h one hand. NOTE: If any DTCs are stored. and let it idle until it stalls. 2.

once removed. NOTE: • Be careful not to damage the line (E) or other parts. Remove the quick-connect fitting cover (A). • Do not use tools. Check the fuel quick-connect fitting for dirt. check it for dirt or damage (see step 1 on page 11-350). 11. Place a rag or a shop t o w e l over the quick-connect fitting (A). 8. • If the connector does not move. 10. 7. • Do not remove the retainer f r o m the line. the retainer must be replaced w i t h a new one. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (A): Hold the connector (B) w i t h one hand. keep the retainer tabs pressed d o w n .Fuel Supply System Fuel Pressure Relieving (cont'd) 6. 11-342 . Pull the connector off. and squeeze the retainer tabs (C) w i t h the other hand to release t h e m f r o m the locking tabs (D). and alternately pull and push the connector until it comes off easily. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure (see page 22-94). 9. After disconnecting the quick-connect fitting. and clean it if needed.

Attach the fuel pressure gauge set and the fuel pressure gauge.Fuel Pressure Test Fuel Tank Draining Special Tools Required . a hose. 3. go to step 4. The fuel p u m p should run for 2 seconds w h e n the ignition switch is first turned to ON (II). draw the fuel f r o m the fuel tank. Relieve the fuel pressure (see page 11-340). Reinstall the fuel tank unit (see page 11-354).4 4 0 kPa ( 4 . go to step 5. 2 • If the pressure is out of specification. 5. and let it idle. • If the pressure is OK. Using a hand p u m p . • If the engine starts. Check to see if the fuel p u m p is running: Listen to the fuel filler port w i t h the fuel fill cap removed. 1. then recheck the fuel pressure. 3. 5 kgf/cm . go to step 5. replace the fuel pressure regulator (see page 11-355) and the fuel filter (see page 11-356). and a container suitable for fuel. • If the p u m p does not run. Remove the fuel tank unit (see page 11 -353). 2. The pressure should be 3 9 0 . 5 7 .4 . Fuel Pressure Gauge 07406-004000B • Fuel Pressure Gauge Attachment Set 07AAJ-S6MA150 1. • If the p u m p runs. do the fuel pump circuit troubleshooting (see page 11-335). 0 .6 4 psi). 4. Read the fuel pressure gauge. 11-343 . Start the engine. 2. • If the engine does not start. the test is complete.

leaks.Fuel Supply System Fuel Line Inspection Check the fuel system lines and hoses for damage. 11-344 . and deterioration. Replace any damaged parts. Make sure the connections are secure and the quick-connect fitting covers are firmly locked in place.

and make sure they are properly positioned and tightened. 11-345 .Check all clamps.

and the quick-connect fittings are not heat-resistant. the vent return tube to the breather pipe (R). and the quick-connect fittings are not acid-proof. the fuel tank vapor control valve hose (V) and the fuel tank vapor/liquid separation valve tube (W). be careful not to damage t h e m during welding or other heat-generating procedures. F. the fuel feed hose t o the fuel feed line (L). the fuel tank vapor recirculation tube (O) to the vent return pipe (P). 11-346 . the fuel tank. pay attention t o the f o l l o w i n g : • The fuel feed hoses. When removing or installing the fuel feed hose. the fuel purge tube to the fuel purge line (U).Fuel Supply System Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Precautions The fuel line/quick-connect fittings (A. the fuel line. the fuel line. Replace t h e m if they came in contact w i t h electrolyte or something similar. D. the fuel tank unit. or the fuel tank vapor recirculation tube. the fuel line. do not touch t h e m w i t h a shop towel that was used for w i p i n g battery electrolyte. connect the fuel feed hose (J) to the fuel feed hose (K). C. or w h e n disconnecting or connecting the quick-connect fittings. H. • W h e n connecting or disconnecting the fuel feed hoses. the fuel feed hose (M) to the fuel tank unit (N). be careful not to bend or twist t h e m excessively. E. and the quick-connect fittings. G. the vent return pipe to the vent return tube (Q). B. • The fuel feed hoses. and 1). Replace t h e m if they are damaged. the EVAP canister (S) to the purge tube (T).

Use the same manufacturer retainer and the same size retainer w h e n the replacing the retainer. • replacing the fuel filter. • replacing the EVAP canister. • replacing the EVAP purge line.0 m m (0.37 in) 12 m m (0.37 in) 12 m m (0.31 in) 11-347 . Replace the retainer w h e n : • replacing the fuel rail.47 in) 9.37 in) 12 m m (0.5 m m (0. but the retainer on the mating line cannot be reused once it has been removed f r o m the line.0 m m (0. • it has been removed f r o m the fuel line.47 in) 8.31 in) 8.A disconnected quick-connect fitting can be reconnected.47 in) 9. • replacing the gauge sending unit.0 m m (0. • replacing the fuel feed line.5 m m (0. Location Manufacturer A Tokai DTR B Tokai DTR C Sanoh Retainer color Blue green Blue green White D Tokai DTR Orange E Tokai DTR Orange F Tokai Natural G Tokai Blue H Tokai Natural 1 Toyoda Gosei North America White Line diameter 8. • replacing the fuel fill pipe.5 m m (0. • it is damaged. • replacing the fuel p u m p . • replacing the fuel tank.31 in) 9.

3.Fuel Supply System Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal NOTE: Before you work on the fuel lines and fittings. Raise the cover (A) f r o m the fuel line (B). Check the fuel quick-connect fittings (A) for dirt. If equipped. 2. and clean t h e m if needed. 1. remove the quick-connect fitting cover f r o m the fuel line. 11-348 f . Relieve the fuel pressure (see page 11-340). read the Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Precautions (see page 11-346). and remove it as shown.

Hold the connector (A) w i t h one hand. Do not use tools. and alternately pull and push the connector until it comes off easily. 5. (cont'd) 11-349 . • If it is rusty or damaged. and squeeze the retainer tabs (B) w i t h the other hand to release them f r o m the locking tabs (C).4. • If it is dirty. keep the retainer tabs pressed d o w n . the retainer must be replaced w i t h a new one. once removed. Pull the connector off. clean the connector. and dry it with the compressed air. NOTE: • Be careful not to damage the line (D) or other parts. • If the connector does not move. Check the contact area (A) of the line (B) for dirt or damage. replace the fuel filter or the fuel feed line. Place a rag or a shop towel over the quick-connect fitting. • Do not remove the retainer f r o m the line.

• it is damaged. • it has been removed f r o m the fuel line. • replacing the fuel tank. read the Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Precautions (see page 11-346). Check the contact area (A) of the line (B) for dirt or damage. • replacing the fuel p u m p . A Use the same manufacturer retainer and the same size retainer w h e n the replacing the retainer (see page 11-346). • replacing the fuel tank.Fuel Supply System Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal (cont'd) Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Installation 6. • replacing the fuel fill pipe. 2. • replacing the EVAP purge line. • replacing the gauge sending unit. • replacing the fuel filter. • replacing the EVAP canister. • removing the retainer f r o m the fuel line. Replace the retainer w h e n : • replacing the fuel rail. 1. • replacing the fuel feed line. B A 11-350 . • replacing the EVAP canister. • replacing the fuel fill pipe. • replacing the gauge sending unit. or after: • replacing the fuel rail. • replacing the fuel p u m p . NOTE: Before y o u w o r k on the fuel lines and fittings. Insert a new retainer (A) into the connector (B) if the retainer is damaged. • replacing the fuel feed line. and clean it if needed. • replacing the fuel filter. cover the disconnected connector and line ends w i t h plastic bags (A). • replacing the EVAP purge line. To prevent damage and keep foreign matter out. NOTE: The retainer cannot be reused once it has been removed f r o m the line.

(cont'd) 11-351 . Before connecting a new fuel tube/quick-connect fitting assembly (A).3. remove the old retainer (B) f r o m the mating line.

5. and turn the ignition switch to ON (II) (but do not operate the starter motor). then checking for leaks. NOTE: Before you remove the ring pull. . If the connection is not secure. The fuel p u m p will run for about 2 seconds. Repeat this t w o or three times. Then press the quick-connect fittings onto the line until both retainer tabs lock w i t h a clicking sound. and align the retainer locking tabs (B) w i t h the connector grooves (C). check visually and also by pulling the connector (B). Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. the ring pull could break w h e n you try to remove it. make sure the fuel line connection is secure. put a small amount of new engine oil on the line end. When you are replacing the fuel line w i t h a new one. Connection with new retainer Reconnection to existing retainer Connection to new fuel line Sanoh-made A Connection to new fuel line Sanoh-made Tokai-made Reconnection to existing retainer A 11-352 6. make sure the connection is secure and the tabs (A) are firmly locked into place. Align the quick-connect fittings w i t h the line (A). make sure you remove the ring pull (C) upwards after you confirm the connection is secure. and fuel pressure will rise.Fuel Supply System Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Installation (cont'd) 4. NOTE: If it is hard to connect. When y o u are reconnect the connector with the old retainer.

2. then install it.Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation 7. Make sure the cover is f i r m l y locked in place. A 4. Remove the access panel (A) f r o m the floor. Set the groove of the cover (A) on the fuel line (B) as s h o w n . (cont'd) 11-353 . Relieve the fuel pressure (see page 11-340). If equipped. 3. Special Tools Required Fuel Sender Wrench 07AAA-S0XA100 Removal 1. Disconnect the fuel tank unit 4P connector (B). f 5. 6. Pull the carpet (A) back out of way. install the quick-connect fitting cover. Remove the second row seat (see page 20-163). Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (C) f r o m the fuel tank unit.

Installation 1. Using the special t o o l . to make sure it is not pinched. • Do not coat the base gasket w i t h oil. Align the marks (B) on the fuel tank and the fuel tank unit. Temporarily attach a new base gasket (A) to the fuel tank unit (B). NOTE: To prevent a fuel leak. 3. then insert the fuel tank unit until it rest on t o p of the base gasket. then insert the fuel tank unit partially into the fuel tank. • Be careful not to bend the fuel gauge sending unit. NOTE: • Be careful not to damage the new base gasket. 11-354 . visually or by hand. 2. check the base gasket. loosen the locknut (A). Transfer the base gasket (A) f r o m the fuel tank unit to the fuel tank.Fuel Supply System Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation (cont'd) 7.

• Use all the new parts supplied in the pressure regulator replacement kit. Using the special t o o l . Remove the clip (B). 5. When installing the fuel tank unit. The fuel p u m p will run for about 2 seconds. 07AAA-S0XA100 5. 1. • Do not pinch the O-rings during installation. Remove the cover (A). 4. 6. 2.Fuel Pressure Regulator Replacement 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal w i t h new O-rings (D). Remove the bracket (A). check the base gasket. align the marks on the unit and the fuel tank (see page 11-354). Remove the fuel pressure regulator (C). 7. 9. Reconnect the quick-connect fitting to the fuel tank unit. NOTE: • Coat the O-rings with clean engine oil. 11-355 . then check for fuel leaks. NOTE: • Before tightening. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 6. and turn the ignition switch to ON (II) (but do not operate the starter motor). • After tightening. visually or by hand. 3. Install the access panel on the floor. do not use any other oils or fluids. • After installation. Remove the fuel tank unit (see page 11-353). Install the second r o w seat (see page 20-163). and fuel pressure will rise. to be sure it is not pinched. 8. make sure the marks are still aligned. tighten a new locknut (A) w i t h a new locknut plate (B) to the specified torque. Connect the fuel tank unit 4P connector. make sure the marks (C) on the fuel tank and the locknut. Repeat this t w o or three times.

. 3. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal w i t h new O-rings (D). When installing the fuel tank unit. 1. make sure the connection is secure. • When installing the fuel gauge sending unit (C). Check these items before installing the fuel tank unit: • When connecting the w i r e harness. make sure the connection is secure and the connectors (B) are f i r m l y locked into place. • Use all the new parts supplied in the fuel filter replacement kit. Remove the fuel tank unit (see page 11-353). Be careful not to bend or twist it excessively. • Do not pinch the O-rings during installation. align the marks on the unit and the fuel tank (see page 11-354). align the marks on the unit and the fuel tank (see page 11-354). Remove the fuel level sensor (fuel sending unit) (A) f r o m the fuel tank unit (B). Install the parts in the reverse order of removal.Fuel Supply System Fuel Filter Replacement Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement The fuel filter should be replaced whenever the fuel pressure drops below the specified value (see page 11-343). Remove the fuel filter set (A). • When installing the fuel gauge sending unit. make sure the connection is secure and the connector (C) is firmly locked into place. make sure the connection is secure and the connector is firmly locked into place. When installing the fuel tank unit. 1. 2. Check these items before installing the fuel tank unit: • When connecting the wire harness. 3. NOTE: • Coat the O-rings w i t h clean engine oil. Be careful not to bend or twist it excessively. 11-356 4. after making sure that the fuel p u m p and the fuel pressure regulator are OK. Remove the fuel tank unit (see page 11-353). 2. do not use any other type oils or fluids. 4.

Fuel Tank Replacement 1. 6. Slide back the clamps. 4. Place a jack or other support under the fuel tank (D). Drain the fuel tank (see page 11-343). 7. 8. Raise the vehicle on a lift. 9. 5. Remove the EVAP canister cover (see step 2 on page 11-428). Remove the fuel tank. (cont'd) 11-357 . Remove the fuel tank protector (A). Disconnect the quick-connector fittings (B) and the hoses (C). 2. then remove the strap bolts (E) and the straps (F). then reinstall the fuel tank unit without connecting the fuel tank u n i t 4 P connector and the fuel tank unit quick-connect fitting. 3. With VTM-4: Remove the propeller shaft (see page 16-44). then twist the hoses as you pull to avoid damaging them. Remove the exhaust pipe (see page 9-8).

then twist the hose as y o u pull to avoid damaging t h e m .0 k g f m . Drain the fuel tank (see page 11-343). Remove the left rear wheel. 5.Fuel Supply System Fuel Tank Replacement (cont'd) 10. Raise the vehicle on a lift. Slide back the clamp. • Before connecting the fuel fill pipe and the quick-connect fittings. taking care not to damage the fuel fill pipe and other parts. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. remove the ring pull by pulling it d o w n . Fuel Fill Pipe Removal/Installation 1. 2. check for dirt.8 N m (1. 4.2 Ibfft) 7. 7. 11-358 . W h e n y o u connect the hose and confirm that the connection is secure. Remove the left rear inner fender (see page 20-227). Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 6. 3. 9. Disconnect the quick-connector fitting (A) and the fuel fill tube (B) f r o m the fuel fill pipe (C). and clean it if needed. 8. NOTE: • New fuel tanks have ring pull (A) at the fuel vapor hose connector (B). Remove the fuel fill cap. Remove the fuel fill pipe (B).

check for: . LTGRN 1 2 3 4 6. 5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). F U E L TANK UNIT 4P CONNECTOR 3. Disconnect the fuel tank unit 4P connector (B). 2. There should be battery voltage. Measure the voltage between fuel tank unit 4P connector terminals No. 7. Check the No.an open in the LT BLU or LT GRN wire. Wire side of female terminals f 9. 1 and No. 3 w i t h the ignition switch turned to ON (II). go to step 3. • If the voltage is OK. . refer to the Gauges Circuit Diagram (see page 22-338).5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box before testing.Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Test NOTE: For the fuel gauge system circuit diagram. go to step 9. • If DTC B1175 (see page 22-343) or B1176 (see page 22-344) is indicated. Remove the access panel (A) f r o m the floor. • If the voltage is not as specified. Remove the second row seat (see page 20-163). • If no problem is f o u n d . Remove the fuel tank unit f r o m the fuel tank (see page 11-353). LT BLU * 4. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. 1. Pull the carpet back out of the way. (cont'd) 11-359 . Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 8. B 10. Check for body electrical system DTCs (see page 22-334).a short in the LT BLU wire to ground. 10 METER (7.

• If the low fuel indicator does not flash.3 629 (0) Float Position Terminal side of male terminals 12. the test is complete. regardless of the fuel level. go to step 2.2 m m 149. 14. Measure the resistance between fuel tank unit 4P connector terminals No. • If no DTCs are indicated. 15. 11-360 Low Fuel Indicator Test 1. If y o u do not get the following readings. 23 BACK UP (10 A) fuse f r o m the under -hood fuse/relay box for at least 10 seconds after completing troubleshooting.4 in) (0. 1/2 LOW E F 214. 3. then reinstall it. 2. • If the low fuel indicator flashes. replace the gauge control module (see page 22-359). 3 w i t h the float at E (EMPTY). Do the gauge self-diagnostic function (see page 22-334).1 m m (5.9 in) (2. Remove the No.8 in) Resistance 19 to 21 203. Do the fuel gauge sending unit test (see page 11-359). replace the gauge control module. 13. Check that the pointer of the fuel gauge indicates F w i t h the float at F. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). • Remove the No. . 1 and No.3 to 516. 1/2 (HALF FULL). 23 BACK UP (10 A) fuse f r o m the under-hood fuse/relay box for at least 10 seconds. Check for body electrical system DTCs. • If the pointer of the fuel gauge does not indicate F. do the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. Reconnect the fuel tank unit 4P connector. • If any DTCs are indicated.4 m m 50. and F (FULL) positions. go to step 3. replace the fuel gauge sending unit (see page 11-356).8 m m 19.Fuel Supply System Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Test (cont'd) 11.0 in) (8.4 to 772 to 788 213. • If the gauge is OK. otherwise it may take up to 20 minutes for the fuel gauge to indicate the correct fuel level. NOTE: • The pointer of the fuel gauge returns to the bottom of the gauge dial w h e n the ignition switch is in ACC (I) and LOCK (0). LOW (LOW FUEL INDICATOR).

page 11-7 Replacement page 11-250 THROTTLE BODY Test. page 11-373 INTAKE AIR RESONATOR Removal/Installation. page 11-249 Substitution. page 11-375 AIR CLEANER Removal/Installation. page 11-373 11-361 . page 11-372 Element Inspection/ Replacement. page 11-374 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) Update. page 11-372 Removal/Installation. page 11-371 Cleaning.Intake Air System Component Location Index INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING (IMT) ACTUATOR Replacement.

l n t e r m i t t e n t failure. Disconnect the IMT actuator 5P connector. . 3. Turn the ignition switch t o LOCK (0). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 5. CONNECTOR C (49P) 23 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 | 1 0 | . Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the IMT actuator and the P C M . 4. 1 and PCM connectorterminal C11. H Wire side of female terminals VCC6 (YEL/BLU) N O . Do the IMT TEST in the INSPECTION MENU w i t h the HDS. NO-Go to step 8. 6. Measure the voltage between IMT actuator 5P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2. 1. record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. 11. 7. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS.G o to step 4. 9.G o to step 12.G o t o step 36. 10. 8. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). Check for continuity between IMT actuator 5P connectorterminal No. 1 and body g r o u n d . Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). IMT ACTUATOR 5P CONNECTOR VCC6 (YEL/BLU) 1 Is the result OK? \M7 Y E S .Intake Air System DTC Troubleshooting DTC P1077: IMT Valve Stuck in High RPM Position NOTE: Before y o u troubleshoot. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. 11-362 Y E S . then go to step 30. the system is OK at this time. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).l 1111PCM 12 16 17 18 19 20 21 / • 25 26 27 28 3233 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 39 30 |40|41 4 2 | 4 3 | 4 4 | / | 4 6 | 4 7 48|49| 22 / 24 / / >< >< Terminal side of female terminals IMT ACTUATOR 5P CONNECTOR Is there continuity? VCC6 (YEL/BLU) 1 \±E7 Wire side of female terminals Is there about 5 V? Y E S . NO-Repair open in the w i r e between the PCM (C11) and the IMT actuator. Disconnect PCM connector C (49P).

|1|2 11 12 22 23 29 30 |40|41 1 Is there about 5 V? YES-Go to step 17. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 3 and PCM connector terminal B19. 15.12. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS.G o to step 13. 13. IMT ACTUATOR 5P CONNECTOR IMT ACTUATOR 5P CONNECTOR IMTM (WHT/BLK) IMTM (WHT/BLK) 1 2 3 1 V «/ Wire side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) Wire side of female terminals . Measure the voltage between IMT actuator 5P connector terminal No. Check for continuity between IMT actuator 5P connectorterminal No. Is there continuity? 14. 16. (cont'd) 11-363 . then go to step 30. IMTM (WHT/BLK) 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 1101 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 24 25 26 28 31 3233 34 3536 37 38 39 42|/|/|45|46l/ >< >< / A*\ i • Terminal side of female terminals N O . 3 and body ground. YES-Go to step 36. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (B19) and the IMT actuator. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P).

J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. 2 1 . IMT ACTUATOR 5P CONNECTOR PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) J 1 | 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 98 1101 16 1718 19 20 21 11 12 25 26 27 28 22 24 30 3233 34 3 5 L / 37 38 39 1 |40|41 42|43|44|/|46|47 48|49| / / >< I S G 2 (GRN/YEL) 1 £5) i >< IMT+ (WHT/BLU) 2 Wire side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals S G 2 (GRN/YEL) PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) Is there continuity? TTT? 3j4|5 16 17|18 19 26 24 25 22 37 30 34 40141 42143144 | X I 46147 12 zimi 9 j 10 20 21 27 28 38 39 481491 Terminal side of female terminals YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (C48) and the IMT actuator. 18. 22. Check for continuity between IMT actuator 5P connectorterminal No. NO-Repair open in the w i r e between the PCM (C16) and the IMT actuator. NO-Go to step 23. then go t o step 30. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal C49 and body ground. 2 and PCM connectorterminal C16.G o to step 2 1 . Turn the ignition switch t o LOCK (0). PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) Is there continuity? Y E S .Intake Air System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 17. then go t o step 30. 19. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal C48 and body ground. NO-Go to step 22. |6|7| 8 3 11 12 / N 16 17 18 19 25 26 24 22 30 3233 34 3 5 ^ 37 |40|41 42 |43|44|/|46|47 . 20. then go t o step 30.1 1 | 2 1 / / >< 9|10| • 20 21 27 28 38 39 48|49| IMT— (WHT/RED) Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (C49) and the IMT actuator. 11-364 . Disconnect PCM connector C (49P).

NO-Repair open in the w i r e between the PCM (C49) and the IMT actuator. 5 and PCM connectorterminal C48. NO-Repair open in the w i r e between the PCM (C48) and the IMT actuator.23. YES-Go to step 25. IMT ACTUATOR 5P CONNECTOR IMT ACTUATOR 5P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 1 2 3 \« V ' I M T + (WHT/BLU) Wire side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) J 1 | 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9|10| 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 21 / 26 27 28 i 2 2 3 0 2 4 3 2 3 3 23 45 3>< 5 ^ 37 38 39 / |40|41 48 49 Wire side of female terminals (H) PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) J1|2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 9 1101 421431441/] 46147 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 21 / 25 26 27 28 1 2 2 /3 0 2 4 3>< 2 3 3 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 39 / / |40|41 4 2 | 4 3 | 4 4 | / | 4 6 | 4 7 4 8 | 4 < I M T + (WHT/BLU) I M T . Check for continuity between IMT actuator 5P connectorterminal No. (cont'd) 11-365 .(WHT/RED) 11 1 2 Terminal side of female terminals Is there 5 / continuity? 11 1 2 • 1 »l Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Go to step 24. 24. Check for continuity between IMT actuator 5P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 4 a n d PCM connectorterminal C49. then go to step 30. then go t o step 30.

go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO-Go to step 40. 27. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS. Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs w i t h the HDS. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 34. Reset the PCM with the HDS. 26. Move the IMT valve by hand. NO-Remove the engine cover (see step 1 on page 4-21). PASSED? YES-lf the PCM was updated. check for poor connections or loose terminals at the IMT actuator and the PCM. and repair the stuck valve. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the IMT actuator and the PCM. If the PCM was updated. check for poor connections or loose terminals at the IMT actuator and the PCM. If the PCM was substituted. keep idling until a result comes on. 40. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). Is the result OK? Is DTC P1077 38. 33. 36. then go to step 1. or substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). NO-Go to step 35. 31. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 39. Does the screen indicate NO-Go to step 36. and let it idle w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . go to step 1. then go to step 30. 29. then go to step 38. YES-Replace the original IMT actuator. Reconnect all connectors. 11-366 Is DTC P1077 indicated? YES-Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the IMT actuator and the PCM. troubleshooting is complete.B NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. keep idling until a result comes on. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED. PASSED? YES-Troubleshooting is complete. 37. Reconnect all connectors. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326). 35. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see page 11-249). Do the IMT TEST in the INSPECTION MENU w i t h the HDS. If the PCM was substituted. Substitute a known-good IMT actuator (see page 11-374). . Remove the IMT actuator (see page 11-374). Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). replace the original PCM (see page 11 -250). If the PCM was substituted. 28. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P1077 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. 30. Does the screen indicate 39. then go to step 30. then go to step 1. 32. go to step 1. 34. replace the intake manifold (see page 9-2). If needed. If the PCM was updated. substitute a known-good PCM (see page 11-7). then go to step 38.B NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P1077 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.Intake Air System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 25. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Does it move smoothly? YES-Go to step 27. Start the engine.

Check the IMT VALVE SW in the DATA LIST w i t h the HDS. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS. YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (B19) and the IMT actuator.G o t o step 32. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. 11. (cont'd) 11-367 . J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 26 22 23 24 25 29 30 31 3 2 3 3 34 3536 37 |40|41 4 2 | / | / | 4 5 | 4 6 | / . Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the IMT actuator and the PCM. 10. and review the general troubleshooting information (see page 11-3). 14. YES-Go to step 12. 4. Is CLOSE indicated? continuity? N O . N O . IMTM (WHT/BLK) Is the result OK? 1 I 2 3|4|5|6|7|l.G o to step 4.1 1 YES-lntermittent failure. Turn the ignition switch t o LOCK (0).DTC P1078: IMT Valve Stuck in Low RPM Position NOTE: Before y o u troubleshoot. Disconnect PCM connector B (49P). record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 13. 2. 1. Is there 7. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B19 and body g r o u n d . 9. Do the IMT TEST in the INSPECTION MENU w i t h the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector C (49P). 12. Terminal side of female terminals 5. PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) 3. Disconnect the IMT actuator 5P connector. 8. >< >< 9|10| • 20 21 28 • 38 39 /|49| / N O . Turn the ignition switch t o ON (II). the system is OK at this time. then go t o step 24. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).G o t o step 8.

then g o t o step 24. N O . PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) IMT ACTUATOR 5P CONNECTOR J I I 2 3 |4 |5 |6 |7 | 8 11 12 16 71 19 24 25 22 26 37 30 3 2 3 3 34 |40|41 4 2 | 4 3 | 4 4 | / | 4 6 | 4 7 1 / 1 5 X 9 hoi 20 21 • 27 28 38 39 1 48|49| IMT+ (WHT/BLU) Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (C48) and the IMT actuator. then go t o step 24. 5 and PCM connectorterminal C48. PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) 1 20 21 27 28 38 39 48|49|1 IMT — (WHT/RED) Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity? YES-Repair short in the wire between the PCM (C49) and the IMT actuator. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal C49 and body ground. Check for continuity between PCM connectorterminal C48 and body g r o u n d . Check for continuity between IMT actuator 5P connectorterminal No.G o t o step 17. NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (C48) and the IMT actuator. 11-368 > Is there continuity? 16. 17. then go to step 24.Intake Air System DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd) 15. . \ . 4 IU—ZIP 5 / IMT+ (WHT/BLU) L Wire side of female terminals PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) l< I I 8 9 10 J 1| 2 3 4 5 3 7 11 12 16 17 18 19 20 21 25 26 27 28 22 24 1 32 33 34 351/ 37 38 39 30 40 41 42 |43|44|/|46| 47 4 8 | 4 9 | / / >< / / >< 1 I M T + (WHT/BLU) Terminal side of female terminals === 1 T. h i 2 3 |4 |5 |6 | 7 | 8 11 12 / I 1 5 16 17 18 19 24 22 25 26 30 32|33 34 3 5 ^ 37 |40|41 4 2 | 4 3 | 4 4 | / | 4 6 | 4 7 9 10 YES-Go to step 18.G o t o step 16. N O .

4 and PCM connectorterminal C49.G o to step 2 1 . NO-Repair open in the wire between the PCM (C49) and the IMT actuator. 22. and let it idle w i t h o u t load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes o n . Move the IMT valve by hand. 20. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). then go to step 1. Reconnect all connectors. Does it move smoothly? Y E S . Does the screen indicate PASSED? Y E S . (cont'd) 11-369 . 2 1 . and repair the stuck valve. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-326).300 rpm for 3 seconds or more. If any other Pending or Confirmed DTCs were indicated in step 30. go to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . B NO-lf the screen indicates FAILED. 3 1 .C h e c k for poor connections or loose terminals at the IMT ac